BACKGROUND IMAGE
As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 29, 2010
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
FORM 20-F
REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR (g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE
ACT OF 1934
OR
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
OR
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF
1934
OR
SHELL COMPANY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT
1934
For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2010
Commission file number 0-28800
DRDGOLD LIMITED
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter and translation of Registrant's name into English)
REPUBLIC OF SOUTH AFRICA
(Jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)
50 CONSTANTIA BOULEVARD, CONSTANTIA KLOOF EXT 28, ROODEPOORT, 1709, SOUTH AFRICA
(Address of principal executive offices)
Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act
Title of each class:
Name of each exchange on which registered:
Ordinary shares (traded in the form of American Depositary
Shares, each American Depositary Share representing ten
underlying ordinary shares.)
The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC
Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act
None
Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act
None
Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer's classes of capital or common stock as of the close of the
period covered by the annual report.
As of June 30, 2010 the Registrant had outstanding 384,884,379 ordinary shares, of no par value.
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.
Yes No
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934. Yes No
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file
such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.
Yes No
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any,
every Interactive Date File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (232-405 of this chapter)
during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes
No
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer.
Large accelerated filer Accelerated filer Non-accelerated filer
Indicate by check mark which basis of accounting the registrant has used to prepare the financial statements included in this
filing . U.S. GAAP International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the IASB Other
Indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has elected to follow. Item 17 Item 18
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes
No
Contact details: Mr. T.J. Gwebu – Executive Officer: Legal, Compliance and Company Secretary
DRDGOLD Limited, Quadrum Office Park, First Floor, Building 1, 50 Constantia Boulevard, Constantia Kloof Ext. 28, Roodepoort,
1709, South Africa; Telephone: +27 11 470 2600

BACKGROUND IMAGE
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
PART I
ITEM 1.
IDENTITY OF DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND ADVISERS ...........................................................................
4
ITEM 2.
OFFER STATISTICS AND EXPECTED TIMETABLE ........................................................................................................
4
ITEM 3.
KEY INFORMATION.......................................................................................................................................................
4
3A.
Selected Financial Data ...............................................................................................................................................
4
3B.
Capitalization
And Indebtedness.................................................................................................................................
6
3C.
Reasons For The Offer And Use Of Proceeds ............................................................................................................
6
3D.
Risk
Factors .................................................................................................................................................................
6
ITEM 4.
INFORMATION ON THE COMPANY................................................................................................................................
18
4A.
History And Development Of The Company .................................................................................................................
18
4B.
Business Overview ......................................................................................................................................................
22
4C.
Organizational Structure................................................................................................................................................
32
4D.
Property, Plants And Equipment ...................................................................................................................................
32
ITEM 4A.
UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS...............................................................................................................................
53
ITEM 5.
OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS ...........................................................................................
54
5A.
Operating Results ........................................................................................................................................................
55
5B.
Liquidity And Capital Resources ................................................................................................................................
78
5C.
Research
And
Development, Patents And Licenses Etc.............................................................................................
80
5D.
Trend
Information........................................................................................................................................................
80
5E.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements................................................................................................................................
81
5F.
Tabular Disclosure Of Contractual Obligations.............................................................................................................
81
5G.
Safe
Harbor ..................................................................................................................................................................
81
ITEM 6.
DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYEES..............................................................................................
82
6A.
Directors And Senior Management.............................................................................................................................
82
6B.
Compensation ..............................................................................................................................................................
84
6C.
Board
Practices ............................................................................................................................................................
85
6D.
Employees....................................................................................................................................................................
89
6E.             Share Ownership..........................................................................................................................................................
91
ITEM 7.
MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS ............................................................................
93
7A.
Major
Shareholders......................................................................................................................................................
93
7B.
Related Party Transactions ..........................................................................................................................................
94
7C.
Interests Of Experts And Counsel ...............................................................................................................................
94
ITEM 8.
FINANCIAL INFORMATION ............................................................................................................................................
95
8A.
Consolidated Statements And Other Financial Information...........................................................................................
95
8B.
Significant Changes .....................................................................................................................................................
95
ITEM 9.
THE OFFER AND LISTING ............................................................................................................................................
96
9A.
Offer And Listing Details .............................................................................................................................................
96
9B.
Plan Of Distribution.......................................................................................................................................................
96
9C.
Markets.........................................................................................................................................................................
97
9D.
Selling
Shareholders ....................................................................................................................................................
97
9E.             Dilution .........................................................................................................................................................................
97
9F.
Expenses Of The Issue.................................................................................................................................................
97
ITEM 10.
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION.........................................................................................................................................
98
10A.
Share
Capital................................................................................................................................................................
98
10B.
Memorandum And Articles Of Association ...............................................................................................................
98
10C.
Material Contracts........................................................................................................................................................
100
10D.
Exchange
Controls.......................................................................................................................................................
101
10E.
Taxation .......................................................................................................................................................................
103
10F.
Dividends And Paying Agents ....................................................................................................................................
107
10G.
Statement
By
Experts ..................................................................................................................................................
107
10H.
Documents On Display................................................................................................................................................
107
10I.
Subsidiary
Information ................................................................................................................................................
108
ITEM  11.
QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK................................................................
108
ITEM  12.
DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES OTHER THAN EQUITY SECURITIES .............................................................................
109
12A.
Debt Securities.............................................................................................................................................................
109
12B.
Warrants and Rights ....................................................................................................................................................
109
12C.
Other Securities............................................................................................................................................................
109
12D
American Depositary Shares .......................................................................................................................................
109
BACKGROUND IMAGE
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PART II
ITEM 13.
DEFAULTS, DIVIDEND ARREARAGES AND DELINQUENCIES ..................................................................................
116
ITEM 14.
MATERIAL MODIFICATIONS TO THE RIGHTS OF SECURITY HOLDERS AND USE OF PROCEEDS ..........................
116
ITEM 15.
CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES................................................................................................................................
116
ITEM 16A.
AUDIT COMMITTEE FINANCIAL EXPERT ...................................................................................................................
117
ITEM 16B.
CODE OF ETHICS ......................................................................................................................................................
117
ITEM 16C.
PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES......................................................................................................
118
ITEM 16D.
EXEMPTIONS FROM THE LISTING STANDARDS FOR AUDIT COMMITTEES .............................................................
118
ITEM 16E.
PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES BY THE ISSUER AND AFFILIATED PURCHASERS........................................
118
ITEM 16F
CHANGE IN REGISTRANT'S CERTIFYING ACCOUNTANT ........................................................................................
118
ITEM 16G.
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE ...................................................................................................................................
119
PART III
ITEM 17.
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS .........................................................................................................................................
120
ITEM 18.
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS .........................................................................................................................................
F-pages
ITEM 19.
EXHIBITS ...................................................................................................................................................................
121
BACKGROUND IMAGE
1
Preparation of Financial Information

We are a South African company and currently all of our operations, as measured in production ounces, are located there.
Accordingly, our books of account are maintained in South African Rand. Our financial statements included in our corporate filings
in South Africa were prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS), as approved by the
International Accounting Standards Board (IASB) for the financial years ended June 30, 2008, 2009 and 2010. All references to
“dollars” or “$” herein are to United States Dollars, references to “rand” or “R” are to South African Rands and references to “A$”
are to Australian Dollars.

Prior to fiscal year ended June 30, 2008, our annual financial statements (translated into dollars) were prepared and filed
with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the
United States (“U.S. GAAP”). On December 21, 2007, the SEC adopted rules allowing foreign private issuers that file Annual
Reports on Form 20-F to file financial statements with the SEC in accordance with IFRS as issued by the IASB without
reconciliation to U.S. GAAP. As per these new rules, we changed our basis of presentation and included in this Annual Report our
consolidated financial statements prepared in accordance with IFRS as issued by the IASB. All financial information, except as
otherwise noted, are stated in accordance with IFRS as issued by the IASB.

We present our financial information in rand, which is our presentation currency. Solely for your convenience, this
Form 20-F contains translations of certain rand amounts into dollars at specified rates. These rand amounts do not represent actual
dollar amounts, nor could they necessarily have been converted into dollars at the rates indicated. Unless otherwise indicated, rand
amounts have been translated into dollars at the rate of R6.98 per $1.00, which was the noon buying rate in New York City on
September 30, 2010.

In this Annual Report on Form 20-F, we present the financial items “cash costs per kilogram” and “total costs per
kilogram” which have been determined using industry guidelines promulgated by the Gold Institute and are not IFRS financial
measures. An investor should not consider these items in isolation or as alternatives to cash and cash equivalents, operating costs,
profit/(loss) attributable to equity owners of the parent, profit/(loss) before taxation and other items or any other measure of
financial performance presented in accordance with IFRS or as an indicator of our performance. While the Gold Institute has
provided definitions for the calculation of cash costs, the calculation of cash costs per kilogram, total costs and total costs per
kilogram may vary significantly among gold mining companies, and these definitions by themselves do not necessarily provide a
basis for comparison with other gold mining companies. See “Glossary of Terms and Explanations” and Item 5A.: “Operating and
Financial Review and Prospects - Cash costs and total costs per kilogram- Reconciliation of cash costs per kilogram, total costs
and total costs per kilogram.”
DRDGOLD Limited

When used in this Annual Report, the term the “Company” refers to DRDGOLD Limited and the terms “we,” “our,” “us” or
“the Group” refer to the Company and its subsidiaries, associates and joint ventures, as appropriate in the context.
Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

This Annual Report contains certain “forward-looking” statements within the meaning of Section 21E of the Exchange Act,
regarding future events or other future financial performance and information relating to us that are based on the beliefs of our
management, as well as assumptions made by and information currently available to our management. Some of these forward-
looking statements include phrases such as “anticipates,” “believes,” “could,” “estimates,” “expects,” “intends,” “may,” “should,” or
“will continue,” or similar expressions or the negatives thereof or other variations on these expressions, or similar terminology, or
discussions of strategy, plans or intentions.
These statements also include descriptions in connection with, among other things:
•   estimates regarding future production and throughput capacity;
•   our anticipated commitments;
•   our ability to fund our operations in the next 12 months; and
•   estimated production costs, cash costs per ounce and total costs per ounce.
Such statements reflect our current views with respect to future events and are subject to risks, uncertainties and
assumptions. Many factors could cause our actual results, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future
results, performance or achievements that may be expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements, including, among others:
•   adverse changes or uncertainties in general economic conditions in the markets we serve;
•   regulatory developments adverse to us or difficulties in maintaining necessary licenses or other governmental approvals;
•   changes in our competitive position;
•   changes in business strategy;
•   any major disruption in production at our key facilities; or
•    adverse changes in foreign exchange rates and various other factors.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
2
For a discussion of such risks, see Item 3D.: “Risk Factors.” The risk factors described in Item 3D. could affect our future
results, causing these results to differ materially from these expressed in any forward-looking statements. These factors are not
necessarily all of the important factors that could cause our results to differ materially from those expressed in any forward-looking
statements. Other unknown or unpredictable factors could also have material adverse effects on future results.
Readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date
hereof. We do not undertake any obligation to update publicly or release any revisions to these forward-looking statements to reflect
events or circumstances after the date of this Annual Report or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events.
Imperial units of measure and metric equivalents
Units stated in this Annual Report are measured in Imperial and Metric.
Metric                                              Imperial                                          Imperial                                           Metric
1 metric tonne
1.10229 short tons
1 short ton
0.9072 metric tonnes
1 kilogram
2.20458 pounds
1 pound
0.4536 kilograms
1 gram
0.03215 troy ounces
1 troy ounce
31.10353 grams
1 kilometer
0.62150 miles
1 mile
1.609 kilometres
1 meter
3.28084 feet
1 foot
0.3048 metres
1 liter
0.26420 gallons
1 gallon
3.785 liters
1 hectare
2.47097 acres
1 acre
0.4047 hectares
1 centimeter
0.39370 inches
1 inch
2.54 centimetres
1 gram/tonne
0.0292 ounces/ton
1 ounce/ton
34.28 grams/tonnes
0 degree Celsius
32 degrees Fahrenheit
0 degrees Fahrenheit
- 18 degrees Celsius
Glossary of Terms and Explanations
Adularia ............................................     A transparent or translucent variety of common feldspar.
Archaean...........................................    A period of the geological time scale between 2.5 and 4.6 billion years ago, the earliest part of the
Precambrian.
Assaying ...........................................    The chemical testing process of rock samples to determine mineral content.
Auriferous.........................................     Containing gold.
Bonanza ...........................................     Unexpected high-grade occurrences.
Care and maintenance ......................    Cease active mining activity at a shaft, but continue to incur costs to ensure that the Ore Reserves
are open, serviceable and legally compliant.
Cash costs per kilogram...................       Cash costs are operating costs incurred directly in the production of gold and include labor costs,
contractor and other related costs, inventory costs and electricity costs. Cash costs per kilogram
are calculated by dividing cash costs by kilograms of gold produced. Cash costs per kilogram
have been calculated on a consistent basis for all periods presented. This is a non-IFRS financial
measure and should not be considered a substitute measure of costs and expenses reported by us
in accordance with IFRS.
Caving...............................................       A type of mining in which the ore is blasted and drawn in a manner causing the overhead rock to
cave in.
Conglomerate ...................................      A coarse-grained sedimentary rock consisting of rounded or sub-rounded pebbles.
Cut-and-fill .......................................       A mining method in which a slice of rock is removed after blasting and replaced with a slice of
fill material to provide workers with a platform to mine the next slice of rock.
Cut-off grade ....................................      The minimum in-situ grade of ore blocks for which the cash costs per ounce, excluding overhead
costs, are equal to a projected gold price per ounce.
Depletion ..........................................       The decrease in the quantity of ore in a deposit or property resulting from extraction or
production.
Dilution.............................................        Broken rock entering the ore flow at zero or minimal grade and therefore diluting the gold
content per ton.
Diorite...............................................      An igneous rock formed by the solidification of molten material.
Doré .................................................. 
    Unrefined gold and silver bullion bars consisting of approximately 90% precious metals which
will be further refined to almost pure metal.
Electrowinning .................................       The process of recovering metal from ore by means of electro-chemical processes.
Grade ................................................ 
    The amount of gold contained within auriferous material generally expressed in ounces per ton or
grams per ton of ore.
g/t ......................................................      Grams per ton.
Horizon ............................................. 
    A plane indicating a particular position in a stratigraphic sequence. This may be a theoretical
surface with no thickness or a distinctive bed.
Igneous rock .....................................      Rock which is magmatic in origin.
Intrusive ............................................ 
    Rock which while molten, penetrated into or between other rocks, but solidified before reaching
the surface.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
3
Life of mine ......................................      Projected life of a mining operation based on the Proven and Probable Ore Reserves.
Metallurgical plant ...........................       A processing plant (mill) erected to treat ore and extract the contained gold.
Mine call factor.................................      This is the gold content recovered expressed as a percentage of the gold content called.
Mill ...................................................      Material passed through the metallurgical plant for processing.
Mt......................................................     Million tons.
Opening up .......................................     The potential that previously abandoned shafts have to be reopened and mined.
Ore ....................................................     A mixture of valuable and worthless minerals from which the extraction of at least one mineral is
technically and economically viable.
Ore Reserves.....................................    Attributable total Ore Reserves of subsidiaries.
Pay-limit ...........................................      The minimum in-situ grade of ore blocks for which cash costs, including all overhead costs, are
equal to a projected gold price per ounce.
Proven Ore Reserves ........................
Reserves for which (a) the quantity is computed from dimensions revealed in outcrops, trenches,
workings or drill holes; grade and/or quality are computed from the results of detailed sampling
and (b) the sites for inspection, sampling and measurement are spaced so closely and the geologic
character is so well defined that size, shape, depth, and mineral content of Ore Reserves are
well-established.
Probable Ore Reserves .....................     Reserves for which quantity and grade and/or quality are computed from information similar to
that used for Proven Ore Reserves, but the sites for inspection, sampling, and measurement are
farther apart or are otherwise less adequately spaced. The degree of assurance, although lower
than that for Proven Ore Reserves, is high enough to assume continuity between points of
observation.
oz/t ....................................................     Ounces per ton.
Reef...................................................     A gold-bearing sedimentary horizon, normally a conglomerate band that may contain economic
levels of gold.
Refining ............................................      The final purification process of a metal or mineral.
Rehabilitation ...................................      The process of restoring mined land to a condition approximating its original state.
Reserves............................................    That part of a mineral deposit which could be economically and legally extracted or produced at
the time of the reserve determination.
Sedimentary......................................       Formed by the deposition of solid fragmental material that originated from weathering of rocks
and was transported from a source to a site of deposition.
Shaft..................................................       An opening cut downwards for transporting personnel, equipment, supplies, ore and waste. A
shaft is also used for ventilation and as an auxiliary exit. It is equipped with a hoist system that
lowers and raises a cage in the shaft, transporting equipment, personnel, materials, ore and waste.
A shaft generally has more than one compartment.
Shrinkage stoping.............................       A mining method in which a small percentage of the broken ore is drawn as mining progresses to
make room for subsequent mining activities. Most of the blasted ore is left to accumulate in the
stope and is drawn after the stope is completely mined.
Slimes ...............................................       The fraction of tailings discharged from a processing plant after the valuable minerals have been
recovered.
Sloughing..........................................      The localized failure of part of the slimes dam wall caused by a build up of water within the dam.
Stope .................................................     Underground production working area on the Ore Horizon.
Sub-level stoping..............................      A method of mining in which the ore is blasted, on multiple levels in one stope, and drawn off as
it is blasted, leaving an open stope.
Tailings .............................................       Finely ground rock from which valuable minerals have been extracted by milling, or any waste
rock, slimes or residue derived from any mining operation or processing of any minerals.
Tailings dam .....................................       A dam created from waste material of processed ore after the economically recoverable gold has
been extracted.
Tonnage/Tonne.................................       Quantities where the metric tonne is an appropriate unit of measure. Typically used to measure
reserves of gold-bearing material in-situ or quantities of ore and waste material mined,
transported or milled.
Total costs per kilogram...................        Total costs per kilogram represent the full amount of costs incurred and represents the difference
between revenues from gold bullion and profits or losses before taxation. Total costs per
kilogram are calculated by dividing total costs by kilograms of gold produced. Total costs per
kilogram have been calculated on a consistent basis for all periods presented. This is a non-IFRS
financial measure and should not be considered a substitute measure of costs and expenses
reported by us in accordance with IFRS.
Tpm...................................................       Tonne per month.
Up-dip mining ..................................        A mining method in which the drilled and blasted ore gravitates into slushers or gullies leaving
an open space. This is normally used in narrow stopes.
Waste rock ........................................     Non-auriferous rock.
Yield .................................................      The amount of recovered gold from production generally expressed in ounces or grams per tonne
of ore.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
4
PART I
ITEM 1. IDENTITY OF DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND ADVISERS

Not
applicable.
ITEM 2. OFFER STATISTICS AND EXPECTED TIMETABLE

Not
applicable.

ITEM 3. KEY INFORMATION
3A. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

The following selected consolidated financial data as at June 30, 2010, 2009 and 2008 and for the years ended June 30,
2010, 2009 and 2008 are derived from our consolidated financial statements set forth elsewhere in this Annual Report, which have
been prepared in accordance with IFRS, as issued by the IASB. These consolidated financial statements have been audited by
KPMG Inc. as at June 30, 2010, 2009 and 2008 and for the years ended June 30, 2010, 2009 and 2008. Prior to fiscal year ended June
30, 2008, our annual financial statements (translated into dollars) were prepared and filed with the SEC in accordance with U.S.
GAAP. On December 21, 2007, the SEC, adopted rules allowing foreign private issuers that file Annual Reports on Form 20-F to file
with the SEC financial statements in accordance with IFRS as issued by the IASB without reconciliation to U.S. GAAP. As per these
new rules, we changed our basis of presentation and have included in this Annual Report our consolidated financial statements
prepared in accordance with IFRS as issued by the IASB. The selected consolidated financial data as at June 30, 2006 and 2007, for
the years ended June 30, 2006 and 2007 are derived from audited consolidated financial statements not appearing in this Annual
Report which have been prepared in accordance with IFRS as issued by the IASB. The selected consolidated financial data set forth
below should be read in conjunction with Item 5.: “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects” and with the consolidated
financial statements and the notes thereto and the other financial information appearing elsewhere in this Annual Report.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
5
Selected Consolidated Financial Data
(in thousands, except share, per share and ounce data)
Year ended June 30,
2010
1
2010
2009
2008
2
2007
2
2006
2
$’000
R’000
R’000
R’000                  R’000
R’000
Profit or loss Data
Revenue ................................................................
285,175
1,990,522
1,910,738
1,933,147
2,209,705
1,599,994
Results from operating activities .........................
5,084
35,485
(82,008)
(15,175)
(1,173,375)
(105,110)
Results from operating activities from
continuing operations........................................
5,084
35,485
(82,008)
102,194                22,541
7,641
Profit/(loss) for the year attributable to equity
owners of the parent ..........................................
29,773
207,815
129,124
996,041           (924,466)
(110,089)
Profit/(loss) for the year attributable to equity
owners of the parent from continuing
operations ..........................................................
29,773
207,815
129,124
128,558
(2,674)
(71,478)
Per Share Data
Basic earnings/(loss) per share (cents).................
8
55
34
265
(271)
(35)
Basic earnings/(loss) per share - continuing
operations (cents) .............................................
8
55
34
34                       (1)
(23)
Diluted earnings/(loss) per share (cents) .............
8
55
34
265
(271)
(35)
Diluted earnings/(loss) per share - continuing
operations (cents) .............................................
8
55
34
34                       (1)
(23)
Dividends proposed per share (ZAR cents).........
5
5
10
-
-
Dividends proposed per share (USD cents).........
1
1
1
-
-
Average exchange rate (USD1:ZAR)..................
7.6117
9.0484
7.3123
7.2188
6.4284
Number of shares issued as at June 30 ..........           384,884,379
384,884,379
378,001,303
376,571,588
370,341,981
320,035,078
Statement of financial position Data
Total assets ...........................................................
369,669
2,580,292
2,625,772
2,262,495
1,947,163
3,010,074
Equity (Net assets) ...............................................
236,384
1,649,961
1,583,979
1,305,461
143,456
1,015,272
Ordinary share capital ..........................................
592,166
4,133,318
4,104,480
4,098,206
4,069,096
3,761,368

Month
2010
2010
2010
2010                     2010
2010
September
August
July
June                     May
April
Exchange Rate Data
Average (USD1:ZAR) .........................................
7.1685
7.3168
7.5818
7.6682
7.6516
7.3566
High (USD1:ZAR)...............................................
7.4344
7.4223
7.7809
7.8505
8.0821
7.5233
Low (USD1:ZAR)................................................
6.9190
7.1515
7.2601
7.3899
7.2897
7.1731
1
Translations into Dollars in this table are for convenience only and are computed at the noon buying rate in New York City at September 30,
2010 of R6.98 per $1.00 . You should not view such translations as a representation that such amounts represent actual Dollar amounts.
2
Comparatives have been restated for the reclassification of the Australasian operations as discontinued operations. The discontinued operations
relate to the Porgera Joint Venture (disposed on August 17, 2007), Emperor (disposed on October 22, 2007) and Netgold (disposed on March 13,
2008).

BACKGROUND IMAGE
6
3B. CAPITALIZATION AND INDEBTEDNESS
Not applicable.
3C. REASONS FOR THE OFFER AND USE OF PROCEEDS
Not applicable.
3D. RISK FACTORS
In conducting our business, we face many risks that may interfere with our business objectives. Some of these risks relate to
our operational processes, while others relate to our business environment. It is important to understand the nature of these risks and
the impact they may have on our business, financial condition and operating results.

Some of the most relevant risks are summarized below and have been organized into the following categories:
•   Risks related to our business and operations;
•   Risks related to the gold mining industry;
•   Risks related to doing business in South Africa; and
•   Risks related to ownership in our ordinary shares or American Depositary Shares, or ADSs.

Risks related to our business and operations
Changes in the market price for gold, which in the past has fluctuated widely, and exchange rate fluctuations affect the
profitability of our operations and the cash flows generated by those operations.
As the majority of our production costs are in rands, while gold is generally sold in dollars, our financial condition has
been and could be materially harmed in the future by an appreciation in the value of the rand. Due to the marginal nature of our
underground mine any sustained decline in the market price of gold, below the cost of production, could result in the closure of
our underground mine which would result in significant costs and expenditure, for example, incurring retrenchment costs earlier
than expected, that would negatively and adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition.
We do not enter into forward contracts to reduce our exposure to market fluctuations in the dollar gold price or the exchange
rate movements of the rand. We sell our gold and trade our foreign currency at the spot price in the market on the date of trade. If the
dollar gold price should fall and the regional functional currencies should strengthen against the dollar, resulting in revenue below our
cost of production and remain at such levels for any sustained period, we may experience losses and may be forced to curtail or
suspend some or all of our operations. In addition, we might not be able to recover any losses we may incur during that period or
maintain adequate gold reserves for future exploitation.

Exchange rates are influenced by global economic trends which are beyond our control. In fiscal 2010 and fiscal 2009 the
rand strengthened against the dollar by 2.9% and 1.0% respectively (based on exchange rates at June 30 of each year). From
December 2001, when it reached R13.44 = $1.00, the rand has appreciated by 43.1% against the dollar to R7.65= $1.00 at June 30,
2010 (based on closing rates). At September 30, 2010 the Rand traded at R6.98 = $1.00, an 8.8% strengthening relative to the Dollar
from June 30, 2010.

A decrease in the dollar gold price and a strengthening of the foreign exchange rate of the rand could result in a decrease in
our profitability. In fiscal 2010 and 2009 100% of production was from our South African mines providing significant exposure to the
strengthening of the rand and a decrease in profitability. As a result of disposing of our Australasian operations during fiscal 2008, we
are more exposed to the rand/dollar exchange rate as all our operations are now located in South Africa. If the rand were to continue
to appreciate against the dollar, our operations could experience a reduction in cash flow and profitability and this would negatively
and adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition.

Inflation may have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.
South Africa has experienced high rates of inflation in the past. Because we are unable to control the market price at
which we sell the gold we produce, it is possible that significantly higher future inflation in South Africa may result in an increase
in our future operational costs in rand, without a concurrent devaluation of the operational costs in rand against the dollar or an
increase in the dollar price of gold. This could have a material adverse effect upon our results of operations and our financial
condition. Significantly higher and sustained inflation in the future, with a consequent increase in operational costs, could result in
operations being discontinued or reduced or rationalized at higher cost mines.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
7
We have incurred losses in the past and may incur losses in the future .

We achieved net profits of R203.4 million, R110.7 million and R1.2 billion for fiscal 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
Since fiscal 2007 we have disposed of our loss making Australasian operations and refocused on our profitable South African
operations, however, we may incur losses in the future. Our profits and cash flows of our operations are directly exposed to the
strength of the Rand and higher input costs as we do not hedge. Our underground mine is also regarded as an older, higher cost and
lower grade gold producer. In addition, our ability to identify Ore Reserves that have reasonable prospects for economic extraction
while maintaining sufficient controls on production and other costs, will have a material influence on the future viability of our
operations.
We may not be able to meet our cash requirements because of a number of factors, many of which are beyond our
control.

Management’s estimates on future cash flows are subject to risks and uncertainties, such as the gold price, production
volumes, costs and seismicity. If we are unable to meet our cash requirements out of cash flows generated from our operations, we
would need to fund our cash requirements from alternative financing and we cannot guarantee that any such financing would be on
acceptable terms, or would be permitted under the terms of our existing financing arrangements, or would be available at any terms.
In the absence of sufficient cash flows or adequate financing, our ability to respond to changing business and economic conditions,
make future acquisitions, react to adverse operating results, meet our debt service obligations and fund required capital expenditures
or increased working capital requirements may be adversely affected.
The failure to discover or acquire new Ore Reserves could negatively affect our cash flow, results of operations and
financial condition.
Our future cash flow, results of operations and financial condition are directly related to the success of our exploration
and acquisition efforts in the regions in which we operate and any new regions that we identify for future growth opportunities.
Our Ore Reserves for fiscal 2010 increased by 15% as a result of the higher rand gold price used in the Ore Reserve calculation
together with the expected increase in Crown’s deposition capacity as a consequence of the construction of the Crown/Ergo
pipeline linking Crown to Ergo’s Brakpan deposition site. Our Ore Reserves for fiscal 2009 increased by 16%, primarily due to
the inclusion of the Elsburg tailings owned by ERPM. In fiscal 2008, our Ore Reserves decreased by 7% primarily due to the
disposal of our interest in Emperor Mines Limited, or Emperor. Mining higher grade reserves in our underground mine is likely to
be more difficult in the future, due to the age of this mine and safety concerns and could result in increased production costs and
reduced profitability. We can make no assurances that any new or ongoing exploration programs will result in new mineral
producing operations that will sustain or increase our Ore Reserves. A failure to discover or acquire new Ore Reserves in
sufficient quantities to maintain or grow the current level of our reserves will negatively affect our future cash flow, results of
operations and financial condition.
To the extent that we seek to expand and grow through acquisitions we may experience difficulty in managing these
acquisitions and integrating them with our existing operations.
Our objective is to grow our business by improving efficiency at our existing operations as well as through acquisitions.
From time to time we consider the acquisition of mining assets including ore reserves, development properties, operating mines or
mining companies. Our
expansion through acquisitions of new gold mining operations involves a number of risks including:
•       maintaining our financial and strategic focus while integrating the acquired business;
•       implementing uniform standards, controls, procedures and policies at the acquired business;
•       assimilating the operations of an acquired business in a timely and efficient manner;
      unifying our periodic and year-end financial audit processes;
      increasing pressures on existing management to oversee an expanding company;
•       to the extent that we make an acquisition outside of markets in which we have previously operated, conducting and
managing operations in a new operating environment;
•       the market for acquisitions is competitive and we may not always be successful in identifying and purchasing assets that
fit our strategy;
      the ability to conduct a comprehensive due diligence analysis could be restricted due to unavailable information;
•       we may need to use a combination of historical and projected data in order to evaluate the financial and operational
feasibility of the target assets. These analyses are based on a variety of factors including historical operating results,
estimates of and assumptions about future reserves, cash and other operating costs, metal prices and projected economic
returns and evaluations of existing or potential liabilities associated with the property and its operations. Other than
historical operating results, all of these parameters could differ significantly from the estimates and assumptions used in
the evaluation process, which could result in an incorrect evaluation of the quality of the assets to be acquired;
•       our inability to make suitable acquisitions at an appropriate price could adversely affect our ongoing business and
financial condition, particularly if the rand strengthens against the dollar;
•       we may experience difficulty in negotiating acceptable terms with the seller of the business to be acquired;
BACKGROUND IMAGE
8
•     we may not be able to obtain the financing necessary to complete future acquisitions;
•      we may not be able to obtain necessary approvals from regulatory authorities;
•      acquisitions financed through the issue of shares may result in a dilution in the value of our shares if the value of the
business acquired is not realized; and
•      we could experience financial loss through costs incurred in evaluating and pursuing failed acquisitions or overpaying for
an acquisition.
Any problems experienced in achieving successful integration or in connection with an acquisition as a result of one or more
of these factors could have an adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition.
We may need to improve our internal controls over financial reporting and our independent auditors may not be able to
attest to their effectiveness because of inherent limitations.
We have evaluated our internal controls over financial reporting for the current fiscal period so that management can attest
to the effectiveness of these controls, as required by Section 404 of the United States Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. Management has
determined that these controls are effective for the 2010 and 2009 fiscal years respectively and did not identify any material
weaknesses within our internal controls surrounding the financial reporting process. These internal controls over financial reporting
may not be sufficient to prevent significant deficiencies or material weaknesses in the future, and we may also identify other
conditions that could result in significant deficiencies or material weaknesses. In this event, we could experience a negative reaction
in the financial markets and incur additional costs in improving the condition of our internal controls. For a detailed discussion of
controls and procedures, see Item 15.: “Controls and Procedures.”
Increased production costs could have an adverse effect
on our results of operations .

Our historical production costs have varied significantly and we may not be able to accurately predict and adequately
provide for an increase in our production costs. Production costs are affected by, among other things:
•     labor stability, lack of productivity and increases in labor costs;
•     increases in crude oil, steel, electricity and water prices;
•     unforeseen changes in ore grades and recoveries;
•     unexpected changes in the quality or quantity of reserves;
•     unstable or unexpected ground conditions and seismic activity;
•     technical production issues;
•     environmental and industrial accidents;
•     gold theft;
•     environmental factors; and
•     pollution.
The majority of our production costs consist of labor, steel, electricity, water, fuels, lubricants and other oil and petroleum
based products. The production costs incurred at our operations have, and could in the future, increase at rates in excess of our annual
expected inflationary increase and result in the restructuring of these operations at substantial cost. The majority of our South African
labor force is unionized and their wage increase demands are usually above the then prevailing rates of inflation. In September 2009,
at Blyvoor, Crown and ERPM we entered into a two year wage agreement with the United Association of South Africa, or UASA,
which took effect from October 1, 2009. Under the agreement, employees at Blyvoor received a 6.5% increase, employees at Crown
received a 6% increase and employees at ERPM received a 4.0% increase. In addition, the UASA employees are eligible for a gold
price/profit linked incentive scheme. The National Union of Mine Workers, or NUM, however, rejected a similar offer and
commenced strike action on September 15, 2009. The NUM strike ended on October 11, 2009 and the following wage agreements
were reached: a two year wage agreement at Crown with effect from October 1, 2009 pursuant to which an 8% wage increase was
agreed, along with another increase of 8% with effect from July 1, 2010; a one year wage agreement at ERPM with effect from
October 1, 2009 pursuant to which a 4% wage increase was agreed; and a two year wage agreement at Blyvoor with effect from July
1, 2009 pursuant to which an 8% wage increase was agreed for the first year, along with another increase of 8% for the second year.
Between September 15, 2009 and October 11, 2009, our average daily gold production loss due to the strike actions was 320 ounces,
almost entirely from Blyvoor’s deep-level underground mining operation. In addition, in the past, we have been impacted by large
price increases imposed by our South African steel suppliers and parastatal entities which supply us with electricity and water. These,
combined with the increases in labor costs, could result in our costs of production increasing above the gold price received.
Discussions with steel suppliers and parastatal entities to moderate price increases have been unsuccessful in the past.

The costs of fuels, lubricants and other oil and petroleum based products have increased in fiscal 2010 as a result of the
general increase in the cost of crude oil in global markets. During fiscal 2009, the average brent crude oil price was approximately
$70 per barrel and in fiscal 2010, the average brent crude oil price was approximately $75 per barrel. In the event that crude oil prices
increase again, this could have a significant impact on our production costs.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
9
Our initiatives to reduce costs, such as reducing our labor force, negotiating lower price increases for consumables and
stringent cost controls, may not be sufficient to offset the increases imposed on our operations and could negatively affect our
business, operating results and financial condition.

Our operations are subject to extensive environmental regulations which could impose significant costs and liabilities.

Our operations are subject to increasingly extensive laws and regulations governing the protection of the environment, under
various state, provincial and local laws, which regulate air and water quality, hazardous waste management and environmental
rehabilitation and reclamation. Our mining and related activities impact the environment, including land, habitat, streams and
environment near the mining sites. Delays in obtaining, or failures to obtain government permits and approvals may adversely
impact our operations. In addition, the regulatory environment in which we operate could change in ways that could substantially
increase costs to achieve compliance, therefore having a material adverse effect on our profitability.

We have made, and expect to make in the future, expenditures to comply with these environmental laws and regulations. We
have estimated our aggregate Group Rehabilitation, Reclamation and Closure cost provision at R420.6 million included on our
statement of financial position as at June 30, 2010. However, the ultimate amount of rehabilitation costs may in the future exceed the
current estimates due to influences beyond our control, such as changing legislation, higher than expected cost increases, or
unidentified rehabilitation costs. The closure of mining operations, without sufficient financial provision for the funding of
rehabilitation liabilities, or unacceptable damage to the environment, including pollution or environmental degradation, may expose
us and our directors to litigation and potentially significant liabilities.
Seismicity and other natural disasters could impact the going concern of our operations.

We run the inherent risk that seismic activity and/or other natural disasters could cripple our operations and affect their
ability to continue production. Seismic activity has had, and may continue to have, a harmful effect on our business, operating results
and financial condition. For example, on May 29, 2009, the Blyvoor operations suffered the effects of a seismic event which knocked
out a number of its high grade panels in the 38/29 section at No. 5 Shaft. This resulted in gold production being approximately 151kg
lower than expected for the four month period ended October 31, 2009 (this excludes the impact of the strike action by our NUM
employees during the months of September and October 2009).

Flooding at our operations may cause us to incur liabilities for environmental damage.

Flooding of underground mining areas is an inherent risk at our underground operations. If the rate of rise of water is not
controlled, water from
underground mining areas could potentially rise to the surface or decant into surrounding underground mining
areas or natural underground water sources. Due to the withdrawal of government pumping subsidies at Durban Deep and West Wits,
we have ceased active pumping of underground water at these mines. We also stopped pumping of underground water at our ERPM
underground operation on August 20, 2009. Progressive flooding where these operations are located could eventually cause the
discharge of polluted water to the surface and to local water sources.
Estimates of the probable rate of rise of water in those mines are contradictory and lack scientific support, however, should
underground water levels not reach a natural subterranean equilibrium, and in the event that underground water rises to the surface,
we may face claims relating to environmental damage as a result of pollution of ground water, streams and wetlands. These claims
may have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition.

We have ageing assets, which exposes us to greater risk of our infrastructure failing, higher maintenance costs and
potentially greater health, safety and environmental liabilities.

Some of our assets, especially at our underground mine, are mature assets, which we acquired after they had reached the end
of the planned production cycle under their previous owners, and our strategy has been to revive these assets through specialist
planning and mining techniques. The ageing infrastructure and installations typical of these operations require constant maintenance
and continuing capital expenditure. This materially increases our operational costs.
In addition, the technology applied in many of our
installations was not regularly updated and accordingly has become obsolete compared to the technology used in more modern mines.
As a result, the risk of technology failure is high, and the maintenance of these installations, costly.

Due to the nature of the business and because our marginal underground mine predominantly comprises of aged
infrastructures, we inherently run the risk of exposure to greater health, safety and environmental liabilities which we closely monitor,
but are unable to fully mitigate.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
10
Limited tailings dam capacity at Crown exposes us to greater risk of financial loss due to lower production and health,
safety and environmental liabilities.

Our ageing tailings facilities at Crown are exposed to numerous risks and events, the occurrence of which may result in the
failure or breach of such a facility. These may include sabotage, failure to adhere to the codes of practice and natural disasters such as
excessive rainfall and seismicity. In the event that we are limited on how much treated ore, sand or slime we can deposit at Crown’s
deposition sites and deposition capacity created by the Ergo/Crown pipeline project, we could be forced to stop or limit operations,
the dams could overflow and the health and safety of our employees and communities living around these dams could be jeopardized.
In the event that this occurs, our Crown operations will be adversely affected and this in turn could have a material adverse effect on
our business, operating results and financial condition.

Ergo (which comprises ErgoGold and Ergo Mining (Pty) Limited, or the Ergo JV) also has tailings facilities that are
exposed to the same risks as described above, but as at September 30, 2010 these tailings facilities had sufficient capacity.

Due to the nature of our business, our Company faces extensive health and safety risks.

Regrettably two people died in work-related incidents during fiscal 2010, compared to five fatalities in fiscal 2009. One of
these fatalities occurred while work was being performed in the course of routine maintenance and the other fatality occurred as a
result of a conveyance incident. Subsequent to February 4, 2010 and up to September 30, 2010 it is encouraging to report that there
was no loss of life at any of our operations. According to section 54 of the Mine, Health and Safety Act of 1996, if an inspector
believes that any occurrence, practice or condition at a mine endangers or may endanger the health or safety of any person at the
mine, the inspector may give any instruction necessary to protect the health or safety of persons at the mine. These instructions could
include the suspension of operations at the whole or part of the mine. While seismic monitoring continues to be an invaluable tool in
the management of seismicity, there is still a risk of seismic induced fatalities occurring which we may not be able to prevent. These
incidents could lead to mine operations being halted and that will
increase our unit costs due to loss of production. This could have a
material adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition.

Events may occur for which we are not insured which could affect our cash flows and profitability.

Because of the nature of our business, we may become subject to liability for pollution or other hazards against which we
are unable to insure, including those in respect of past mining activities. Our existing property, business interruption and other
insurance contains certain exclusions and limitations on coverage. We have insured property, including loss of profits due to business
interruption in the amount of about R9.0 billion. Claims for each and every event are limited by the insurers to R1.0 billion. Business
interruption is only covered from the time the loss actually occurs and is subject to time and amount deductibles that vary between
categories. General liability, fidelity, directors and officers, and other insurance cover are also in place.

Future insurance coverage may not cover the extent of claims brought against us, including claims for environmental,
industrial or pollution related accidents, for which coverage is not available. If we are required to meet the costs of claims which
exceed our insurance coverage, our costs may increase which could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results
and financial condition.

If we are unable to attract and retain key personnel our business may be harmed.

The success of our business will depend, in large part, upon the skills and efforts of a small group of management and
technical personnel including our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer. In addition, we compete with mining and
other companies on a global basis to attract and retain key human resources at all levels with appropriate technical skills and
operating and managerial experience necessary to operate the business. Factors critical to retaining our present staff and attracting
additional highly qualified personnel include our ability to provide these individuals with competitive compensation arrangements,
equity participation and other benefits. If we are not successful in retaining or attracting highly qualified individuals in key
management positions, our business may be harmed. We do not maintain “key man” life insurance policies on any members of our
executive team. The loss of any of our key personnel could prevent us from executing our business plans, which may result in
decreased production, increased costs and decreased profitability.

The Crown/Ergo pipeline is a start-up project and forecasts may not be achieved.
Implementation of the Crown/Ergo pipeline project commenced during June 2010 and is scheduled for completion by
August 2011. The pipeline will provide two of Crown’s plants with access to Ergo’s Brakpan deposition site, allowing Crown to
restore its maximum deposition capacity to 600 000tpm. Crown’s deposition capacity was reduced to 400 000tpm in fiscal 2009 due
to capacity constraints at its deposition site. Restored deposition capacity will allow Crown to account for new Ore Reserves on the
Western and Central Witwatersrand, thus increasing production and extending its life-of-mine. The Crown/Ergo pipeline project is
exposed to numerous risks associated with similar projects, including delays in completion, total abandonment of the project or lower
production than forecasted which could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition. As at
September 30, 2010, the project was on schedule.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
11
Potential provisional judicial management order application to the High Court of South Africa for Blyvoor.
On November 10, 2009, the High Court of South Africa granted a provisional judicial management order over our
Blyvoor operation. The provisional judicial management order was granted in terms of the provisions of Section 427 of the South
African Companies Act. Subsequently, on April 13, 2010 application to the High Court of South Africa had been made to lift the
provisional judicial management order and the application was granted. In fiscal 2009, Blyvoor accounted for 129,473 ounces of
gold, or 52% of our total production and in fiscal 2010 it accounted for 106,452 ounces or 44% of our total production. Under the
terms of a provisional judicial management order, the court appoints a judicial manager who has a wide range of powers at his
disposal to take such actions he deems necessary to save the business. These could include giving certain creditors temporary
preference over others and agreeing compromises with creditors without the risk of committing an act of insolvency and thereby
exposing the mine to liquidation. Should circumstances occur in the future that impact on the sustainability of Blyvoor, then
management may once again apply for a provisional judicial management order or take other measures that they consider
appropriate to protect the business. If these circumstances occur, our business, financial condition and results of operations would
be materially, adversely affected.
Risks related to the gold mining industry
A change in the price of gold, which in the past has fluctuated widely, is beyond our control.

Historically, the gold price has fluctuated widely and is affected by numerous industry factors, over which we have no
control, including:
•     the physical supply of gold from world-wide production and scrap sales, and the purchase, sale or divestment by central
banks of their gold holdings;
•     the demand for gold for investment purposes, industrial and commercial use, and in the manufacturing of jewelry;
•     speculative trading activities in gold;
•     the overall level of forward sales by other gold producers;
•     the overall level and cost of production of other gold producers;
•     international or regional political and economic events or trends;
•     the strength of the dollar (the currency in which gold prices generally are quoted) and of other currencies;
•     financial market expectations regarding the rate of inflation;
•      interest rates;
• 
    gold hedging and de-hedging by gold producers; and
•      actual or expected gold sales by central banks and the International Monetary Fund.

Our Company’s profitability may be negatively impacted if revenue from gold sales drops below the cost of production for
an extended period.
Current economic conditions may adversely affect the profitability of the Group’s operations.
The global economy is currently undergoing a period of prolonged recession and, despite recent signs of stabilization, the
future economic environment is likely to be less favorable than that of recent years. Since September 2008, the global financial
system has experienced difficult credit and liquidity conditions and disruptions resulting in major financial institutions consolidating
or going out of business, tightened credit markets, reduced liquidity, and extreme volatility in fixed income, credit, currency and
equity markets. These conditions may adversely affect the Group’s business. For example, tightening credit conditions may make it
more difficult for the Group to obtain financing on commercially acceptable terms or make it more likely that one or more of our key
suppliers may become insolvent and lead to a supply chain breakdown. In addition, general economic indicators have deteriorated,
including declining consumer sentiment, increased unemployment, declining economic growth and uncertainty regarding corporate
earnings. To the extent the current economic downturn worsens or the economic environment in which the Group operates does not
recover, the Group could experience a material adverse effect on its business, results of operations and financial condition.

The exploration of mineral properties is highly speculative in nature, involves substantial expenditures, and is frequently
unproductive.
We must continually replace Ore Reserves that are depleted by production. Notably, underground operations at ERPM
have been halted since October 2008 and a decision was reached at the end of August 2009 to suspend underground production at
ERPM. Our future growth and profitability will depend, in part, on our ability to identify and acquire additional mineral rights, and
on the costs and results of our continued exploration and development programs. Gold mining companies may undertake
exploration activities to discover gold mineralization, which in turn may give rise to new gold bearing ore bodies. Exploration is
highly speculative in nature and requires substantial expenditure for drilling, sampling and analysis of ore bodies in order to
quantify the extent of the gold reserve. Many exploration programs, including some of ours, do not result in the discovery of
mineralization and any mineralization discovered may not be of sufficient quantity or quality to be mined profitably. If we discover a
viable deposit, it usually takes several years from the initial phases of exploration until production is possible.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
12
During this time, the economic feasibility of production may change. Moreover, we rely on the evaluations of
professional geologists, geophysicists, and engineers for estimates in determining whether to commence or continue mining.
These estimates generally rely on scientific and economic assumptions, which in some instances may not be correct, and could
result in the expenditure of substantial amounts of money on a deposit before it can be determined with any degree of accuracy
whether or not the deposit contains economically recoverable mineralization. Uncertainties as to the metallurgical recovery of any
gold discovered may not warrant mining on the basis of available technology. As a result of these uncertainties, we may not
successfully acquire additional mineral rights, or identify new Proven and Probable Ore Reserves in sufficient quantities to justify
commercial operations in any of our properties. Our mineral exploration rights may also not contain commercially exploitable
reserves of gold. The costs incurred on unsuccessful exploration activities are, as a result, not likely to be recovered and we could
incur a write-down on our investment in that interest or the irrecoverable loss of funds spent. As at September 30, 2010, the Group
has broadened its exploration activities to include initial exploration activities on a small scale in Zimbabwe.

There is uncertainty with our Ore Reserve estimates.

Our Ore Reserve figures described in this document are the best estimates of our current management as of the dates
stated and are reported in accordance with the requirements of Industry Guide 7 of the SEC. These estimates may be imprecise
and may not reflect actual reserves or future production.

Should we encounter mineralization or formations different from those predicted by past drilling, sampling and similar
examinations, reserve estimates may have to be adjusted and mining plans may have to be altered in a way that might ultimately
cause our results of operations and financial condition to decline. Moreover, if the price of gold declines, or stabilizes at a price that is
lower than recent levels, or if our production costs, and in particular our labor, water, steel and electricity costs, increase or recovery
rates decrease, it may become uneconomical to recover Ore Reserves containing relatively lower grades of mineralization. Under
these circumstances, we would be required to re-evaluate our Ore Reserves. Short-term operating factors relating to the Ore Reserves,
such as the need for sequential development of ore bodies and the processing of new or different grades, may increase our production
costs and decrease our profitability during any given period. These factors have and could result in reductions in our Ore Reserve
estimates, which could in turn adversely impact upon the total value of our mining asset base and our business, operating results
and financial condition.
Gold mining is susceptible to numerous events that could have an adverse impact on a gold mining business.

The business of gold mining takes place in underground mines, open pit mines and surface operations for the retreatment of
rock dumps and tailings dams. These operations are exposed to numerous risks and events, the occurrence of which may result in the
death of, or personal injury to, employees, the loss of mining equipment, damage to or destruction of mineral properties or
production facilities, monetary losses, delays in production, environmental damage, loss of the license to mine and potential legal
claims. The risks and events associated with the business of gold mining include, but are not limited to:
•       environmental hazards and pollution, including the discharge of gases, toxic chemicals, pollutants, radioactive materials and
other hazardous material into the air and water;
•       seismic activity which could lead to rock bursts, cave-ins, pit slope failures or, in the event of a significant event, total
closure of sections or an entire underground mine;
•       unexpected geological formations which reduce or prevent mining from taking place;
•       flooding, landslides, sinkhole formation, ground subsidence, ground and surface water pollution, and waterway
contamination;
•       underground fires and explosions, including those caused by flammable gas;
•       accidents caused from and related to drilling, blasting, removing, transporting and processing material, and the collapse of
pit walls and tailings dams; and
•      a decrease in labor productivity due to labor disruptions, work stoppages, disease, slowdowns or labor strikes.
In addition, deep level underground mines in South Africa, as compared to other gold mining countries, involve
significant risks and hazards not associated with open pit or surface rock dump and tailings dam retreatment operations. These
risks and hazards include underground fires, encountering unexpected geological formations, unanticipated ground and water
conditions, fall-of-ground accidents and seismic activity. The level of seismic activity in a deep level gold mine varies based on
the rock formation and geological structures in the mine. The occurrence of any of these hazards could delay production, increase
production costs and may result in significant legal claims.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
13
Risks related to doing business in South Africa

Political or economic instability in South Africa may reduce our production and profitability.

We are incorporated and own operations in South Africa. As a result, political and economic risks relating to South Africa
could reduce our production and profitability. Large parts of the South African population are unemployed and do not have access to
adequate education, health care, housing and other services, including water and electricity. Government policies aimed at alleviating
and redressing the disadvantages suffered by the majority of citizens under previous governments may increase our costs and reduce
our profitability. In recent years, South Africa has experienced high levels of crime. These problems have impeded fixed inward
investment into South Africa and have prompted emigration of skilled workers. As a result, we may have difficulties attracting and
retaining qualified employees.

Recently, the South African economy has been growing at a relatively slow rate, inflation and unemployment have been
high by comparison with developed countries, and foreign currency reserves have been low relative to other emerging market
countries. In the late 1980s and early 1990s, inflation in South Africa reached highs of 20.6%. This increase in inflation resulted in
considerable year on year increases in operational costs. The inflation rate in South Africa still remains relatively high compared to
first world countries, as of June 2010, the Consumer Price Inflation Index, or CPI, stood at 4.2%, down from 6.9% in June 2009, and
12.2% in June 2008. The relatively high inflation rate continued at 3.5% as at September 30, 2010. Continuing high levels of inflation
in South Africa for prolonged periods, without a concurrent devaluation of the rand or increase in the price of gold, could result in an
increase in our costs which could reduce our profitability. In January 2009, the South African Reserve Bank changed the way
inflation is measured by expanding the range of consumer goods used and changing the benchmark measure from CPIX (CPI minus
mortgage costs) to CPI. Mortgage costs have been replaced by owners’ equivalent rental (OER) to capture housing costs, making
CPIX redundant. The closest measure to CPIX is CPI minus OER.

Power stoppages or increases in the cost of power could negatively affect our results and financial condition.

Our mining operations are dependent on electrical power supplied by Eskom, South Africa’s state owned utility company.
As a result of a substantial increase in demand and insufficient generating capacity, Eskom has warned that the country could face
disruptions in electrical power supply. The available generating capacity of electricity was constrained mainly as a result of
unplanned maintenance at some of Eskom’s power stations, insufficient supply of coal to the coal fired plants and skills shortages. On
January 25, 2008, Eskom announced that they could no longer guarantee the supply of electricity to the South African mining
industry. Eskom subsequently cut off power supply to the mining industry for five days in fiscal 2008 and a number of power outages
followed over several months thereafter. Eskom did manage to contain electricity stoppages but the fact remains that the country’s
current reserve capacity is insufficient
and the risk of electricity stoppages is expected to continue through 2013. Apart from the five-
day closure, our production has not been affected, however further power supply stoppages or power cost increases could have an
adverse effect on our operating results and financial condition. From July 1, 2009, Eskom’s average tariff increased by 31.3% and has
adversely affected our production costs particularly at our Blyvoor operation. Eskom
have indicated that they do not have sufficient
funding required for planned infrastructure development, and have imposed the following average tariff increases: from April 1, 2010
an increase of 24.8%, from June 1, 2011 an increase of 25.8% and from June 1, 2012 an increase of 25.9%. These increases have had
an adverse affect on our production costs particularly at our Blyvoor operation
and could have a material adverse effect on our
business, operating results and financial condition.
AIDS poses risks to us in terms of productivity and costs.

Acquired Immune Deficiency Syndrome, or AIDS, and tuberculosis which is closely associated with the onset of the disease
and is exacerbated in the presence of HIV/AIDS, represents a very serious health care challenge in the mining industry. Human
Immunodeficiency Virus, or HIV, is the virus that causes AIDS and South Africa has one of the highest HIV infection rates in the
world. It is estimated that approximately 30% - 35% of the mining industry workforce in South Africa are HIV positive. The exact
extent to which our mining workforce within South Africa is infected with HIV/AIDS is unknown at this stage. The existence of the
disease poses a risk to us in terms of the potential reduction in productivity and increase in health and safety costs brought about by
the company’s social responsibility.
The treatment of occupational health diseases and the potential liabilities related to occupational health diseases may
have an adverse effect on the results of our operations and our financial condition.
The primary area of focus in respect of occupational health within our operations is noise-induced hearing loss (NIHL),
occupational lung diseases (OLD) and tuberculosis (TB). We provide occupational health services to our employees at our
occupational health centers and continue to improve preventive occupational hygiene initiatives. If the costs associated with
providing such occupational health services increase, such increase could have an adverse effect on the results of our operations and
our financial condition.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
14
Increased theft at our work sites, particularly of copper, may result in greater risks to employees or interruptions in
production.
Crime statistics available in South Africa indicate an increase in theft. This together with price increases for copper as a
commodity has resulted in the increased theft of copper cable. All of our operations experience high incidents of copper cable theft
despite the implementation of security measures. In addition to the general risk to employees in an area where theft occurs, we may
suffer production losses and incur additional costs as a result of power interruptions caused by cable theft.
Possible scarcity of water may negatively affect our results and financial condition.
National studies conducted by the Water Research Commission, released during September 2009, found that water resources
were 4% lower than estimated in 1995 which may lead to the revision of water usage strategies by several sectors in the South
African economy, including electricity generation and municipalities. This may result in rationing or increased water costs in the
future. Such changes would adversely impact all of our operations, which require water to operate. In particular our surface
retreatment operations, which use water to transport the slimes or sand from reclaimed areas to the processing plant and to the tailings
facilities, would be adversely impacted. In addition, as our gold plants and piping infrastructure were designed to carry certain
minimum throughputs, any reductions in the volumes of available water may require us to halt production at these operations. We are
currently considering a project which envisages the pumping of underground water at ERPM for use by our surface retreatment
operations.
Government policies in South Africa may adversely impact our operations and profits.
Government Regulation
The mining industry in South Africa is extensively regulated through legislation and regulations issued through the
government’s administrative bodies. These involve directives in respect of health and safety, the mining and exploration of minerals,
and managing the impact of mining operations on the environment. A variety of permits and authorities are required to mine lawfully,
and the government enforces its regulations through the various government departments. The formulation or implementation of
government policies may be unpredictable on certain issues, including changes in laws relating to mineral rights and ownership of
mining assets and the rights to prospect and mine and in extreme cases, nationalization.
The Mineral and Petroleum Resources Development Act, 2002
On May 1, 2004, the new Minerals and Petroleum Resources Development Act, or the MPRD Act, came into effect, which
places all mineral and petroleum resources under the custodianship of the state. Private title and ownership in minerals, or the “old
order rights,” are to be converted to “new order rights,” essentially the right to mine. The MPRD Act allows the existing holders of
mineral rights a period of five years to apply for the conversion of used old order rights, and one year for the conversion of unused
old order rights. Once these periods have lapsed, the holders may have to compete to acquire the right to mine minerals previously
held under old order rights. We have submitted the respective applications in order to comply with the requirements of the Mining
Charter as described below. To the extent that we are unable to convert some of our old order rights, we may have a claim for
compensation based on expropriation. It is not possible to forecast with any degree of certainty whether a claim will be enforceable
against the State, and if enforceable, the level of compensation we will receive, if any. Factors that are taken into account include
market value, proof of actual loss, proof of ownership, nature of property, current use of the property and history of the acquisition.
Where new order rights are obtained under the MPRD Act, these rights will not be equivalent to our existing property rights.
The area covered by the new order rights may be reduced by the State if it finds that the prospecting or mining work program
submitted by an applicant does not substantiate the need to retain the area covered by the old order rights. The duration of the new
order rights will no longer be perpetual but rather, in the case of new order mining rights, for a maximum of 30 years with renewals
of up to 30 years each and, in the case of prospecting rights, up to five years with one renewal of up to three years. In addition, the
new order rights will only be transferable subject to the approval of the Minister of Mineral Resources (formerly Minister of Minerals
and Energy). Mining or prospecting must commence within one year or 120 days, respectively, of the mining right or prospecting
right becoming effective, and must be conducted continuously and actively thereafter. The new rights can be suspended or cancelled
by the Minister of Mineral Resources in the event of a breach or, in the case of mining rights, non-optimal mining in accordance with
the mining work program.
The implementation of the MPRD Act will result in significant adjustments to our property ownership structure. We have
lodged applications to convert all of our old order rights, however, to the extent that we are unable to convert some of our old order
rights to new order rights, and that the exclusive rights to minerals we enjoyed under the previous statutory regime are diminished,
the operations of the MPRD Act may result in significant adjustments to our property ownership structure, which in turn could have a
material adverse effect on the underlying value of our operations. West Wits and West Witwatersrand Consolidated Mine’s
application for conversion has been approved. Benoni and ERPM’s applications for conversion have received preliminary approval
but are still awaiting dates of execution from the Department of Mineral Resources. As at September 30, 2010 the remainder of our
old order mining rights is yet to be converted into new order mining rights. The MPRD Act states that the conversions must be
granted by the minister if all requirements are completed but it does not stipulate any time frame. The MPRD Act also provides for
holders of old order rights to continue to operate under the terms and conditions of such rights until conversions under the MPRD Act
have been completed.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
15
Taxation reform and mining royalties

The South African government has declared its intention to revisit the taxation regime of South African gold mining
companies. The South African gold mining industry is taxed under the gold taxation formula which recognizes the high level of
capital expenditure required to sustain a mining operation over the life of the mine. This results in an additional tax benefit not
afforded to other commercial companies. In addition, the South African Government initially indicated that it was looking at a
revenue based royalty for mining companies, as outlined in the draft Mineral and Petroleum Royalty Bill, 2003, or Royalty Bill,
which was released in March 2003 for comment. Two more drafts of the
Royalty Bill were subsequently released on
October 11, 2006 and December 6, 2007 after going through several revisions. The Royalty Bill was promulgated by government on
August 14, 2008. The Mineral and Petroleum Resources Royalty Act was published on October 11, 2006 for public comment. The
Mineral and Petroleum Resources Royalty Act, No.28 of 2008 was enacted on November 21, 2008 and was published in the South
African Government Gazette on November 24, 2008 and Mineral and the Petroleum Resources Royalty Act (Administration), No.29
of 2008 on November 26, 2008, and was effective from March 1, 2010. These acts provide for the payment of a royalty, calculated
through a royalty rate formula (using rates of between 0.5% and 5.0%) applied against gross revenue per year, payable half yearly
with a third and final payment thereafter. The royalty is tax deductible and the cost after tax amounts to a rate of between 0.33% and
3.3% at the prevailing marginal tax rates applicable to the group. The royalty is payable on old unconverted mining rights and new
converted mining rights. Introduction of similar revenue based royalties or any future tax reforms would have an adverse effect on
the business, operating results and financial condition of our operations.

The Broad Based Socio-Economic Empowerment Charter

The Broad Based Socio-Economic Empowerment Charter for the South African Mining Industry, or Mining Charter
(effective from May 1, 2004), establishes certain numerical goals and timeframes to transform equity participation in the mining
industry in South Africa.

The goals set by the Mining Charter include that each mining company must achieve 15 percent ownership by historically
disadvantaged South Africans of its South African mining assets within five years and 26 percent ownership within ten years from
May 1, 2004. This is to be achieved by, among other methods, the sale of assets to historically disadvantaged persons on a willing
seller/willing buyer basis at fair market value. When considering applications for the conversion of existing rights, the State will
take a “scorecard” approach, evaluating the commitments of each company to the different facets of promoting the objectives of
the Mining Charter. Failure on our part to comply with the requirements of the Mining Charter and the “scorecard” could subject
us to negative consequences. We may incur expenses in giving additional effect to the Mining Charter and the “scorecard”,
including costs which we may incur in facilitating the financing of initiatives towards ownership by historically disadvantaged
persons. There is also no guarantee that any steps we might take to comply with the Mining Charter would ensure that we could
successfully acquire new order mining rights in place of our existing rights. In addition, the terms of such new order rights may
not be as favorable to us as the terms applicable to our existing rights. We run the risk of losing our mining rights if we do not
comply with the requirements stipulated in the Mining Charter. This could have an adverse affect on our business, operating
results and financial condition.

Land claims

Our privately held land and mineral rights in South Africa could be subject to land restitution claims under the Restitution of
Land Rights Act, 1994 (as amended), or Land Rights Act. Under the Land Rights Act, any person who was dispossessed of rights to
land in South Africa as a result of past racially discriminatory laws or practices is granted certain remedies, including the restoration
of the land. The initial deadline for such claims was December 31, 1998. We have not been notified of any land claims, but it is
possible that administrative delays in the processing of claims could have delayed such notification. Any claims of which we are
notified in the future could have a material adverse effect on our right to the properties to which the claims relate and prevent us using
that land and exploiting any Ore Reserves located there. This could have an adverse affect on our business, operating results and
financial condition.

Since our South African labor force has substantial trade union participation, we face the risk of disruption from labor
disputes and new South African labor laws.

Labor costs constitute 34% of our production costs for fiscal 2010, 39% for fiscal 2009 and 41% for fiscal 2008. As of
June 30, 2010, we employ and contract 6,409 people, of whom approximately 83% are members of trade unions or employee
associations. We have entered into various agreements regulating wages and working conditions at our mines. Unreasonable wage
demands could increase production costs to levels where our operations are no longer profitable. This could lead to accelerated mine
closures and labor disruptions. In addition, we are subject to strikes by workers from time to time, which result in disruptions to our
mining operations. For example, from September 15, 2009 until October 11, 2009, a strike by members of the NUM union in
connection with a dispute over new wage agreements resulted in an average daily gold production loss of 320 ounces, almost entirely
from Blyvoor’s deep-level underground mining operations.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
16
In recent years, labor laws in South Africa have changed in ways that significantly affect our operations. In particular, laws
that provide for mandatory compensation in the event of termination of employment for operational reasons and that impose large
monetary penalties for non-compliance with the administrative and reporting requirements of affirmative action policies could result
in significant costs to us. In addition, future South African legislation and regulations relating to labor may further increase our costs
or alter our relationship with our employees. Labor cost increases could have an adverse effect on our business, operating results and
financial condition.

Labor unrest and xenophobia could affect production.

We may experience labor unrest at our operations. In particular, during October and November 2002, ERPM experienced
some labor unrest during which several striking contract workers were wounded and two workers were killed by employees of a
private security company. Furthermore, during fiscal 2008, South Africa fell victim to a slew of xenophobic attacks when a series of
riots started in the township of Alexandra. This violence of locals attacking migrants from other African countries had a direct impact
on our operations at ERPM. Three employees died and attendance was down at the operation for several days. Although these attacks
have been contained, the challenge for the South African Government is to come up with a long-term and judicious immigration
policy.
A repeat of such events could have an adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition.

Our financial flexibility could be materially constrained by South African currency restrictions.
South African law provides for exchange control regulations, which restrict the export of capital from the Common
Monetary Area, including South Africa. The Exchange Control Department of the South African Reserve Bank, or SARB, is
responsible for the administration of exchange control regulations. In particular, South African companies:
•    are generally not permitted to export capital from South Africa or to hold foreign currency without the approval of SARB;
•    are generally required to repatriate, to South Africa, profits of foreign operations; and
•    are limited in their ability to utilize profits of one foreign business to finance operations of a different foreign business.

While the South African Government has relaxed exchange controls in recent years, it is difficult to predict whether or
how it will further relax or abolish exchange control measures in the future. For further information see Item 10D.: “Exchange
Controls.”

Risks related to ownership of our ordinary shares or ADSs
Your ability to sell a substantial number of ordinary shares may be restricted by the limited liquidity of ordinary
shares traded on JSE Limited, or JSE.
In July 2006, we delisted from the Australian Stock Exchange and currently our primary listing for our ordinary shares is
only the JSE. The principal trading market for our ADSs is the Nasdaq Capital Market, or Nasdaq. On a historical basis, the
trading volumes and liquidity of shares listed on the JSE have been low in comparison with the Nasdaq. For the 12 months ended
June 30, 2010, only 25% of the ordinary shares publicly traded were traded on the JSE. The limited liquidity of the ordinary
shares traded on the JSE could limit your ability to sell a substantial number of ordinary shares on the JSE in a timely manner,
especially by means of a large block trade.

Sales of large volumes of our ordinary shares or ADSs or the perception that these sales may occur, could adversely
affect the prevailing market price of such securities.
The market price of our ordinary shares or ADSs could fall if substantial amounts of ordinary shares or ADSs are sold by
our stockholders, or there is the perception in the marketplace that such sales could occur. Current holders of our ordinary shares
or ADSs may decide to sell them at any time. Sales of our ordinary shares or ADSs, if substantial, or the perception that these
sales may occur to be substantial, could exert downward pressure on the prevailing market prices for our ordinary shares or ADSs,
causing their market prices to decline. Trading activity of hedge funds and the ability to borrow script in the market place will
increase trading volumes and may place our share price under pressure.

Your rights as a shareholder are governed by South African law, which differs in material respects from the rights of
shareholders under the laws of other jurisdictions.
Our Company is a public limited liability company incorporated under the laws of the Republic of South Africa. The
rights of holders of our ordinary shares, and therefore many of the rights of our ADS holders, are governed by our memorandum
and articles of association and by South African law. These rights differ in material respects from the rights of shareholders in
companies incorporated elsewhere, such as in the United States. In particular, South African law significantly limits the
circumstances under which shareholders of South African companies may institute litigation on behalf of a company.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
17
We may be subject to an increase in compliance costs with our continued efforts to increase the transparency of our
reporting requirements and changing corporate governance initiatives.

As a result of our listings on the Nasdaq Capital Market and JSE, we are required to comply with new and changing
reporting requirements that have over recent years emphasized an increase in the transparency of public disclosure. The associated
regulatory standards set forth by the exchanges’ governing bodies may change over time and may be subject to interpretation. As
a result we may not execute the application of these standards properly and will congruently experience an increase in the cost of
our compliance efforts. For example, management’s required assessment of our internal controls over the financial reporting
process stipulated by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 commands the need for resources from management in
addition to our external auditors who are required to attest to our internal control over financial reporting. Maintaining high
standards of corporate governance and public disclosure is highly prioritized in our organization and with our continued efforts to
comply with these laws currently effective and any future legislative introductions or changes, we will continue to incur the
related costs.
It may not be possible for you to effect service of legal process, enforce judgments of courts outside of South Africa or
bring actions based on securities laws of jurisdictions other than South Africa against us or against members of our board.

Our Company, certain members of our board of directors and executive officers are residents of South Africa. In
addition, our cash producing assets are located outside the United States and a major portion of the assets of members of our board
of directors and executive officers are either wholly or substantially located outside the United States. As a result, it may not be
possible for you to effect service of legal process, within the United States or elsewhere outside South Africa, upon most of our
directors or officers, including matters arising under United States federal securities laws or applicable United States state
securities laws.

Moreover, it may not be possible for you to enforce against us or the members of our board of directors and executive
officers judgments obtained in courts outside South Africa, including the United States, based on the civil liability provisions of
the securities laws of those countries, including those of the United States. A foreign judgment is not directly enforceable in South
Africa, but constitutes a cause of action which will be enforced by South African courts provided that:
•      the court which pronounced the judgment had jurisdiction to entertain the case according to the principles recognized by
South African law with reference to the jurisdiction of foreign courts;
•      the judgment is final and conclusive (that is, it cannot be altered by the court which pronounced it);
•      the judgment has not lapsed;
•      the recognition and enforcement of the judgment by South African courts would not be contrary to public policy, including
observance of the rules of natural justice which require that no award is enforceable unless the defendant was duly served
with documents initiating proceedings, that he was given a fair opportunity to be heard and that he enjoyed the right to be
legally represented in a free and fair trial before an impartial tribunal;
•      the judgment was not obtained by fraudulent means;
•      the judgment does not involve the enforcement of a penal or revenue law; and
•      the enforcement of the judgment is not otherwise precluded by the provisions of the Protection of Business Act, 1978 (as
amended), of South Africa.

It is the policy of South African courts to award compensation for the loss or damage actually sustained by the person to
whom the compensation is awarded. Although the award of punitive damages is generally unknown to the South African legal system
that does not mean that such awards are necessarily contrary to public policy. Whether a judgment was contrary to public policy
depends on the facts of each case. Exorbitant, unconscionable, or excessive awards will generally be contrary to public policy. South
African courts cannot enter into the merits of a foreign judgment and cannot act as a court of appeal or review over the foreign court.
South African courts will usually implement their own procedural laws and, where an action based on an international contract is
brought before a South African court, the capacity of the parties to the contract will usually be determined in accordance with South
African law. It is doubtful whether an original action based on United States federal securities laws may be brought before South
African courts. A plaintiff who is not resident in South Africa may be required to provide security for costs in the event of
proceedings being initiated in South Africa. Furthermore, the Rules of the High Court of South Africa require that documents
executed outside South Africa must be authenticated for the purpose of use in South African courts. It is not possible therefore for an
investor to seek to impose criminal liability on us in a South African court arising from a violation of United States federal
securities laws.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
18
ITEM 4. INFORMATION ON THE COMPANY
4A. HISTORY AND DEVELOPMENT OF THE COMPANY

Introduction

DRDGOLD Limited is a South African gold mining company engaged in underground and surface gold mining including
exploration, extraction, processing and smelting. We have a 74% interest in DRDGOLD South African Operations (Pty) Limited, or
DRDGOLD SA. Of the remaining 26%, 20% is held by our Black Economic Empowerment, or BEE, partner Khumo Gold SPV
(Pty) Limited, or Khumo Gold and 6% is held by an employee trust (known as DRDSA Empowerment Trust). DRDGOLD SA
wholly owns and operates Blyvooruitzicht Gold Mining Company Limited, or Blyvoor, East Rand Proprietary Mines Limited, or
ERPM, and Crown Gold Recoveries (Pty) Limited, or Crown. DRDGOLD SA also wholly owns Ergo Mining (Pty) Limited, or the
Ergo JV, and it owns 65% of the Elsburg Gold Mining Joint Venture, or ErgoGold, with DRDGOLD holding the remaining 35%.
DRDGOLD is also a 50% partner in an early-stage gold exploration project on Zimbabwe’s Greenstone Belt. . As at June 30, 2010,
DRDGOLD's foreign subsidiaries, which were the holding companies for its previously disposed Australasian operations, have been
placed into voluntary liquidation.

We are a public limited liability company, incorporated on February 16, 1895, as Durban Roodepoort Deep, Limited, and
our shares were listed on the JSE in that same year. In 1898, our milling operations commenced with 30 stamp mills and in that year
we treated 38,728 tons of ore and produced 22,958 ounces of gold. On December 3, 2004, the company changed its name from
Durban Roodepoort Deep, Limited to DRDGOLD Limited. In South Africa, we have focused our operations on the West
Witwatersrand Basin which has been a gold producing region for over 100 years.

To facilitate access to global capital markets our shares and/or related instruments trade on the JSE, Nasdaq, the Marche
Libre on the Paris Bourse, the Brussels Bourse in the form of International Depository Receipts, the Over The Counter, or OTC,
market in Berlin and Stuttgart and the Regulated Unofficial Market on the Frankfurt Stock Exchange.

Our registered office and business address is 1
st
Floor, Building 1, Quadrum Office Park, 50 Constantia Boulevard,
Constantia Kloof Ext. 28, Roodepoort, South Africa. The postal address is P.O. Box 390, Maraisburg 1700, South Africa. Our
telephone number is (+27 11) 470-2600 and our facsimile number is (+27 11) 470-2618. We are registered under the South African
Companies Act, 1973 (as amended) under registration number 1895/000926/06. For our ADSs, The Bank of New York, at 101
Barclay Street, New York, NY 10286, United States, has been appointed as agent.

South African Operations
•      Blyvoor , acquired on September 15, 1997, in exchange for 12,693,279 of our ordinary shares, is a predominantly
underground operating mine located within the Witwatersrand Basin, exploiting gently to moderately dipping gold bearing
quartz pebble conglomerates in addition to certain surface sources.
•      Crown, acquired on September 14, 1998, in exchange for 5,925,139 of our ordinary shares, also located within the
Witwatersrand Basin, exploits various surface sources, including sand and slime tailings deposited as part of previous
mining operations.
•      ERPM which consists of an underground mine and the Cason Dump surface retreatment operation was acquired on
October 10, 2002, by Crown. Underground mining at ERPM was halted in October 2008.
•      Ergo was formed in June 2007 to explore and evaluate the possibility of processing up to 1.7 billion tons of gold, uranium
and sulphur-bearing tailings on the East and Central Rand goldfields of South Africa. Initially established as a 50:50 joint
venture with Mintails SA (Pty) Limited, or Mintails SA, a subsidiary of Mintails Limited of Australia, DRDGOLD acquired
the remaining 50% interest owned by Mintails SA in the Ergo JV on January 21, 2010. Ergo Phase 1, to recover and treat
over a period of 12 years, approximately 180 Mt of gold bearing surface tailings contained in the Elsburg tailings complex
was established under the Elsburg Gold Mining Joint Venture, or ErgoGold. On March 31, 2009, DRDGOLD obtained
control over ErgoGold, which was also formerly a 50:50 joint venture with Mintails SA.
Australasian Operations (discontinued operations)
•      Tolukuma (various stakes acquired between September 1999 to June 2001, in exchange for a total of 8,125,082 shares and
$3.3 million in cash), an underground mine in Papua New Guinea (PNG), provided an initial base in the Australasian region
and led to the acquisition of a 20% interest in the unincorporated Porgera Joint Venture.
On September 10, 2007, Emperor Mines Limited, or Emperor, which held a 100% interest in Tolukuma announced its
intention to divest the Tolukuma gold mine. On October 22, 2007, we sold our entire interest in Emperor.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
19
Important Events in Our Development Generally and in the Current Year

Top Star Dump

On August 28, 2006, we concluded an agreement with AngloGold Ashanti Limited, or AngloGold Ashanti, to purchase the
remaining extent of Erf 1 Park Central Township, better known as “The Top Star Dump”, in central Johannesburg for an amount of
R8.0 million. A further R28.4 million was spent on the infrastructure required to process the dump. The Top Star Dump was
evaluated geostatistically by us and reviewed independently by Coffey Mining (an exploration, mining and resource consulting
firm) and had a probable reserve of 5.2 Mt, at a grade of 0.775 g/t.

On August 30, 2006, the Provincial Heritage Resources Authority of Gauteng, or PHRAG, published a notice in the
Gauteng Provincial Gazette in terms of which the dump was provisionally protected for a period of two years. We lodged an appeal
against the decision to issue the protection order, and on October 30, 2007 the PHRAG withdrew the protection order.

On August 21, 2008 a Mining Right was granted for gold recovery over the Top Star Dump, in favor of Crown by the
Department of Mineral Resources with effect from August 21, 2008. The mining right for the Top Star Dump has been granted
until August 20, 2013.

Ergo (consisting of ErgoGold and the Ergo JV)

On June 7, 2007, we and Mintails announced the formation of Ergo, a joint venture between Mintails SA and DRDGOLD
SA. Following discussions initiated in the first quarter of 2007, the joint venture parties agreed to pursue a strategy to consolidate
certain of their assets on the East Rand. Mintails SA contributed one fully refurbished carbon-in-leach, or CIL, circuit at the Brakpan
plant and DRDGOLD SA contributed the Elsburg tailings complex, comprising approximately 180 Mt of tailings. This part of the
project, previously referred to as Ergo Phase 1, was subsequently established under the Elsburg Gold Mining Joint Venture, or
ErgoGold. Mintails SA and DRDGOLD SA, through their subsidiaries, initially owned 50% each of ErgoGold and the Ergo JV.

On August 6, 2007, the joint venture parties entered into a sale of assets agreement with AngloGold Ashanti pursuant to
which it acquired the remaining moveable and immovable assets of the Ergo plant for a consideration of R42.8 million. These assets
will be operated by Ergo for its own account, under the AngloGold Ashanti authorizations, until new order mining rights have been
obtained. These assets consist of servitudes (access agreements), infrastructure, piping, equipment, old order mining rights and the
right to an additional 15 Mt of tailings material.

On November 26, 2007, we announced that DRDGOLD SA signed a binding term sheet with Mintails SA, which provided
for significant expansion of the joint venture through:
•      the planned refurbishment of all infrastructure at the Brakpan plant, to increase capacity from one CIL gold recovery circuit
to a plant capable of processing tailings for the recovery of gold, uranium and sulphuric acid; and
•      substantially increasing available tailings material from 180 Mt to up to 1,700 Mt, by securing rights over tailings dumps
and slimes dams in the region.

Additional agreements were concluded on November 14, 2007 for:
•      the acquisition by Ergo of additional tailings properties and the Withok deposition complex from AngloGold Ashanti for a
payment of R45.0 million and assumption of rehabilitation obligations; and
•      the acquisition by Mintails SA of an option to acquire tailings properties (the Grootvlei Properties), comprising some
105 Mt, from Pamodzi Gold Limited. The Grootvlei properties formed part of the Mintails SA contribution to the expanded
Ergo JV.
Ergo Phase 1 (ErgoGold) involved the refurbishment of one CIL circuit at the Brakpan plant with the capacity to treat an
estimated 15Mt of tailings a year, for the recovery of approximately 75,000 ounces of gold a year. Ergo Phase 2 includes the
expansion of the gold plant by refurbishing the second CIL circuit and developing uranium and acid plants. Ergo is managed by
Crown.
On September 29, 2008, DRDGOLD SA acquired a further 15% interest in ErgoGold from Mintails SA resulting in
DRDGOLD SA, which holds its interest through its subsidiary, ERPM, holding a 65% interest and Mintails SA a 35% interest in
the joint venture. On December 8, 2008, DRDGOLD agreed to acquire Mintails SA's remaining interest in ErgoGold, as well as
all of the shareholder’s loans owed by ErgoGold to the Mintails group. The acquisition, which was completed on March 31, 2009,
resulted in the Group acquiring 100% of ErgoGold. The purchase consideration was paid in cash and amounted to R100.0 million
for the 15% interest and R177.0 million for the 35% interest.

On January 21, 2010, DRDGOLD SA through its subsidiary ERPM, acquired the remaining 50% interest in the Ergo JV
from Mintails SA for a total consideration of R82.1 million, consisting of R62.1 million in cash and payment of the balance of
R20.0 million with DRDGOLD’s shares in Witfontein Mining (Pty) Limited. The transaction was completed April 15, 2010 and
recorded in the financial statements effective May 1, 2010.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
20
DRDGOLD treats ErgoGold and the Ergo JV as one operating segment, called Ergo, and includes their respective
financial results within its Annual Report in accordance with IFRS 8 (Operating Segments). Furthermore, the company’s
management believes it is appropriate to present ErgoGold and the Ergo JV together in this discussion as they share the same
infrastructure, human resources and mineable material, with ErgoGold being focused on the extraction of gold from the re-
treatment of the Elsburg and Benoni deposition sites, and the Ergo JV being an exploration project focused on the extraction of
uranium and further gold from a range of deposition sites (including the Elsburg and Benoni sites).
Emperor

On July 27, 2007, DRDGOLD shareholders at a general meeting approved the disposal by Emperor of its 20% interest in
the Porgera Joint Venture to a subsidiary of Barrick for a purchase consideration of $250.0 million and the grant of an option to
Barrick or its nominee to subscribe for 153,325,943 shares in Emperor. Emperor shareholders also approved the disposal and a capital
distribution of A$0.05 per Emperor share to Emperor shareholders by way of a capital return out of the surplus cash realized from the
disposal, at a general meeting held on July 30, 2007. The sale transaction was completed on August 17, 2007, for a final cash
consideration of R1.9 billion ($255.0 million), which included interest, and subsequently Emperor retired all its debt facilities. The
capital distribution was completed on September 3, 2007.

On October 22, 2007, we sold our entire interest in Emperor for R355.8 million
(A$55.9 million) to 26 institutional
investors with each acquiring between 0.4% and 21.6% of the shares.

ERPM
On October 6, 2008 we ceased pumping at ERPM’s South West Vertical Shaft for safety reasons following the death of two
employees underground. Post mortems suggested that the two men, who had been conducting routine water level measurements, died
of asphyxiation. The South West Vertical Shaft had been used only for water pumping purposes for several years.
The Department of Mineral Resources issued a Section 54 notice under the Mine Health and Safety Act, subjecting access
into the area to certain restrictions and conditions relating to ventilation. On October 23, 2008, drilling and blasting operations were
suspended in all shafts after the cessation of pumping of underground water at South West Vertical shaft on October 6, 2008 for
safety reasons.

On November 19, 2008, we announced our intention to place on care and maintenance the underground operations of
ERPM, and to proceed with a consultation process in terms of Section 189A of the Labour Relations Act to determine the future
of the mine’s 1,700 employees. The consultation process was completed on January 20, 2009 and 1,335 employees were
retrenched. On August 20, 2009, we discontinued care and maintenance and closed the underground operations.

Blyvoor
On November 9, 2009, we announced that, in a bid to save our Blyvoor mine from liquidation, we intended applying to the
High Court of South Africa for a provisional judicial management order over the operation. A provisional judicial management order
was granted by the High Court of South Africa on November 10, 2009.
The application, in terms of the provisions of Section 427 of the South African Companies Act, was prompted by Blyvoor’s
inability to continue to sustain losses incurred since April 2009, which were brought about by the following circumstances:
•      a drop in the rand gold price received between April 1, 2009 and September 30, 2009, due to the strengthening of the
Rand against the US dollar;
      extensive damage caused during May 2009 to higher-grade underground production areas at Blyvoor’s No. 5 Shaft by
seismic activity, restoration of which was expected to take until March 2010 to complete;
•       power utility Eskom’s higher winter tariffs, compounded by a 32% price increase effective from July 1, 2009, and the
likelihood of further increases in coming months; and
      the wage strike by the National Union of Mineworkers, which lasted for almost a month and resulted in the loss of
approximately 8,000 ounces of production.
In terms of a provisional judicial management order, the court appoints a judicial manager who has a wide range of powers
at his disposal to take such actions he deems necessary to save the business. These could include giving certain creditors temporary
preference over others and agreeing compromises with creditors without the risk of committing an act of insolvency and thereby
exposing the mine to liquidation.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
21
On April 13, 2010, DRDGOLD announced that the High Court of South Africa had agreed to lift, with immediate effect,
the provisional judicial management order in place since November 10, 2009. The Company’s application to the court for the
lifting of the provisional judicial management order, pointed out that for the period from November 2009 to February 2010,
Blyvoor had traded at an unaudited profit of R33.6 million, the amount owed to trade creditors at the time when the provisional
judicial management order was granted had been reduced from R39 million to R2.17 million, monthly production of gold had
increased from 8,745 ounces to 10,127 ounces and the gold price had increased from R240,000/kg to R265,000/kg.

On December 2, 2009, DRDGOLD announced a proposed transaction to sell 60% of Blyvoor to Aurora Empowerment
Systems (Pty) Limited, or Aurora, for R295 million. On April 1, 2010, the proposed transaction was cancelled by mutual
agreement between DRDGOLD and Aurora.
Other

We concluded an agreement with M5 Developments (Pty) Limited, or M5, on July 21, 2005, under which M5, against
payment of a non-refundable fee of R1.5 million, was granted an option to acquire Durban Deep’s mine village for R15.0 million. On
the exercise of the option, the option fee would be deemed part payment of the purchase consideration.

On November 18, 2005, M5 exercised the option and provided a guarantee for payment. Prior to the registration of
transfer occurring, we were notified by Rand Leases Properties Limited (formerly JCI Properties Limited) of an alleged pre-
emptive right in respect of the property in terms of an agreement dated December 1996, pursuant to which the property should be
first offered to be sold to them on similar terms. We subsequently repudiated our agreement with M5 and notified Rand Leases
Properties Limited that we did not intend offering the property to them. Both parties indicated to us their intentions to institute
legal proceedings for the sale and transfer of the property. On December 12, 2006, Rand Leases Properties Limited issued a
summons against us and we filed an appearance to defend. A trial date was allocated by the High Court of South Africa for
April 25, 2008; however the trial date has been postponed and the parties have suspended the pleadings with the possibility of
pursuing a settlement of the case.

On September 17, 2008, our wholly-owned subsidiary, DRD (Offshore) Limited, sold all of its shares in G.M. Network
Limited, or GoldMoney, to other GoldMoney shareholders. The cash consideration in respect of the disposal amounted to
R23.8 million ($2.9 million). GoldMoney is a company that holds the rights, patents and other intellectual property of
GoldMoney.com, which is a product specializing in digital gold currency. We previously held a 50.25% shareholding in Net-Gold
Services Limited, which was converted on March 30, 2008, into a 12.3% shareholding in GoldMoney.

In January 2009 we completed the acquisition of 28.33% of the shares in West Wits SA (Pty) Limited a subsidiary of
West Wits Mining Limited, an Australian based listed company. The formation of the company was to explore, evaluate and
potentially extract gold and uranium from the West Rand Goldfield of South Africa's Witwatersrand Basin.
On December 9, 2008, Argonaut Financial Services (Pty) Ltd, Mintails SA (Pty) Ltd and Witfontein Mining (Pty) Ltd,
entered into a share purchase agreement (SPA) which resulted in Argonaut Financial Services (Pty) Limited (a wholly owned
subsidiary of DRDGOLD) and Mintails SA each owning 50% of the shareholding of Witfontein as well as being authorized to
each appoint 50% of the board. Previously Mintails SA owned 100% of the issued share capital of Witfontein. Witfontein is to be
used as a future deposition establishment facility (i.e. slime deposition). On January 21, 2010, the Company entered into an
agreement to sell its interest in Witfontein Mining (Pty) Limited to Mintails SA for R20 million and regulatory approval was
obtained on April 15, 2010. The R20 million consideration was set off the acquisition price for the remaining 50% in the Ergo JV.
On July 22, 2009, the Company announced the rejection by the Mintails board of the offer by DRDGOLD SA to
purchase the South African business assets of Mintails after its announcement dated June 29, 2009, which set out information
relating to Mintails having conditionally accepted an offer by DRDGOLD SA, to acquire all of its South African business assets,
excluding its interest in West Wits Mining Limited.

On June 30, 2010, DRDGOLD signed a heads of agreement with the JSE listed White Water Resources Limited, or
White Water, according to which White Water would acquire from ERPM, for the amount of R18.5 million, the prospecting right
over ERPM Extensions 1 and 2 and the mining right over ERPM Extension 1. ERPM`s mining right application over Extension 1
is pending. Both extensions are contiguous to the ERPM lease area. The purchase consideration would be settled through the issue
of 74 million ordinary shares in White Water and 26 shares in a special purpose vehicle to be created which would hold the assets
acquired by White Water from ERPM. In the event that the Department of Mineral Resources did not approve the transfer of one
or more of the prospecting or mining rights the consideration would be reduced to R9.3 million to be settled through the issue of
37 million ordinary shares in White Water and 26 ordinary shares in the special purpose vehicle to ERPM. The transaction was
subject to the successful conclusion of various conditions precedent, including approval of the transaction by White Water
shareholders and the DRDGOLD board of directors. On September 7, 2010 negotiations were terminated due to the non-
fulfillment of conditions precedent.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
22
For further information on other capital investments, divestures, capital expenditure and capital commitments, see Item 4D.:
“Property, Plant and Equipment,” and Item 5B.: “Liquidity and Capital Resources.”
4B. BUSINESS OVERVIEW

Description of Our Mining Business

Exploration

Exploration activities are focused on the extension of existing ore bodies and identification of new ore bodies both at
existing sites and at undeveloped sites. Once a potential ore body has been discovered, exploration is extended and intensified in
order to enable clearer definition of the ore body and the portions with the potential to be mined. Geological techniques are constantly
refined to improve the economic viability of exploration and exploitation.

Mining

Our operations comprise relatively mature assets and the principal mining method used is the extraction of previously
abandoned Ore Reserves, which require a high degree of opening up and retreatment of these previously abandoned Ore Reserves.

Our Metallurgical Plants and Processes

A detailed review of the metallurgical plants and processes for each of the mining operations is provided under Item 4D:
“Property, Plant and Equipment.”

Market

The gold market is relatively liquid compared to other commodity markets, with the price of gold generally quoted in
dollars. Physical demand for gold is primarily for manufacturing purposes, and gold is traded on a world-wide basis. Refined gold has
a variety of uses, including jewelry, electronics, dentistry, decorations, medals and official coins. In addition, central banks, financial
institutions and private individuals buy, sell and hold gold bullion as an investment and as a store of value (due to the tendency of
gold to retain its value in relative terms against basic goods and in times of inflation and monetary crises).
The use of gold as a store of value and the large quantities of gold held for this purpose in relation to annual mine production
have meant that historically the potential total supply of gold has been far greater than demand. Thus, while current supply and
demand play some part in determining the price of gold, this does not occur to the same extent as in the case of other commodities.
Instead, the gold price has from time to time been significantly affected by macro-economic factors such as expectations of inflation,
interest rates, exchange rates, changes in reserve policy by central banks, and global or regional political and economic crises. In
times of inflation and currency devaluation, gold is often seen as a safe haven, leading to increased purchases of gold and support for
its price.

The gold market was strong but remained volatile in fiscal 2010, trading between a low of $909 per ounce and a high of
$1,261 per ounce. The average spot price was 25% higher than in the previous fiscal year, at $1,092 per ounce. Amid continuing
global economic uncertainty, investors turned once more to gold (notably to safe-haven products such as Exchange Traded Funds)
and this, together with more de-hedging activity and a slowdown in new mine supply, particularly from South Africa, saw demand
exceed supply. The average gold price received by us for the year was R267,292 per kilogram which was 7% higher than the
previous year at R250,589 per kilogram.

Looking ahead, we believe that the global economic environment, including economic uncertainty and other factors, will
continue to make gold attractive to investors. The supply side shortfall is likely to continue because of circumstances including
operational challenges and delays in opening new mines and the challenge, particularly to South African producers such as ourselves,
of maintaining profitable production in the face of increasing mining depths and rising costs.

Our total revenue by geographic market was as follows:

Year ended June 30,
2010
2009                         2008
R’000
R’000                         R’000
South Africa...............................................................................................
1,990,522
1,910,738                   1,843,912
Australasia .................................................................................................
-
                     89,235
1,990,522
1,910,738                   1,933,147
BACKGROUND IMAGE
23
All gold produced by our South African Operations is sold on our behalf by Rand Refinery Limited, or RRL, in accordance
with a refining agreement entered into in October 2001. At our various operations the gold bars which are produced consist of
approximately 85% gold, 7-8% silver and the balance comprises copper and other common elements. The gold bars are sent to RRL
for assaying and final refining where the gold is purified to 99.9% and cast into troy ounce bars of varying weights. RRL then usually
sells the gold on the same day as delivery, for the London afternoon fixed Dollar price, with the proceeds remitted to us in rand
within two days. In exchange for this service, we pay RRL a variable refining fee plus fixed marketing, loan and administration fees.
We currently own 4.0% (Fiscal 2009: 4.0%) of RRL (which is jointly owned by South African mining companies). Mr. T.J. Gwebu
our Executive Officer Compliance, is a director of RRL and Mr. D.J. Pretorius, our Chief Executive Officer, is an alternate director of
RRL.

Ore Reserves
The tables below set out the Proven and Probable Ore Reserves that are the Group’s Ore Reserves as of June 30, 2010,
and 2009, in both imperial and metric units. Our Ore Reserves are comprised of our attributable Ore Reserves.
Ore Reserve estimates in this Annual Report are reported in accordance with the requirements of the SEC’s Industry
Guide 7. Accordingly, as of the date of reporting, all reserves are planned to be mined out under the life of mine business plans
within the period of our existing rights to mine, or within the time period of assured renewal periods of our rights to mine. In
addition, as of the date of reporting, all reserves are covered by required permits and governmental approvals. See Item 4D.:
“Property, Plant and Equipment” for a description of the rights in relation to each mine.
In South Africa, we are legally required to publicly report Ore Reserves and Mineral Resources in compliance with the
South African Code for the Reporting of Mineral Resources and Ore Reserves, or SAMREC Code. The SEC’s Industry Guide 7
does not recognize Mineral Resources. Accordingly, we do not include estimates of Mineral Resources in this Annual Report.
Ore Reserve calculations are subject to a review conducted in accordance with SEC Industry Guide 7. Components of the
calculations included in the geological models and input parameters of the reserve estimation procedures, were checked. In
addition, visual inspection of the planning to deliver an individual block to the metallurgical plant, and the recovery, and
deposition of the tailings, took place. A check is also made of the financial input into the costs and revenue to affirm that they are
within reasonable limits.
The Ore Reserves are inclusive of diluting materials and allow for losses that may occur when the material is mined. Ore
Reserve tons, grade and content are quoted as delivered to the gold plant. There are two types of methods available to select ore for
mining. The first is pay-limit, which includes cash costs, including overhead costs, to calculate the pay-limit grade. The second is the
cut-off grade which includes cash costs, excluding fixed overhead costs, to calculate the cut-off grade, resulting in a lower figure than
the full pay-limit grade. The cut-off grade is based upon direct costs from the mining plan, taking into consideration production
levels, production efficiencies and the expected costs. We use the pay-limit to determine which areas to mine, as an overhead
inclusive amount that is indicative of the break-even position, especially for marginal mining operations.

The pay-limit approach is based on the minimum in-situ grade of ore blocks, for which the production costs, which includes
all overhead costs, including head office charges, are equal to a three-year historical average gold price per ounce for that year. This
calculation also considers the previous three years’ mining and milling efficiencies, which includes metallurgical and other mining
factors and the production plan for the next twelve months. Only blocks above the pay-limit grade are considered for mining. The
pay-limit grade is higher than the cut-off grade, because this includes overhead costs, which indicates the break-even position of the
operation, especially significant for marginal mines.
When delineating the economic limits to the ore bodies, we adhere to the following guidelines:
•      The potential ore to be mined is well defined by an externally verified and approved geological model created using our
mining software;
•      The potential ore, which is legally allowed to be mined, is also confined by the mine's lease boundaries; and
•      A full life of mine business plan (physical 5 year plan) is constructed to mine the ore from existing infrastructure.
Our Ore Reserves figures are estimates, which may not reflect actual reserves or future production. We have prepared these
figures in accordance with industry practice, converting mineral deposits to an Ore Reserve through the preparation of a mining plan.
The Ore Reserve estimates contained herein inherently include a degree of uncertainty and depend to some extent on statistical
inferences which may ultimately prove to have been unreliable.
Reserve estimates require revisions based on actual production experience or new information. Should we encounter
mineralization or formations different from those predicted by past drilling, sampling and similar examinations, reserve estimates
may have to be adjusted and mining plans may have to be altered in a way that might adversely affect our operations. Moreover, if
the price of gold declines, or stabilizes at a price that is lower than recent levels, or if our production costs increase or recovery rates
decrease, it may become uneconomical to recover Ore Reserves containing relatively lower grades of mineralization.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
24
Our Ore Reserves are prepared using three year average gold prices at the time of reserve determination. In light of the
significant increase in gold prices, since fiscal 2006 the Company prepares its life of mine business plans using the prevailing gold
price at the time of the reserve determination, which is at the end of the fiscal year.

Gold prices and exchange rates used for Ore Reserves and for our business plan are outlined in the following table.

2010                                                                   2009
Three-year average                 Business Plan       Three-year average               Business Plan
Reserve gold price –$/oz
926
1,244
778
885
Reserve gold price –R/kg
236,752
306,081
199,331
241,834
Exchange rate –R/$
7.95
7.65
7.97
8.50

In fiscal 2010, our attributable Ore Reserves increased by 15% from 5.2 million ounces at June 30, 2009, to 6.0 million
ounces at June 30, 2010, primarily as a consequence of the higher gold price.

Based on the life of mine business plans, the life of mine for each of our operations at June 30, 2010, were as follows:
                                                                                                   Underground                                                         Surface
Mine                                                                                            2010                             2009                              2010                              2009
Blyvoor ......................................................
20 years
20 years
3 years
5 years
Crown ........................................................
Not applicable
Not applicable
14 years
8 years
Ergo............................................................
Not applicable
Not applicable
12 years
12 years

Our Ore Reserves as of June 30, 2010 and 2009 are set forth in the table below.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
25
Ore Reserves: Imperial
At June 30, 2010
At June 30, 2009
Proven Ore Reserves
Probable Ore Reserves
Proven Ore Reserves
Probable Ore Reserves
Tons
Grade
Gold
Content
Tons
Grade
Gold
Content
Tons
Grade
Gold
Content
Tons
Grade
Gold
Content
(mill)
(oz/ton)
('000 ozs)
(mill)
(oz/ton)     ('000 ozs)       (mill)     (oz/ton)
('000 ozs)
(mill)
(oz/ton)     ('000 ozs)
Blyvoor
1
Underground .......................................................
16.83            0 .18                  3,075
4.40             0.17                769
12.50            0.22              2,721          2.91                0.21
622
Surface ................................................................
4.98            0.03
129              -  
-
-
7.17
0.02                 176                -
-
-
Total
Blyvoor .....................................................
21.81            0.15                   3,204
4.40             0.17                769
19.67            0.15              2,897           2.91               0.21
622
Crown
1 2
Surface ................................................................
18.74            0.02
293
50.64              0.01                565
13.45            0.02
242          12.08               0.01
168
Total
Crown .......................................................
18.74            0.02
293
50.64              0.01                565
13.45            0.02
242          12.08               0.01
168
Ergo
1
3
Surface ................................................................      139.44            0.01                  1,196              -
-
-
149.17
0.01               1,291                 -
-
-
Total
Ergo ..........................................................  139.44            0.01                  1,196               -
-
-
149.17
0.01               1,291                 -
-
-
Total Group
Underground .......................................................
16.83             0.18                  3,075
4.40             0.17                769
12.50            0.22               2,721            2.91             0.21
622
Surface ................................................................      163.16             0.01                 1,618
50.64             0.01                565
169.80             0 .01              1,709          12.08             0.01
168
Total
4
......................................................................    179.99            0.03                  4,693
55.04             0.02             1,334
182.30             0.02              4,430          14.99             0.05
790
1
Proven and Probable Ore reserves for fiscal 2010 and 2009 reflect our attributable 74% interest in Blyvoor, Crown and Ergo.
2
Crown’s Ore reserves include the Cason Dump which is being processed by Crown, however the mining right for the Cason Dump is owned by ERPM. Fiscal 2009 has been restated.
3
Ergo’s Ore reserves include the Elsburg and Benoni tailings complexes which are being processed by Ergo, however the mining rights for these tailings are owned by ERPM. Fiscal 2009 has been restated.
4
The Ore reserves listed in the above table are estimates of what can be legally and economically recovered from operations, and, as stated, are estimates of mill delivered in tons.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
26
Ore Reserves: Metric
At June 30, 2010
At June 30, 2009
Proven Ore Reserves
Probable Ore Reserves
Proven Ore Reserves
Probable Ore Reserves
Tonnes        Grade
Gold
Content     Tonnes          Grade
Gold
Content     Tonnes           Grade
Gold
Content Tonnes
Grade
Gold
Content
(mill)        (g/tonne)       (tonnes)            (mill)     (g/tonne)       (tonnes)         (mill)     (g/tonne)     (tonnes)
(mill)
(g/tonne)
(tonnes)
Blyvoor
1
Underground ........................................................
15.27               6.26             95.63
3.99              5.99               23.91
11.34
7.46
84.63
2.64
7.33
19.36
Surface .................................................................
4.52               0.88               4.00                  -
-
-
6.51
0.84
5.47
-
-
-
Total Blyvoor ......................................................
19.79               5.03             99.63
3.99              5.99               23.91
17.85
5.05
90.10
2.64
7.33
19.36
Crown
1
2
Surface ................................................................
17.00               0.54               9.11
45.94              0.38               17.56
12.20               0.62             7.52
10.96              0.48             5.22
Total
Crown .......................................................
17.00               0.54               9.11
45.94              0.38               17.56
12.20                0.62            7.52
10.96              0.48             5.22
Ergo
1
3
Underground ........................................................
-                                        -
                                      -
                                   -
                                  -
Surface ................................................................     126.50                0.29             37.19                  -
-
-
135.33                0.30
40.15                -
-
-
Total
Ergo ...........................................................  126.50                0.29             37.19                  -
-
-
135.33                0.30
40.15                -
-
-
Total Group
Underground ........................................................
15.27                 6.26            95.63
  3.99             5.99               23.91
11.34                7.46
84.63
2.64              7.33
19.36
Surface .................................................................    148.02                 0.34            50.30
  45.94             0.38              17.56
154.04                0.35
53.14
10.96              0.48             5.22
Total
4
...................................................................... 163.29                  0.89          145.93
49.93              0.83              41.47
165.38                0.83
137.77
13.60              1.81
24.58
1
Proven and Probable Ore reserves for fiscal 2010 and 2009 reflect our attributable 74% interest in Blyvoor, Crown and Ergo.
2
Crown’s Ore reserves include the Cason Dump which is being processed by Crown, however the mining right for the Cason Dump is owned by ERPM. Fiscal 2009 has been restated
.
3
Ergo’s Ore reserves include the Elsburg and Benoni tailings complexes which are being processed by Ergo, however the mining rights for these tailings are owned by ERPM Fiscal 2009 has been restated
.
4
The Ore reserves listed in the above table are estimates of what can be legally and economically recovered from operations, and, as stated, are estimates of mill delivered in tons.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
27
The measurement and classification of our Proven and Probable Ore Reserves are sensitive to the fluctuation of the gold
price. If we had used different gold prices than the three-year average prices at the time of reserve determination as of June 30, 2010,
2009 and 2008 respectively, we would have had significantly different reserves as of those dates. Using the same methodology and
assumptions as were used to estimate Ore Reserves but with different gold prices, our attributable Ore Reserves as of June 30, 2010,
2009 and 2008 would be as follows:
Year ended June 30, 2010
Three-year
average price
Business Plan
at prevailing
price
10% Below
prevailing
price
10% Above
prevailing
price
Rand gold price per kilogram............................................
236,752                 306,081               275,473                   336,689
Dollar gold price per ounce...............................................
926                     1,244                   1,120                       1,368
Attributable ore reserves (million ounces) ........................
6.0
7.3
6.8
7.8
Year ended June 30, 2009
Three-year
average price
Business Plan
at prevailing
price
10% Below
prevailing
price
10% Above
prevailing
price
Rand gold price per kilogram............................................
199,331                 241,834               217,651                   266,017
Dollar gold price per ounce...............................................
778                        885                      796                          973
Attributable ore reserves (million ounces) ........................
5.2
6.1
5.6
6.4
Year ended June 30, 2008
Three-year
average price
Business Plan
at prevailing
price
10% Below
prevailing
price
10% Above
prevailing
price
Rand gold price per kilogram............................................
150,622                 208,287               187,458                   229,115
Dollar gold price per ounce...............................................
664                        853                      768                          938
Attributable ore reserves (million ounces) ........................
4.5
7.9
7.4
8.4
The approximate mining recovery factors for the 2010 ore reserves shown in the above table are as follows:
Underground                                                                            Surface
Mine
Dilution
(Sundries,
Shortfall and
Development)
(%)
Mine Call Factor
(%)
Metallurgical and
recovery factor
(%)
Mine Call Factor
(%)
Metallurgical and
recovery factor
(%)
Blyvoor .......................
23.8                             81.9                                93.2                             100.0                               44.4
Crown .........................
Not applicable
Not applicable                 Not applicable
100.0
64.0
Ergo.............................
Not applicable
Not applicable                 Not applicable
100.0
43.0
The approximate mining recovery factors for the 2009 ore reserves shown in the above table are as follows:
Underground                                                                            Surface
Mine
Dilution
(Sundries,
Shortfall and
Development)
(%)
Mine Call Factor
(%)
Metallurgical and
recovery factor
(%)
Mine Call Factor
(%)
Metallurgical and
recovery factor
(%)
Blyvoor .......................
22.8                             78.7                               94.0                               100.0                               48.3
Crown .........................
Not applicable
Not applicable                 Not applicable
100.0
64.0
Ergo.............................
Not applicable
Not applicable                 Not applicable
100.0
43.0
The following table shows the average drill/sample spacing (rounded to the nearest foot), as at June 30, 2010, for each
category of Ore Reserves at our mines calculated based on a three year average dollar price of gold.
Mine
Proven
Reserves
Probable
Reserves
Blyvoor...................................................................................................................                            16 ft. by 24 ft.
Nil
Crown.....................................................................................................................                          328 ft. by 328 ft.
328 ft. by 328 ft.
Ergo ........................................................................................................................                          328 ft. by 328 ft.
Nil
BACKGROUND IMAGE
28
The pay-limit grades based on the three year average dollar price for gold and costs used to determine reserves as of June 30,
2010, are as follows:

Underground                                                   Surface
Mine
Pay-limit grade
(g/t)
Costs used to
determine pay-
limit grade
(R/t)
Pay-limit grade
(g/t)
Costs used to
determine pay-
limit grade (R/t)
Blyvoor ......................................................................
9.26                   1,298.59
0.24
25.10
Crown ........................................................................
Not applicable
Not applicable
0.32
55.00
Ergo............................................................................
Not applicable
Not applicable
0.19
23.14
The pay-limit grades and costs used to determine reserves as of June 30, 2009, are as follows:

Underground                                                  Surface
Mine
Pay-limit grade
(g/t)
Costs used to
determine pay-
limit grade
(R/t)
Pay-limit grade
(g/t)
Costs used to
determine pay-
limit grade (R/t)
Blyvoor ......................................................................
10.36                   1,199.59
0.26
25.40
Crown ........................................................................
Not applicable
Not applicable
0.43
74.26
Ergo............................................................................
Not applicable
Not applicable
0.29
34.00
We apply the pay-limit approach to the mineralized material database of our various shafts or business units in order to
determine the tonnage and grade available for mining.

Governmental regulations and their effects on our business

South Africa

Common Law Mineral Rights and Statutory Mining Rights

Prior to the introduction of the MPRD Act in 2002, private ownership in mineral rights and statutory mining rights in South
Africa could be acquired through the common law or by statute. Under the old regime, the term freehold title refers to a right of
ownership of land and the surface thereof and the term “mining title” refers to a right of ownership of the minerals below the surface
or the right to mine such minerals. With effect from May 1, 2004, all minerals have been placed under the custodianship of the South
African government under the provisions of the MPRD Act, and old order proprietary rights need to be converted to new order rights
of use within certain prescribed periods, as dealt with in more detail below.

Old Order Rights - Mining Authorizations

Holders of mining authorizations issued under the previous regime were given an opportunity to apply for conversion
thereof until May 1, 2009. No person or mining entity may prospect or mine for minerals without being granted a prospecting or
mining authorization. Prior to granting a prospecting or mining authorization, two requirements had to be fulfilled. First, the mining
entity must either be the registered holder of the mineral rights or have obtained the written consent of the registered holder of the
mineral rights to mine the minerals concerned for its own account. Second, the Department of Mineral Resources (formerly
Department of Minerals and Energy), or the DMR, must be satisfied with the scale, manner and duration of the intended prospecting
or mining operations and must approve an Environmental Management Program, or EMP. A prospecting permit was issued for a
limited period but could be renewed on application. A mining license was generally issued until such time that the minerals could no
longer be mined in an economically viable manner. The rights enjoyed under these authorities will endure until they are converted
within the period of time prescribed in the MPRD Act. Thereafter, such rights will lapse.

Conversion of Rights under the Mineral and Petroleum Resources Development Act, 2002

Existing common law prospecting, mining and mineral rights, or old order rights, need to be converted into new order rights
in order to ensure exclusive access to the mineral for which rights existed at the time of the enactment of the MPRD Act.

In respect of used old order mining rights, the DMR is obliged to convert the rights if the applicant complies with certain
statutory criteria. These include the submission of a mining works program, demonstrable technical and financial capability to give
effect to the program, provision for environmental management and rehabilitation, and compliance with certain black economic
empowerment criteria and the social and labor plan. These applications had to be submitted within five years after the promulgation
of the MPRD Act on May 1, 2004. Similar procedures apply where we hold prospecting rights and a prospecting permit and conduct
BACKGROUND IMAGE
29
prospecting operations. Where we hold unused old order rights however, the application for conversion to mining or prospecting
rights had to be submitted within one year from May 1, 2004. The requirements for unused old order rights are more stringent than
for used old order rights, particularly insofar as the percentage of ownership from historically disadvantaged groups is concerned.
Under the MRPD Act, mining rights are not perpetual, but endure for a maximum of thirty years, after which they may be renewed
for a further thirty years. Prospecting rights are limited to five years, with one renewal of three years. Applications for conversion of
our mining rights have been submitted to the DMR and approval is awaited. During this period, we are permitted to continue to
operate under the terms and conditions of the old order rights which we hold.

If any of our applications for conversion are refused, a claim for compensation, based on expropriation may be lodged
against the State. The DMR may attach specific conditions and limitations to the exercise of new order rights. It may, for example,
reduce the area over which the new order right applies, if it is of the view that the prospecting or mining works programs submitted
by an applicant do not justify the extent of the area covered by the old order right. They may also be suspended or cancelled by the
Minister of Mineral Resources in the event of a breach or, in the case of mining rights, of non-optimal mining in accordance with the
mining works program.

Mining royalties
Royalties from mining activities became payable to the state, as from March 1, 2010, under provisions contained in the
Mineral and Petroleum Resources Royalty Bill, or the Royalty Bill. The Royalty Bill was promulgated by government on
August 14, 2008. The most significant feature of the Royalty Bill is that the royalty is to be determined in accordance with a
formula based system and no longer to be a predetermined specific rate for the different types of minerals. The royalty will be
deductible for normal income tax purposes.
The Royalty Bill defines the tax base as gross sales excluding the transportation and handling costs of the final product.
The final product can be either the “refined” or “unrefined” mineral depending on the nature of the mineral in question. There has
been general consensus that a formula derived mineral royalty rate regime is more equitable and provides the necessary relief for
mines during times of difficulties, e.g. low commodity prices and mines that become marginal due to low grades. The formula-
based mineral royalty rate regime also ensures that the State shares in the benefits of higher commodity prices. The State will thus
share in the downside risks, when mines become marginal, and in the upside benefits during times of high commodity prices.
Based on comments received the formulae were adjusted to take into account the capital intensive nature of certain mining
operations, especially Gold mining and Oil and Gas. The formulae use earnings before income tax, or EBIT, with 100 percent
capital expensing. Given that a distinction will be drawn between refined and unrefined minerals, the mineral royalty percentage
rates (Y%) will be based on the following formulae:

For refined minerals: Y (%) = 0.5 + [(EBIT divided by (Gross Sales multiplied by 12.5)) multiplied by 100]. This rate
will be capped at a maximum of 5.0%.

For unrefined minerals: Y (%) = 0.5 + [(EBIT divided by (Gross Sales multiplied by 9.0)) multiplied by 100]. This rate
will be capped at a maximum of 7.0%.

For the purpose of calculating the royalty percentage rates a negative EBIT will be set equal to zero.
The Broad Based Socio-Economic Empowerment Charter

In order to promote broader based participation in mining revenue, the MPRD Act provides for a Mining Charter to be
developed by the Minister within six months of commencement of the MPRD Act, beginning May 1, 2004. The Mining Charter
came into effect in August 2004. In its current format its objectives include:
•      increased direct and indirect ownership of mining entities by qualifying parties as defined in the Mining Charter;
•      expansion of opportunities for persons disadvantaged by unfair discrimination under the previous political dispensation;
•      expansion of the skills base of such persons, the promotion of employment and advancement of the social and economic
welfare of mining communities; and
•      promotion of beneficiation.
The Mining Charter sets certain numerical and timeframe goals on equity participation by historically disadvantaged South
Africans of South African mining assets. It recommends that these are achieved by, among other methods, disposal of assets by
mining companies to historically disadvantaged persons on a willing seller, willing buyer basis at fair market value. The goals set by
the Mining Charter require each mining company to achieve 15 percent ownership by historically disadvantaged South Africans of its
South African mining assets within five years and 26 percent ownership within ten years from May 1, 2004. It also sets out guidelines
and goals in respect of employment equity at management level with a view to achieving 40 percent participation by historically
disadvantaged persons in management and ten percent participation by women in the mining industry, each within five years from
May 1, 2004. Compliance with these objectives is measured on the weighted average “scorecard” approach in accordance with a
scorecard which was first published by the government in February 2003.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
30
We are unable to identify any permits, rights or investments which we may lose as a result of any non-compliance. The
provisions of the Mining Charter apply to each mining company individually. As transactions, to comply with the Mining Charter,
are to be at fair market value, we do not anticipate incurring any loss in fulfilling our obligations provided that we are able to identify
suitable partners that are able to obtain adequate funding.

We have achieved our commitment to ownership compliance with the MPRD Act by extending our existing black economic
empowerment structure with Khumo Gold. The new structure resulted in Khumo Gold acquiring, as a first step, a 15% interest in a
newly created vehicle, DRDGOLD SA, which holds 100% of ERPM, Crown, Blyvoor and the Ergo JV as well as 65% of ErgoGold.
Khumo Gold acquired an additional 5% interest in DRDGOLD SA with the employee trust acquiring 6% in fiscal 2007. (See Item
4A.: “History and Development of the Company”).

Mine Health and Safety Regulation

The South African Mine Health and Safety Act, 1996 (as amended), or the Mine Health and Safety Act, came into effect in
January 1997. The principal object of the Mine Health and Safety Act is to improve health and safety at South African mines and to
this end, imposes various duties on us at our mines, and grants the authorities broad powers to, among other things, close unsafe
mines and order corrective action relating to health and safety matters. In the event of any future accidents at any of our mines,
regulatory authorities could take steps which could increase our costs and/or reduce our production capacity. There are amendments
to the act currently before parliament to ratify the stopping of production and increase punitive measures including increased financial
fines and legal liability of mine management. Some of the more important new provisions in the bill as approved by the Portfolio
Committee are a new section 50(7A) that obliges an inspector to impose a prohibition on the further functioning of a site where a
person’s death, serious injury or illness to a person, or a health threatening occurrence has occurred; a new section 86A(1) creating
a new offence for any person who contravenes or fails to comply with the provisions of the Mine Health and Safety Act thereby
causing a person’s death or serious injury or illness to a person. Subsection (3) further provides that (a) the “fact that the person
issued instructions prohibiting the performance or an omission is not in itself sufficient proof that all reasonable steps were taken
to prevent the performance or omission”; and that (b) “the defense of ignorance or mistake by any person accused cannot be
permitted”; or that (c) “the defense that the death of a person, injury, illness or endangerment was caused by the performance or an
omission of any individual within the employ of the employer may not be admitted”; a new section 86A(2) creating an offence of
vicarious liability for the employer where a Chief Executive Officer, manager, agent or employee of the employer committed an
offence and the employer either connived at or permitted the performance or an omission by the Chief Executive Officer,
manager, agent or employee concerned; or did not take all reasonable steps to prevent the performance or an omission. The
maximum fines have also been increased. Any owner convicted in terms of section 86 or 86A may be sentenced to “withdrawal or
suspension of the permit” or to a fine of R3 million or a period of imprisonment not exceeding five years or to both such fine and
imprisonment, while the maximum fine for other offences and for administrative fines have all been increased, with the highest
being R1 million.

Under the South African Compensation for Occupational Injuries and Diseases Act, 1993 (as amended), or COID Act,
employers are required to contribute to a fund specifically created for the purpose of compensating employees or their dependants for
disability or death arising in the course of their work. Employees who are incapacitated in the course of their work have no claim for
compensation directly from the employer and must claim compensation from the COID Act fund. Employees are entitled to
compensation without having to prove that the injury or disease was caused by negligence on the part of the employer, although if
negligence is involved, increased compensation may be payable by this fund. The COID Act relieves employers from the prospect of
costly damages, but does not relieve employers from liability for negligent acts caused to third parties outside the scope of
employment. In fiscal 2010, we contributed approximately R10.5 million under the COID Act to a multi-employer industry fund
administered by Rand Mutual Assurance Limited.

Under the Occupational Diseases in Mines and Works Act, 1973 (as amended), or the Occupational Diseases Act, the multi-
employer fund pays compensation to employees of mines performing “risk work,” usually in circumstances where the employee is
exposed to dust, gases, vapors, chemical substances or other working conditions which are potentially harmful, or if the employee
contracts a “compensatable disease,” which includes pneumoconiosis, tuberculosis, or a permanent obstruction of the airways. No
employee is entitled to benefits under the Occupational Diseases Act for any disease for which compensation has been received or is
still to be received under the COID Act. Currently the Group is compliant with these payment requirements, which are based on a
combination of the employee costs and claims made during the fiscal year.
Uranium and radon are often encountered during the ordinary course of gold mining operations in South Africa, and present
potential risks for radiation exposure of workers at those operations and the public to radiation in the nearby vicinity. We monitor our
uranium and radon emissions and believe that we are currently in compliance with all local laws and regulations pertaining to
uranium and radon management and that we are within the current legislative exposure limits prescribed for workers and the public,
under the Nuclear Energy Act, 1999 (as amended) and Regulations from the National Nuclear Regulator.




BACKGROUND IMAGE
31
Environmental Regulation
Managing the impact of mining on the environment is extensively regulated by statute in South Africa. Recent statutory
enactments set compliance standards both generally, in the case of the National Environmental Management Act, and in respect of
specific areas of environment impact, as in the case of the Air Quality Act 2004, the National Water Act (managing effluent), and the
Nuclear Regulator Act 1999. Liability for environmental damage is also extended beyond the corporate veil to impose personal
liability on managers and directors of mining corporations that are found to have violated applicable laws.
The impact on the environment by mining operations is extensively regulated by the MPRD Act. The MPRD Act has
onerous provisions for personal liability of directors of companies whose mining operations have an unacceptable impact on the
environment.
Under the MPRD Act, new order mining rights are not issued unless a complete environmental impact assessment is
conducted and all potentially affected parties have been given an opportunity to comment on the proposed mining. Mining companies
are also required to demonstrate both the technical and financial ability to sustain an ongoing environmental management program, or
EMP, and achieve ultimate rehabilitation, the particulars of which are to be incorporated in an EMP. This program is required to be
submitted and approved by the DMR as a prerequisite for the issue of a new order mining right. Various funding mechanisms are in
place, including trust funds and concurrent rehabilitation budgets, to fund the rehabilitation liability.
The MPRD Act imposes specific, ongoing environmental monitoring and financial reporting obligations on the holders of
mining rights.

Because of the diverse nature of our operations, ranging from underground mining to surface reclamation activities,
environmental risks vary from site to site. These risks have been addressed in EMPs which have been submitted to the DMR for
approval. In November 2006, amended EMPs to conform to the required format of the MPRD Act were submitted for all operations
in South Africa for approval. Additionally, the key environmental issues have been prioritized and are being addressed through active
management input and support as well as progress measured in terms of activity schedules and timescales determined for each
activity. Two environmental compliance assessments have been conducted at Blyvoor and Crown, which both show that these mines
are in substantial compliance with the conditions of their EMPs.

Our existing reporting and controls framework is consistent with the additional reporting and assessment requirements of the
MPRD Act.

Financial Provision for Rehabilitation

We are required to make financial provision for the cost of mine closure and post-closure rehabilitation, including
monitoring once the mining operations cease. We have funded these environmental rehabilitation costs by making contributions over
the life of the mine to environmental trust funds established for each operation. Funds are irrevocably contributed to trusts that
function under the authority of trustees that have been appointed by, and who owe a statutory duty of trust, to the Master of the High
Court of South Africa. The funds held in these trusts are invested primarily in interest bearing debt securities. As of June 30, 2010, we
held a total of R126.1 million (2009: R129.7 million) in trust, the balance held in each fund being R31.9 million (2009:
R29.8 million) for Blyvoor, R21.8 million (2009: R20.3 million) for Durban Deep, R52.3 million (2009: R44.9 million) for Crown,
R20.1 million (2009: R17.2 million) for ERPM and nil for West Wits (2009: R17.2 million). Trustee meetings are held as required,
and quarterly reports on the financial status of the funds, are submitted to our board of directors.

The financial provisions for West Wits and Durban Deep have been consolidated into a single fund. The West Wits financial
provision has been impaired as at June 30, 2010, because it will be transferred along with the rehabilitation liability over the West
Wits mining rights which have been disposed of. We address shortfalls in the funds by accruing trust investment income for the
benefit of the funds and by replenishing it with the proceeds from the sale of redundant mining equipment at the end of the life of the
mine. If any of the operations are prematurely closed, the rehabilitation funds may be insufficient to meet all the rehabilitation
obligations of those operations.

Whereas the old Minerals Act allowed for the establishment of a fully funded rehabilitation fund over the life of mine, the
MPRD Act assumes a fully compliant fund at any given time in the production life of a mine. The DMR appears to have taken a
practical approach in dealing with this change, and has indicated that the traditional ring fencing of funds may, for investment
purposes be relaxed, and that insurance instruments may also be received subject to the DMR’s consent, to make up the shortfall in
available cash funds.
The aggregate group rehabilitation, reclamation and closure cost provision was R420.6 million at June 30, 2010, compared
to R412.5 million at June 30, 2009.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
32
4C. ORGANIZATIONAL STRUCTURE

The following chart shows our principal subsidiaries and joint venture as of September 30, 2010. All of our subsidiaries are
incorporated in South Africa. We hold the majority of the investments directly or indirectly as indicated below. Refer to Exhibit 8.1
for a list of our significant subsidiaries.
1
All shafts at Durban Deep have been closed.
2
West Wits will be used going forward to extract and dispose of underground water.
DRDGOLD Limited
DRDGOLD South African
Operations (Pty) Limited
Durban Deep
1
West Witswatersrand Gold
Holdings Limited
West Witwatersrand Gold
Mines Limited
2
Blyvooruitzicht Gold
Mining Company Limited
Crown Gold Recoveries
(Pty) Limited
East Rand Proprietary
Mines Limited
ERGO Mining (Pty)
Limited
ErgoGold (formerly Elsburg
Gold Mining Joint Venture)
74%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
65%
50%
50%
35%

4D. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

DRDGOLD OPERATIONS
SEPTEMBER 30, 2010
BACKGROUND IMAGE
33
Description of Significant Subsidiaries, Properties and Mining Operations

Witwatersrand Basin Geology

Blyvoor is predominantly an underground operating mine located within a geographical region known as the Witwatersrand
Basin, exploiting gold bearing reefs in addition to certain surface sources. Crown, ERPM and Ergo are also located within the
Witwatersrand Basin. Crown exploits various surface sources, including sand and slime tailings deposited as part of historical mining
operations. ERPM, which halted its underground mining operation in October 2008, continues as a surface operation processing sand
from the Cason Dump as part of the Crown operating segment. Ergo is a surface operation which is currently processing slime
tailings from the Elsburg tailings facility, which were historically deposited by ERPM’s underground mining operation. Our
underground operation is typical of the many gold mining operations in the area which together have produced approximately
1.5 billion ounces of gold over a period of more than 100 years.

The Witwatersrand Basin comprises a 4 mile (6 kilometers) vertical thickness of sedimentary rocks situated within the
Kaapvaal Craton, extending laterally for approximately 186 miles (299 kilometers) east-northeast and 62 miles (100 kilometers)
South-Southeast. The sedimentary rocks generally dip at shallow angles towards the center of the basin, though locally this may vary.
The Witwatersrand Basin is Achaean in age and the sedimentary rocks are considered to be approximately 2.7 to 2.8 billion years old.

Gold mineralization in the Witwatersrand Basin occurs within horizons termed reefs. These occur within seven separate
goldfields located along the eastern, northern and western margins of the basin. These goldfields are known as the Evander Goldfield,
the East Rand Goldfield, the West Rand Goldfield, the Far West Rand Goldfield, the Central Rand Goldfield, the Klerksdorp
Goldfield and the Free State Goldfield. As a result of faulting and other primary controls of mineralization, the goldfields are not
continuous and are characterized by the presence or dominance of different reef units. The reefs are generally less than 6 feet (2
meters) thick but, in certain instances, these deposits form stacked clastic wedges which are hundreds of feet thick.

The gold generally occurs in native form within the various reefs, often associated with pyrite and carbon.

Blyvoor

Overview

We own 74% of the Blyvooruitzicht Gold Mining Company Limited, (through our 74% holding in DRDGOLD SA), which
in turn owns 100% of the Doornfontein Gold Mining Company Limited. The consolidated mining operation, referred to as Blyvoor,
consists of the adjacent mines of Blyvooruitzicht and Doornfontein which are located within the Far West Rand Goldfield on the
northwestern edge of the Witwatersrand Basin. Blyvoor was the first mine in the “West Wits” line. Together, these two operations
have produced over 37 million ounces of gold since inception.

At June 30, 2010, Blyvoor had 4,480 employees, including contractors.

Property

Blyvoor is located on the West Wits line within the Far West Rand Goldfield on the northwestern rim of the Witwatersrand
Basin, near the town of Carletonville, Gauteng Province, about 50.0 miles (80.5 kilometers) south-west of Johannesburg and is
reached via the R528 road to Carletonville on the N12 Johannesburg-Potchefstroom-Kimberly highway.

The climate of the Highveld area (at an elevation of 5,249 feet (1,600 meters) above mean sea level), where the mine is
situated, is humid continental with warm summers and cold winters. Temperatures range from a minimum of 23 degrees
Fahrenheit (-5 degrees Celsius) in June and July, to a maximum of 93 degrees Fahrenheit (34 degrees Celsius) in December and
January.

The operating facilities are all situated on property belonging to Blyvoor, and include the shaft complexes, administrative
offices for the managerial, administrative, financial and technical disciplines, extensive workshops and consumable stores, the
metallurgical plants, tailings dams and waste rock dumps. Blyvoor also houses the majority of its employees in Blyvoor-owned
houses on the property and in the town of Carletonville. The normal support structures, including training, security, sport and
recreational facilities, schools and churches are situated on the property. Blyvoor has mining title to 16,242 acres (6,573 hectares) and
owns 5,138 acres (2,079 hectares) of freehold property.

Blyvoor consists of one mining license, ML46/99, in respect of statutory mining rights and mineral rights held by Blyvoor.
We are in the process of converting these old order mining rights to new order rights under the MPRD Act. The net book value of the
mining assets at Blyvoor is R510.9 million at June 30, 2010, with 4.0 million attributable ounces of Ore Reserves.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
34
History

1937
Blyvooruitzicht Gold Mining Company Limited was incorporated and registered as a public company in South Africa
on June 10, 1937.
1942
Gold production commenced.
1995
Blyvoor acquired the Doornfontein Gold Mining Company Limited in November 1995.
1996
Blyvoor acquired the mineral rights representing the Western Deep Levels tribute area.
1997
We acquired the entire share capital of Blyvoor on September 15, 1997.
2001
Implementation of the Blyvoor expansion project.
2003
Commissioning of No. 4 and 5 Slimes Dam retreatment facility at a cost of R48.0 million.
2004
On June 28, 2004, we entered into a 60-day review period on Blyvoor. The 60-day review was extended to September 13,
2004. By October 5, 2004, 1,619 employees had been retrenched at a cost of approximately R19.0 million.
2005
In August 2005, our Board of Directors approved No. 2 Sub-Shaft Project (now called the WAP Project) and the Slimes
Dam Project to establish mining operations from the No. 2 Shaft and expansion to further improve plant efficiency,
respectively.
On July 6, 2005, we signed a Memorandum of Understanding with KBH regarding the acquisition by Khumo Gold of a
15% stake in our South African Operations.
On October 27, 2005, our Board of Directors approved the transaction with Khumo Gold. The new structure resulted in
Khumo Gold acquiring a 15% interest in a newly created vehicle, DRDGOLD SA, which owns ERPM, Crown and
Blyvoor. We owned an 85% interest in DRDGOLD SA.
2006
On December 11, 2006, Khumo Gold, on behalf of itself and an employee trust, exercised the option granted by us
pursuant to the option agreement concluded between us and Khumo Gold in October 2005 to acquire a further 11% in
DRDGOLD SA.
2007
After completion of a drilling program to define the uranium resource in Blyvoor’s slimes dam material, a 17.5 million
pound uranium and 0.8 million ton sulphur resource was declared in November 2007.
2008
In January 2008, electricity supply to the mine was interrupted by Eskom which is government owned and production
suspended for a week due to safety concerns.
2009
In January 2009, a direct lightning strike to No. 5 shaft Eskom sub-station interrupted production at No. 5 shaft and other
areas drawing power from this supply. Employees underground at the time remained in the underground refuge bays until
hoisted to safety once the shaft feeder power had been restored. No injuries were recorded.
In May and June 2009, three seismic events in excess of 3.5 magnitude took place at No. 5 shaft. As these events affected
the highest grade carbon leader mining area, production from these areas was expected to resume in the third quarter of the
2010 fiscal year.
On November 9, 2009, we announced that, in a bid to save our Blyvoor mine from liquidation, we intended applying to the
High Court of South Africa for a provisional judicial management order over the operation. A provisional judicial
management order was granted by the High Court of South Africa on November 10, 2009.
In December 2009, Aurora Empowerment Systems (Pty) Limited proposed a transaction to purchase 60% of Blyvoor
for R295 million.
2010
In April 2010, the High Court of South Africa agreed to lift, with immediate effect, the provisional judicial management
order in place since November 10, 2009. By mutual agreement between DRDGOLD and Aurora, Aurora’s offer to
purchase 60% of Blyvoor was withdrawn.

Geology and Mineralization

Blyvoor exploits the two gold-bearing pebble horizons in the Central Rand Goldfields, the Carbon Leader, which is one
of the principal ore bodies in the goldfield, and the Middelvlei Reef horizons which occur in discrete channels over parts of the
lease area approximately 246 feet (75 meters) vertically above the Carbon Leader Reef horizon. The Carbon Leader Reef is the
principal economic horizon across the lease area and is a planar single sheet conglomerate. The Carbon Leader Reef typically
comprises basal carbon seam, overlain by a thin, small pebble conglomerate, enriched in carbon in the lower portion. The grade of
the Carbon Leader Reef is higher than the Middelvlei Reef. The Middelvlei Reef consists of a variable number of polymictic
quartz conglomerate bands, inter-bedded with coarse grain quartzite. The grade of the Middelvlei Reef is more erratic, with
distinctive pay shoots forming as southward-orientated linear zones.

Blyvoor was established in 1937 to exploit the rich Carbon Leader Reef but by the late 1980s had reached a position where
continued existence of mining operations was dependent upon the mining of scattered Carbon Leader Reef remnants and limited
sections of the lower grade Middelvlei Reef.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
35
Mining and Processing

Access from the surface to the current underground workings of the mines is through a system of vertical and incline shafts
situated at the Blyvoor and Doornfontein mines. Doornfontein was previously a separate mine adjacent to the Blyvoor mine but has
since been merged to form Blyvoor. The shaft system consists of four vertical shafts from the surface, thirteen sub-incline shafts and
two sub-vertical shafts underground. Of the thirteen sub-incline shafts, only nine are in operation and are used for the conveyance of
personnel, pumping and hoisting of mined ore and waste.
Two levels have been holed between the previous Doornfontein mine and workings within the Blyvoor lease extension
(purchased in 1996 from Western Deep Levels Limited) to allow ore from the bottom of the Blyvoor workings to be trammed across
and hoisted up via the Blyvoor No. 5 Shaft, from where it is trucked to the gold plant. The average mining depth at Blyvoor is 10,541
feet (3,213 meters), 5,292 feet (1,613 meters) below mean sea level.

Mining of the reef takes place in stope panels. Holes are drilled into the solid rock and are charged with explosives and
blasted. The loosened rock is removed from the stope panels and is conveyed to the shaft, tipped into the ore-pass systems, hoisted to
the surface and transported to the metallurgical plant for gold extraction.

Metallurgical processing facilities at Blyvoor are comprised of a single metallurgical plant. The process route is based on a
conventional flow sheet comprising multi-stage crushing, open circuit primary and closed circuit secondary milling with hydro
cyclones, thickening and cyanide leaching in a Carbon-in-Pulp, or CIP, carousel arrangement. The gold is recovered through electro-
winning followed by smelting to doré. The circuit was recently modified by the closure of the filtration system and the
commissioning of a modern carbon Kemix pumpcell plant. As at June 30, 2010, the overall plant utilization was 95%.
Electricity for South Africa is provided by Eskom, which is government owned. Eskom is the largest producer of electricity
in Africa. In South Africa, Eskom operates a national power supply grid consisting of 24 power stations across the country.
Electricity to Blyvoor is provided from the West Wits substation outside Carletonville at 44,000 volts. Further substations, located on
mine site, transform the power to 6,600 volts or 22,000 volts for direct supply to the shaft winder and air compressors. The power
supply is further reduced to 525 volts for smaller devices and equipment used on the mine. The average annual power consumption is
about 432 GWHr and the maximum demand is about 66 MW.
In fiscal 2008, electricity supply to the mine was interrupted by Eskom and production suspended for a week due to safety
concerns. The situation did improve during March 2008, the operation is however still on a six hour standby notice, in the event that
power supply becomes unstable in the area. Eskom has requested all of its “Key Customers” to reduce power consumption by 10%,
Blyvoor has managed to adhere to this request and has continued during fiscal 2009 to save the maximum amount of energy possible.
During fiscal 2008, good progress was made on Blyvoor’s WAP Project, which replaced the No. 2 Sub-Shaft Project. The
WAP Project involves accessing the No. 2 sub-shaft reserves from levels 27 to 35 of No. 5 shaft. Production from the WAP Project
began in October 2008 with the target of 1,200m ² per month being achieved by the end of fiscal 2009. As at June 30, 2009 a total of
R34.9 million had been spent on the project.
In fiscal 2009, seventeen production days were lost because of Section 54 closures imposed by the Department of
Mineral Resources following fatalities suffered after seismic events occurring and a further six production shifts were lost at No. 5
Shaft following a lightning strike at the shaft’s electrical substation. In May and June 2009, three seismic events in excess of 3.5
magnitude took place at No. 5 shaft. As these events affected the highest grade carbon leader mining area, production from these
areas was expected to resume in the third quarter of the 2010 fiscal year.

During fiscal 2010, mining ramp-up continued towards the 2,500m ²
per month targeted at the WAP Project, and by fiscal
year-end had reached some 1,750 m ² per month. On August 26, 2009, DRDGOLD announced that it had advised unions of its
intention to right-size the Blyvoor operation. Blyvoor proceeded with a 60-day facilitated consultation process in terms of Section
189A of the South African Labour Relations Act to determine the future of affected employees. The consultation process was
completed on October 26, 2009 and 330 employees were retrenched. Furthermore, On November 9, 2009, we announced that, in a
bid to save our Blyvoor mine from liquidation, we intended applying to the High Court of South Africa for a provisional judicial
management order over the operation. A provisional judicial management order was granted by the High Court of South Africa on
November 10, 2009. In April 2010, after Blyvoor had returned to profitability, the High Court of South Africa agreed to lift the
provisional judicial management order in place since November 10, 2009. See Item 4D.: “Property, Plant and Equipment – Legal
Proceedings”. Looking ahead, there will be continued focus on Blyvoor’s key sustainability drivers: face length, face advance,
productivity (m2/tec), and ‘mix’ management.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
36
The following capital expenditure was incurred at Blyvoor in fiscal 2010, 2009 and 2008:
Year ended June 30,
2010                   2009                    2008
R’000                   R’000                   R’000
Raise boreholes ..........................................................................................................
3,356
6,067                    5,678
WAP Project ..............................................................................................................
1,916                 10,084                  14,269
Slimes pump stations and residue deposition.............................................................
3,193                   8,252                       971
15/29 incline shaft equipping.....................................................................................
                 1,013                       542
Ice plant retrofit and upgrade.....................................................................................
5,212                                                    -
Washing plant upgrade ..............................................................................................
                 1,462
-
Symons crusher..........................................................................................................
3,482                                                    -
Mobile cooling units ..................................................................................................
340
1,700
560
Safety related equipment and expansion of seismic monitoring network ..................
162                   8,451
-
Compressed air columns ............................................................................................
-
189
4,494
Opening up and development ....................................................................................
48,935                  41,406                31,122
Mining and engineering equipment renewals ............................................................
10,317                  16,509                16,738
Other ..........................................................................................................................
2,639                    2,404                     473
79,552                   97,537                74,847

Exploration and Development

In November 2007 encouraging results had been obtained from a drilling program to define the uranium resource in
Blyvoor’s slimes dam material and a 17.5 million pound uranium and 0.8 million ton sulphur resource was declared. In fiscal 2009,
Blyvoor began an exploration drilling program linked to opening up and development to evaluate the south-west down-dip extension
of the Blyvoor ore body south of the Boulder Dyke. If encouraging results are obtained, various mining options will be investigated
to exploit the ore body, including the possibility of a trackless decline. Exploration into the south-west block was delayed due to a
fire which temporarily cut off services into this area. In fiscal 2010, we continued with exploration and cover drilling with
reconnaissance visits made to the Carbon Leader areas at No 5 Shaft. Normal stope face sampling and geological mapping is
ongoing.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
37
Environmental and Closure Aspects

The predominantly dolomitic geology of the area in and around Blyvoor, and the resultant occasional occurrence of
sinkholes and subsidences, exposes Blyvoor to relatively unique environmental risks and costs associated with the remediation and
filling of these sinkholes.

Blyvoor has to maintain a rate of pumping of fissure water sufficient to keep the rate of rise of underground water below the
level of underground workings. The required rate is in the order of 2 million gallons (8 million liters) per day. Water not used in the
operations is discharged into the Wonderfontein Spruit (a stream adjacent to the Blyvoor mine). In order to address the risk of
contamination of ground water, streams and wetlands, water is sampled and the level of contaminants monitored in accordance with
Blyvoor’s water management plan. Fissure water at Blyvoor is generally of a good quality, therefore we believe that the contribution
of this water to pollution of water in the area is minimal.
Blyvoor is a member of the Mining Interest Group consisting of all mines operating in the Wonderfontein Spruit
catchment area. This group was formed to coordinate efforts and studies in the Wonderfontein Spruit and to liaise with
government departments to determine what action if any is required in cleaning the stream. The government has also established a
specialist task team to determine what needs to be done. At this stage there is no clear solution. The Mining Interest Group is also
represented on the various catchment forums where NGO’s and other interested and affected parties are present. Blyvoor
continues to meet with the Potchefstroom municipality on a monthly basis where the quality of Blyvoor’s discharge water is
assessed. Blyvoor remains in compliance with the Potchefstroom agreement.

Sinkholes are caused by ground water seeping into the underground dolomitic structures, which dissolve and weaken
causing a collapse in the rock structure. Dolomitic rock could be dissolved, resulting in an increased risk of sinkholes and possible
pollution of fresh water resources stored in the dolomitic formations. The occurrence of sinkholes is limited to a particular area of
Blyvoor, which requires an active program in water management and control. Water from leaking pipes is reported to a monitoring
committee and the necessary repairs are undertaken promptly. Ground subsidence surveys are undertaken to timely identify any
possible sinkholes. Sinkholes that do occur are filled to prevent further inflow of surface water and potential enlargement of the hole.
Sinkholes which form outside of our property are repaired by the Far West Rand Dolomitic Water Association.

Pollution from slime dams is controlled by dust suppression and water management programs. Short-term dust control is
accomplished through ridge ploughing the top surface of dormant tailings dams. Environmentally friendly dust suppressants, such as
molasses, are also applied when deemed necessary. In the long-term, dust suppression and water pollution is managed through a
program of progressive vegetation of the tailings complexes followed by the application of lime, to neutralize the natural acidic
conditions, and fertilizer as the organic growth medium.

Blyvoor has updated its EMP to meet the new requirements of the MPRD Act. The EMP has been submitted to the DMR
for approval. Blyvoor is currently demolishing and rehabilitating redundant surface infrastructures, including the defunct uranium
plant.

While the ultimate amount of rehabilitation costs to be incurred in the future is uncertain, we have estimated that the total
cost for Blyvoor, in current monetary terms as at June 30, 2010, is R38.4 million. This has been included in the provision for
environmental rehabilitation, restoration and closure costs in our statement of financial position. A total of R31.9 million has been
contributed to a Rehabilitation Trust Fund. This is an irrevocable trust, managed by specific responsible people who we nominated
and who are appointed as trustees by the Master of the High Court of South Africa.

Ore Reserves and Life of Mine
As at June 30, 2010 the attributable Proven and Probable Ore Reserves of Blyvoor were 4.0 million ounces. At
June 30, 2009, the attributable Proven and Probable Ore Reserves of Blyvoor were 3.5 million ounces. A Mineral Resource
competent person is appointed at each operation to review our Ore Reserve calculations for accuracy. For Blyvoor, Mr. Ryno Botha
(SACNASP) is the appointed Mineral Resource competent person.
As a result of the implementation of the WAP Project and the higher gold price, Blyvoor’s life-of-mine business plan
remains at 20 years, as at June 30, 2010.

Current Production
Blyvoor produced a total of 106,452 ounces of gold in fiscal 2010, with 77,226 ounces from underground areas and
29,226 ounces from surface areas. This represented 44% of our total production from continuing operations for fiscal 2010 of
241,194 ounces.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
38
Underground gold production has decreased from 88,898 ounces in fiscal 2009 to 77,226 ounces in fiscal 2010. Reduced
underground production reflects the impact of the wage strike and the Section 89A restructuring process into October 2009.
Surface gold production decreased from 40,575 ounces in fiscal 2009 to 29,226 ounces in fiscal 2010, reflecting the impact of
suspended uneconomic rock dump recovery and recovery of increasing volumes of lower-grade material from the No 4 Dam.

Cash costs of $1,096 per ounce in fiscal 2010 increased from $719 per ounce in fiscal 2009. The increase in cash costs per
ounce of gold produced was primarily attributable to the lower production at Blyvoor in fiscal 2010 and the 32% electricity cost
increase in July 2009 and 25% increase in March 2010.
The following table details the operating and production results from Blyvoor for the past three fiscal years.
Year ended June 30,
2010            2009
2008
Production
Surface Operations
Ore mined ('000 tons)...........................................................................................................................
3,272            3,785
4,099
Recovered grade (oz/ton) .....................................................................................................................
0.009             0.011
0.009
Gold produced (ounces) .......................................................................................................................
29,226           40,575
37,359
Underground Operations
Ore mined ('000 tons)...........................................................................................................................
698                664
757
Recovered grade (oz/ton) .....................................................................................................................
0.111             0.134
0.137
Gold produced (ounces) .......................................................................................................................
77,226           88,898     103,813
Total ounces produced ...........................................................................................................................
106,452         129,473     141,172
Results of Operations (R)
Revenue ('000)........................................................................................................................................
861,409       1,018,527    848,229
Operating cost ('000) ..............................................................................................................................
888,180          842,329    697,281
Cash cost per ounce of gold ($)
1
............................................................................................................
1,096                 719
675
Total cost per ounce of gold ($) .............................................................................................................
1,086                  739
761

Crown

Overview

We own 74% of DRDGOLD SA, which in turn owns 100% of Crown. Crown has a surface retreatment operation
consisting of the Crown Central, City Deep and Knights business units, collectively referred to as Crown. ERPM’s Cason Dump
surface re-treatment operation is expected to continue to operate until 2015 under the management of Crown based on the current
rate of retreatment of approximately 165,000 tpm. Crown undertakes the retreatment of surface sources deposited as tailing from
non-operating mining sites across central Johannesburg.

At June 30, 2010, Crown had 1,138 employees, including contractors.

Property
Crown is situated on the outskirts of Johannesburg, South Africa and consists of three separate locations. It has mining
rights to 5,787 acres (2,342 hectares) and has the right to occupy 1,490 acres (603 hectares) of freehold property. Crown is in the
process of converting these old order rights to new order rights under the MPRD Act.

The Crown Central operation is located on the West Wits line within the Central Goldfield of the Witwatersrand Basin,
approximately 6 miles (10 kilometers) west of the Johannesburg central business district in the province of Gauteng. Access is via
Xavier Road on the M1 Johannesburg-Kimberley-Bloemfontein highway. The City Deep operation is located on the West Wits line
within the Central Goldfields of the Witwatersrand Basin, approximately 3 miles (5 kilometers) south-east of the Johannesburg
central business district in the province of Gauteng. Access is via the Heidelberg Road on the M2 Johannesburg-Germiston
motorway. The Knights operation is located at Stanley and Knights Road Germiston off the R29 Main Reef Road.

As of June 30, 2010, the net book value of Crown’s mining assets was R171.4 million with 0.9 million attributable ounces
of Ore Reserves.
1
Cash cost per ounce and total cost per ounce are financial measures of performance that we use to determine cash generating capacities of the mines and to monitor performance of our mining operations.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
39
History

1979
Rand Mines Limited directors approved the formation of the company Rand Mines Milling and Mining Limited (RM3)
to treat the surface gold tailings created from the underground section of the original Crown Mines, which had been in
operation since the start of gold mining on the Witwatersrand in the late 1800's.
1982
First plant commissioned at Crown Mines to process surface material.
1986
Second plant commissioned at City Deep to process surface material.
1997
Randgold Exploration Limited and Continental Goldfields of Australia entered into a joint venture with the intention to
establish a company that would acquire dump retreatment operations on the Witwatersrand. This resulted in the
formation of Crown Consolidated Gold Recoveries Limited, or CCGR, which was incorporated as a public company in
South Africa in May 1997. Crown was a wholly owned subsidiary of CCGR and consists of the surface retreatment
operations of Crown Central, City Deep and Knights.
1998
We purchased 100% of CCGR.
2002
KBH purchased 60% of Crown. We were appointed as joint manager of the operation with KBH.
2005
On July 6, 2005 we signed a Memorandum of Understanding with KBH regarding the acquisition by Khumo Gold of a
15% stake in our South African Operations.
On October 27, 2005, our board of directors approved the transaction with Khumo Gold. The new structure resulted in
Khumo Gold acquiring a 15% interest in a newly created vehicle, DRDGOLD SA, which includes 100% of ERPM,
Crown and Blyvoor. We owned an 85% interest in DRDGOLD SA.
2006
On December 11, 2006, Khumo Gold, on behalf of itself and an employee trust, exercised the option granted by us
pursuant to the option agreement concluded between us and Khumo Gold in October 2005 to acquire a further 11% in
DRDGOLD SA.
On August 28, 2006, we concluded an agreement with AngloGold Ashanti to purchase the Top Star Dump.
2008
The Department of Mineral Resources issued in favour of Crown a mining right for gold recovery over the Top Star
Dump.
2009
The reclamation of the Top Star Dump commenced in December 2008. Crown also commenced with the reduction of
volumes to 400,000 tpm to implement the planned Crown Tailings Deposition Facility closure plan.
2010
The surface circuit of ERPM was incorporated into Crown for reporting purposes. Crown’s operating and financial
results for fiscal 2009 and fiscal 2008 have been restated for comparative reporting purposes.
Board approval was obtained to construct a pipeline to the Ergo tailings deposition site to enable Crown to restore its
deposition capacity to 600 000tpm. Restored deposition capacity provides the operation with the opportunity to bring to
account potential new resources. The pipeline is scheduled for completion in August 2011.

Mining and Processing
Crown undertakes the retreatment of surface sources deposited as tailings from non-operational mining sites across
central Johannesburg.
Material processed by Crown is sourced from numerous secondary surface sources namely, sand and slime. The surface
sources have generally undergone a complex depositional history resulting in grade variations associated with improvements in
plant recovery over the period of time the material was deposited. Archive material is a secondary source of gold bearing material.
This material is generally made up of old gold metallurgical plant sites as well as “river bed” material.
The three metallurgical plants, known as Crown Mines, City Deep and Knights, have an installed capacity to treat
approximately 11.0 million tons of material per year. Up to fiscal 2003, Crown also operated the West Wits gold plant for the
processing of sand and slime. Crown also operates the ERPM surface operations with ore being treated at the Knights plant. All of
the plants have undergone various modifications during recent years resulting in significant changes to the processing circuits.
Electricity to Crown is supplied to the Crown Central and City Deep business units from separate substations referred to
as Jupiter and No. 15 Shaft Crown Mines, and for Knights by the Ekhurhuleni Town Council. Electricity is supplied directly from
the national power grid to the substation and town council at 44,000 volts. Substations, located on mine sites, transform the power
to 6,600 volts for direct supply to the plants. The power supply is further reduced to 525 volts for smaller devices and equipment.
For Crown Central and City Deep, the average annual power consumption is about 72 GWHr and the maximum demand
is about 8.0 MW. For Knights the average annual power consumption is about 36 GWHr and the maximum demand is about 7.0
MW.
Crown operates three plants with slight variations in design in each plant, with a processing capacity of approximately
1 million tpm, yielding approximately 0.01 oz/t (0.4 g/t). The feed stock is made up of sand and slime which are reclaimed
separately. Sand is reclaimed using mechanical front-end loaders, re-pulped with water and pumped to the plant. Slime is
reclaimed using high pressure water monitoring guns. The re-pulped slime is pumped to the plant and the reclaimed material is
treated using screens, cyclones, ball mills and CIL technology to extract the gold. As at June 30, 2010, the overall plant utilization
was 83% as a result of the planned reduction in tonnage throughput.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
40
City Deep Plant: Commissioned in 1987, this surface/underground plant comprises a circuit including screening, primary,
secondary and tertiary cycloning in closed circuit milling, thickening, oxygen preconditioning, CIL, elution and zinc precipitation
followed by calcining and smelting to doré. In 1998, the plant was converted to a slimes only operation. However, due to operational
difficulties caused by the particulate nature of the slimes, the milling circuit has subsequently been re-commissioned to facilitate the
treatment of sand.
Crown Mines Plant: Commissioned in 1982, this surface/underground plant has already been modified and comprises a
circuit including screening, primary cycloning, open circuit milling, thickening, oxygen preconditioning, CIP and CIL, elution, zinc
precipitation followed by calcining and smelting to doré.
Knights Plant: Commissioned in 1988, this surface/underground plant comprises a circuit including screening, primary
cycloning, milling in closed circuit with hydrocyclones, thickening, oxygen preconditioning, CIL, elution, electro-winning and
smelting to doré.
The following capital expenditure was incurred at Crown in fiscal 2010, 2009 and 2008:
Year ended June 30,
2010
2009
2008
R’000
R’000
R’000
Crown/Ergo Pipeline Project ................................................................
29,564
-
-
Top Star Dump......................................................................................
-
14,369
21,796
Residue pipelines ..................................................................................
-
5,460
2,451
Residue columns ...................................................................................
-
-
3,123
Mills, mill feed and control...................................................................
-
-
3,578
Vehicles and equipment........................................................................
1,414
272
1,256
Tailings management ............................................................................
13,823
21,910
8,781
Other .....................................................................................................
1,148
1,104
1,092
45,949
43,115
42,077

Exploration and Development
Exploration and development activity at Crown involves the drilling of existing surface dumps and evaluating the potential
gold bearing surface material owned by third parties that could be processed on a full treatment basis or purchased outright by Crown.
On August 28, 2006, we concluded an agreement with AngloGold Ashanti to purchase the Top Star Dump. The Top Star
Dump has been evaluated geostatistically and had a probable reserve of 5.2Mt, at a grade of 0.775g/t. The Top Star Dump mining
right was granted with effect from August 21, 2008 until August 20, 2013. We expect that Top Star will contribute approximately
45,000 ounces of gold per annum for a period of 20 months. Reclamation of the Top Star Dump commenced in December 2008
Additional exploration drilling previously planned for the current fiscal year to define the uranium and sulphur potential of
all Crown’s current deposition sites, has been put on hold. A feasibility study regarding the deposition of the Crown tailings on the
Brakpan tailings complex was completed in fiscal 2010 and R43 million was approved for the extension of the Brakpan tailings
complex to accommodate the Crown tailings. The estimated completion date is August 2011.

Environmental and Closure Aspects

Crown operates at sites located in close proximity to significant municipal infrastructure, commercial and residential
development. The major environmental risks are associated with dust from various recovery sites, and effective management of
relocated process material on certain tailings dams. The impact of windblown dust on the surrounding environment and community is
addressed through a scientific monitoring and evaluation process, with active input from the University of Witwatersrand and
appropriate community involvement. Environmental management programs, addressing a wide range of environmental issues, have
been prepared by specialist environmental consultants and applied specifically to each dust sample recovery monitoring site and
integrated into Crown’s internal environmental assessment process. Although Crown completed a project for thickening re-processed
tailings, there also remains a risk of localized sloughing which can result in that section of the tailings dam being closed temporarily,
with repair work being done to the dam wall. Water pollution is controlled by means of a comprehensive system of return water dams
which allow for used water to be recycled for use in Crown’s metallurgical plant. Overflows of return water dams may, depending on
their location, pollute surrounding streams and wetlands. Crown has an ongoing monitoring program to ensure that its water balances
(in its reticulation system, on its tailings and its return water dams) are maintained at levels that are sensitive to that capacity of return
water dams.

Dust pollution is controlled through an active environmental management program for the residue disposal sites and
chemical and organic dust suppression on recovery sites. Short-term dust control is accomplished through ridge ploughing the top
surface of dormant tailings dams. Additionally, environmentally friendly dust suppressants, such as molasses, are applied. Dust fall-
BACKGROUND IMAGE
41
out is also monitored. In the long-term, dust suppression and water pollution is managed through a program of progressive vegetation
of the tailings followed by the application of lime, to reduce the natural acidic conditions, and fertilizer to assist in the growth of
vegetation planted on the tailings dam.

A program of environmental restoration that provides for the rehabilitation of areas affected by mining operations during the
life of the mine is in place. The surface reclamation process at Crown has several environmental merits as it has removed a potential
pollution source and opens up land for development. Crown has conducted its environmental management program performance
assessment, which was submitted to and approved by the DMR during fiscal 2005. Crown has updated its EMP in compliance with
the MPRD Act and submitted it to the DMR for approval.

While the ultimate amount of rehabilitation costs to be incurred in the future is uncertain, we estimate that the total cost for
Crown, in current monetary terms as at June 30, 2010, is approximately R157.6 million. A total of R52.3 million has been contributed
to the Crown Rehabilitation Trust Fund. This is an irrevocable trust, managed by specific responsible people who we nominated and
who are appointed as trustees by the Master of the High Court of South Africa.

Ore Reserves and Life of Mine

As at June 30, 2010, our 74% share of the Proven and Probable Ore Reserves of Crown was 0.9 million ounces. In fiscal
2009, our 74% share of Proven and Probable Ore Reserves of Crown was 0.4 million ounces. A Mineral Resource competent person
is appointed at each operation to review our Ore Reserve calculations for accuracy. For Crown, Mr. Vivian Labuschage is the
appointed Mineral Resource competent person. The current life-of-mine business plan is estimated to be fourteen years.

Current Production

Gold production for Crown was 99,410 ounces in fiscal 2010 compared to gold production of 95,616 ounces in fiscal 2009.
The increase in gold production in fiscal 2010 was mainly as a result of improved recovered grade.

In fiscal 2010, cash costs increased to $814 per ounce of gold from $647 per ounce of gold in fiscal 2009, mainly as a result
of the 32% electricity cost increase in July 2009 and 25% increase in March 2010.


The following table details our attributable share of the production results from Crown for the past three fiscal years:
Year ended June 30,
2010
2009                2008
Production
Surface operations
Ore mined ('000 tons) ......................................................................................
7,850
8,826
11,126
Recovered grade (oz/ton).................................................................................
0.013
0.011
0.10
Gold produced (ounces)...................................................................................
99,410
95,616
110,021
Results of Operations (R)
Revenues (‘000) ................................................................................................
834,788
733,990            661,827
Operating cost (‘000) ........................................................................................
615,731
560,064
459,703
Cash cost per ounce of gold ($)
1
........................................................................
814
647                    571
Total cost per ounce of gold ($).........................................................................
895
859
659

Ergo

Overview

Ergo (comprising of Ergo Mining (Pty) Limited, or the Ergo JV, and the Elsburg Gold Mining Joint Venture, or ErgoGold)
currently consists of one operating carbon-in-leach, or CIL, circuit at the Brakpan plant, the Brakpan/Withok deposition complex
purchased from AngloGold Ashanti and the Elsburg tailings complex, comprising approximately 180 Mt of tailings. Since 1987,
AngloGold Ashanti treated surface material at the Ergo JV until the operation was closed in 2005.

DRDGOLD SA, through its subsidiaries, initially owned 50% of the Ergo JV and ErgoGold. On September 29, 2008,
DRDGOLD SA acquired a further 15% interest in ErgoGold from Mintails SA resulting in DRDGOLD SA holding a 65% interest
through its subsidiary, ERPM, and Mintails SA holding a 35% interest in the joint venture. On December 8, 2008, DRDGOLD
acquired the remaining 35% of ErgoGold for a purchase consideration of R177.0 million. The transaction was completed on
March 31, 2009. On January 21, 2010, DRDGOLD acquired the remaining 50% of the Ergo JV from Mintails for a purchase
consideration of R82.1 million. The transaction was completed on April 15, 2010 and recorded in the financial statements
1
Cash cost per ounce and total cost per ounce are financial measures of performance that we use to determine cash generating capacities of the mines and to monitor performance of our mining operations.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
42
effective May 1, 2010. Ergo currently operates for its own account, under the AngloGold Ashanti authorizations, until new order
mining rights have been obtained. These assets comprise servitudes, or access agreements, infrastructure, piping, equipment and old
order mining rights.

At June 30, 2010, Ergo had 694 employees, including contractors.

Property
The Ergo operations are located approximately 43 miles (70 kilometers) east of the Johannesburg’s central business district
in the province of Gauteng. Access to the Brakpan plant is via the Ergo Road on the N17 Johannesburg-Springs motorway.

The acquisition of the Brakpan/Withok deposition site provides Ergo with extensive additional deposition capacity
commensurate with the substantial increases in tailings material and processing capacity.

The refurbishment of the first CIL circuit at the Brakpan plant now has the capacity to treat an estimated 15Mt of tailings a
year. Phase 2 envisages, firstly, the expansion of the gold plant by refurbishing the second CIL circuit and, secondly, developing
uranium and acid plants. The pre-feasibility study for developing uranium and acid plants has been placed on hold because of the
current economic environment and the current low prices of these commodities.

As of June 30, 2010, the net book value of Ergo’s mining assets was R1,144.0 million.

History
2007
The Ergo JV founded as a DRDGOLD SA and Mintails SA joint venture.
On August 6, 2007, the joint venture parties entered into a sale of assets agreement with AngloGold Ashanti pursuant to
which it acquired the remaining moveable and immovable assets of the Ergo plant for a consideration of R42.8 million.
Additional agreements were concluded with AngloGold Ashanti on November 14, 2007 for the acquisition by Ergo of
additional tailings properties and the Withok deposition complex for a payment of R45.0 million.
2008
Ergo Phase 1 was launched comprising the refurbishment and recomissioning of the Ergo plant’s first CIL circuit and
the retreatment of the Elsburg and Benoni tailings complexes.
DRDGOLD acquires Mintails SA’s stake in ErgoGold for R277.0 million.
2009
Ergo Phase 1 commissioning continues; first feeder line to the Ergo Plant from Elsburg tailings complex comes into
operation.
Ergo Phase 2 exploration drilling for gold, uranium and acid completed.
2010
DRDGOLD acquires control of the Ergo JV through the acquisition of Mintails SA’s 50% in the Ergo JV for
R82.1 million.
Ergo Phase 1 production ramp-up nears completion with the installation of the second Elsburg tailings complex feeder
line to the Ergo plant. Construction of the Crown/Ergo pipeline commences.

Mining and Processing
Ergo undertakes the re-treatment of surface sources deposited as tailings from non-operational mining sites east of
Johannesburg.
Material processed by Ergo is sourced from secondary surface sources, namely slime. The surface sources have generally
undergone a complex depositional history resulting in grade variations associated with improvements in plant recovery over the
period of time the material was deposited. Archive material is a secondary source of gold bearing material; however, no archive
material was treated up until September 30, 2010. The metallurgical plant has a current installed capacity to treat approximately
15.0 million tonne of material per year.
The feed stock is made up of slime and is reclaimed using high pressure water monitoring guns. The re-pulped slime is
pumped to the plant and the reclaimed material is treated using screens, cyclones and CIL technology to extract the gold. As at
June 30, 2010, the overall plant utilization was 95%.

Electricity to Ergo is supplied from various Eskom supply points for the reclamation units and the tailings storage
facilities. The plant is supplied from the national power grid via a secured source from the Ekurhuleni Council of 11,000 volts.
Plant sub stations are stepped down to 6,600 volts before being further reduced to 525 volts for the motor control purposes.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
43
The following capital expenditure was incurred at Ergo in fiscal 2010, 2009 and 2008:
Year ended June 30,
2010
2009
2008
R’000
R’000
R’000
Purchase of Anglogold Ashanti assets ..................................................
33
2,577
46,513
Refurbishment of the Ergo plant...........................................................
8,167
10,427
73,995
Reclamation stations, pipeline and pumps ............................................
38,432
126,129
30,975
Reinstatement of the Brakpan tailings facility ......................................
197
5,584
8,594
Rehabilitation of the Brakpan tailings facility ......................................
19,709
13,884
268
Vehicles and equipment........................................................................
221
1,355
-
IT Infrastructure....................................................................................
41
388
-
Uranium and acid pre-feasibility study .................................................
-
1,636
1,622
Ekurhuleni Business Development Academy (EBDA) training
facility ...................................................................................................
397                 835                     -
Other .....................................................................................................
1,387
11,339
14,818
68,584
174,154
176,785

Exploration and Development

Exploration drilling has been done to define the uranium potential of the Elsburg complex. Independent competent
person reports on uranium, sulphur and gold for the Elsburg resources and reserves have been compiled.

Environmental and Closure Aspects
Ergo is located in close proximity to significant municipal infrastructure, commercial and residential development.
Environmental management programs, addressing a wide range of environmental issues, have been prepared by specialist
environmental consultants and integrated into the internal environmental assessment process.
While the ultimate amount of rehabilitation costs to be incurred in the future is uncertain, we estimate that the total cost for
Ergo, in current monetary terms as at June 30, 2010, is approximately R159.4 million.

Ore Reserves and Life of Mine

Ergo processes the Proven and Probable ore reserves at the Elsburg and Benoni tailings complexes. As at June 30, 2010, our
74% share of the Proven and Probable Ore Reserves of Ergo was 1.2 million ounces. In fiscal 2009, our 74% share of Proven and
Probable Ore Reserves of Ergo was 1.3 million ounces. A Mineral Resource competent person is appointed at each operation to
review our Ore Reserve calculations for accuracy. For Ergo, Mr. Vivian Labuschage is the appointed Mineral Resource competent
person. The current life-of-mine business plan is estimated to be twelve years.

Current Production
In fiscal 2010, production increased from 3,666 ounces in fiscal 2009 to 35,332 ounces as a result of Ergo Phase 1
production ramp-up nearing completion during fiscal 2010.

Cash costs in fiscal 2010 decreased to $963 per ounce from $2,213 per ounce in fiscal 2009, mainly as a result of the ramp-
up in production.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
44
The following table details our attributable share of the production results from Ergo for the past fiscal year:
2010                      2009
Production
Surface operations
Ore mined ('000 tons) .....................................................................................................................
13,081                      2,296
Recovered grade (oz/ton)................................................................................................................
0.003                      0.002
Gold produced (ounces)..................................................................................................................
35,332                      3,666
Results of Operations (R)
Revenue (‘000) .................................................................................................................................
294,325                    24,178
Operating cost (‘000) .......................................................................................................................
258,971                    73,422
Cash cost per ounce of gold ($)
1
.......................................................................................................
963                      2,213
Total cost per ounce of gold ($)........................................................................................................
1,330                      2,873

ERPM
Overview

We own 74% of ERPM, which is consolidated as a subsidiary, through our 74% holding in DRDGOLD SA. ERPM consists
of an underground section and the Cason Dump surface retreatment operation. Underground mining at ERPM was halted in October
2008 and is included in ‘Corporate head-office and all other’ in the financial statements for segmental reporting purposes. The Cason
Dump surface retreatment operation will continue to operate until 2015 under the management of Crown based on the current rate of
production of approximately 165,000tpm and has been included under Crown in the financial statements for segmental reporting
purposes.

At June 30, 2010, ERPM had 77 employees, including contractors.
Property
ERPM is situated on the Central Rand Goldfield located within and near the northern margin of the Witwatersrand Basin
in the town of Boksburg, 20 miles (32 kilometers) east of Johannesburg. Access is via Jet Park Road on the N12 Boksburg-
Benoni highway. Historically underground mining and recovery operations comprised relatively shallow remnant pillar mining in
the central area and conventional longwall mining in the south-eastern area. Surface reclamation operations including the
treatment of sand from the Cason Dump, is conducted through the Knights metallurgical plant, tailings deposition facilities and
associated facilities. Until underground mining was halted in October 2008, the mine exploited the conglomeratic South Reef,
Main Reef Leader and Main Reef in the central area and the Composite Reef in the south-eastern area. ERPM operates under
mining license ML5/1995 in respect of statutory mining and mineral rights.
At June 30, 2010, the net book value of ERPM’s mining assets was R25.9 million.
History
1895
Formation of East Rand Proprietary Mines Limited.
1991
The FEV shaft was commissioned.
1999
East Rand Proprietary Mines Limited was liquidated in August 1999. The mine was run by a small number of
employees during liquidation. Underground flooding continued during liquidation.
2000
KBH took over control of the mine in January 2000. Operating as Enderbrooke Investments (Pty) Limited, or
Enderbrooke, and employing an outside contractor, the mine re-commenced mining operations in February 2000.
2002
Crown purchased 100% of ERPM, from Enderbrooke.
2003
An underground fire occurred at FEV Shaft, in February 2003. There was also the loss of Hercules Shaft in June 2003
and the loss of a secondary outlet at the FEV shaft in November 2003.
2004
In July 2004 it was determined that the underground section would undergo a controlled closure program ending March
2005. The closure program was prevented by a reduction in costs and improved productivity at the mine.
2005
Central Shaft placed on care and maintenance. On July 6, 2005, we signed a Memorandum of Understanding with KBH
regarding the acquisition by Khumo Gold of a 15% stake in our South African operations. On October 27, 2005, our
board of directors approved the transaction with Khumo Gold. The new structure resulted in Khumo Gold acquiring a
15% interest in a newly created vehicle, DRDGOLD SA, which includes 100% of ERPM, Crown and Blyvoor. We
owned an 85% interest in DRDGOLD SA.
2006
On December 11, 2006, Khumo Gold, on behalf of itself and an employee trust, exercised the option granted by us
pursuant to the option agreement concluded between us and Khumo Gold in October 2005 to acquire a further 11% in
DRDGOLD SA.
A prospecting right covering an area of 1,252 hectares (3,093 acres) of the neighboring Sallies lease area, referred to as
1
Cash cost per ounce and total cost per ounce are financial measures of performance that we use to determine cash generating capacities of the mines and to monitor performance of our mining operations.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
45
ERPM Extension 1 was granted by the DMR.
2007
A prospecting right, incorporating the southern section of the old Van Dyk mining lease area and a small portion of
Sallies, was granted by the DMR. Known as ERPM Extension 2, the additional area is 5,500ha (13,590 acres).
2008
On April 25, 2008, ERPM gave notice of intention to restructure the work force due to operational requirements and 239
employees were retrenched during June 2008.
On October 23, 2008, ERPM announced the suspension of drilling and blasting operations underground, following the
cessation of pumping of underground water at the South West Vertical shaft on October 6, 2008 for safety reasons
following the deaths of two employees.
On November 19, 2008, we announced our intention to place on care and maintenance the underground operations of
ERPM, and to proceed with a consultation process in terms of Section 189A of the Labour Relations Act to determine
the future of the mine’s 1,700 employees
2009
In January 2009, consultations in terms of Section 189A of the Labour Relations Act regarding the future of employees
affected by the placing on care and maintenance of the underground operations were concluded and 1,335 employees
were retrenched. In August 2009 the care and maintenance of the underground operations was discontinued.
2010
ERPM’s surface operation, the Cason Dump, was incorporated into Crown for reporting purposes.

Mining and Processing
Underground mining operations at ERPM comprised of two vertical shafts known as FEV Shaft and the Central Shaft.
There were also three additional shafts namely the South East Vertical Shaft, or SEV Shaft, used for the transport of employees and
materials and the hoisting of rock, the South West Vertical, or SWV, Shaft and the Hercules Shaft that were used for water pumping
only. The Cason Dump was used for the retreatment of surface material mined from the defunct Cason shaft.
In fiscal 2008, the ERPM underground operations were restructured in an attempt to return the mine to profitability. A
retrenchment agreement was reached with representative unions and associations without recourse to industrial action, and successful
application of various avoidance measures contained the number of employees retrenched to 239.

On October 23, 2008, drilling and blasting operations were suspended after the cessation of pumping of underground water
at SWV Shaft on October 6, 2008 for safety reasons following the deaths of two employees at the shaft on September 19, 2008.
Although the FEV Shaft where production was taking place was sealed off from water ingress from the SWV Shaft, the pumps at
FEV Shaft were no longer able to cope with rising water, which included the water resulting from the ice sent underground every day
to cool down the underground working places. Without being able to continue to supply ice underground for this purpose, the
underground temperature would become unacceptably high and it would not have been safe for employees to continue work
underground at the FEV shaft.

On November 19, 2008, we announced our intention to place on care and maintenance the underground operations of
ERPM, and to proceed with a consultation process in terms of Section 189A of the Labour Relations Act to determine the future
of the mine’s 1,700 employees. In January 2009, the consultations were concluded and 1,335 employees were retrenched. On
August 20, 2009, care and maintenance of the underground operations was stopped.
Electricity to ERPM is provided to the Cason Dump, SEV and FEV Shafts from the Bremmer substation, located in close
proximity to the mine in Boksburg. Transmission is at the rate of 88,000 volts. The Simmer Pan substation, located approximately
10 miles (16 kilometers) away from the mine site in Germiston, supplies the SWV and Hercules Shafts. Transmission is at the rate
of 44,000 volts. The two substations, located on mine site, transform the power to 6,600 volts for direct supply to the shaft winder
and air compressors. The power supply is further reduced to 525 volts for smaller devices and equipment used on the mine. The
average annual power consumption has reduced to about 105 GWHr and the maximum demand to about 24 MW. The on-mine
substations are older in nature and undergo annual infrared testing to identify hot connections which are potential fire hazards and
are subject to regular maintenance which includes the inspection of the settings, blades and changing the transformer oil in the
circuit breakers.

Exploration and Development
The necessity to extend the FEV decline from 75 to 78 levels to replace face length was stopped due to the cessation of
drilling and blasting operations in October 2008. The pre-feasibility study conducted by an external mining consulting company, to
investigate the possibility of exploiting these reserves by means of a trackless decline system, and significantly increasing the life of
the underground operations was also stopped.
An additional application to extend ERPM’s existing prospecting right eastwards into the Rooikraal/Withok area,
incorporating the southern section of the old Van Dyk mining lease area and a small portion of Sallies, was granted by the DMR in
fiscal 2007. Known as ERPM Extension 2, the additional area is 5,500ha (13,590 acres). Subsequent feasibility studies conducted
which could eventually culminate in a deep-level mine with a life in excess of 15 years was stopped after underground mining was
halted.
All underground exploration and development has been stopped due to the discontinuation of underground activities.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
46
Environmental and Closure Aspects

There is a regular ingress of water into the underground workings of ERPM, which was contained by continuous pumping
from the underground section. On May 31, 2004, ERPM stopped continuous pumping of water from the underground section for
financial reasons due to the withdrawal of the State pumping subsidy and the low Rand gold price making the cost of full time
pumping unaffordable, with occasional pumping to surface conducted on weekends. In December 2004, the mine received the
pumping subsidy funds and continuous pumping was reinstated. Studies on the estimates of the probable rate of rise of water have
been inconsistent, with certain theories suggesting that the underground water might reach a natural subterranean equilibrium, whilst
other theories maintain that the water could decant or surface. A program is in place to routinely monitor the rise in water level in the
various underground compartments and there has been a substantial increase in the subsurface water levels. ERPM’s SWV Shaft has
been used for some time to manage the rising water level on the Central Witwatersrand Basin. Some 60 megalitres of water were
pumped daily from a depth of approximately 1,000 metres.

In fiscal 2007, ERPM updated its EMP to meet MPRD Act requirements and submitted it to the DMR for approval. The
concurrent rehabilitation of redundant structures and holdings continued throughout fiscal 2007. The pumping infrastructure was
upgraded at the South West Vertical Shaft in anticipation of the additional water from the Hercules basin. Pumping continued during
fiscal 2007 and 2008 at the South West Vertical Shaft.

On October 6, 2008, pumping of underground water at the South West Vertical Shaft was stopped for safety reasons
following the death of two employees at the shaft on September 19, 2008. Management concluded that the project to upgrade the total
pumping capacity at South West Vertical Shaft with a more efficient system as part of an Eskom-funded demand-side management
project was not economically viable.

While the ultimate amount of rehabilitation costs to be incurred in the future is uncertain, we have estimated that the total
cost for ERPM, in current monetary terms as at June 30, 2010, is R50.0 million. A total of R20.1 million has been contributed to the
ERPM Rehabilitation Trust Fund. This is an irrevocable trust, managed by specific responsible people who we nominated and who
are appointed as trustees by the Master of the High Court of South Africa.

Ore Reserves and Life of Mine


As at June 30, 2010, our 74% share of Proven and Probable Ore Reserves of ERPM are included under Crown and Ergo.
The total surface Ore Reserves comprise of 0.1 million ounces from the Cason Dump and 1.2 million ounces from the Elsburg and
Benoni tailings complexes, which will be processed over the next seven and twelve years, respectively. A Mineral Resource
competent person is appointed at each operation to review our Ore Reserve calculations for accuracy. For ERPM, Mr. Ryno Botha
(SACNASP) is the appointed Mineral Resource competent person.

Current Production
ERPM underground section produced no gold during fiscal 2010. Production from the surface retreatment section Cason
Dump is now reported under Crown.
The following table details our attributable share of the production results from ERPM for the past three fiscal years:
Year ended June 30,
2010               2009
2008
Production
Underground Operations
Ore mined ('000 tons)...........................................................................................................
                202
334
Recovered grade (oz/ton) .....................................................................................................
             0.094
0.170
Gold produced (ounces) .......................................................................................................
           18,935
56,812
Results of Underground Operations (R)
Revenues ('000) ......................................................................................................................
          134,043
333,855
Operating cost ('000) ..............................................................................................................
30,788            199,722
330,789
Cash cost per ounce of gold ($)
1
............................................................................................
              1,166
796
Total cost per ounce of gold ($) .............................................................................................
              1,646
1,103

1
Cash cost per ounce and total cost per ounce are financial measures of performance that we use to determine cash generating capacities of the mines and to monitor performance of our mining operations.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
47
Discontinued Operations
Tolukuma

Overview

Dome Resources (Pty) Limited, or Dome, was incorporated on May 17, 1984, under the name Dome Resources NL. Dome
owned and operated the Tolukuma gold and silver mine in PNG. During September 1999, we purchased 28,693,002 (19.93%) of
Dome’s ordinary shares for A$0.30 ($0.19) per share. In June 2001, we increased our shareholding to 100%.

The Tolukuma gold mine is located approximately 6 kilometers east of Fane Mission, 12 kilometers west of Woitape and
100 kilometers north of Port Moresby in Central Province, Papua New Guinea. The mine is in an area of steep mountainous
terrain in the headwaters of Iwu Creek, which drains into the Auga River. Elevations in the mine lease area range from 1,100
meters above sea level (asl) at the Auga River to 1,750 meters asl at the top of Tolukuma hill.

On September 10, 2007, Emperor which held a 100% interest in Tolukuma, announced its intention to divest the Tolukuma
gold mine. On October 22, 2007, we sold our entire interest in Emperor.

Property

Tolukuma consists of one mining lease, ML104, covering 1,898 acres (768 hectares) and five current exploration licenses
covering an area of approximately 513,962 acres (208,000 hectares), two licenses under renewal covering 125,525 acres (50,800
hectares) and four licenses under application totaling 1,073,884 acres (434,600 hectares). The total exploration area amounts to
approximately 2,456,144 acres (994,000 hectares).

The mine is located about 62 miles (100 kilometers) north of Port Moresby in the Central Province of Papua New Guinea at
an elevation of 5,115 feet (1,560 meters) above mean sea level. The mine is situated in very steep mountainous terrain that is not
accessible by road. All transport of employees, materials and equipment to and from the mine is by helicopter. Tolukuma is worked
on a “fly-in-fly-out basis,” with all staff being accommodated in quarters when at the mine.
The climate of the Central Province area is temperate with year round rainfall. Temperatures range from 50 to 77 degrees
Fahrenheit (10 to 25 degrees Celsius) and rainfall averages 144 inches (3,650 millimeters) per year. The vegetation is largely
rainforest and thick vegetation associated with high rainfall and mountainous regions.

History

1984
Dome Resource (Pty) Limited was incorporated on May 17, 1984, under the name Dome Resources NL, or Dome.
1987
Tolukuma mine was discovered by Newmont Proprietary Limited.
1993
Tolukuma Gold Mines Limited was acquired by Dome from Newmont Second Capital Corporation.
1999
In September, we purchased an initial stake of 19.93% of Dome.
2001
In June, we acquired all outstanding shares of Dome we did not already own, bringing our shareholding to 100%.
2006
We concluded a sale and purchase agreement with Emperor, where initially we held 88.3% of Emperor which in turn
holds the 100% interest in Tolukuma.
2007
On September 10, 2007, Emperor announced its intention to divest the Tolukuma gold mine situated in PNG.
Accordingly, the Company initiated a divestment process for the mine and a portfolio of associated exploration
tenements.
On October 22, 2007, we sold our entire interest in Emperor for R355.8 million (A$55.9 million).

Mining and Processing

The Tolukuma plant was built in 1995. Historically ore has been mined from both underground and open pit areas. No open
pit mining is currently carried out. Ore is sourced primarily from underground mining with mill feed supplemented by ore recovered
from low grade stockpiles. All mining is conducted using mining plant and equipment owned by Tolukuma. The average mining
depth at Tolukuma is 490 feet (150 meters) below surface or approximately 4,760 feet (1,450 meters) above mean sea level. Access
to underground workings is via decline shafts. Mining methods vary according to local ground conditions and are generally
mechanized cut and fill shrinkage methods.

The metallurgical plant is compact and is located on a steep ridge in very mountainous terrain. Ore is trucked to the plant,
then milled and treated through a conventional gravity and CIL circuit. The plant consists of a closed circuit semi-autogenous mill
that was at the time of disposition capable of processing 18,000 tpm. Cyanide in the residue is neutralized in a detoxification plant
prior to riverine discharge.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
48
Tolukuma is situated in a remote area, and as a result is forced to be self sufficient with regard to the generation of
power. Power is generated through a combination of diesel driven generator sets and hydro-turbine driven generator sets. Three
hydro units are installed, capable of generating 1.8 MW of power. These units are dependent on the supply of adequate water.
These generators supply 32,000 volts via overhead lines to the mine, where it is transformed down to either 6,600 volts, 1,000
volts or 525 volts, depending on the requirement. On average the mine consumes 30 MW of power. Any shortfall from the hydro
units is made up by the diesel units (a total of 3.2 MW of diesel generating power is installed).

Environmental and Closure Aspects
Tolukuma has been developed in accordance with an environmental plan approved by the Papua New Guinea authorities in
July 1994. Tolukuma is compliant with the Papua New Guinea Government’s regulatory requirements. To ensure continuing
compliance with the government’s regulatory requirements, Tolukuma has implemented a broad-based Environmental Management
and Monitoring Program, or EMMP. The measures we took to implement this program include addressing water quality, population
dietary surveys and aquatic fauna and metals-in-tissue surveys. These surveys were conducted during July and September of 2003.
During March 2003, an environmental audit was concluded at Tolukuma which found the operations to be in substantial compliance
with applicable Papua New Guinea legislation and the EMMP environmental plan.

Tailings are routinely discharged into the Auga/Angabanga river system. The discharging of tailings into riverine and
marine systems in Papua New Guinea is an acceptable practice due to the seismic instability of the area and the dangers this poses for
the stability of conventional tailings dams. Due to the fact that ore mined at the Tolukuma Mine, and the surrounding land in general
is high in mercury, the potential does exist that levels of mercury discharged into the river system might expose us to criminal
liability under Papua New Guinea legislation.

Production
Gold production from July 2007 to October 2007 was 13,427 ounces. In fiscal 2007 gold production was 44,181 ounces.
The following table details the operating and production results from Tolukuma for the past three fiscal years.

Year ended June 30,
2010                       2009
2008
Production
Underground Operations
Ore mined ('000 tons).............................................................................................
-
-
62
Recovered grade (oz/ton) .......................................................................................
-
-
0.22
Gold produced (ounces) .........................................................................................
-
-
13,427
Results of Operations (R)
Revenues ('000) ........................................................................................................
-
-
89,235
Operating cost ('000) ................................................................................................
-
-
107,381
Cash cost per ounce of gold ($)
1
..............................................................................
- -
1,094
Total cost per ounce of gold ($) ...............................................................................
-
-
1,767

Durban Deep

Overview

The Durban Deep mine was the original gold mine of the Group. Durban Deep is situated on the northern edge of the
Witwatersrand Basin immediately to the west of Johannesburg. Mining took place within the lease area since the discovery of the
Witwatersrand Goldfield in 1886 at nearby Langlaagte.

As of August 2000, we ceased all underground and open pit mining operations at Durban Deep. Following the withdrawal
of our underground pumping subsidy, the deeper sections of the mine were flooded. On a combined basis, Durban Deep produced
more than 37 million ounces of gold prior to the cessation of operations.

We concluded an agreement with M5 on July 21, 2005, in terms of which M5, against payment of a non-refundable fee of
R1.5 million, was granted an option to acquire Durban Deep’s mine village for R15.0 million. The option lapsed on November 19,
2005. On the exercising of the option the option fee would be deemed part payment of the purchase consideration. If not, the option
fee would be forfeited to us.
¹ Cash cost per ounce and total cost per ounce are financial measures of performance that we use to determine cash generating capacities of the mines and to monitor performance of our mining operations.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
49
On November 18, 2005, M5 exercised the option and provided a guarantee for payment. Prior to the registration of the
transfer occurring, we were notified by Rand Leases Properties Limited (formerly JCI Properties Limited) of an alleged pre-
emptive right in respect of the property in terms of an agreement dated December 1996, pursuant to which the property should be
sold to them on similar terms. We subsequently repudiated our agreement with M5 and notified Rand Leases Properties Limited
that we did not intend offering the property to them. Both parties indicated to us their intentions to institute legal proceedings for
the sale and transfer of the property. On December 12, 2006, Rand Leases Properties Limited issued a summons against us and we
filed an Appearance to Defend. A trial date was allocated by the High Court of South Africa for April 25, 2008, but the case was
postponed. A new date has not yet been set. Dino Properties (Pty) has instituted action against the Company seeking to enforce an
agreement of sale of the DRD Village entered into on September 20, 2005, alternatively payment of R195 million which is alleged
to represent the market value of the property. The Company is defending this action; however, the parties have suspended the
pleadings with the possibility of pursuing a settlement of the case.

Property

Durban Deep is located within the Central Witwatersrand Basin which stretches from Durban Deep in the west to ERPM in
the east. Durban Deep is situated 9.3 miles (15 kilometers) west of Johannesburg and contains mining title to 14,262 acres (5,772
hectares) and owns 3,667 acres (1,484 hectares) of freehold property. These include administrative buildings, hospital, recreation
complexes, housing in both hostel and free-standing houses and a security complex. We have title to substantial land tracts on the
outskirts of the City of Roodepoort, which is located in this section. We do not intend to convert our rights under the MPRD Act.

Mining and Processing

Five different ore bodies have been mined at Durban Deep. Ore was mined from outcrops at the surface down to a
maximum depth of 9,200 feet (2,804 meters) and the reefs are known to persist to 13,000 feet (3,962.4 meters) below the surface
within the lease area.

Environmental and Closure Aspects

Rehabilitation and other responsibilities like the National Nuclear Regulator Certificate of Registration requirements
have been taken over by DRD (Pty) Ltd, which is owned by Mintails. An official liability transfer in terms of section 58 of the
MRPDA Act has been submitted to the DMR. DRDGOLD retains only the village that has no assessed liability associated with it.
The legal transfer of the liability would be dependent on the DMR's assessment of Mintail's financial capability. DRDGOLD
therefore still has a contingent liability until such legal transfer is affected.
In fiscal 2010, the environmental rehabilitation liabilities reduced from R82.4 million in fiscal 2009 to R19.5 million in
fiscal 2010 as a result of the transfer of liabilities in respect of mining rights over the Durban Deep mining license area which was
disposed of.

While the ultimate amount of rehabilitation costs to be incurred in the future is uncertain, we have estimated that the
remaining cost for Durban Deep, in current monetary terms as at June 30, 2010, is R19.5 million. This has been included in the
provision for environmental rehabilitation, restoration and closure costs on the statement of financial position. A total of R21.8
million has been contributed to the Environmental Trust Fund. This is an irrevocable trust, managed by specific responsible people
who we nominated and who are appointed as trustees by the Master of the High Court of South Africa.

West Wits

Overview

We own 100% of West Witwatersrand Gold Holdings Limited, or WWGH, which holds West Witwatersrand Gold
Mines Limited, or West Wits. We acquired the entire share capital of WWGH, as well as Consolidated Mining Corporation Limited's
loan to WWGH, on April 1, 1996. We also acquired the entire issued share capital and the shareholders' claim and loan account of
East Champ d'Or Gold Mine Limited, a gold mining company with mining title in the West Rand. The mining assets were sold to
Bophelo Trading (Pty) Limited, subsequently renamed, Mogale Gold (Pty) Limited, or Mogale, during fiscal 2004, effectively
leading to the closure of the mining operation.

West Wits is situated on the northern edge of the Witwatersrand Basin near the town of Krugersdorp to the west of
Johannesburg.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
50
Property

West Wits was formed out of the northern section of Randfontein Estates located in the West Rand Goldfields, about 22
miles (35 kilometers) west of Johannesburg, Gauteng Province. The mine was reached via the R28 Johannesburg-Krugersdorp
highway.

West Wits also had rights to mine on three adjacent mining leases, namely, East Champ d'Or, West Rand Consolidated and
Luipaardsvlei. West Wits had mining title to 8,364 acres (3,790 hectares) and owned 72 acres (29 hectares) of freehold property on
which all of its mining operations were situated. These rights were sold to Mogale during fiscal 2004.

History

1967
West Wits was incorporated and registered as a public company in South Africa on December 21, 1967.
1996
We acquired the entire share capital of West Wits on April 1, 1996.
2000
All mining ceased at West Wits in August 2000.
2002
We entered into an agreement with Bophelo Trading (Pty) Limited, subsequently renamed Mogale Gold (Pty) Limited, or
Mogale, for the sale of the West Wits gold plant, freehold areas, surface rights permits and certain related assets.
2003
The agreement with Mogale was subsequently amended by a Memorandum of Agreement on June 6, 2003. The
effective date of this sale was July 21, 2003.
2004
Mogale was placed under judicial management on April 13, 2004. As a result, the remaining balance on the purchase
price was impaired for R8.3 million.
2005
West Wits entered into an agreement with Randfontein Estates Gold Mines Limited and Atomaer (Pty) Limited, for the
establishment of a regional underground water management vehicle.

Mining and Processing

In August 2000, we decided to cease all operations at both the underground and open pit operations at West Wits. This
decision was taken after the South African government withdrew the water pumping subsidy. Without the subsidy, mining at West
Wits became prohibitively expensive. The mining operation is an agglomeration of old mines on the Randfontein Basin separated
from the main part of the Witwatersrand Basin by a geological structure known as the Witpoortjie Horst. Over fifteen different gold-
bearing pebble horizons have been mined. Ore has been mined from outcrops at the surface down to a maximum depth of 5,900 feet
(1,798.3 meters).

West Wits mined the Livingston Reef package, locally known as the East Reef. It comprises a 100-foot thick package of
conglomerates and quartzites dipping at an average of 18 degrees. The combined West Wits produced more than 1.0 million ounces
of gold since inception, before the cessation of underground and open-pit operations at the end of August 2000. Subsequent to the
cessation of mining operations, the metallurgical plant at West Wits was taken over by Crown for the processing of sand dumps only.

Environmental and Closure Aspects

Responsibility for the mine, including the environmental rehabilitation liability, has been taken over contractually by
Mintails although the legal transfer thereof would be dependent on the DMR's assessment of Mintail's financial capability.
DRDGOLD therefore still has a contingent liability until such legal transfer is affected. Management of the West Rand Consolidated
Mines' tailings dams have been taken over by Mintails which plans to reprocess them. An EMP for the balance of the area has been
submitted to the DMR as part of the conversion process of ML9/2000. The execution of the conversion is imminent.

In terms of Acid Mine Drainage (AMD) from the Western Basin, a proposal has been submitted to the regulators for an
interim solution whereby the Western Basin water is pumped into the Central Basin. Water from the Central Basin is then pumped
from 400m below surface and partly treated in the ERPM High Density Separation (HDS) plant before being released. The proposal
is based on a Public Private Partnership and will prevent untreated water from polluting the environment until the final sustainable
solution is put in place. In terms of this proposal, DRDGOLD will contribute approximately R13.4 million towards the R218 million
capital required. Final approval is awaited.

In fiscal 2010, the Company transferred the environmental rehabilitation liabilities in respect of mining rights over the West
Wits mining license area which was disposed of. A total of R18.7 million previously contributed to the Environmental Trust Fund has
been impaired as a result of the transfer of the liability.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
51
Legal Proceedings
Litigation regarding environmental issues

On August 2, 2006 and September 4, 2006, two virtually identical applications were brought against DRDGOLD and its
directors for relief under the MPRD Act by the Legal Resources Centre on behalf of the residents of two communities, Davidsonville
and Kagiso, who reside adjacent to tailings deposition sites of the now dormant Durban Roodepoort Deep mine and the West
Witwatersrand mine, respectively. While no financial compensation is sought, the communities are seeking orders for the revision of
the environmental management programmes of both sites, and for the sites to be rehabilitated and closed in accordance with the
standards of the MPRD Act. DRDGOLD has filed its Appearance to Defend and Answering Affidavits in respect of both matters in
the High Court of South Africa. The responsibility rests with the respondent's attorneys to either apply to the High Court for a date of
hearing or file replying affidavits.
Application to reverse the granting of a mining right

In June 2008, DRDGOLD and Durban Roodepoort Deep (Pty) Limited (“DRD”) brought an application in the High Court
of South Africa against Main Reef Crushers CC (MRC) and the Minister of Mineral Resources because inter alia the latter granted
MRC a mining right:
•      in respect of an old waste rock dump which is not regulated by the MPRD Act and therefore the right was unlawfully
granted;
•      over an area on which DRD had already been granted a prospecting right which gives DRD the exclusive right to apply for a
mining right in terms of the MPRD Act; and
•      in respect of which the Environmental Impact Assessment and the Environmental Management Programme submitted by
MRC are fatally defective.

This case was heard by the High Court on September 3, 2009 and postponed sine die. The parties are discussing a possible
settlement of the mater.
Lawsuit by French shareholders
In August 2008, the Company received by post a summons issued in the Tribunal De Grande Instance [District Court] of
Paris by the Association for the Defense of the Shareholders of East Rand (the association) against DRDGOLD SA.
The claim is based on the following allegations:
•      that the members of the Association were shareholders of ERPM;
•      that the non-audited ERPM results of the six-month period from July to December 1998 were misleading regarding the
'healthiness' of ERPM prior to its winding up in 1999;
•       that the 1999 liquidation of ERPM was fraudulently approved by 15% of shareholders who were representatives of the
South African state against the interests of French shareholders; and
•       that the subsequent scheme of arrangement to remove ERPM from liquidation in 1999 was approved by 15% of
shareholders without consultation with French shareholders.

On the basis of these allegations, the association is claiming a payment of 5 million euros for damages, 10 000 euros for
costs and costs of suit. DRDGOLD SA has raised the point that the French Courts lack jurisdiction to hear the matter and also filed its
defenses on the merits of the case.
Legal proceedings relating to an agreement to sell Durban Deep’s mine village
We concluded an agreement with M5 on July 21, 2005, pursuant to which M5, against payment of a non-refundable fee of
R1.5 million, was granted an option to acquire Durban Deep’s mine village for R15.0 million. On November 18, 2005, M5 exercised
the option and provided a guarantee for payment. Prior to the registration of the transfer occurring, we were notified by Rand Leases
Properties Limited (formerly JCI Properties Limited) of an alleged pre-emptive right in respect of the property in terms of an
agreement dated December 1996, pursuant to which the property should be sold to them on similar terms. We subsequently
repudiated our agreement with M5 and notified Rand Leases Properties Limited that we did not intend offering the property to them.
Both parties indicated to us their intentions to institute legal proceedings for the sale and transfer of the property. On
December 12, 2006, Rand Leases Properties Limited issued a summons against us and we filed an Appearance to Defend. On April
25,
2008 the case was postponed by the High Court.
Dino Properties (Pty) Limited (previously M5) has instituted action against us seeking to enforce an agreement of sale of
Durban Deep’s mine Village entered into on September 20, 2005, or alternatively payment of R195 million which is alleged to
represent the market value of the property. DRDGOLD is defending this action, however, the parties have suspended the pleadings
with the possibility of pursuing a settlement of the case
.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
52
Claim for alleged damages at Blyvoor

Duffuel (Pty) Ltd and Paul Frederick Potgieter are suing DRDGOLD, DRDGOLD SA, Blyvoor and the latter's directors for
alleged pollution of peat reserves which they claim to sell to the mushroom industry. The following amounts are claimed against
DRDGOLD, DRDGOLD SA, Blyvoor and the latter's directors:
•   R48,952,000 for loss of peat reserves;
•   R52,006,720 for removal of polluted peat, sealing of water in-flow & importation of unpolluted peat; and
•   R96,000 for importation of clean water for domestic use.

The defendants are defending this action and have also raised an exception on the basis that the claim is vague and
embarrassing, and does not disclose a cause of action; however, the parties have suspended the pleadings with the possibility of
pursuing a settlement of the case.

Competition tribunal case

On September 23, 2002, we and Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited, or Harmony, another South African gold mining
company, filed a complaint with the South African Competition Commission against Mittal Steel (previously Iscor), a South African
steel producer. The complaint alleges that Mittal Steel abused its dominant position by charging excessive prices for its local flat steel
products and providing inducements for steel purchasers to refrain from importing competing steel products. The Competition
Commission dismissed our claim, and the matter was referred to the Competition Tribunal, who has the authority to overrule the
determination of the commission. On March 27, 2007, the Competition Tribunal delivered its judgment, having made the following
findings:
•   that Mittal Steel has abused its dominant position by engaging in excessive pricing; and
•   that Mittal Steel did not induce customers not to deal with its competitors.
On July 27, 2007, the parties presented submissions to the Tribunal on the penalty or penalties which the Tribunal may impose
against Mittal. On August 6, 2007, the Competition Tribunal imposed an administrative penalty of R691.8 million against Mittal. Mittal
lodged an appeal in the Competition Appeal Court against the decision of the Tribunal. On May 29, 2009, the Court delivered its
judgment in terms of which the case was remitted to the Tribunal for hearing of oral evidence in relation to the matters canvassed
in the affidavit of one Leon Price, and whether Mittal contravened section 8 (a) of the Competition Act 89 of 1998 by charging
excessive prices for flat steel products to the detriment of its consumers. On September 14, 2009, the Company and Harmony
announced the withdrawal of the complaint following a settlement agreement signed with Mittal. The terms of the settlement
agreement are confidential and will not be made public.
The settlement agreement reached represented a satisfactory outcome to
the matter for us.


Provisional Judicial management order for Blyvoor operations
On November 9, 2009 DRDGOLD announced that in a bid to save the Blyvoor mine from liquidation, the company intended
applying to the High Court of South Africa for a provisional judicial management order over the operation. A provisional judicial
management order was granted by the High Court of South Africa on November 10, 2009.

The application, in terms of the provisions of Section 427 of the South African Companies Act, was prompted by Blyvoor’s
inability to continue to sustain losses incurred since April 2009, which were brought about by the following circumstances:
•      a drop in the Rand gold price received between April 1, 2009 and September 30, 2009, due to the strengthening of the Rand
against the US Dollar;
•      extensive damage caused during May 2009 to higher-grade underground production areas at Blyvoor’s No. 5 Shaft by
seismic activity, restoration of which was expected to take until March 2010 to complete;
•      power utility Eskom’s higher winter tariffs, compounded by a 32% price increase effective from July 1, 2009, and the
likelihood of further increases in coming months; and
•      the wage strike by the National Union of Mineworkers, which lasted for almost a month and resulted in the loss of
approximately 8 000 ounces of production.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
53
In terms of a provisional judicial management order, the court appointed a judicial manager who has a wide range of powers at his
disposal to take such actions he deems necessary to save the business. These could include giving certain creditors temporary preference
over others and agreeing compromises with creditors without the risk of committing an act of insolvency and thereby exposing the mine to
liquidation. Management believed that provisional judicial management offered the best possible prospect of preventing Blyvoor’s
liquidation and of restoring the operation to profitability, while protecting the interests of all stakeholders of both Blyvoor and DRDGOLD.

On April 13, 2010 the High Court of South Africa agreed to lift the provisional judicial management order. The reasons for the
lifting of the provisional judicial management order were as follows:
•    Blyvoor’s return to profitability;
•    the return of Blyvoor’s trade creditors to normal payment terms;
•    an increase in Blyvoor’s monthly production; and
•    an increase in the Rand gold price.
ITEM 4A. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

Not applicable.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
54
ITEM 5. OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS
The following Operating and Financial Review and Prospects section is intended to help the reader understand the factors
that have affected the Company's financial condition and results of operations for the historical period covered by the financial
statements and management's assessment of factors and trends which are anticipated to have a material effect on the Company's
financial condition and results in future periods. This section is provided as a supplement to, and should be read in conjunction
with, our audited financial statements and the other financial information contained elsewhere in this Annual Report. Our financial
statements have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as issued by the
International Accounting Standards Board (IASB). Our discussion contains forward looking information based on current
expectations that involve risks and uncertainties, such as our plans, objectives and intentions. Our actual results may differ from
those indicated in such forward looking statements.
The Operating and Financial Review and Prospects include the following sections:
Operating results:
-      Business overview , a general description of our business.
-      Key drivers of our operating results and principal factors affecting our operating results , a general description of the
principal uncertainties and variables facing our business and the primary factors that have a significant impact on our
operating performance.
-      Recent acquisitions and dispositions , a description of the recent acquisitions and other transactions that have
impacted, or will impact, our performance.
-      Key financial and operating indicators , a presentation of the key financial measures we use to track our operating
performance.
-      Application of critical accounting policies , a discussion of accounting policies that require critical judgments and
estimates.
-      Operating results , an analysis of our consolidated results of operations during the three fiscal years presented in our
financial statements. The analysis is presented both on a consolidated basis, and by operating segment.
Liquidity and capital resources, an analysis of our cash flows, borrowings and our anticipated funding requirements and
sources.
Outlook and trend information, a review of the outlook for, and trends affecting our business.
Off-balance sheet arrangements.
Tabular disclosure of contractual obligations, being the numerical review of our contractual future cash obligations.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
55
5A. OPERATING RESULTS

Business overview
We are a South African gold mining company engaged in underground and surface gold mining, including exploration,
extraction, processing and smelting. We have operations comprising underground and surface retreatment operations, including
the requisite infrastructure and metallurgical processing plants. Our operations are currently located in South Africa. As at June 30,
2010, DRDGOLD's foreign subsidiaries, which were the holding companies for its previously disposed Australasian operations, have
been placed into voluntary liquidation
, As at September 30, 2010, the Group has broadened its activities to include initial
exploration activities on a small scale in Zimbabwe.

During the fiscal years presented in this Annual Report we divide our worldwide operations into two geographic regions,
based on revenue generated from the location of the seller, as follows:
•       South Africa, comprising the deep-level Blyvoor operation, in addition to the surface retreatment operations at Crown
(includes ERPM surface retreatment operations), ERPM (represents only their underground operations), Ergo (which
includes Ergo Mining (Pty) Limited (the Ergo JV) and ErgoGold, formerly the Elsburg Gold Mining Joint Venture)
(“South African Operations”). The comparative information has been adjusted to account for ERPM’s surface operations
included under Crown and for ErgoGold and the Ergo JV being combined into one operation called Ergo. ERPM’s
underground operation has been included under ‘Corporate head-office and all other’ in our financial statements’
operating segments.
•       Australasia, comprising Tolukuma and a 20% interest in the unincorporated Porgera Joint Venture, or Porgera
(“Australian Operations”). On August 17, 2007, Emperor sold its 20% interest in the Porgera Joint Venture to Barrick and
on October 22, 2007, we sold our entire shareholding in Emperor, which included Tolukuma, to several institutional
investors.

In fiscal 2010 and 2009 the South African Operations accounted for 100% of our total production and profit after tax of
R203.4 million and R110.7 million, respectively. In fiscal 2008, the South African Operations accounted for 96% of our total
production and a profit after tax of R137.0 million, with the Australasian Operations accounting for the remaining 4% of our total
production and a net loss after tax of R81.1 million.

Exploration activities are undertaken in South Africa and we are also exploring gold mining possibilities in Zimbabwe by
conducting small scale exploration activities there.

From 1895 to 1997, our principal mining operation was the Durban Deep mine. Up to 1999, our general growth strategy
was to acquire existing under-performing mines in South Africa at relatively low acquisition costs, and turn them into profitable
business units by introducing low-cost mining methods and reducing costs through employing our experience in managing
marginal gold mines to more efficiently utilize existing infrastructures. From 1999 to 2006 our focus was to expand our operations
outside of South Africa by acquiring lower cash cost and higher margin mines than those in South Africa, through the acquisition
of Tolukuma, our 20% interest in Porgera and our 78.9% interest in Emperor (Vatukoula). With the exit from our Australasian
operations in 2008, our strategy has since changed to refocus on our operations in South Africa and in particular on the expansion
of our surface retreatment operations. A large portion of the proceeds we received from the disposal of our Australasian operations
have been utilized during fiscal 2009 and fiscal 2010 to expand our retreatment of surface tailings to recover gold. Our new
strategy for the short and medium term is to enhance shareholders’ value by reducing risk, controlling costs and taking a
disciplined approach to growth.
In fiscal 2010, revenue from continuing operations was slightly higher than in fiscal 2009. The effect of the higher gold
price was offset by lower gold production, in particular from underground operations due to the lower grades recovered as a result
of the seismic activity at Blyvoor’s underground operation at the end of fiscal 2009. In fiscal 2009 revenue from continuing
operations was slightly higher than in fiscal 2008. The effect of the higher gold price was offset by lower gold production, in
particular from underground due to the closure of ERPM’s underground operation. We had R188.2 million in cash and cash
equivalents as at June 30, 2010 compared to R352.7 million in cash and cash equivalents as at June 30, 2009. The decrease was
primarily a result of capital expenditure incurred to expand our retreatment of surface tailings to recover gold. We are able to fund
our short- and medium term projects from cash and borrowing facilities.

As at June 30, 2010, we had Ore Reserves of approximately 6.0 million ounces, compared to 5.2 million ounces as at
June 30, 2009 and 4.5 million ounces as at June 30, 2008. The increase from fiscal 2009 to fiscal 2010 was mainly as a result of
the higher gold price used in the Ore Reserves calculation together with the expected increase in Crown’s deposition capacity as a
result of the construction of the Crown/Ergo pipeline linking Crown to Ergo’s Brakpan deposition site. The increase from fiscal
2008 to fiscal 2009 was mainly due to the inclusion of the Elsburg tailings, which belong to ERPM and form part of the Ergo
operation.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
56
Key drivers of our operating results and principal factors affecting our operating results
The principal uncertainties and variables facing our business and, therefore, the key drivers of our operating results are:
•      The price of gold, which fluctuates widely in dollars and rands;
•      The production tonnages and gold content thereof, impacting on the amount of gold we produce at our operations;
•      The cost of producing that gold as a result of mining efficiencies; and
•      General economic factors, such as exchange rate fluctuations and inflation, and factors affecting mining operations
particularly in South Africa.

Gold price
Our revenues are derived primarily from the sale of gold produced at our mines. As a result, our operating results are
directly related to the price of gold which can fluctuate widely and is affected by numerous factors beyond our control, including
industrial and jewelry demand, expectations with respect to the rate of inflation, the strength of the dollar (the currency in which
the price of gold is generally quoted) and of other currencies, interest rates, actual or expected gold sales by central banks, forward
sales by producers, global or regional political or economic events, and production and cost levels in major gold-producing
regions such as South Africa. In addition, the price of gold sometimes is subject to rapid short-term changes because of
speculative activities. The demand for and supply of gold may affect gold prices, but not necessarily in the same manner that
supply and demand affect the prices of other commodities. The supply of gold consists of a combination of new production from
mining and existing stocks of bullion and fabricated gold held by governments, public and private financial institutions, industrial
organizations and private individuals. As a general rule we sell the gold produced at market prices to obtain the maximum benefit
from prevailing gold prices.
The following table indicates the movement in the dollar gold spot price for the 2010, 2009 and 2008 fiscal years:
2010 fiscal year
2009 fiscal year
% change
Opening gold spot price on July 1, ..................................
$935 per ounce
$930 per ounce
1%
Closing gold spot price on June 30, .................................
$1,244 per ounce                       $935 per ounce                         33%
Lowest gold spot price during the fiscal year ..................
$909 per ounce
$713 per ounce
27%
Highest gold spot price during the fiscal year..................
$1,261 per ounce
$989 per ounce
28%
Average gold spot price for the fiscal year ......................
$1,092 per ounce
$873 per ounce
25%

2009 fiscal year
2008 fiscal year
% change
Opening gold spot price on July 1, ..................................
$930 per ounce
$651 per ounce
43%
Closing gold spot price on June 30, .................................
$935 per ounce
$930 per ounce
1%
Lowest gold spot price during the fiscal year ..................
$713 per ounce
$648 per ounce
10%
Highest gold spot price during the fiscal year..................
$989 per ounce
$1,011 per ounce
-2%
Average gold spot price for the fiscal year ......................
$873 per ounce
$821 per ounce
6%
2008 fiscal year
2007 fiscal year
% change
Opening gold spot price on July 1, ..................................
$651 per ounce
$599 per ounce
9%
Closing gold spot price on June 30, .................................
$930 per ounce
$651 per ounce
43%
Lowest gold spot price during the fiscal year ..................
$648 per ounce
$561 per ounce
16%
Highest gold spot price during the fiscal year..................
$1,011 per ounce
$691 per ounce
46%
Average gold spot price for the fiscal year ......................
$821 per ounce
$638 per ounce
29%

A significant upward trend in the dollar gold price has been noted over the past five fiscal years. Our production has been
sourced from our South African Operations and, until fiscal 2008, our Australasian Operations as well. As a result, the impact of
movements in relevant exchange rates during those five fiscal years, has been significant on our operating results. The average
gold price in rand and Australian dollars has fluctuated as follows:
Rand gold price (based on average prices for the year) increased from R6,003 per ounce in fiscal 2008 (a 30%
increase from fiscal 2007), to R7,910 per ounce in fiscal 2009 (a 32% increase from fiscal 2008) and R8,309 per
ounce in 2010 (a 5% increase from fiscal 2009).
Australian gold price (based on average prices for the year) increased from A$812 per ounce in fiscal 2007 to
A$914 per ounce in fiscal 2008 (a 13% increase from fiscal 2007).
Based on our forecast gold price of R304,761 per kilogram for fiscal 2011, a 10% increase in the rand gold price received
will increase our forecast profit after taxation by R276.8 million and a 10% decrease in the rand gold price received will decrease
our profit after taxation by R276.8 million.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
57
Gold production and operating costs
Attributable gold production from our continuing operations totaled 241,194 ounces during fiscal 2010, in comparison to
247,690 ounces in fiscal 2009, and 308,005 ounces in fiscal 2008. Our discontinued operations (comprising Tolukuma, Porgera
and Vatukoula) recorded production of 13,427 ounces in fiscal 2008. There were no discontinued operations for fiscal 2010 and
2009.

Our costs and expenses consist primarily of operating costs and depreciation. Operating costs include labor, contractor
services, stores, electricity and other related costs, incurred in the production of gold. ‘Consumables and other’ is the largest
component of operating costs, constituting 38% of operating costs for fiscal 2010, and labor is the second largest component of
operating costs, constituting 34% of operating costs for fiscal 2010, as a large part of our mining operations are deep level
underground mines which are more labor intensive.

At our continuing South African Operations, production decreased from 247,690 ounces in fiscal 2009, produced from
14.5 million tonnes milled at an average yield of 0.53g/t, to 241,194 ounces in fiscal 2010, produced from 22.6 million tonnes
milled at an average yield of 0.33g/t. Production decreased from 308,005 ounces in fiscal 2008, produced from 14.8 million
tonnes milled at an average yield of 0.65g/t, to 247,690 ounces in fiscal 2009, produced from 14.5 million tonnes milled at an
average yield of 0.53g/t. During fiscal 2009, the average rand gold price strengthened by 32%, creating an opportunity to mine ore
grades that were previously seen to be unprofitable. This increase continued in fiscal 2010, with the average rand gold price
strengthening by 5%. The benefits enjoyed in fiscal 2009 by the increase in the average rand gold price were offset in fiscal 2010
by an increase in average operating costs for continuing operations of 9% compared to 40% in fiscal 2009, as a result of a more
conservative approach in our mining operations, including cost cutting exercises.

Blyvoor produced 106,452 ounces from 3.6 million tonnes milled at an average yield of 0.92g/t in fiscal 2010, in
comparison with 129,473 ounces from 4.0 million tonnes milled at an average yield of 1.00g/t in fiscal 2009 and 141,172 ounces
from 4.4 million tonnes milled at an average yield of 1.00g/t in fiscal 2008. The decrease in production at Blyvoor in fiscal 2010
compared to fiscal 2009, was as a result of lower recovered grades from underground operations as a result of seismic activity
damaging the high-grade mining areas during the last quarter of fiscal 2009 and a month long wage related strike during the first
quarter of fiscal 2010. The decrease in production at Blyvoor in fiscal 2009 compared to fiscal 2008, was as a result of 17
production days being lost in the first quarter because of Section 54 closures imposed by the DMR following the fatalities; in the
third quarter six production days were lost because of a lightning strike at No 5 Shaft’s electrical sub-station and during the fourth
quarter there was a significant decline in grade at No 5 Shaft because of seismicity. The decrease in production at Blyvoor in
fiscal 2008 compared to fiscal 2007 was from lower grades being mined due to a decision taken to move out of seismically active
areas.

Crown (which has been restated to include the surface retreatment operation of ERPM) produced 99,410 ounces from 7.1
million tonnes milled at an average yield of 0.43g/t during fiscal 2010, in comparison with 95,616 ounces from 8.0 million tonnes
milled at an average yield of 0.37g/t in fiscal 2009 and 110,021 ounces from 10.1 million tonnes milled at an average yield of
0.34g/t in fiscal 2008. The higher grades in fiscal 2010 compared to fiscal 2009 was a continued result of higher grade material
from the Mennells and Top Star sites and the lower throughput remains as a result of constraint created by Crown’s deposition
facility. The higher grades in fiscal 2009 compared to fiscal 2008 was a result of higher grade material from the Mennells and Top
Star sites and higher grade remnants from the CMR site and the decrease in throughput was intentional: it forms part of the closure
plan for the Crown Tailings Deposition Facility.

ERPM (which has been restated to include only its underground production) had no underground gold production during
fiscal 2010, in comparison with 18,935 ounces from 0.2 million tonnes milled at an average yield of 3.20g/t in fiscal 2009 and
56,812 ounces from 0.3 million tonnes milled at an average yield of 5.83g/t in fiscal 2008. The decrease in production at ERPM
from fiscal 2008 to fiscal 2009 resulted from the discontinuation of the underground operations from October 2008.

Ergo, which commenced production in November 2008, produced 35,332 ounces from 11.9 million tonnes milled at an
average yield of 0.09g/t in fiscal 2010, compared to 3,666 ounces from 2.3 million tonnes milled at an average yield of 0.05g/t in
fiscal 2009. The increase is due to the first full fiscal year of production and the ramp-up of production towards full production. In
fiscal 2009 the initial grade was lower than forecasted due to metallurgical challenges which have been encountered and are
currently being addressed by management. A 24-hour per day pilot plant simulating the Ergo plant has been built, which can
evaluate individual feeds into the full-scale plant. The most significant finding of the company’s investigations to date is that the
plant performance is measurably lower than the results obtained in the laboratory bottle roll test, which is used to evaluate the
leaching characteristics of the tailings dams. The company believes that it may be the case that the laboratory bottle roll conditions
are more aggressive than the plant’s mechanical agitation and that some form of attrition is required on the plant to enhance
leaching. Various devices are now being tested in pilot programs to establish whether laboratory results can be achieved on a
larger scale. The pilot plant is constructed to help determine the optimal blend of material from the Elsburg tailings complex and
the L29 dump. Improved yield should result as a consequence of an increase in volumes from the Elsburg tailings complex.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
58
General economic factors
As at September 30, 2010, our operations are predominantly in South Africa, together with small scale exploration
activities in Zimbabwe (no significant exposure), and we are exposed to a number of factors, which could affect our profitability,
such as exchange rate fluctuations, inflation and other risks relating to South Africa. In conducting mining operations, we
recognize the inherent risks and uncertainties of the industry, and the wasting nature of the assets.

Effect of exchange rate fluctuations
For the year ended June 30, 2010, 100% of our revenues were generated from South African operations, all of our
operating costs were denominated in rand and we derived all of our revenues in dollars. Fiscal 2010 was marked by volatility in
the dollar and an overall weakening in the dollar relative to the rand. As the price of gold is denominated in dollars and we realize
our revenues in dollars, the depreciation of the dollar against the rand reduces our profitability, whereas the appreciation of the
dollar against the rand increases our profitability. Based upon average rates during the respective years, the rand strengthened by
16% against the dollar in fiscal 2010, compared to a weakening by 24% against the dollar in fiscal 2009 and a weakening by 1%
against the dollar in fiscal 2008. The strengthening of the rand limited the increase in the average rand gold price received to only
7% in fiscal 2010, whereas its weakening in fiscal 2009 and 2008 contributed to the increase in the average rand gold price of
30% in both years.

As an unhedged gold producer, we do not enter into forward gold sales contracts to reduce our exposure to market
fluctuations in the dollar gold price or the exchange rate movements. If revenue from gold sales falls for a substantial period
below our cost of production at our operations, we could determine that it is not economically feasible to continue commercial
production at any or all of our operations or to continue the development of some or all of our projects. Our weighted average
operating costs per kilogram for our continuing operations was R239,785 per kilogram of gold produced in fiscal 2010, R219,024
per kilogram of gold produced in fiscal 2009 and R156,891 per kilogram of gold produced in fiscal 2008. The average gold price
received, from continuing operations, was R267,292 per kilogram of gold produced in fiscal 2010, R250,589 per kilogram of gold
produced in fiscal 2009 and R192,143 per kilogram of gold produced in fiscal 2008.
Effect of inflation
In the past, our operations have been materially adversely affected by inflation. As we are unable to control the prices at
which our gold is sold, if there is a significant increase in inflation in South Africa without a concurrent devaluation of the local
currency or an increase in the price of gold, our costs will increase, negatively affecting our operating results.

The movements in the rand/dollar exchange rate, based upon average rates during the periods presented, and the local
annual inflation rate for the periods presented, as measured by the South African Consumer Price Index, or CPI, are set out in the
table below:
Year ended June 30,
2010
(%)
2009
(%)
2008
(%)
The average rand/dollar exchange rate (strengthened)/weakened by............................................
(15.9)
23.7
1.3
CPI (inflation rate) ........................................................................................................................
4.2                6.9              12.2
CPIX (inflation rate) (discontinued as from fiscal 2009)..............................................................
n/a                n/a              11.6
The South African CPI inflation rate stabilized in fiscal 2010 and fiscal 2009 after a significant increase in fiscal 2008
and as at September 30, 2010, it was at 3.5%. From January 2009, the South African Reserve Bank changed the way inflation is
measured by expanding the range of consumer goods used and changing the benchmark measure from CPIX (CPI minus mortgage
costs) to CPI. Mortgage costs have been replaced by owners’ equivalent rental (OER) to capture housing costs, making CPIX
redundant. The closest measure to CPIX is CPI minus OER.
South African political, economic and other factors
We are a South African company and, subsequent to the sale of our stake in Emperor, all our operations are based in
South Africa. As a result, we are subject to various economic, fiscal, monetary and political factors that affect South African
companies generally. South African companies are subject to exchange control regulations. Governmental officials have from
time to time stated their intentions to lift South Africa’s exchange control regulations when economic conditions permit such
action. Over the last few years, certain aspects of exchange controls for companies and individuals have been incrementally
relaxed. It is, however, impossible to predict when the South African Government will remove exchange controls in their entirety.
South African companies remain subject to restrictions on their ability to export and deploy capital outside of the Southern
African Common Monetary Area, unless dispensation has been granted by the South African Reserve Bank. For a detailed
discussion of exchange controls, see Item 10D.: “Exchange controls.”

BACKGROUND IMAGE
59
On May 1, 2004, the Mineral and Petroleum Resources Development Act (MPRD Act) became effective. Prior to the
introduction of the MPRD Act, private ownership in mineral rights and statutory mining rights in South Africa could be acquired
through the common law or by statute. Now, all mineral rights have been placed under the custodianship of the South African
government under the provisions of the MPRD Act, and old order proprietary rights need to be converted to new order rights of
use within certain prescribed periods. We have submitted certain applications in this regard. This process is described more fully
under Item 4B.: “Business Overview – Governmental regulations and their effects on our business - South Africa - Common Law
Mineral Rights and Statutory Mining Rights.”
The MPRD Act makes reference to royalties being payable to the South African government in terms of the Royalty Bill.
The fourth draft of the Royalty Bill was promulgated in Parliament on August 14, 2008 and provides for the payment of a royalty
according to a formula based on earnings before interest, tax and after the deduction of capital expenditure. The Mineral and
Petroleum Resources Royalty Act, No.28 of 2008 was enacted on November 21, 2008 and was published in the South African
Government Gazette on November 24, 2008 and the Mineral and the Petroleum Resources Royalty Act (Administration), No.29 of
2008 on November 26, 2008. The rate as calculated per the abovementioned formula is then applied to revenue to calculate the
royalty amount due, with a minimum of 0.5% and a maximum of 5% for gold, payable half yearly with a third and final payment
thereafter. The royalty is tax deductible and the cost after tax amounts to a rate of between 0.33% and 3.3% at the prevailing marginal
tax rates applicable to the group. The registration process commenced on November 1, 2009, after which the group duly registered,
and the payment of royalties commenced on March 1, 2010, with DRDGOLD payments due on June 30, 2010 and every six months
thereafter. The royalty is payable on old unconverted mining rights and new converted mining rights.

Recent acquisitions and dispositions
The global gold mining industry has experienced active consolidation and rationalization activities in recent years.
Accordingly, we have been, and may continue to be, involved in acquisitions and dispositions as part of this global trend and to
identify value-adding business combinations and acquisition opportunities. To ensure that our Ore Reserve base is maintained, or
increased, we are currently focusing on organic growth from our existing operations, brownfields exploration in South Africa and
greenfields exploration in Zimbabwe.

The following is a description of acquisitions and dispositions completed by us since July 1, 2007:

Emperor

On July 27, 2007, DRDGOLD shareholders at a general meeting approved the disposal by Emperor of its 20% interest in
the Porgera Joint Venture to a subsidiary of Barrick for a purchase consideration of $250.0 million and the grant of an option to
Barrick or its nominee to subscribe for 153,325,943 shares in Emperor. Emperor shareholders also approved the disposal and a capital
distribution of A$0.05 per Emperor share to Emperor shareholders by way of a capital return out of the surplus cash realized from the
disposal, at a general meeting held on July 30, 2007. The sale transaction was completed on August 17, 2007, for a final cash
consideration of R1.9 billion ($255.0 million), which included interest, and subsequently Emperor retired all its debt facilities. The
capital distribution was completed on September 3, 2007.

On October 22, 2007, we sold our entire interest in Emperor for R355.8 million
(A$55.9 million) to 26 institutional
investors with each acquired between 0.4% and 21.6% of the shares.

Top Star Dump

On August 21, 2008 a Mining Right was granted for gold recovery over the Top Star Dump, in favor of Crown by the
Department of Mineral Resources (formerly the Department of Minerals and Energy) with effect from August 21, 2008. The
mining right for the Top Star Dump has been granted until August 20, 2013 and gold recovery started during December 2008.

Ergo

On June 7, 2007, we and Mintails announced the formation of Ergo, a joint venture between Mintails SA and DRDGOLD
SA. Following discussions initiated in the first quarter of 2007, the joint venture parties agreed to pursue a strategy to consolidate
certain of their assets on the East Rand. Mintails SA contributed one fully refurbished carbon-in-leach, or CIL, circuit at the Brakpan
plant and DRDGOLD SA contributed the Elsburg tailings complex, comprising approximately 180 Mt of tailings. This part of the
project, previously referred to as Ergo Phase 1, was subsequently established under the Elsburg Gold Mining Joint Venture, or
ErgoGold. Mintails SA and DRDGOLD SA, through their subsidiaries, initially owned 50% each of ErgoGold and the Ergo JV.

On August 6, 2007, the joint venture parties entered into a sale of assets agreement with AngloGold Ashanti pursuant to
which it acquired the remaining moveable and immovable assets of the Ergo plant for a consideration of R42.8 million. These assets
will be operated by Ergo for its own account, under the AngloGold Ashanti authorizations, until new order mining rights have been
obtained. These assets consist of servitudes (access agreements), infrastructure, piping, equipment, old order mining rights and the
right to an additional 15 Mt of tailings material.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
60
On November 26, 2007, we announced that DRDGOLD SA signed a binding term sheet with Mintails SA, which provided
for significant expansion of the joint venture through:
•      the planned refurbishment of all infrastructure at the Brakpan plant, to increase capacity from one CIL gold recovery circuit
to a plant capable of processing tailings for the recovery of gold, uranium and sulphuric acid; and
•      substantially increasing available tailings material from 180 Mt to up to 1,700 Mt, by securing rights over tailings dumps
and slimes dams in the region.
Additional agreements were concluded on November 14, 2007 for:
•       the acquisition by Ergo of additional tailings properties and the Withok deposition complex from AngloGold Ashanti for a
payment of R45.0 million and assumption of rehabilitation obligations; and
•      the acquisition by Mintails SA of an option to acquire tailings properties (the Grootvlei Properties), comprising some
105 Mt, from Pamodzi Gold Limited. The Grootvlei properties formed part of the Mintails SA contribution to the expanded
the Ergo JV.
Ergo Phase 1 (ErgoGold) involved the refurbishment of one CIL circuit at the Brakpan plant with the capacity to treat an
estimated 15Mt of tailings a year, for the recovery of approximately 75,000 ounces of gold a year. Ergo Phase 2 includes the
expansion of the gold plant by refurbishing the second CIL circuit and developing uranium and acid plants. Ergo is managed by
Crown.
On September 29, 2008, DRDGOLD SA acquired a further 15% interest in ErgoGold from Mintails SA resulting in
DRDGOLD SA, which holds its interest through its subsidiary, ERPM, holding a 65% interest and Mintails SA a 35% interest in
the joint venture. On December 8, 2008, DRDGOLD agreed to acquire Mintails SA's remaining interest in ErgoGold, as well as
all of the shareholder’s loans owed by ErgoGold to the Mintails group. The acquisition, which was completed on March 31, 2009,
resulted in the Group acquiring 100% of ErgoGold. The purchase consideration was paid in cash and amounted to R100.0 million
for the 15% interest and R177.0 million for the 35% interest.

On January 21, 2010, DRDGOLD SA through its subsidiary ERPM, acquired the remaining 50% interest in the Ergo JV
from Mintails SA for a total consideration of R82.1 million, consisting of R62.1 million in cash and payment of the balance of
R20.0 million with DRDGOLD’s shares in Witfontein Mining (Pty) Limited. The acquisition was completed on April 15, 2010
and was recorded in the financial statements effective May 1, 2010.

DRDGOLD treats ErgoGold and the Ergo JV as one operating segment and includes their respective financial results
within their Annual Report in accordance with IFRS 8 (Operating Segments). Furthermore, the company’s management believes it
is appropriate to present ErgoGold and the Ergo JV together in this discussion as they share the same infrastructure, human
resources and mineable material, with ErgoGold being focused on the extraction of gold from the re-treatment of the Elsburg and
Benoni deposition sites and the Ergo JV being an exploration project focused on the extraction of uranium and further gold from a
range of deposition sites (including the Elsburg and Benoni sites).

ERPM
On October 6, 2008 we ceased pumping at ERPM’s South West Vertical Shaft for safety reasons following the death of two
employees underground. Post mortems suggested that the two men, who had been conducting routine water level measurements, died
of asphyxiation. The South West Vertical Shaft had been used only for water pumping purposes for several years.
The Department of Mineral Resources issued a Section 54 notice under the Mine Health and Safety Act, subjecting access
into the area to certain restrictions and conditions relating to ventilation. On October 23, 2008, drilling and blasting operations were
suspended in all shafts after the cessation of pumping of underground water at South West Vertical shaft on October 6, 2008 for
safety reasons.

On November 19, 2008, we announced our intention to place on care and maintenance the underground operations of
ERPM, and to proceed with a consultation process in terms of Section 189A of the Labour Relations Act to determine the future
of the mine’s 1,700 employees. The consultation process was completed on January 20, 2009 and 1,335 employees were
retrenched. On August 20, 2009, we discontinued care and maintenance and closed the underground operations.

On June 30, 2010 DRDGOLD signed heads of agreement with White Water Resources Limited (White Water), in terms of
which White Water would acquire the prospecting rights over ERPM Extensions 1 and 2 and the mining right over ERPM
Extension 1 from ERPM. ERPM’s mining right application over ERPM Extension 1 is pending. Both extensions are contiguous to
the ERPM mining lease area. The purchase consideration for the prospecting and mining rights was R18.5 million and would be
settled through the issue to ERPM of 74 million ordinary shares in White Water and 26 shares in a special purpose vehicle (SPV) to
be created, which would hold the assets acquired by White Water from ERPM in accordance with the terms of the transaction.

In the event that the Department of Mineral Resources did not approve the transfer of one or more of the prospecting or
mining rights, the consideration would be reduced to R9.3 million to be settled through the issue to ERPM of 37 million ordinary
shares in White Water and 26 ordinary shares in the SPV.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
61

The transaction was subject to the successful conclusion of various conditions precedent, including its approval by White
Water shareholders and the DRDGOLD Board of Directors. The DRDGOLD Board of Directors did not approve the transaction and
the disposal will not proceed.

Blyvoor
On November 9, 2009, we announced that, in a bid to save our Blyvoor mine from liquidation, we intended applying to the
High Court of South Africa for a provisional judicial management order over the operation. A provisional judicial management order
was granted by the High Court of South Africa on November 10, 2009.
The application, in terms of the provisions of Section 427 of the South African Companies Act, was prompted by Blyvoor’s
inability to continue to sustain losses incurred since April 2009, which were brought about by the following circumstances:
•      a drop in the rand gold price received between April 1, 2009 and September 30, 2009, due to the strengthening of the
rand against the US dollar;
•      extensive damage caused during May 2009 to higher-grade underground production areas at Blyvoor’s No. 5 Shaft by
seismic activity, restoration of which was expected to take until March 2010 to complete;
•      power utility Eskom’s higher winter tariffs, compounded by a 32% price increase effective from July 1, 2009, and the
likelihood of further increases in coming months; and
•      the wage strike by the National Union of Mineworkers, which lasted for almost a month and resulted in the loss of
approximately 8,000 ounces of production.
In terms of a provisional judicial management order, the court appointed a judicial manager who has a wide range of powers
at his disposal to take such actions he deems necessary to save the business. These could include giving certain creditors temporary
preference over others and agreeing compromises with creditors without the risk of committing an act of insolvency and thereby
exposing the mine to liquidation. Management believed that provisional judicial management offered the best possible prospect of
preventing Blyvoor’s liquidation and of restoring the operation to profitability, while protecting the interests of all stakeholders of
both Blyvoor and DRDGOLD.

On April 13, 2010 the High Court of South Africa agreed to lift the provisional judicial management order. The reasons for
the lifting of the provisional judicial management order were as follows:
•   Blyvoor’s return to profitability;
•   the return of Blyvoor’s trade creditors to normal payment terms;
•   an increase in Blyvoor’s monthly production; and
•   an increase in the Rand gold price.
Other
On September 17, 2008, our wholly-owned subsidiary, DRD (Offshore) Limited, sold all of its shares in G.M. Network
Limited, or GoldMoney, to other GoldMoney shareholders. The cash consideration in respect of the disposal amounted to
R23.8 million ($2.9 million). GoldMoney is a company that holds the rights, patents and other intellectual property of
GoldMoney.com, which is a product specializing in digital gold currency. We previously held a 50.25% shareholding in Net-Gold
Services Limited, which was converted on March 30, 2008 into a 12.3% shareholding in GoldMoney.
On December 9, 2008, Argonaut Financial Services (Pty) Ltd, Mintails SA (Pty) Ltd and Witfontein Mining (Pty) Ltd,
entered into a share purchase agreement (SPA) which resulted in Argonaut Financial Services (Pty) Limited (a wholly owned
subsidiary of DRDGOLD) and Mintails SA each owning 50% of the shareholding of Witfontein as well as being authorized to
each appoint 50% of the board. Previously Mintails SA owned 100% of the issued share capital of Witfontein. Witfontein was to
be used as a future deposition establishment facility (i.e. slime deposition). On January 21, 2010, DRDGOLD SA through its
subsidiary ERPM, acquired the remaining 50% interest in the Ergo JV from Mintails for a total consideration of R82.1 million.
The purchase consideration was paid in cash in the amount of R62.1 million and the balance of R20.0 million was paid with
DRDGOLD’s shares in Witfontein Mining (Pty) Limited.

In January 2009 we completed the acquisition of 28.33% of the shares in West Wits SA (Pty) Limited, a subsidiary of
West Wits Mining Limited, an Australian based listed company. The formation of the company was to explore, evaluate and
potentially extract gold and uranium from the West Rand Goldfield of South Africa's Witwatersrand Basin.

On July 22, 2009, the Company announced the rejection by the Mintails board of the offer by DRDGOLD SA to
purchase the South African business assets of Mintails after its announcement dated June 29, 2009, which set out information
relating to Mintails having conditionally accepted an offer by DRDGOLD SA, to acquire all of its South African business assets,
excluding its interest in West Wits Mining Limited.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
62
On April 1, 2010, the Company announced that through mutual agreement the offer made by Aurora Empowerment
Systems (Pty) Limited to purchase a 60% interest in Blyvoor for a cash consideration of R295 million, which was payable on June
29, 2010, and to provide a R80 million loan facility over a six month period, was withdrawn following announcement of the offer
on December 2, 2009.

Key financial and operating indicators

The financial results for the years ended June 30, 2010, 2009 and 2008 below are stated in accordance with IFRS as
issued by the IASB.

We consider the key performance measures for the growth of our business and its profitability to be gold revenue,
production, operating costs, cash costs per kilogram and total costs per kilogram, capital expenditure and Ore Reserves. The
following table presents the key performance measurement data for the past three fiscal years:
Operating data

Continuing operations

Year ended June 30,
2010
2009
2008
Revenue (R'000) .........................................................................................................
1,990,522             1,910,738            1,843,912
Gold production (ounces) ...........................................................................................
241,194                247,690               308,005
Gold production (kilograms).......................................................................................
7,502                    7,704                   9,580
Revenue (R/kilogram).................................................................................................
265,332                248,019               192,472
Average gold price received (R/kilogram)..................................................................
267,292                250,589               192,143
Operating costs (R'000) ..............................................................................................
1,798,866             1,687,359            1,503,015
Operating costs (R/kilogram)
1
....................................................................................
239,785                219,024               156,891
Total costs (R/kilogram)
1
............................................................................................
237,123                237,344               183,488
Capital expenditure - cash (R'000)..............................................................................
194,018                345,132               251,180
Ore Reserves (ounces) ................................................................................................
6,027,000             5,220,000            4,510,000

Discontinued operations
2
Year ended June 30,
2010                   2009
2008
Revenue (R'000) .........................................................................................................
-                          -
89,235
Gold production (ounces) ...........................................................................................
                        -
13,427
Gold production (kilograms).......................................................................................
                        -
417
Revenue (R/kilogram).................................................................................................
                        -
213,992
Operating costs (R'000) ..............................................................................................
                        -
124,437
Operating costs (R/kilogram)¹....................................................................................
                        -
298,410
Total costs (R/kilogram)
1
............................................................................................
                        -
631,149
Capital expenditure (R'000) ........................................................................................
                        -
47,572
Ore Reserves (ounces) ................................................................................................
                                                 -

1
Operating costs per kilogram and total costs per kilogram are non-IFRS financial measures of performance that we use to determine cash generating capacities of the mines and to monitor performance of our mining operations. For a reconciliation to operating costs see Item 5A.:
“Operating Results” Under “Reconciliation of cash cost per kilogram, total costs and total costs per kilogram.”
2
On August 17, 2007, Emperor sold its 20% interest in the Porgera Joint Venture to Barrick and on October 22, 2007 we sold Emperor. As a result we report the Porgera, Tolukuma and Emperor information as discontinued operations and all other operations as continuing operations.
We have adjusted the results for prior reporting periods accordingly.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
63
Revenue
Revenue is derived from the sale of gold. The following table analyzes the revenue per operation:

Year ended June 30,
2010
R'000
2009
R'000
2008
R'000
Continuing operations
Blyvoor ...............................................................................................................................
861,409        1,018,527            848,230
Ergo
1
...................................................................................................................................
294,325             24,178
-
Crown
2
................................................................................................................................
834,788           733,990            661,827
ERPM
2
................................................................................................................................
-           134,043           333,855
Total ...................................................................................................................................                 1,990,522         1,910,738        1,843,912
Discontinued operations
3
Tolukuma............................................................................................................................
-                      -
89,235
Total ...................................................................................................................................
                     -
89,235

Revenue from continuing operations increased from R1,910.7 million in fiscal 2009 to R1,990.5 million in fiscal 2010.
This increase was a consequence of the higher average gold price received by us of R265,332 per kilogram of gold produced,
compared to R248,019 per kilogram of gold produced in fiscal 2009. The increase in revenue due to the higher average gold price
received was offset by lower gold production at Blyvoor as a result of the seismic activity during the last quarter of fiscal 2009
and a month long wage related strike during the first quarter of fiscal 2010 at Blyvoor (discussed in more detail below under
“Gold production”), which resulted in production decreasing from 247,690 ounces in fiscal 2009 to 241,194 ounces in fiscal 2010.
Revenue from continuing operations increased from R1,843.9 million in fiscal 2008 to R1,910.7 million in fiscal 2009.
This increase was a consequence of the higher average gold price received by us of R248,019 per kilogram of gold produced,
compared to R192,472 per kilogram of gold produced in fiscal 2008. The increase in revenue due to the higher average gold price
received was offset by production problems experienced at Blyvoor and the cessation of ERPM’s underground operations
(discussed in more detail below under “Gold production”), which resulted in production decreasing from 308,005 ounces in fiscal
2008 to 247,690 ounces in fiscal 2009.
1
Ergo has been restated to include ErgoGold and the Ergo JV. ErgoGold started gold production at the end of the second quarter of fiscal 2009,
at which stage the Group owned 50% of the joint venture and the Mintails group owned the remaining 50%. Effective March 31, 2009 the Group
acquired Mintails’ 50% interest, resulting in the Group owning 100%. Effective May 1, 2010 the Group acquired Mintails’ 50% interest in the
Ergo JV, resulting in the Group owning 100%.
2
Crown has been restated to include the surface retreatment operation of ERPM. ERPM has therefore also been restated and comprises only its
underground operation.
3
On August 17, 2007, Emperor sold its 20% interest in the Porgera Joint Venture to Barrick and on October 22, 2007 we sold Emperor. As a
result we report the Tolukuma information as a discontinued operation and all other operations as continuing operations.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
64
Gold production
The following table analyzes the attributable production per operation:
Production in Year ended June 30
2010                                       2009                                      2008
Ounces           Kilograms         Ounces          Kilograms         Ounces        Kilograms
Continuing operations
Blyvoor ..........................................................
106,452                   3,311
129,473                  4,027       141,172               4,391
Surface operations........................................
29,226
909         40,575                 1,262          37,359              1,162
Underground operations...............................
77,226                  2,402         88,898                 2,765
  103,813              3,229
Ergo
1
..............................................................
35,332                  1,099           3,666                    114
-
-
Crown
2
...........................................................
99,410                   3,092         95,616                 2,974
  110,021             3,422
ERPM
2
...........................................................
-
-         18,935
     589        56,812              1,767
Surface operations........................................
-                          -                  -                          -                 -                     -
Underground operations...............................
-
-          18,935
589        56,812              1,767
Total attributable production .....................
241,194                    7,502
   247,690                  7,704
   308,005              9,580
Total South African Operations .................
241,194                    7,502
   247,690                  7,704
   308,005              9,580
Discontinued operations
3
Tolukuma.......................................................
-                          -                    -                        -
   13,427
417
Total
Australasian
Operations
                                                                   -
  13,427
417
For fiscal 2010, our total attributable gold production from continuing operations decreased by 6,496 ounces, or 3%, to
241,194 ounces from 247,690 ounces produced in fiscal 2009.

At Blyvoor, total production declined by 18% to 106,452 ounces from 129,473 ounces in fiscal 2009, reflecting a 13%
decrease in production from the underground operations to 77,226 ounces from 88,898 ounces in fiscal 2009 and a 28% decrease
in production from surface operations to 29,226 ounces from 40,575 ounces in fiscal 2009. The decrease in underground
production was as a result of lower recovered grades following seismic activity which damaged high-grade mining areas during
the last quarter of fiscal 2009. As a consequence, the grade recovered from underground operations decreased from 4.59g/t in
fiscal 2009 to 3.79g/t in fiscal 2010. A month long wage related strike during the first quarter of fiscal 2010 also contributed to the
decrease in total production. The decrease in the surface production is due to lower volumes recovered from lower grade tailings
material available and to the discontinuation of the treatment of uneconomic rock dump material.

At Ergo, fiscal 2010 was the first full year of production, since production commenced at the end of the second quarter of
fiscal 2009. Ergo has now reached a steady state of production, although engineering modifications at the Ergo plant to improve
recovered grades are still underway as at September 30, 2010. Ergo’s recovered grade improved from 0.05g/t in fiscal 2009 to
0.09g/t in fiscal 2010.
At Crown, there was a 4% increase in gold production to 99,410 ounces from 95,616 ounces in fiscal 2009 because of a
16% improvement in recoveries from 0.37g/t in fiscal 2009 to 0.43g/t in fiscal 2010. The increase was partly offset by a reduction
of throughput to 7,122,000 tonnes from 8,007,000 tonnes because of the continued impact of deposition constraints at Crown’s
deposition facility.

At ERPM, underground operations ceased in October 2008 and have been permanently halted. As a result ERPM had no
underground production in fiscal 2010, compared to 18,935 ounces in fiscal 2009.

For fiscal 2009, our total attributable gold production from continuing operations decreased by 60,315 ounces, or 20%, to
247,690 ounces from 308,005 ounces produced in fiscal 2008.
1
Ergo has been restated to include ErgoGold and the Ergo JV. ErgoGold started gold production at the end of the second quarter of fiscal 2009,
at which stage the Group owned 50% of the joint venture and the Mintails group owned the remaining 50%. Effective March 31, 2009 the Group
acquired Mintails’ 50% interest, resulting in the Group owning 100%. The Ergo JV has not yet produced gold and was a joint venture, where the
Group owned 50% and the Mintails group owned 50%. Effective May 1, 2010 the Group acquired Mintails’ 50% interest, resulting in the Group
owning 100%.
2
Crown has been restated to include the surface retreatment operation of ERPM. ERPM has therefore also been restated and comprises only its
underground operation.
3
On August 17, 2007, Emperor sold its 20% interest in the Porgera Joint Venture to Barrick and on October 22, 2007 we sold Emperor to 26
institutional investors drawing a close to our mining investments in Australasia. As a result we report the 2008 information relating to Tolukuma
as a discontinued operation and all other operations as continuing operations.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
65
At Blyvoor, total production declined by 8% to 129,473 ounces from 141,172 ounces in fiscal 2008, reflecting a 14%
decrease in gold from the underground operations to 88,898 ounces from 103,813 ounces in fiscal 2008 and a 9% increase in gold
from surface sources to 40,575 ounces from 37,359 ounces in fiscal 2008. The decline was a result of the loss of seventeen
production days underground during the first half of the 2009 fiscal year as a result of the Section 54 closures imposed by the
DMR’s Safety Inspectorate following three fatalities, and included two days of mourning called by the National Union of
Mineworkers. In addition, in the third quarter of fiscal 2009, six production shifts were lost at No 5 Shaft following a lightning
strike at the shaft’s electrical sub-station. The increase in surface production is mainly as a result of an improvement in the grade
from 0.31g/t in fiscal 2008 to 0.37g/t in fiscal 2009.

At Ergo, gold production commenced at the end of the second quarter of fiscal 2009 and work on the elution plant was
completed in April 2009. While volume flows from the first circuit (the Benoni dump) were satisfactory, initial recoveries of
0.04g/t at the end of June 2009 were below project specifications. This required a number of engineering modifications.
At Crown, there was a 13% reduction in gold production to 95,616 ounces from 110,021 ounces in fiscal 2009 because of
a 21% decline in throughput to 8,007,000 tonnes from 10,094,000 tonnes. This reduction in throughput was intentional: it formed
part of the closure plan for the Crown Tailings Deposition Facility. This decrease was partly offset by an increase in grade from
0.34g/t to 0.37g/t in fiscal 2009. The higher grade in fiscal 2009 compared to fiscal 2008 was a result of higher grade material
from the Mennells and Top Star sites and higher grade remnants from the CMR site.

At ERPM, the underground operations ceased in October 2008 and have been permanently halted. As a result
underground production at ERPM decreased from 56,812 ounces in fiscal 2008 to 18,935 ounces in fiscal 2009.
A more detailed review of gold production at each of our operations is provided under Item 4D.: “Property, Plant and
Equipment.”
Cash costs
1
and total costs
2
per kilogram
Our operational focus is to increase production, improve productivity and control costs. For fiscal 2010, cash costs from our
continuing operations increased to R239,785 per kilogram of gold from R219,024 per kilogram of gold in fiscal 2009. Total costs
from our continuing operations decreased to R237,123 per kilogram of gold from R237,344 per kilogram of gold in fiscal 2009. The
increase in cash costs per kilogram of gold produced in fiscal 2010 was due to price increases in key consumables (labor,
consumables and electricity) and lower production. The decrease in total costs from continuing operations was due to R156.7 million
profit on disposal (placed into voluntary liquidation) of our foreign subsidiary companies, which were the holding companies of our
foreign operations.

For fiscal 2009, cash costs from our continuing operations increased to R219,024 per kilogram of gold from R156,891 per
kilogram of gold in fiscal 2008. Total costs from our continuing operations increased to R237,344 per kilogram of gold from
R183,488 per kilogram of gold in fiscal 2008. The increase in cash costs per kilogram of gold produced in fiscal 2009 was also due to
price increases in key consumables (labor, consumables and electricity) and lower production.

Reconciliation of cash costs per kilogram, total costs and total costs per kilogram
Cash costs of production include costs for all mining, processing, administration, royalties and production taxes, but
exclude depreciation, depletion and amortization, rehabilitation, retrenchment costs and corporate administration costs. Cash costs
per kilogram are calculated by dividing operating costs by kilograms of gold produced. Cash costs per kilogram have been
calculated on a consistent basis for all periods presented.
Total operating costs include cash costs of production, depreciation, retrenchment costs, depletion and amortization and
the accretion of rehabilitation, reclamation and closure costs.
Total costs, as calculated and reported by us, include total operating costs, plus other operating and non-operating
income, finance expenses and other operating and non-operating costs, but exclude taxation, minority interest, profit or loss from
associates and the cumulative effect of accounting changes. These costs are excluded as the mines do not have control over these
costs and they have little or no impact on the day-to-day operating performance of the mines. Total costs per kilogram are
calculated by dividing total costs by kilograms of gold produced. Total costs and total costs per kilogram have been calculated on
a consistent basis for all periods presented.

Cash costs per kilogram, total costs and total costs per kilogram are non - IFRS financial measures that should not be
considered by investors in isolation or as alternatives to operating costs, net profit/(loss) attributable to equity owners of the
parent, profit/(loss) before tax and other items or any other measure of financial performance presented in accordance with IFRS
1
Cash costs per kilogram is a non - IFRS financial measure of performance that we use to determine cash generating capacities of the mines and
to monitor performance of our mining operations. For a reconciliation to operating costs see Item 5A.: “Operating Results.”
2
Total costs per kilogram is a non - IFRS financial measure of performance that we use to determine cash generating capacities of the mines and
to monitor performance of our mining operations. For a reconciliation to operating costs see Item 5A.: “Operating Results.”
BACKGROUND IMAGE
66
or as an indicator of our performance. While the Gold Institute has provided definitions for the calculation of cash costs, the
calculation of cash costs per kilogram, total costs and total costs per kilogram may vary significantly among gold mining
companies, and these definitions by themselves do not necessarily provide a basis for comparison with other gold mining
companies. However, we believe that cash costs per kilogram, total costs and total costs per kilogram are useful indicators to
investors and management of an individual mine's performance and of the performance of our operations as a whole as they
provide:
an indication of a mine’s profitability and efficiency;
the trend in costs;
a measure of a mine's margin per kilogram, by comparison of the cash costs per kilogram by mine to the price of gold;
and
a benchmark of performance to allow for comparison against other mines and mining companies.

A reconciliation of operating costs to total costs, cash costs per kilogram and total costs per kilogram, for each of the
three years ended June 30, 2010, 2009 and 2008 is presented below. In addition, we have also provided below details of the
amount of gold produced by each mine for each of those periods.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
67
For the year ended June 30, 2010
(in R'000, except as otherwise noted)


Continuing Operations
Blyvoor
Ergo
1
Crown
2
ERPM
2
Other
3
Total South
African
Operations
Other-
Offshore
Operations
Total
Continuing
Operations
Operating costs
4
...............................................
888,180
258,971
615,731
30,788
5,196     1,798,866
-
1,798,866
Plus:
Depreciation.....................................................                          32,616
95,418
61,005
1,452
278
190,769
-
190,769
Retrenchment costs..........................................                        10,925
-
-
4,029
5,173
20,127
-
20,127
Movement in provision for environmental
rehabilitation....................................................
1,246
578
(16,994)
(4,618)
(68,246)
(88,034)
-
(88,034)
Movement in gold in progress .........................
(33,766)
(5,215)
9,040
-
-
(29,941)
-
(29,941)
Total operating costs ........................................
899,201
349,752
668,782
31,651
(57,599)     1,891,787
-
1,891,787
Plus:
(Reversal of impairments)/Impairments ..........
-
-
(12,514)
-
18,738
6,224
-
6,224
Administration expenses and general costs .....                         5,609
6,169
19,752
18,541
6,765
56,836
190
57,026
Finance income................................................
(36,556)
(814)
(4,879)
17,150
(19,980)
(45,079)       (155,194)
(200,273)
Finance expenses ............................................                        11,730
2,574
5,931
36,799
(32,902)
24,132
-
24,132
Total costs .........................................................
879,984
357,681
677,072
104,141
(84,978)     1,933,900       (155,004)      1,778,896
Gold produced (ounces).....................................                       106,452
35,332
99,410
-
-
241,194
-
241,194
Gold produced (kilograms) ................................
3,311
1,099
3,092
-
-
7,502
-
7,502
Cash costs per kilogram (R per kilogram) .........
268,251
235,642
199,137
-
-
239,785
-
239,785
Total costs per kilogram (R per kilogram).........                          265,776
325,460
218,975
-
-
257,785
-
237,123

1
Ergo has been restated to include ErgoGold and the Ergo JV. ErgoGold started gold production at the end of the second quarter of fiscal 2009, at which stage the Group owned 50% of the joint venture and the
Mintails group owned the remaining 50%. Effective March 31, 2009 the Group acquired Mintails’ 50% interest, resulting in the Group owning 100%. Effective May 1, 2010 the Group acquired Mintails’ 50%
interest in the Ergo JV, resulting in the Group owning 100%.
2
Crown has been restated to include the surface retreatment operation of ERPM. ERPM has therefore also been restated and comprises only its underground operation.
3
Relates to other non-core operating entities within the Group.
4
Operating costs equate to cash costs of production.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
68
For the year ended June 30, 2009
(in R'000, except as otherwise noted)


Continuing Operations
Blyvoor
Ergo
1
Crown
2
ERPM
2
Other
3
Total South
African
Operations
Other-
Offshore
Operations
Total
Continuing
Operations
Operating costs
4
...............................................
842,329
73,422
560,064
199,722           11,822
1,687,359
-
1,687,359
Plus:
Depreciation.....................................................                       29,273
30,784
38,112
607                441
99,217
-
99,217
Retrenchment costs..........................................                               -
-
-
30,681
4,241
34,922
-
34,922
Movement in provision for environmental
rehabilitation....................................................
(426)
(2,825)
11,002
(11,023)            22,817
19,545
-
19,545
Movement in gold in progress .........................
9,445
(11,232)
(5,231)
-
-
(7,018)
-
(7,018)
Total operating costs ........................................
880,621
90,149
603,947
219,987            39,321
1,834,025
-
1,834,025
Plus:
Impairments .....................................................                                -
-
121,474
53,012        (99,348)
75,138
-
75,138
Administration expenses and general costs .....                    16,719
2,810
19,980
16,592
18,662
74,763
8,820
83,583
Finance income................................................
(44,207)
(16)
(9,029)
(32,991)       (120,752)
(206,995)
1,004
(205,991)
Finance expenses ............................................                      12,889
2,372
7,563
25,350
(16,749)
31,425
10,318
41,743
Total costs .........................................................
866,022
95,315
743,935
281,950       (178,866)
1,808,356
20,142
1,828,498
Gold produced (ounces).....................................
129,473
3,666
95,616
18,935
-
247,690
-
247,690
Gold produced (kilograms) ................................
4,027
114
2,974
589
-
7,704
-
7,704
Cash costs per kilogram (R per kilogram) .........
209,170
644,053
188,320
339,087 -
219,024
-
219,024
Total costs per kilogram (R per kilogram).........                        215,054
836,096
250,146
478,693
-
234,729
-
237,344
1
Ergo has been restated to include ErgoGold and the Ergo JV. ErgoGold started gold production at the end of the second quarter of fiscal 2009, at which stage the Group owned 50% of the joint venture and the
Mintails group owned the remaining 50%. Effective March 31, 2009 the Group acquired Mintails’ 50% interest, resulting in the Group owning 100%. The Ergo JV has not yet producing gold and was a joint
venture, where the Group owned 50% and the Mintails group owned 50%. Effective May 1, 2010 the Group acquired Mintails’ 50% interest, resulting in the Group owning 100%.
2
Crown has been restated to include the surface retreatment operation of ERPM. ERPM has therefore also been restated and comprises only its underground operation.
3
Relates to other non-core operating entities within the Group.
4
Operating costs equate to cash costs of production.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
69
For the year ended June 30, 2008
(in R'000, except as otherwise noted)

Continuing Operations
Discontinued Operations
Blyvoor
Crown
1
ERPM
1
Other
2
Total South
African
Operations
Other-
Offshore
Operations
Total
Continuing
Operations
Porgera
3
Tolukuma
3
Other
2
Total
discontinued
operations
Operating costs
4
...............................................
697,281
459,703
330,789
15,242      1,503,015
-      1,503,015
-
107,381
17,056
124,437
Plus:
Depreciation.....................................................                          22,671
24,273
21,544
589
69,077
-
69,077
-
348
506
854
Retrenchment costs..........................................
-
-
5,528
5,816
11,344
-
11,344
-
-
-
-
Movement in provision for environmental
rehabilitation.................................................... 
                               958
20,334
10,976
(2,097)
30,171
-
30,171
-
3,868
151
4,019
Movement in gold in progress .........................
(14,373)
(1,354)
484
-
(15,243)
-
(15,243)
-
9,675
384
10,059
Total operating costs ........................................
706,537
502,956
369,321
19,550     1,598,364
    1,598,364
-
121,272
18,097
139,369
Plus:
Loss on derivative instruments ........................
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
433
433
Impairments .....................................................
-
-
69,804
(5,889)
63,915
-
63,915
-
46,718
-
46,718
Administration expenses and general costs .....
17,333
12,294
17,622
30,083
77,332
2,107
79,439
1,985
9,898
8,201
20,084
Finance income................................................
(5,960)
(10,796)
(2,716)
(64,754)
(84,226)
(7,749)
(91,975)      (195,970)
375
192,555
(3,040)
Finance expenses ............................................ 
67,232
25,926
4,360
18,118
115,636
(7,568)
108,068
(7,144)
(4,745)
71,514
59,625
Total costs .........................................................
785,142
530,380
458,391
(2,892)     1,771,021
(13,210)     1,757,811       (201,129)
173,518
290,800
263,189
Gold produced (ounces).....................................
141,172
110,021
56,812
-
308,005
-
308,005
-
13,427
-
13,427
Gold produced (kilograms) ................................
4,391
3,422
1,767
-
9,580
-
9,580
-
417
-
417
Cash costs per kilogram (R per kilogram) .........
158,798
134,338
187,204
-
156,891
-
156,891
-
257,508
-
298,410
Total costs per kilogram (R per kilogram).........                          178,807
154,991
259,418
-
184,866
-
183,488
-
416,110
-
631,149
1
Crown has been restated to include the surface retreatment operation of ERPM. ERPM has therefore also been restated and comprises only its underground operation.
2
Relates to other non-core operating entities within the Group.
3
On August 17, 2007, Emperor sold its 20% interest in the Porgera Joint Venture to Barrick and on October 22, 2007 we sold Emperor. On March 30, 2008 we disposed of our 50.25% shareholding in NetGold
Services Limited (Netgold). As a result we report the Porgera, Tolukuma, Emperor and Netgold information as discontinued operations and all other operations as continuing operations. We have adjusted the
results for prior reporting periods accordingly.
4
Operating costs equate to cash costs of production.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
70
Capital expenditure
During fiscal 2010, total capital expenditure (cash) relating to continuing operations was R194.0 million, compared to
R345.1 million in fiscal 2009, a decrease of 44%. Capital expenditure decreased, because most of the capital for Phase 1 of the
Ergo project was incurred during fiscal 2009. In fiscal 2010, Ergo spent R34.4 million for the installation and development of
infrastructure, Crown spent R29.6 million on the commencement of the Crown/Ergo pipeline project and R16.1 million on tailings
deposition site maintenance and vehicles and equipment, Blyvoor spent R79.6 million mainly for opening up and development and
equipment renewals. For a detailed summary of capital expenditure, see item 4D.: “ Property, Plant and Equipment”.
During fiscal 2009, total capital expenditure (cash) relating to continuing operations was R345.1 million, compared to
R251.1 million in fiscal 2008, an increase of 37%. Capital expenditure increased, mainly due to R178.4 million spent specifically
on Phase 1 of the Ergo project for installation and development of new infrastructure, R17.2 million for mining properties at ERPM,
R39.6 million went towards the completion of reclamation and ancillary equipment for Top Star, tailings deposition site
maintenance and installation of reclamation equipment for the recommencement of the 3A17 areas at Crown, R41.4 million for
development of infrastructure at Blyvoor and specifically for the Way Ahead project (WAP project) at a cost of R10.1 million. For a
detailed summary of capital expenditure, see item 4D.: “ Property, Plant and Equipment”.
Subsequent to June 30, 2010 and up to September 30, 2010 we spent R59.4 million on capital expenditure relating mainly
to:
•      Blyvoor for opening up and development amounting to R14.5 million;
•      Crown for the Crown/Ergo pipeline project amounting to R17.9 million;
•      Ergo for construction and commissioning of the upgrading of the second CIL circuit amounting to R0.9 million and the
Brakpan tailings facility rehabilitation amounting to R7.6 million; and
•      Zimbabwe exploration amounting to R2.0 million.

Ore Reserves
As at June 30, 2010, our Ore Reserves from continuing operations were estimated at 6.0 million ounces, as compared to
approximately 5.2 million ounces at June 30, 2009, representing a 15% increase. The increase is mainly due to an increase in the
Rand gold price. Excluding the effect of depletion, our Ore Reserves increased by 1.0 million ounces, or 19%. At June 30, 2009, our
Ore Reserves from continuing operations were estimated at 5.2 million ounces, as compared to approximately 4.5 million ounces at
June 30, 2008, representing a 16% increase. Excluding the effect of depletion, our Ore Reserves increased by 0.9 million ounces, or
20%.

We seek to increase our Ore Reserves through development and to acquire additional new Ore Reserves through
acquisitions as well as exploration.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
71

Year ended June 30,
2010                                      2009                                     2008
Ounces      Kilograms       Ounces       Kilograms      Ounces      Kilograms
‘000
‘000
‘000
Continuing operations
Blyvoor .........................................................
3,973
123,544
3,519
109,453
3,332
103,650
Crown ...........................................................               858
26,667              410
12,739
535
16,641
ERPM ...........................................................                      -
-
-
-
582
18,108
Ergo
1
.............................................................           1,196
37,192          1,291
41,697
61
1,906
Total Ore Reserves from continuing
operations
.................................................... 
         6,027
187,403           5,220
163,889
4,510
140,305
Discontinued operations
Porgera Joint Venture ...................................                   -
-
-
-                  -                      -
Tolukuma......................................................                     -
-
-
-
108
3,354
Total Ore Reserves from discontinued
operations
....................................................
                 -
-
-
             108               3,354

Our Ore Reserves presented in Item 4B.: “Business Overview” and above are prepared using three year average gold prices
at the time of reserve determination. For purposes of our financial statements, depreciation and impairment of property, plant and
equipment is determined based upon our "recoverable minerals", which means proven and probable ore reserves, which are
calculated using our life of mine business plans and a gold price at the end of each financial year.

Application of critical accounting policies
Some of our significant accounting policies require the application of significant judgment by management in selecting the
appropriate assumptions for calculating financial estimates. By their nature, these judgments are subject to an inherent degree of
uncertainty and are based on our historical experience, terms of existing contracts, management's view on trends in the gold mining
industry and information from outside sources.
Management believes the following critical accounting policies involve the more significant judgments and estimates used
in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements and could potentially impact our financial results and future financial
performance:
•    Property, plant and equipment
•    Impairment of property, plant and equipment
•    Deferred income and mining taxes
•    Reclamation and environmental costs
•    Post-retirement medical benefits
•    Financial instruments
Management has discussed the development and selection of each of these critical accounting policies with the Board of
Directors and the Audit Committee, both of which have approved and reviewed the disclosure of these policies. Our significant
accounting policies relating to our accounting estimates and judgments are described in more detail in note 1 to the consolidated
financial statements. Refer to Item 18.: “Financial statements’’. This discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with the
consolidated financial statements and related notes included in Item 18.: “Financial statements’’.
Property, plant and equipment
Actual expenditures incurred for mineral property interests, mine development costs, mine plant facilities and equipment are
capitalized to the specific mine to which the cost relates. Depreciation is calculated on a mine-by-mine basis using the units of
production method. Other assets are depreciated using the straight-line method over the expected life of these assets. Under the units
of production method, we estimate the depreciation rate based on actual production over total Proven and Probable Ore Reserves of
the particular mine, which are calculated using our life of mine business plans and a gold price at the end of each financial year.
This rate is then applied to actual costs capitalized to date to arrive at the depreciation expense for the period. Proven and Probable
Ore Reserves of the particular mine reflect estimated quantities of economically and legally recoverable reserves. Changes in
management’s estimates of the quantities of economically recoverable reserves impact depreciation on a prospective basis. The
estimate of the total reserves of our mines could be materially different from the actual gold mined due to changes in the factors used
in determining our Ore Reserves, such as the gold price, foreign currency exchange rates, labor costs, engineering evaluations of
assay values derived from sampling of drill holes and other openings. Any change in management’s estimate of the total Proven and
Probable Ore Reserves would impact the depreciation charges recorded in our consolidated financial statements. The prevailing
market price of gold at the end of the financial year was R208,287, R236,227 and R306,081 per kilogram for the fiscal years
ended June 30, 2008, 2009 and 2010, respectively.
1
Ergo’s Ore Reserves include the Elsburg and Benoni tailings complexes which are being processed by Ergo, however the mining rights for these tailings are owned by ERPM.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
72
Impairment of property, plant and equipment
The carrying amounts of assets, other than inventories and deferred tax assets are reviewed at each statement of financial
position date to determine whether there is any indication of impairment. If any such indication exists, the asset's recoverable amount
is estimated. The recoverable amount of an asset or cash-generating unit is the greater of its value in use and its fair value less costs to
sell. In assessing value in use, the estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that
reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset. Future cash flows are estimated
based on quantities of recoverable minerals, expected gold prices, production levels and cash costs of production, all based on life
of mine business plans. The term “recoverable minerals” means proved and probable ore reserves, which are calculated using our
life of mine business plans and a gold price at the end of each financial year. The prevailing market price of gold at the end of the
financial year was R208,287, R236,227 and R306,081 per kilogram for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2008, 2009 and 2010,
respectively. For the purpose of impairment testing, assets are grouped together into the smallest group of assets which generates
cash inflows from continuing use that is largely independent of the cash inflows of other assets or groups of assets, or the cash-
generating unit. An impairment loss is recognized directly against the carrying amount of the asset whenever the carrying amount of
an asset, or its cash generating unit, exceeds its recoverable amount. Impairment losses are recognized in profit or loss.
The recoverable amount of property, plant and equipment is generally determined utilizing discounted future cash flows. We
also consider such factors as our market capitalization, the quality of the individual ore body and country risk in determining the
recoverable amount. During fiscal 2010, R6.2 million was recorded as impairment and during fiscal 2009 and 2008, R72.4 million
and R116.5, respectively, were recorded as impairment by applying these principles. In fiscal 2010, we calculated the recoverable
amount based on updated life-of-mine business plans, a gold price of R311,636 per kilogram in year one escalating at 5.8% per
annum, and a discount rate of 13.7%. With a 10% reduction in the gold price to R280,472 per kilogram, an impairment of R731.6
million would be raised, or at an increase in the discount rate of 0.6 percentage points to 14.3%, the group would start to raise an
impairment of the mining assets. The increase in discount rate from 12.5% in fiscal 2009 to 13.7% in fiscal 2010, was as a result of
the increase in the South African market risk premium which increased from 8.0% to 11.6% and had been offset by a decrease in the
debt interest rate (after adjusting for the impact of taxation) from 9.36% to 7.2%. The decrease in the escalation rate from 7.42% in
fiscal 2009 to 5.8% in fiscal 2010 was a result of lower inflation rates from 6.96% (CPI) down to 4.2% (CPI).

As at June 30, 2010, the net asset value as per the statement of financial position amounting to R1,650.0 million, exceeded
the company’s market capitalization amounting to R1,312.5 million. This is an indicator of possible impairment in accordance with
paragraph 12 of IAS 36 – Impairment of assets (International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS)). Management has assessed the
recoverable amounts of the mining assets through each operation’s respective life-of-mine plans, using the value in use method and
the assumptions mentioned in the aforementioned paragraph, and determined that no impairment is required.

Deferred income and mining taxes

Deferred taxation is recognized in respect of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for
financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for taxation purposes. Deferred tax is not recognized for the following temporary
differences: the initial recognition of assets or liabilities in a transaction that is not a business combination and that affects neither
accounting nor taxable profit, and differences relating to investments in subsidiaries and jointly controlled entities to the extent that it
is probable that they will not reverse in the foreseeable future. In addition, deferred tax is not recognized for taxable temporary
differences arising on the initial recognition of goodwill. Deferred tax is measured at the tax rates that are expected to be applied to
the temporary differences, based on the expected manner of realization or settlement of the carrying amount of assets and liabilities,
and based on the laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the reporting date.

The amount recognized as a deferred tax asset is generally determined utilizing discounted future cash flows. We consider
all factors that could possibly affect the probability that future taxable profit will be available against which unused tax credits can be
utilized. These factors included profitability of the operations and a higher gold price. The amount recognized as a deferred tax asset
is sensitive to the current gold spot price. As at June 30, 2010 we recognized a deferred tax asset of R140.7 million, (June 30, 2009:
R165.1 million, and June 30, 2008: R81.6 million). The amount recognized at June 30, 2010 is based on a future gold price received
of R311,636 per kilogram in year one, escalating at an average of 5.8% per annum. At a 10% lower gold price received of R280,472
per kilogram, there will be no reduction in the deferred tax asset. Ergo is still a new project, however its performance for the current
year has improved from the prior year and is expected to be sustainable in the foreseeable future. Should Ergo’s performance not be
sustainable, it could impact the related deferred tax asset negatively.

Reclamation and environmental costs

The provision for environmental rehabilitation (which includes restoration costs) represents the cost that will arise from
rectifying damage caused before production commenced. Accordingly an asset is recognized and included within mining properties.
Provisions for environmental rehabilitation are provided at the present value of the expenditures expected to settle the obligation,
using estimated cash flows based on current prices. The unwinding of the obligation is included in profit or loss. Estimated future
costs of environmental rehabilitation are reviewed regularly and adjusted as appropriate for new circumstances or changes in law or
technology. Changes in estimates are capitalized or reversed against the relevant asset. Gains or losses from the expected disposal of
assets are not taken into account when determining the provision.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
73
Estimated provisions for environmental rehabilitation, comprising pollution control rehabilitation and mine closure, are
based on our environmental management plans in compliance with current technological, environmental and regulatory requirements.
An average discount rate of 8.95%, average inflation rate of 5.76% and expected life of mines according to the life-of-mine plans
were utilized in the calculation of the estimated net present value of the rehabilitation liability (fiscal 2009: average discount rate of
8.25%, average inflation rate of 5.7% and fiscal 2008: average discount rate of 11.0% and inflation rate of 8.9%). During fiscal 2010
there was a net increase in the provision of R6.4 million and due to the acquisition of the remaining 50% interest in the Ergo JV an
increase amounting to R79.0 million (during fiscal 2009 there was a net increase in our provision of R1.9 million). Charges to profit
or loss for the environmental rehabilitation of R88.0 million (benefit raised which includes the transfer of liabilities to the amount of
R63.4 million and R4.8 million relating to the disposal of the mining rights of Durban Roodepoort Deep and West Witwatersrand
Gold Mine (Pty) Limited, respectively), R19.5 million and R34.2 million were raised in fiscal 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
Unwinding of the provisions amounting to R10.8 million, R9.8 million and R4.7 million was recorded in fiscal 2010, 2009 and 2008,
respectively.

In South Africa, annual contributions are made to dedicated Rehabilitation Trust Funds, which are to be used to fund the
estimated cost of rehabilitation during and at the end of the life of the relevant mine.

Post-retirement medical benefits
Post-retirement medical benefits in respect of qualifying employees are recognized as an expense over the expected
remaining service lives of relevant employees. We have an obligation to provide medical benefits to certain of our pensioners and
dependants of ex-employees. These liabilities are provided in full, calculated on an actuarial basis. Periodic valuation of these
obligations is carried out by independent actuaries using appropriate mortality tables, long-term estimates of increases in medical
costs and appropriate discount rates. Actuarial gains and losses are recognized immediately in profit or loss. Assumptions used to
determine the liability include a discount rate, health cost inflation rate, real discount rate, retirement age, spouse age gap,
continuation at retirement and proportion married at retirement. At June 30, 2010 a provision of R12.5 million (June 30, 2009:
R42.5 million, June 30, 2008: R21.5 million) for post-retirement medical benefits has been raised. During fiscal 2010, we
benefitted R29.7 million (expensed 2009: R21.0 million; 2008: R2.5 million) relating to these post-retirement medical benefits.
The benefit in fiscal 2010 was brought about by an actuarial valuation after management revised their assumptions used in this
provision as a result of a project initiated during fiscal 2010 to optimize the synergies of our surface retreatment operations and
the resulting possibility of a settlement of existing post retirement medical benefits. An independent legal opinion was obtained in
this regard. While we believe that these assumptions are appropriate, significant changes in the assumptions may materially affect
post-retirement obligations as well as future expenses, which may have an impact on earnings in the periods where the changes in
the assumptions occur.
Financial instruments

Financial instruments recognized on the statement of financial position include investments, trade and other receivables,
cash and cash equivalents, long- and short-term interest-bearing borrowings, trade and other payables, and bank overdrafts.
Financial instruments are initially recognized at fair value and include any directly attributable transaction costs, except those
financial instruments measured at fair value through profit or loss.

If the value of the financial instrument cannot be obtained from an active market, we have established fair value by using
valuation techniques. These include the use of recent arm’s length transactions, reference to other instruments that are
substantially the same, discounted cash flow analysis and option pricing models, refined to reflect the issuer’s specific
circumstances. Preference shares are measured at amortized cost based on expected future discounted cash flows. The original risk
adjusted discount rate of 13% is used when estimating the future liability and are re-measured on an annual basis. This original
risk adjusted discount rate is replaced with a risk adjusted market rate to determine a fair value on an annual basis.
















BACKGROUND IMAGE
74
Operating results

Comparison of financial performance for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2010 with fiscal year ended June 30, 2009

Revenue
The following table illustrates the year-on-year change in revenue from continuing operations by evaluating the
contribution of each segment to the total change on a consolidated basis for fiscal 2010 in comparison to fiscal 2009:
Impact of change in volume
R’000
Total
revenue
2009
Acquisitions
Internal
growth/
(decline)
Impact of
change in
price
Net change
Total
revenue
2010
Blyvoor ...........................................
1,018,527
-
(181,094)              23,976           (157,118)              861,409
Ergo
1
...............................................
24,178                              -
208,906
61,241              270,147             294,325
Crown
2
............................................
733,990
-
29,123
71,675              100,798              834,788
ERPM
2
............................................
134,043
-
(134,043)
-
(134,043)
-
Total Operations ...........................
1,910,738
-
(77,108)
156,892
79,784
1,990,522

Revenue for fiscal 2010 increased by R79.8 million, or 4.2%, to R1,990.5 million, primarily due to the higher gold price
received. The average gold price increased from R248,019 per kilogram in fiscal 2009 to R265,332 per kilogram in fiscal 2010.
The impact of the increase in the gold price was offset by the decrease in production at ERPM due to its underground operation
ceasing production in October 2008 and due to a decrease in production at Blyvoor as a result of the seismic events during the last
quarter of fiscal 2009 and the month-long labor strike.
Operating costs
The following table illustrates the year-on-year change in operating costs from continuing operations by evaluating the
contribution of each segment to the total change on a consolidated basis for fiscal 2010 in comparison to fiscal 2009:
Impact of change in
volume
R’000
Total
operating
costs
2009
Acquisit
ions
Internal
growth/
(decline)
Impact of
change in
costs      Net change
Total
operating
costs
2010
Blyvoor ..............................................
842,329                    -
(149,766)              195,617               45,851                888,180
Ergo
3
..................................................
73,422                    -
634,392
(448,843)             185,549                 258,971
Crown
4
...............................................
560,064                    -
22,222
33,445                55,667                 615,731
ERPM
2
...............................................
199,722                    -
(168,934)                       -
(168,934)                   30.788
Other
5
.................................................
11,822                    -
-
(6,626)
(6,626)                      5,196
Total ..................................................
1,687,359                      -
337,914
(226,407)
111,507
1,798,866

The following table lists the major components of operating costs for each of the years set forth below:

Years ended June 30,
Costs
2010
2009

Labor..............................................................................................................................................                                     34%
39%
Contractor services ........................................................................................................................                                    12%
11%
Consumables and other ................................................................................................................                                      38%
37%
Electricity and water......................................................................................................................                                      16%
13%
1
Ergo has been restated to include ErgoGold and the Ergo JV. ErgoGold started gold production at the end of the second quarter of fiscal 2009,
at which stage the Group owned 50% of the joint venture and the Mintails group owned the remaining 50%. Effective March 31, 2009 the Group
acquired Mintails’ 50% interest, resulting in the Group owning 100%. Effective May 1, 2010 the Group acquired Mintails’ 50% interest in the
Ergo JV, resulting in the Group owning 100%.
2
Crown has been restated to include the surface retreatment operation of ERPM. ERPM has therefore also been restated and comprises only of
its underground operation.
3
Ergo has been restated to include ErgoGold and the Ergo JV. ErgoGold started gold production at the end of the second quarter of fiscal 2009,
at which stage the Group owned 50% of the joint venture and the Mintails group owned the remaining 50%. Effective March 31, 2009 the Group
acquired Mintails’ 50% interest, resulting in the Group owning 100%. Effective May 1, 2010 the Group acquired Mintails’ 50% interest in the
Ergo JV, resulting in the Group owning 100%.
4
Crown has been restated to include the surface retreatment operation of ERPM. ERPM has therefore also been restated and comprises only its
underground operation.
5
Relates to non-operating entities within the Group.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
75

As gold mining in South Africa is very labor intensive, labor costs and contractor services are one of the largest
components of operating costs. Operating costs are linked directly to the level of production of a specific fiscal year. Operating
costs in fiscal 2010 increased by 6.6% to R1,798.9 million compared to operating costs of R1,687.4 million in fiscal 2009. This
increase was primarily attributable to Ergo which started its operations during November 2008 and therefore had a full twelve
months of production during fiscal 2010. This was offset by the cessation of ERPM’s underground operation during fiscal 2009.

At Blyvoor operating costs increased from R842.3 million in fiscal 2009 to R888.2 million in fiscal 2010, with a decrease in
volume from 129,473 ounces to 106,452 ounces produced, as a result of the seismic events during the last quarter of fiscal 2009 and
a month-long wage related labor strike during the second quarter of fiscal 2010. Operating costs at Ergo were R259.0 million in
fiscal 2010, representing operating costs for the first full twelve months of production. Operating costs at Crown were R615.7 million
in fiscal 2010, compared to R560.1 million in fiscal 2009. The increase in Crown’s operating costs was due to wage increases and
higher electricity tariffs. At ERPM there were no operating costs relating to underground production during fiscal 2010.

Rehabilitation provision and amounts contributed to environmental trust funds

As of June 30, 2010, we estimate our total rehabilitation provision, being the discounted estimate of future costs, to be
R420.6 million as compared to R412.5 million at June 30, 2009. The increase in fiscal 2010 related to the acquisition of the
remaining 50% interest in the Ergo JV which was partially offset by a reduction in the rehabilitation provision of R4.8 million and
R63.4 million due to the Durban Roodepoort and West Witwatersrand Gold Mines (Pty) Ltd liabilities being taken over by
Mintails SA Limited, respectively. In fiscal 2010 a benefit of R88.0 million (fiscal 2009: R19.5 million expense) including an
unwinding of the discount of R10.8 million were recorded (fiscal 2009: R9.8 million) in the statement of comprehensive income.

A total of R126.1 million was invested in our various environmental trust funds as at the end of fiscal 2010, as compared
to R129.7 million for fiscal 2009. The decrease is attributable to an impairment of the rehabilitation trust fund relating to the West
Witwatersrand Gold Mines (Pty) Limited amounting to R18.7 million, as a result of the transfer of the relating environmental
rehabilitation provision. The shortfall between the trust funds and the estimated provisions is expected to be financed by ongoing
financial contributions over the remaining production life of the respective mining operations.

Depreciation

Depreciation charges relating to our continuing operations were R190.8 million for fiscal 2010 compared to
R99.2 million for fiscal 2009. The increase is mainly attributable to additional assets acquired during the last quarter of fiscal 2009
by Ergo, therefore fiscal 2010 includes a full 12 months of depreciation for these assets, the acquisition of the remaining 50%
interest in the Ergo JV during the last quarter of fiscal 2010, and the decrease in the Crown life-of-mine for purposes of
depreciation due to limited deposition capacity in fiscal 2009.

Retrenchment costs

Retrenchment costs relating to our continuing operations decreased to R20.1 million in fiscal 2010 from R34.9 million in
fiscal 2009. In fiscal 2010, these costs related to retrenchments at Blyvoor amounting to R10.9 million, retrenchments at ERPM
amounting to R4.0 million and retrenchments at our corporate head office amounting to R5.2 million. These retrenchments were
due to various cost reduction initiatives implemented during fiscal 2010, which included the right-sizing initiative at Blyvoor and
the closure of ERPM’s underground operation.

Impairments

In fiscal 2010, an impairment reversal of R12.5 million was made against Crown’s property, plant and equipment due to
the extension of the Knights plant’s life-of-mine. An impairment was recorded amounting to R18.7 million against the West
Witwatersrand Gold Mines (Pty) Limited rehabilitation trust fund, due to the disposal of the relating mining rights over the West
Wits mining lease area.
Administration expenses and general costs
The administration expenses and general costs relating to our continuing operations decreased in fiscal 2010 to
R57.0 million from R83.6 million in fiscal 2009, a decrease of R26.6 million. The decrease was mainly due to an insurance claim
received by Blyvoor amounting to R14.1 million and cost reduction initiatives undertaken by management.

Finance income

Finance income from our continuing operations decreased from R206.0 million in fiscal 2009 to R200.3 million in fiscal
2010. The majority of the decrease in fiscal 2010 related to the decrease in interest received on our cash and cash equivalents
which were significantly lower in fiscal 2010 than in fiscal 2009. In addition, finance income for fiscal 2010 included a R156.7
million profit on disposal of subsidiaries and R14.6 million net gain on the preference shares carried at amortized cost due to an
increase in the repayment period.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
76
Finance expenses
Finance expenses from our continuing operations decreased from R41.7 million in fiscal 2009 to R24.1 million in fiscal
2010. A decrease in the unwinding of discount on financial liabilities measured at amortized cost and unrealized foreign exchange
losses were the main reasons for the decrease from fiscal 2009 to fiscal 2010.

Income tax

The net tax charge relating to our continuing operations of R8.3 million for fiscal 2010 comprises a current taxation
charge of R8.5 million, a deferred tax benefit of R2.0 million and secondary tax on companies charge as a result of the dividend
declared amounting to R1.8 million. This compares to a net tax benefit relating to our continuing operations of R28.4 million for
fiscal 2009, which comprises a current taxation charge of R46.2 million and a deferred tax benefit of R74.6 million. This
compares to a net tax benefit relating to our continuing operations of R68.3 million for fiscal 2008 comprising a current taxation
charge of R13.3 million and a deferred tax benefit of R81.6 million. The increase in the deferred tax benefit in fiscal 2009 was as
a result of the recognition of estimated tax losses at our operations and other temporary differences which were not recognized
previously. On the statement of financial position this deferred tax asset raised was offset by a deferred tax liability raised on the
acquisition of ErgoGold amounting to R185.7 million. The decrease in the deferred tax benefit in fiscal 2010, was due to no
acquisitions or transactions with similar tax implications taking place during fiscal 2010.

Comparison of financial performance for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2009 with fiscal year ended June 30, 2008

Revenue
The following table illustrates the year-on-year change in revenue from continuing operations by evaluating the
contribution of each segment to the total change on a consolidated basis for fiscal 2009 in comparison to fiscal 2008:
Impact of change in volume
R’000
Total
revenue
2008
Acquisitions
Internal
growth/
(decline)
Impact of
change in
price
Net change
Total
revenue
2009
Blyvoor .........................................................
848,230
-
(70,316)
240,613
170,297
1,018,527
Ergo
1
.............................................................
-
24,178
-
-
24,178
24,178
Crown
2
..........................................................
661,827
-
(86,645)
158,808
72,163
733,990
ERPM
2
..........................................................
333,855
-
(222,570)
22,758
(199,812)
134,043
Total Operations
................................    1,843,912
24,178
(379,531)
422,179
66,826
  1,910,738
Revenue for fiscal 2009 increased by R66.8 million, or 3.6%, to R1,910.7 million, primarily due to the higher gold price
received. The average gold price received by us increased from R192,472 per kilogram in fiscal 2008 to R248,019 per kilogram in
fiscal 2009. The impact of the increase in the gold price was offset by the decrease in production at ERPM due to its underground
operation ceasing production in October 2008.
Operating costs
The following table illustrates the year-on-year change in operating costs from continuing operations by evaluating the
contribution of each segment to the total change on a consolidated basis for fiscal 2009 in comparison to fiscal 2008:
1
Ergo has been restated to include ErgoGold and the Ergo JV. ErgoGold started gold production at the end of the second quarter of fiscal 2009,
at which stage the Group owned 50% of the joint venture and the Mintails group owned the remaining 50%. Effective March 31, 2009 the Group
acquired Mintails’ 50% interest, resulting in the Group owning 100%. Effective May 1, 2010 the Group acquired Mintails’ 50% interest in the
Ergo JV, resulting in the Group owning 100%.
2
Crown has been restated to include the surface retreatment operation of ERPM. ERPM has therefore also been restated and comprises only its
underground operation.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
77
Impact of change in
volume
R’000
Total
operating
costs
2008
Acquisitions
Internal
growth/
(decline)
Impact of
change in
costs
Net change
Total
operating
costs
2009
Blyvoor .........................................................      697,281
-
(57,802)
202,850
145,048
842,329
Ergo
1
.............................................................
73,422
-
-
73,422
73,422
Crown
2
..........................................................    459,703
-
(60,183)
160,544
100,361
560,064
ERPM
2
..........................................................    330,789
-
(220,526)
89,459
(131,067)
199,722
Other
3
............................................................      15,242
-
-
(3,420)
(3,420)
11,822
Total
.............................................................
1,503,015
73,422
(338,511)
449,433
184,344
1,687,359

The following table lists the major components of operating costs for each of the years set forth below:
Years ended June 30,
Costs
2009
2008
Labor..............................................................................................................................................
39%
41%
Contractor services ........................................................................................................................
11%
11%
Consumables and other ................................................................................................................
37%
35%
Electricity and water......................................................................................................................
13%
13%

As gold mining in South Africa is very labor intensive, labor costs and contractor services are the largest components of
operating costs. Operating costs are linked directly to the level of production of a specific fiscal year. Operating costs in fiscal
2009 increased by 12% to R1,687.4 million compared to operating costs of R1,503.0 million in fiscal 2008. This increase was
primarily attributable to Ergo which started its operations during November 2008 and cost increases at Blyvoor which are
explained below.
At Blyvoor, operating costs increased from R697.3 million in fiscal 2008 to R842.3 million in fiscal 2009, with a decrease
in volume from 141,172 ounces to 129,473 ounces produced, due to the loss of seventeen production days underground during the
first half of the 2009 fiscal year because of Section 54 closures imposed by the DMR’s (now the Department of Mineral
Resources) Safety Inspectorate following three fatalities, and two days of mourning called by the National Union of Mineworkers
and in the third quarter of fiscal 2009, six production shifts were lost at No 5 Shaft following a lightning strike at the shaft’s
electrical sub-station. Operating costs at Ergo were R73.4 million in fiscal 2009, representing operating costs from November 2008.
Operating costs at Crown were R560.1 million in fiscal 2009, compared to R459.7 million in fiscal 2008. At ERPM operating costs
decreased from R330.8 million in fiscal 2008 to R199.7 million in fiscal 2009, due to the underground operations ceasing production
in October 2008.

Rehabilitation provision and amounts contributed to environmental trust funds

As of June 30, 2009, we estimate our total rehabilitation provision, being the discounted estimate of future costs, to be
R412.5 million as compared to R381.3 million at June 30, 2008. The increase in fiscal 2009 related to a quantum increase due to
vegetation costs and a quantum increase due to the deterioration of the 2L24 / 1L24 – 28 dumps. A movement in the rehabilitation
provision of R19.5 million (fiscal 2008: R34.2 million) and an unwinding of the discount of R9.8 million was recorded in fiscal
2009 (fiscal 2008: R4.7 million).

A total of R129.7 million was invested in our various environmental trust funds as at the end of fiscal 2009, as compared
to R110.8 million for fiscal 2008. The increase is attributable to investment growth and additional contributions made during the
year under review. The shortfall between the trust funds and the estimated provisions is expected to be financed by ongoing
financial contributions over the remaining production life of the respective mining operations.
1
Ergo has been restated to include ErgoGold and the Ergo JV. ErgoGold started gold production at the end of the second quarter of fiscal 2009,
at which stage the Group owned 50% of the joint venture and the Mintails group owned the remaining 50%. Effective March 31, 2009 the Group
acquired Mintails’ 50% interest, resulting in the Group owning 100%. Effective May 1, 2010 the Group acquired Mintails’ 50% interest in the
Ergo JV, resulting in the Group owning 100%.
2
Crown has been restated to include the surface retreatment operation of ERPM. ERPM has therefore also been restated and comprises only its
underground operation.
3
Relates to non-operating entities within the Group.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
78
Depreciation

Depreciation charges relating to our continuing operations were R99.2 million for fiscal 2009 compared to R69.1 million
for fiscal 2008. The increase is mainly attributable to additional assets acquired and increased capital expenditure at Ergo during
the year.

Retrenchment costs

Retrenchment costs relating to our continuing operations increased to R34.9 million in fiscal 2009 from R11.3 million for
fiscal 2008. In fiscal 2009, these costs related to retrenchments at ERPM at a cost of R30.7 million and retrenchments at our
corporate head office, at a cost of R4.2 million. These retrenchments were due to cost reduction initiatives implemented during the
year and the closure of ERPM’s underground operations in October 2008.

Impairments

In fiscal 2009, impairments were recorded, relating to the underground mining assets at ERPM amounting to R53.0
million and for Crown R19.4 million because of a restriction of deposition capacity. This compares to impairments in fiscal 2008
relating to the underground mining assets at ERPM amounting to R69.8 million. These impairments were due to the recoverable
amount represented by the value in use of these assets being less than their carrying amounts due to the closure of the underground
operations.
Administration expenses and general costs
The administration expenses and general costs relating to our continuing operations increased in fiscal 2009 to
R83.6 million compared to R79.4 million in fiscal 2008, an increase of R4.2 million. The increase was mainly due to our focus on
Ergo whose operations commenced in November 2008.

Finance income

Finance income from our continuing operations increased from R92.0 million in fiscal 2008 to R206.0 million in fiscal
2009. The majority of the increase in fiscal 2009 related to interest received on our significant cash and cash equivalents, which
we carried for a longer period in fiscal 2009 compared to fiscal 2008. In addition, finance income for fiscal 2009 included a R62.0
million net gain on the preference shares carried at amortized cost due to an increase in the repayment period and R53.0 million
negative goodwill on the acquisition of the remaining 50% interest in ErgoGold.

Finance expenses
Finance expenses from our continuing operations decreased from R108.1 million in fiscal 2008 to R41.7 million in fiscal
2009. A net loss on the re-measurement of financial liabilities carried at amortized cost of R83.7 million in fiscal 2008 was the
main reason for the decrease from fiscal 2008 to fiscal 2009.

Income tax

The net tax benefit relating to our continuing operations of R28.4 million for fiscal 2009 comprises a current taxation
charge of R46.2 million and a deferred tax benefit of R74.6 million. This compares to a net tax benefit relating to our continuing
operations of R68.3 million for fiscal 2008 comprising a current taxation charge of R13.3 million and a deferred tax benefit of
R81.6 million. The increase in the deferred tax benefit was as a result of the recognition of estimated tax losses at our operations
and other temporary differences which were not recognized previously. On the statement of financial position this deferred tax
asset raised was offset by a deferred tax liability raised on the acquisition of ErgoGold amounting to R185.7 million.
5B. LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
Operating activities
Net cash of R53.6 million was generated by operating activities for fiscal 2010 as compared to net cash generated by
operating activities of R208.2 million for fiscal 2009 and R182.6 million for fiscal 2008. During fiscal 2010, the net working capital
movement represented an outflow of cash of R31.5 million, compared to an inflow of R41.4 million in fiscal 2009 and an inflow of
R22.2 million in fiscal 2008. Cash generated from operating activities decreased due to lower production at Blyvoor’s underground
operation, as a result of the seismic events during the last quarter of fiscal 2009 which damaged some of its higher-grade panels and a
month long wage related strike during the first quarter of fiscal 2010. In addition, costs increased due to a 32% increase in July 2009
and a further 25% increase in March 2010 in electricity tariffs as well as wage increases. Inventory increased because of finished
stock (bullion) which was only sold shortly after June 30, 2010, amounting to R36.4 million (2009: Rnil).




BACKGROUND IMAGE
79
Investing activities
Net cash utilized by investing activities amounted to R226.4 million in fiscal 2010 compared to R593.4 million in fiscal
2009 and R1,531.0 million generated in fiscal 2008.
In fiscal 2010, cash utilized by investing activities mainly consisted of R194.0 million in additions to property, plant and
equipment, and R40.4 million for the acquisition of the remaining 50% of Ergo Mining (Pty) Limited. Cash utilized by investing
activities in fiscal 2009, mainly consisted of R345.1 million in additions to property, plant and equipment and R277.8 million for the
acquisition of the remaining 50% of ErgoGold. Cash generated by investing activities during fiscal 2008 mainly consisted of a cash
inflow on disposal of Porgera, net of cash disposed, of R1,936.7 million, a cash outflow on disposal of Netgold and Emperor, net of
cash disposed, of R121.7 million along with capital expenditure of R286.7 million and contributions to environmental trust funds of
R26.5 million.
Total capital expenditure (cash) for fiscal 2010 was R194.0 million. Capital expenditure was predominantly on Ore Reserve
development, new infrastructure and new mining equipment at our operations. Significant continuing capital projects for fiscal 2010
included:
•      Blyvoor for opening up and development amounting to R48.9 million;
•      Crown for long-lead items relating to Crown/Ergo pipeline amounting to R29.6 million; and
•      Ergo for construction and commissioning of the second feeder pipeline from the Elsburg Tailings Complex to the Brakpan
plant amounting to R34.4 million.

Total capital expenditure (cash) for fiscal 2009 was R345.1 million. Capital expenditure was predominantly on Ore Reserve
development, new infrastructure and new mining equipment at our operations. Significant continuing capital projects for fiscal 2009
included:
•      Development of infrastructure at Blyvoor at a cost of R41.4 million and specifically for the WAP project at a cost of R10.1
million (refer Item 4B ‘Business Overview’);
•      Tailings deposition site maintenance, 3A17 dump reclamation and Top Star at Crown at a cost of R39.6 million;
•      Mining properties development at ERPM at a cost of R17.2 million;
•      Installation and development of infrastructure at Ergo amounting to R178.4 million.

Total capital expenditure (cash) for fiscal 2008 was R286.7 million (including discontinued operations). Capital expenditure
was predominantly on Ore Reserve development and new underground mining equipment at all operations. Significant continuing
capital projects for fiscal 2008 included:
•     Ore Reserve development specifically for the WAP project at Blyvoor at a cost of R74.8 million;
•     Installation of new pipelines, 3L2 dump reclamation and Top Star at Crown at a cost of R42.1 million;
•     Ore Reserve development and improvement of infrastructure at ERPM at a cost of R30.1 million;
•     Installation and development of infrastructure at Ergo amounting to R104.1 million.

We anticipate increasing our capital expenditure in fiscal 2011 by about 159% from our capital expenditure for fiscal
2010 on continuing operations. We expect to incur R501.7 million of capital expenditure on mining equipment and development,
upgrading existing underground operations and upgrading current metallurgical plants and tailings facilities as follows:
•     Blyvoor – R99.8 million;
•     Crown – R248.6 million;
•     ERPM – R0.4 million;
•     Ergo – R144.1 million;
•     Exploration in Zimbabwe – R8.8 million.

Financing activities
Net cash inflow from financing activities was R7.8 million in fiscal 2010 compared to a net cash outflow of R85.8 million in
fiscal 2009. In fiscal 2008 the net cash outflow from financing activities was R840.0 million.
During fiscal 2010, we issued 6,620,413 shares for cash consideration of R29.9 million and we issued 262,663 shares to the
share option scheme for a consideration of R1.0 million. Costs relating to these share issues were incurred, amounting to R2.0
million. A dividend of R19.0 million was paid and there was a repayment of borrowings amounting to R2.1 million.

During fiscal 2009, we issued 1,429,715 shares to the share option scheme for a consideration of R6.7 million, a dividend of
R37.7 million was paid and there was a repayment of borrowings amounting to R54.4 million

During fiscal 2008, we issued 6,229,607 shares for proceeds of R30.3 million. Of these shares, we issued 5,800,000 shares
to Investec raising R28.0 million in settlement of financing facilities and a portion of the Convertible Loan Notes and 429,607 shares
to the share option scheme for a consideration of R2.3 million. We also repaid borrowings of R819.9 million and made a capital
distribution of R74.1 million to the non-controlling interest in Emperor during fiscal 2008.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
80
Borrowings and funding
Our external sources of capital include the issuance of debt, bank borrowings, loan notes and the issuance of equity
securities, which include the following:
Effective July 31, 2007 and March 1, 2008, Ergo entered into two separate loan facilities, amounting to R85.3 million, with
AngloGold Ashanti Limited for the purchase of the remaining movable and immovable assets of Ergo. The facilities were repayable
in equal monthly installments over 23 and 19 months, respectively, of which the final installment was made during fiscal 2010. The
loans bore interest at the prime lending rate, which was 10.0% at June 30, 2010 and 11.0% at June 30, 2009. The loan was secured
over the assets that were purchased from AngloGold Ashanti Limited.

On January 1, 2009, we entered into a facility of R250.0 million with Investec Bank Limited. The facility bore interest at
the three-month Johannesburg Inter-bank Acceptance Rate, or JIBAR, plus 300 basis points. During fiscal 2009, we had not
drawn down against this facility. During fiscal 2010 we drew down and settled, R50 million against this facility. This facility was
not renewed and, therefore, as at June 30, 2010, this facility was no longer in place.

On October 1, 2010 DRDGOLD Limited’s, 74%-owned subsidiary DRDGOLD South African Operations (Pty) Limited,
or DRDGOLD SA, established a R500 million Domestic Medium Term Note Programme, or DMTN Programme, under which it
may from time to time issue notes. On October 1, 2010, DRDGOLD SA has successfully issued R108 million in notes under the
DMTN Programme and the different notes issued mature 12 and 24 months from the date of issue and bear interest at the three
month JIBAR rate plus a margin ranging from 4% to 5% per annum.
Anticipated funding requirements and sources

At June 30, 2010, we had cash and cash equivalents of R188.2 million, and positive working capital (defined as current
assets less current liabilities) of R132.9 million, compared to cash and cash equivalents of R352.7 million and positive working
capital of R224.5 million at June 30, 2009 and cash and cash equivalents of R845.6 million and positive working capital of
R761.8 million at June 30, 2008. At September 30, 2010, our cash and cash equivalents were R146.6 million.

Our management believes that existing cash resources, net cash generated from operations and the availability of
negotiated funding facilities will be sufficient to meet our anticipated commitments for fiscal 2011 as described above.

Our estimated working capital, capital expenditure and other funding commitments, as well as our sources of liquidity,
would be adversely affected if:
our operations fail to generate forecasted net cash flows from operations;
there is an adverse variation in the price of gold or foreign currency exchange rates in relation to the US dollar,
particularly with respect to the rand; or
our operating results or financial condition are adversely affected by the uncertainties and variables facing our business
discussed under Item 5A.: “Operating Results” or the risk factors described in Item 3D.: “Risk Factors.”
In such circumstances, we could have insufficient capital to meet our current obligations in the normal course of
business, which would have an adverse impact on our financial position and our ability to continue operating as a going concern.
We would need to reassess our operations, consider further restructuring and/or obtain additional debt or equity funding. There
can be no assurance that we will obtain this additional or any other funding on acceptable terms or at all.
5C. RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT, PATENTS AND LICENSES, ETC.

We are not involved in any research and development and have no registered patents or licenses.
5D. TREND INFORMATION

During the first quarter of fiscal 2011, we produced 65,267 ounces at average cash costs of R256,498 per kilogram from our
operations. Gold production from our operations for the second quarter of fiscal 2011 is expected to be in line with the first quarter
results. Cash costs for the second quarter of fiscal 2011 are expected to be slightly lower due to winter tariffs for electricity applying
during the first quarter of fiscal 2011.

For the full year fiscal 2011, we are forecasting gold production from our operations of approximately 271,513 ounces at
cash costs of approximately R249,279 per kilogram , based on an exchange rate assumption of approximately $1.00/R6.99. Our
ability to meet the full year’s production target could be impacted by, amongst other factors, seismicity, lower grades, achieving the
targets set at Ergo and timely installation of the Crown/Ergo pipeline. We are also subject to cost pressures due to increases in labor
costs; increases in crude oil, steel, electricity and water prices; unforeseen changes in ore grades and recoveries; unexpected changes
in the quality or quantity of reserves; unstable or unexpected ground conditions and seismic activity; technical production issues;
environmental and industrial accidents; gold theft; environmental factors; and pollution, which could adversely impact the forecasted
cash costs for fiscal 2011.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
81
5E. OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS

The Company does not engage in off-balance sheet financing activities, and does not have any off-balance sheet debt
obligations, unconsolidated special purposes entities or unconsolidated affiliates.
5F. TABULAR DISCLOSURE OF CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS
Payments due by period
Total
Less than
1 year
Between
1-3 years
Between
3-5 years
More than
5 years
R’000                R’000              R’000              R’000               R’000
Long-term loans (including interest)............................................
-
-
-
-
-
Purchase obligations – contracted capital expenditure
1
.............
36,744
36,744
-                       -
-
Preference shares held by Khumo Gold SPV (Pty) Limited
and the DRDSA Empowerment Trust (including interest) .........
197,803
-
-              34,722
163,081
Environmental rehabilitation, reclamation and closure costs
2
....
420,604
19,531
-                        -
401,073
Total contractual cash obligations ............................................
655,151
56,275
             34,722
564,154
5G.    SAFE
HARBOR

See “Special Note regarding Forward-Looking Statements.”
































1
Represents planned capital expenditure for which contractual obligations exist.
2
Operations of gold mining companies are subject to extensive environmental regulations in the various jurisdictions in which they operate. These
regulations establish certain conditions on the conduct of our operations. Pursuant to environmental regulations, we are also obliged to close our
operations and reclaim and rehabilitate the lands upon which we have conducted our mining and gold recovery operations. The estimated closure
costs at existing operating mines and mines in various stages of closure are reflected in this table. For more information on environmental
rehabilitation obligations, see Item 4D.: “Property, Plant and Equipment” and Note 19 “Provision for environmental rehabilitation, reclamation and
closure costs” under Item 18.: “Financial Statements”.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
82
ITEM 6. DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYEES

6A. DIRECTORS AND SENIOR MANAGEMENT

Directors and Executive Officers

Our board of directors may consist of not less than four and not more than twenty directors. As of June 30, 2010, our board
consisted of six directors and as of June 30, 2009, six directors.

In accordance with JSE listing requirements and our Articles of Association, one third of the directors comprising the board
of directors, on a rotating basis, are subject to re-election at each annual general shareholders’ meeting. Additionally, all directors are
subject to election at the first annual general meeting following their appointment. Retiring directors normally make themselves
available for re-election.

The address of each of our Executive Directors and Non-Executive Directors is the address of our principal executive
offices.

Executive Directors
Daniël Johannes Pretorius (43) Chief Executive Officer. Mr. D.J. Pretorius was appointed as Chief Executive Officer
Designate on August 21, 2008. On January 1, 2009 he succeeded Mr. John William Cornelius Sayers as Chief Executive Officer. Mr.
Pretorius holds a B Proc, LLB degree and was appointed Group Legal counsel for the Company in February 2003. He has 17 years of
experience in the mining industry. He was appointed as Chief Executive Officer of DRDGOLD SA in July 2006 and is also an
alternate director of Rand Refinery Limited.

Craig Clinton Barnes (40) Chief Financial Officer. Mr. C.C. Barnes joined the Company in August 2004 as Group Financial
Accountant. A Chartered Accountant, he has a B Com degree from the University of the Witwatersrand, or Wits University, and a B
Com Honors degree from the University of South Africa, or Unisa. Prior to joining the Company, he was head of financial reporting
for Liberty Group Limited and he has over 16 years financial experience. He was appointed as Chief Financial Officer of DRDGOLD
SA in July 2006 and as Chief Financial Officer of DRDGOLD in May 2008.

Non-Executive Directors
Geoffrey Charles Campbell (49). Mr. G.C. Campbell was appointed as Non-Executive Director in 2002, as a Senior
Independent Non-Executive Director in December 2003 and as Non-Executive Chairman in October 2005. A qualified geologist, he
has worked on a gold mine in Canada. He then spent 15 years first as a stockbroker and afterwards as a fund manager, during which
time he managed the Merrill Lynch Investment Manager’s Gold and General Fund, one of the largest gold mining investment funds.
He was also Research Director for Merrill Lynch Investment Managers. Mr. G.C. Campbell is also a director of Oxford Abstracts. On
June 26, 2006, he was appointed Non-Executive Chairman of Emperor Mines Limited. He resigned as Non-Executive Chairman of
Emperor Mines Limited on November 1, 2007, and on March 11, 2008 as a Non-Executive Director when Emperor Mines Limited
merged with Intrepid Mines Limited.

Robert Peter Hume (70). Mr. R.P. Hume was appointed as a Non-Executive Director in 2001. He has forty one years
experience in the auditing field which included eighteen years as a partner in the East London (South Africa) office of KPMG. Since
retirement in 1999, he has spent eleven years as an Investment Manager at Nvest Securities (Pty) Limited (formerly Sasfin Frankel
Pollak) in East London.
                James
Turk
(63). Mr. J. Turk was appointed a Non-Executive Director in October 2004. He is the founder and a director of
GoldMoney Network Limited, formerly G.M. Network Limited (also known as GoldMoney.com), the operator of a digital gold
currency payment system. Since graduating from George Washington University with a BA degree in International Economics in
1969, he has specialized in international banking, finance and investments. After starting his career with Chase Manhattan Bank (now
J.P. Morgan Chase) he joined RTB, Inc., the private investment and trading company of a prominent precious metals trader in 1980.
He moved to the United Arab Emirates in 1983 as Manager of the Commodity Department of the Abu Dhabi Investment Authority.
Since resigning from this position in 1987, he has written extensively on money and banking.
Edmund Jeneker (48) . Mr. E.A. Jeneker was appointed a Non-Executive Director on November 1, 2007. He is a trained
accountant and over the past 11 years specialized in business strategy and general management. Formerly the Regional Executive:
Retail Bank at ABSA Bank Limited he has recently been promoted to the position of Head of Entry Level Market at ABSA Bank
Limited.

Senior Management
David Johannes Botes (53) Group Risk Manager. Mr. D.J. Botes (Dip Comm, HDip Tax) joined DRDGOLD on September
7, 1988 as Group Financial Manager. He was appointed Group Risk Manager on February 1, 2003. He has 27 years of financial
management experience.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
83
Jacob Hendrik Dissel (52) Group Financial Manager. Mr. J.H. Dissel (B Comm Hons) joined DRDGOLD as Group
Financial Manager in October 1999. He has 27 years experience in the mining industry

Themba John Gwebu (46) Executive Officer: Compliance. Mr. T.J. Gwebu (B Iuris, LLB, LLM) is a qualified attorney who
worked as a magistrate prior to joining the Company in April 2004 as Assistant Legal Advisor. He was appointed to the position of
Company Secretary in April 2005 and Executive Officer: Compliance on January 1, 2007.
Henry Gouws (41) General Manager: Crown. Mr. H. Gouws graduated from Technicon Witwatersrand and obtained a
National Higher Diploma in Extraction Metallurgy in 1991. He completed a MDP in 2003 through Unisa School of Business
Leadership. He was appointed Operations Manager of Crown in January 2006 and General Manager in July 2006. He has 23 years
experience in the mining industry.

Kevin Peter Kruger (42) Regional Engineering Manager. Mr. K.P. Kruger holds a BSc degree in mechanical engineering
from Wits University and joined the Company in 1994. Previously the Engineering Manager at the Company’s North West
Operations, he was appointed to his current position in April 2005.
Charles Methley Symons (56) Executive Officer: Operations. Mr. C.M. Symons joined the mining industry in February 1977
and transferred to Crown in January 1986 where he was appointed General Manager in 1995. He holds a Masters degree in Business
Leadership and a B Comm degree from Unisa, and he also has a National Diploma in Extractive Metallurgy. He was appointed
Executive Officer: Surface Operations on January 1, 2008 and Executive Officer: Operations on May 11, 2010.

Phillip Watters (54) General Manager Projects. Mr. P. Watters joined the Company in 2002 and took up his current position
on August 1, 2005. He was previously General Manager ERPM. Mr. P. Watters, who obtained a Mine Manager’s certificate of
Competency in May 1993, has a total of 35 years experience in mining, 23 years of which were spent with Gold Fields and four with
Anglo American. His career includes both production and project management experience.

William Stanly Owen O’Brien (46) General Manager: Blyvoor. Mr. W.S.O. O’Brien was appointed General Manager:
Blyvoor on September 25, 2008. He was previously employed by Harmony Gold where he held various management positions. He
has 26 years of experience in the mining industry and holds a Mine Manager’s Certificate of Competency.

Martin Bruce Ebell (52) Manager Metallurgical Technical Services. Mr. M.B. Ebell joined the Company in 2008 as
Manager Metallurgical Technical Services. He was previously employed by Bateman Minerals and Metals, Alex Steward Assayers,
Dowding Reynard and Associates, Millsell/Henry Gould and Rand Mines, and has 29 years of experience in the field of extractive
metallurgy in various managerial, consulting and project engineering positions. He is registered professional engineer and a member
of SAIMM and MMMA and holds a MEng (MEM) USA, BSc (Eng) Minerals Processing, B Comm degrees and a MDP certificate.

Ryno Botha (38) Mineral Resource Manager: Mr. R. Botha joined the Company on December 6, 2004 and was promoted to
his current position as Mineral Resource Manager on November 1, 2008. He was previously employed by JCI, Amplats, Anglo
Platinum and has 18 years of mining experience. He holds a M(Eng) in Mineral Resource Management, Graduate Diploma in
Engineering (MRM), National Higher Diploma in Mineral Resource Management, National Diploma in Mine Surveying and a Mine
Surveyor’s Certificate of Competency.

Barry Gordon de Blocq (48) General Manager Corporate Services. Mr. de Blocq joined DRDGOLD in September 1998
from AngloGold, where he was Divisional Industrial Relations Manager. He holds a B Soc Sc, degree and was promoted to his
current position on January 1, 2010. He has 23 years experience in the mining industry.
There are no family relationships between any of our executive officers or directors. There are no arrangements or
understandings between any of our directors or executive officers and any other person by which any of our directors or executive
officers has been so elected or appointed.















BACKGROUND IMAGE
84
6B. COMPENSATION
Our Articles of Association provide that the directors' fees should be determined from time to time in a general meeting or
by a quorum of Non-Executive Directors. The total amount of directors' remuneration paid for the year ended June 30, 2010 was
R13.8 million. Non-Executive Directors receive the following fees:
•     Base fee as Non-Executive Chairman of R1,059,480 per annum;
•     Base fee as Non-Executive Directors of R470,880 per annum;
•     Annual fee for Audit Committee Chairman of R47,088;
•     Annual fee for Audit Committee member of R23,544;
•     Annual fee for Nominations Committee Chairman of R17,658;
•     Annual fee for Nominations Committee member of R8,829;
•     Annual fee for members of Remco, Risco and Transco of R17,658 each;
•     Half-day fee for participating by telephone in special board meetings;
•      Daily fee of R17,658 and hourly rate of R2,354; and
•      The Chairman of the board to receive committee fees.
•      Non-executive directors’ fees to be adjusted annually on the basis of the consumer price index.
The following table sets forth the compensation for our directors for the year ended June 30, 2010:
Directors
Basic
salary/board
fees
(R'000)
Retirement fund
contributions/
bonus/restraint
of
trade/expenses
(R'000)



Total
(R'000)
Share
option
scheme
gains
(R'000)
Executive
D.J. Pretorius....................................................
3,940
2,255
6,195
-
C.C. Barnes ......................................................
2,695
1,847
4,542
-
Subtotal ...........................................................
6,635
4,102
10,737                         -
Non-Executive
G.C. Campbell..................................................
1,275
-
1,275
-
R. Hume ...........................................................
624
-
624
-
J. Turk...............................................................
546
-
546
-
E.A. Jeneker
578
-
578
-
Subtotal ...........................................................
3,023
-
3,023
-
Total .................................................................
9,658
4,102
13,760                         -
See also Item 6E.: “Share Ownership” for details of share options held by directors.

Compensation of senior management

Our senior management comprises its executive directors and executive officers. Under the JSE Listing Rules we are not
required to, and we do not otherwise, disclose compensation paid to individual senior managers other than Executive and Non-
Executive Directors. However, the aggregate compensation paid to senior management, excluding compensation paid to
Executive Directors, in fiscal 2010 was R18.5 million (fiscal 2009: R22.2 million), representing 11 executive officers in fiscal
2010 and 14 executive officers in fiscal 2009.

Bonuses or incentives are paid based upon performance against predetermined key performance indicators. Should an
Executive Director meet all the targets set in terms of such predetermined key performance indicators, he will be entitled to a bonus
of up to 50%, 75% or 100% of his remuneration package, depending on his particular agreement. Should an Executive Director not
meet all the targets set in terms of the predetermined key performance indicators, he will be entitled to a lesser bonus as determined
by the Remuneration and Nominations Committee.

BACKGROUND IMAGE
85
Service Agreements

Service contracts negotiated with each executive and Non-Executive Director incorporate their terms and conditions of
employment and are approved by our Remuneration and Nominations Committee.

The Company’s executive directors, Mr. D.J. Pretorius and Mr. C.C. Barnes, entered into agreements of employment
with us, on January 1, 2009 and May 5, 2008 respectively. These agreements regulate the employment relationship with Messrs.
D.J. Pretorius and C.C. Barnes.

Mr. D.J. Pretorius receives from us a remuneration package of R3.9 million per annum. Mr. D.J. Pretorius is eligible
under his employment agreement, for an incentive bonus of up to 100% of his annual remuneration package in respect of one
bonus cycle per annum over the duration of his appointment, on condition that he achieves certain key performance indicators.
DRDGOLD shall issue Mr. D.J. Pretorius with 100,000 ordinary DRDGOLD shares or alternatively shall pay Mr. D.J. Pretorius
the cash value of 100,000 ordinary DRDGOLD shares reckoned at market value on the date that the conversion of mining rights
of DRDGOLD’s South African operations is completed.
Mr. C.C. Barnes receives from us a remuneration package of R2.7 million per annum. Mr. C.C. Barnes is eligible under
his employment agreement, for an incentive bonus of up to 75% of his annual remuneration package in respect of one bonus cycle
per annum over the duration of his appointment, on condition that he achieves certain key performance indicators. As a further
consideration for agreeing to remain in the employment of the company as set out in the agreement, the company will issue
Mr. C.C. Barnes with, up to 50% of his annual package, share options in DRDGOLD Limited on an annual basis and on the third
anniversary of this agreement a bonus payment equal to 30% of his annual package.

Each service agreement with our directors provides for the provision of benefits to the director where the agreement is
terminated by us in the case of our executive officers, except where terminated as a result of certain action on the part of the director,
or upon the director reaching a certain age, or by the director upon the occurrence of a change of control of us. A termination of a
director's employment upon the occurrence of a change of control of us is referred to as an “eligible termination.” Upon an eligible
termination, the director is entitled to receive a payment equal to at least one year's salary or fees, but not more than three years salary
for Executive Directors or two years fees for Non-Executive Directors, depending on the period of time that the director has been
employed.

Messrs. R.P. Hume, J. Turk and E.A. Jeneker each have service agreements which run for fixed periods until
September 30, 2010, October 31, 2010, and November 30, 2011 respectively. After their two year period, the agreements continue
indefinitely until terminated by either party on not less than three months prior written notice. Mr. G.C. Campbell has a service
agreement which continues indefinitely until terminated by either party on not less than three months prior written notice.
6C. BOARD PRACTICES

Board of Directors
As at September 30, 2010, the board of directors comprises two Executive Directors (Mr. D.J. Pretorius and
Mr. C.C. Barnes), and four Non-Executive Directors (Messrs. G.C. Campbell, R.P. Hume, J. Turk and E.A. Jeneker). The Non-
Executive Directors are independent under the Nasdaq requirements and the South African King II and King III Reports, with the
exception of Mr. J. Turk, by virtue of his directorship of G.M. Network Limited (GoldMoney.com) in which we had a 12.3%
interest which was disposed of on September 17, 2008 and, pursuant to Nasdaq rules, his relationship with a family member who
served as an executive officer of one of our subsidiaries.

In accordance with the King II and King III Reports on corporate governance, as encompassed in the JSE Listings
Requirements, and in accordance with the United Kingdom Combined Code, the responsibilities of Chairman and Chief Executive
Officer are separate. Mr. G.C. Campbell is the Non-Executive Chairman, Mr. D.J. Pretorius is the Chief Executive Officer and
Mr. C.C. Barnes is the Chief Financial Officer. The board has established a nominations committee, and it is our policy for details
of a prospective candidate to be distributed to all directors for formal consideration at a full meeting of the board. A prospective
candidate would be invited to attend a meeting and be interviewed before any decision is taken. In compliance with the Nasdaq
rules a majority of independent directors will select or recommend director nominees.

The board’s main roles are to create value for shareholders, to provide leadership of the Company, to approve the
Company’s strategic objectives and to ensure that the necessary financial and other resources are made available to management
to enable them to meet those objectives. The board retains full and effective control over the Company, meeting on a quarterly
basis with additional ad hoc meetings being arranged when necessary, to review strategy and planning and operational and
financial performance. The board further authorizes acquisitions and disposals, major capital expenditure, stakeholder
communication and other material matters reserved for its consideration and decision under its terms of reference. The board also
approves the annual budgets for the various operational units.


BACKGROUND IMAGE
86
The board is responsible for monitoring the activities of executive management within the Company and ensuring that
decisions on material matters are referred to the board. The board approves all the terms of reference for the various
subcommittees of the board, including special committees tasked to deal with specific issues. Only the executive directors are
involved with the day-to-day management of the Company.

To assist new directors, an induction program has been established by the Company, which includes background
materials, meetings with senior management, presentations by the Company’s advisors and site visits. The directors are assessed
annually, both individually and as a board, as part of an evaluation process, which is driven by an independent consultant. In
addition, the Remuneration and Nominations Committee formally evaluates the executive directors and the alternate directors on
an annual basis, based on objective criteria.

All directors, in accordance with the Company’s Articles of Association, are subject to retirement by rotation and re-
election by shareholders. In addition, all directors are subject to election by shareholders at the first annual general meeting
following their appointment by directors. The appointment of new directors is approved by the board as a whole. The names of the
directors submitted for re-election are accompanied by sufficient biographical details in the notice of the forthcoming annual
general meeting to enable shareholders to make an informed decision in respect of their re-election.

All directors have access to the advice and services of the Company Secretary, who is responsible to the board for
ensuring compliance with procedures and regulations of a statutory nature. Directors are entitled to seek independent professional
advice concerning the affairs of the Company at the Company’s expense, should they believe that course of action would be in the
best interest of the Company.

Two of the Non-Executive Directors (Messrs. G.C. Campbell and R.P. Hume) have share options under the Company’s
share option scheme, but we do not believe that this interferes with their independence. No new share options were issued to Non-
Executive Directors since December 2004. See Item 6A.: “Directors and Senior Management” and Item 6E.: “Share ownership”.

Board meetings are held quarterly in South Africa. The structure and timing of the Company’s board meetings, which are
scheduled over 2 or 3 days, allows adequate time for the Non-Executive Directors to interact without the presence of the
Executive Directors. The board meetings include the meeting of the Risk Committee, Audit Committee, Remuneration and
Nominations Committee and Transformation and Sustainable Development Committee which act as subcommittees to the board.
Each subcommittee is chaired by one of the Independent Non-Executive Directors who provide a formal report back to the board.
Each subcommittee meets for approximately half a day. Certain senior members of staff are invited to attend the subcommittee
meetings.

The board sets the standards and values of the Company and much of this has been embodied in the Company’s Code of
Ethics and Conduct, a copy of which is available on our website at www.drdgold.com. The Code of Ethics and Conduct applies to
all directors, officers and employees, including the principal executive, financial and accounting officers, in accordance with
Section 406 of the US Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the related US securities laws and the Nasdaq rules. The Code contains
provisions under which employees can report violations of Company policy or any applicable law, rule or regulation, including
US securities laws.
Directors' Terms of Service

The following table shows the date of appointment, expiration of term and number of years of service with us of each of the
directors as at June 30, 2010:
Director                                Title                                                                                           Year first
appointed
Term of
current
office
Unexpired
term of
current office
G.C. Campbell
Non-Executive Director
2002
2 years
16 months
D.J. Pretorius
Chief Executive Officer
2008
3 years
18 months
C.C. Barnes
Chief Financial Officer
2008
3 years
10 months
R.P. Hume
Non-Executive Director
2001
2 years
3 months
E.A. Jeneker
Non-Executive Director
2007
2 years
16 months
J. Turk
Non-Executive Director
2004
2 years
4 months
Executive Committee

As at September 30, 2010, the Executive Committee consisted of Mr. D.J. Pretorius (Chairman), Mr. C.C. Barnes, Mr. C.M.
Symons, and Mr. T.J. Gwebu.
The Executive Committee meet on a weekly basis to review current operations, develop strategy and policy proposals for
consideration by the board of directors. Members of the Executive Committees, who are unable to attend the meetings in person, are
able to participate via teleconference facilities, to allow participation in the discussion and conclusions reached.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
87

Board Committees
The board has established a number of standing committees to enable it to properly discharge its duties and
responsibilities and to effectively fulfill its decision-making process. Each committee acts within written terms of reference which
have been approved by the board and under which specific functions of the board are delegated. The terms of reference for all
committees can be obtained by application to the Company Secretary at the Company’s registered office. Each committee has
defined purposes, membership requirements, duties and reporting procedures. Minutes of the meetings of these committees are
circulated to the members of the committees and made available to the board. Remuneration for Non-Executive Directors for their
services on the committees concerned is determined by the board. The committees are subject to regular evaluation by the board
with respect to their performance and effectiveness.

The following information reflects the composition and activities of these committees.
Committees of the Board of Directors

Remuneration Committee

As at June 30, 2010, the Remuneration Committee consisted of Mr. E.A. Jeneker (Chairman), Mr. G.C. Campbell, Mr. R.P.
Hume and Mr. J. Turk.
The Remuneration Committee, which is comprised of Non-Executive Directors, has been appointed by the board of
directors. The committee meets quarterly, but may meet more often on an ad hoc basis if required. The Remuneration Committee
is governed by its terms of reference and is responsible for approving the remuneration policies of the Company, the terms and
conditions of employment, and the eligibility and performance measures of the DRDGOLD (1996) Share Option Scheme
applicable to executive directors and senior management.

The committee’s objective is to evaluate and recommend to the board competitive packages which will attract and retain
executives of the highest caliber and encourage and reward superior performance. The committee also aims to ensure that criteria
are in place to measure individual performance. The committee approves the performance-based bonuses of the executive
directors based on such criteria. The Executive Officer: Human Resources provides the committee with access to comparative
industry surveys, which assist in formulating remuneration policies. As and when required the committee may also engage the
services of independent consultants to evaluate and review remuneration policies and related issues and brief members on
pertinent issues. The committee has in the past year engaged the services of such consultants to review the employment contracts
of the executive directors.

The remuneration policy, relating to the remuneration of directors and senior executives, is based on a reward system
comprising four principal elements:
Basic remuneration, as benchmarked against industry norms;
Bonuses or incentives, which are measured against agreed outcomes or Key Performance Indicators, or KPIs;
Short-term rewards for exceptional performance; and
Long-term retention of key employees based on scarcity of skill and strategic value, using share options granted under
the DRDGOLD (1996) Share Option Scheme.
A copy of the policy is available by application to the Company Secretary at the Company’s registered office.

Nominations Committee


The board resolved to separate the Nominations Committee from the Remunerations Committee. The Nominations
Committee is chaired by the Chairman of the board, Mr. G.C. Campbell. The terms of reference were approved in August 2008.
Its duties include:
•      making recommendations to the board on the appointment of new Executive and Non-Executive directors, including
making recommendations on the composition of the board generally and the balance between Executive and Non-
Executive directors appointed to the board;
•       regular reviewing of the board structure, size and composition and making recommendations to the board with regard to
any adjustments that are deemed necessary;
•      identifying and nominating candidates for the approval of the board to fill board vacancies as and when they arise as well
as putting in place plans for succession, in particular for the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer; and
•      making recommendations on directors who are retiring by rotation to be put forward for re-election.
As at September 30, 2010, the members of the Nomination Committee consisted of Mr. G.C. Campbell (Chairman) and Mr.
R.P. Hume.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
88
Audit and Risk Committees
On February 11, 2005, the Audit and Risk Committees started conducting joint meetings in respect of the quarterly
meetings. The members meet and the business of each committee is handled in joint deliberations taking place on the issues
raised. The Audit Committee is chaired by Mr. R.P. Hume and the Risk Committee by Mr. D.J. Pretorius. The reason for the joint
sittings is that there is a great deal of overlap between the financial risks discussed at Audit Committee level and at Risk
Committee level. The joint sittings of the Committees bring about better disclosure and ensure that the Company conforms more
closely to the process prescribed by the US Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
Audit Committee

As at June 30, 2010, the Audit Committee consisted of Mr. R.P. Hume (Chairman), Mr. G.C. Campbell and Mr. E.A.
Jeneker.
The Audit Committee is comprised solely of Non-Executive Directors, all of whom are independent. See Item 16G.:
“Corporate Governance”. The primary responsibilities of the Audit Committee, as set out in the Audit Committee charter, is to
assist the board in carrying out its duties relating to accounting policies, internal financial control, financial reporting practices and
the preparation of accurate financial reporting and financial statements in compliance with all applicable legal requirements and
accounting standards. A copy of the charter is available by application to the Company Secretary at the Company’s registered
office.
The Audit Committee meets quarterly with the external auditors, the Company’s internal audit practitioner, the Chief
Financial Officer and the Internal Audit and Compliance Manager to review the audit plans of the internal auditors, to ascertain
the extent to which the scope of the internal audits can be relied upon to detect weaknesses in the internal controls and to review
the annual and interim financial statements prior to approval by the board. The Audit Committee reviews our annual results, the
effectiveness of our system of internal financial controls, internal audit procedures and legal and regulatory compliance. The
committee also reviews the scope of work carried out by our internal auditors and holds regular discussions with the external auditors
and internal auditors.

The committee appoints, re-appoints and removes the external auditors and approves the remuneration and terms of
engagement of the external auditors. The committee is required to pre-approve, and has pre-approved, non-audit services provided
by our external auditors. The Company’s external audit function is currently being undertaken by KPMG Inc.
The Company’s internal and external auditors have unrestricted access to the chairman of the Audit Committee and,
where necessary, to the Chairman of the board and Chief Executive Officer. All important findings arising from audit procedures
are brought to the attention of the committee and, if necessary, to the board.
Risk Committee

As at June 30, 2010, the Risk Committee consisted of Mr. D.J. Pretorius (Chairman), Mr. J. Turk, Mr. G.C. Campbell, Mr.
E.A. Jeneker, Mr. R.P. Hume and Mr. C.C. Barnes.

The Risk Committee was established in January 2004 and currently comprises four Non-Executive Directors and two
Executive Directors. Its overall objective is to assist the board in its duties relating to risk management and control
responsibilities, assurance issues, health, safety and environmental compliance, and the monitoring and reporting of all these
matters. The Risk Committee facilitates communication between the board, the Audit Committee, internal auditors and other
parties engaged in risk management activities. The terms of reference of the Risk Committee can be obtained by application to the
Company Secretary at the Company’s registered office.
The Risk Committee’s role is to ensure that:
    an effective risk management program is implemented and maintained;
•    risk management awareness is promoted amongst all employees;
•    risk programs (financing/insurance) adequately protect the Company against catastrophic risks;
•    regular risk assessments are conducted;
•    total cost of risk in the long term is reduced;
•    the protection of the Group's assets is promoted throughout the Group;
•    the health and safety and well being of all stakeholders is improved; and
•    the Company’s activities are carried out in such a way so as to ensure the safety and health of employees.
The Risk Committee meets quarterly and reports to the board. Additional ad hoc meetings may be arranged as and when
required. Certain members of executive management are occasionally invited to attend Risk Committee meetings, such as the
Internal Audit and Compliance Manager, the Group Risk Manager, the Group Financial Manager, the Operational Managers and
the Group Legal Counsel.

The system to manage risk involves all significant business and operational risks which could undermine the
BACKGROUND IMAGE
89
achievement of business objectives and undermine the preservation of shareholder value. The significant risks facing the Group
including those at operations have been identified and have been included in Item 3D.: “Risk factors.” Individuals have been
appointed to address each risk and the results thereof are reviewed by senior management through regular risk meetings. The aim
of the internal control systems is for management to provide reasonable assurance that the objectives will be met. In addition to
the above initiatives the Group also employs third party consultants to benchmark our operations against other mining operations
throughout South Africa and worldwide.
An important aspect of risk management is the transfer of risk to third parties to protect the Company from any major
disaster. We have embarked on a program to ensure that our major assets and potential business interruption and liability claims
are covered by group insurance policies that encompass our operations. The majority of the cover is through reputable insurance
companies in London and Europe and the insurance programs are renewed on an annual basis. A cell captive has been established
to enable further reduction in annual insurance premiums.
Transformation and Sustainable Development Committee
The board, taking into account that all the group’s operations are now based in South Africa and in order to achieve the
triple bottom line espoused in the King II and King III Reports and in order to reach the empowerment goal to which it is
committed, establishing a committee, the focus of which will be transformation and sustainable development. The terms of
reference were approved by the board at the August 2008 meeting. The objectives of this committee are:
•      promoting transformation within the company and the economic empowerment of previously disadvantaged
communities, particularly within areas where the company conducts business;
•      striving towards achieving the goal of equality as the South African constitution and other legislation require within the
context of the demographics of the country at all levels of the company and its subsidiaries; and
•      conducting business in a manner which is conducive to internationally acceptable environmental and sustainability
standards.
As at September 30, 2010, the Transformation and Sustainable Development Committee consisted of Mr. E.A. Jeneker
(Chairman), Mr. D.J. Pretorius and Mr. C.C. Barnes.
6D. EMPLOYEES

Employees

The geographic breakdown of our employees (including contractors who are contracted employees employed by third
parties), was as follows at the end of each of the past three fiscal years:
Year ended June
30
2010
2009
2008
South Africa.............................................................................................................................................                       6,409
6,715
7,627

The total number of employees at June 30, 2010, of 6,409 comprises 1,749 contractors and 4,660 employees who are
directly employed by us and our subsidiary companies. As of September 30, 2010, we had 6,510 employees. The decrease in the
number of employees in fiscal 2010 is mainly due to the retrenchment of employees at ERPM and Blyvoor.
As of June 30, 2010, the breakdown of our employees by main categories of activity for the periods below was as follows:
Year ended June 30,
Category of Activity
2010              2009
2008
Mining - Our Employees.........................................................................................................................
2,368            2,832
3,431
Mining - Contractors ...............................................................................................................................
1,749            1,846
1,371
Engineering..............................................................................................................................................
1,113               839
1,604
Metallurgy ...............................................................................................................................................
672               699
637
Mineral Resources...................................................................................................................................
91                 97
134
Administration.........................................................................................................................................
126               161
180
Environmental .........................................................................................................................................
62                48
55
Human Resources....................................................................................................................................
183               135
159
Medical ....................................................................................................................................................
17                 23
14
Safety .......................................................................................................................................................
28                 35
42
Total.........................................................................................................................................................
6,409             6,715
7,627
BACKGROUND IMAGE
90
Labor Relations

As at June 30, 2010, we employed and contracted 6,409 people in South Africa. Approximately 78% of South African
employees are members of trade unions or employee associations. South Africa's labor relations environment remains a platform for
social reform. The National Union of Mineworkers, or NUM, the main South African mining industry union, is influential in the
tripartite alliance between the ruling African National Congress, the Congress of South African Trade Unions, or COSATU, and the
South African Communist Party as it is the biggest affiliate of COSATU. The relationship between management and labor unions
remains cordial. The DRDGOLD/NUM coordinating forum meets regularly to discuss matters pertinent to both parties at a
DRDGOLD SA level, while operations level forums continue to deal with local matters.

The NUM called for an industry wide safety strike on Tuesday December 4, 2007 to protest against the number of fatalities
in mining accidents. Agreements at our operations resulted in the release of Union office bearers to attend protest marches and no
disruptions to operations were experienced. This event marked the adoption by the NUM of a stance that all employees would take a
day of mourning when no production would take place whenever an employee was fatally injured in a mine accident. The principle of
“no work – no pay” has been applied to such events that have subsequently taken place at our operations.

Workers at Blyvoor embarked on an illegal work stoppage on Friday May 30, 2008. The illegal work stoppage was believed
to be related to worker concerns regarding the arrest of two employees by the South African Police Service who was allegedly
involved in the murder of one person and the assault of another in open fields on mine property during December 2007. The striking
workers responded to a court order served on May 30, 2008, prohibiting them from continuing with their illegal industrial action and
returned to work on Monday June 2, 2008.

COSATU called for a series of regional marches to protest against the increasing cost of electricity, with the protest marches
for Gauteng and North West Provinces taking place on Wednesday July 23, 2008. Agreements at our operations resulted in the
release of Union office bearers to attend the marches and no disruptions to operations were experienced. The COSATU action
culminated in a national strike on Wednesday August 6, 2008, which affected all our operations.
The wave of xenophobic violence that swept across Gauteng during April 2008 impacted on ERPM when the operation
experienced high levels of absenteeism after 3 employees were killed in xenophobic attacks. Most Mozambican citizens employed by
the mine were displaced from their homes in local communities. These employees and their families were accommodated in company
accommodation on a temporary basis until such time as they could be reintegrated into their communities. There were no other
material incidents of industrial action or labor unrest at our operations during fiscal 2008.

On November 19, 2008 the company advised unions of its intention to place on care and maintenance the underground
operations of the ERPM mine, and to proceed with a consultation process in terms of Section 189A of the Labour Relations Act to
determine the future of the mine's 1,700 employees. Underground mining at the ERPM mine was halted on October 31, 2008
when pumping infrastructure could no longer cope with rising underground water levels. On January 20, 2009, the process was
concluded and 1,335 employees were retrenched. A further 105 employees were retrenched in November 2009 following the total
cessation of all underground mining activities at ERPM.
On August 26, 2009, the Company advised unions of its intention to right-size the Blyvoor operations and that Blyvoor
would proceed with a 60-day facilitated consultation process in terms of Section 189A of the Labour Relations Act to determine
the future of affected employees. A combined management/unions task team was appointed to investigate possible cost-reduction
measures at the mine.

On November 9, 2009, the Company announced its intention to apply to the High Court of South Africa for a judicial
management order over the Blyvoor operation after the restructuring process in terms of Section 189A of the Labour Relations
Act failed to deliver the expected turnaround and the mine faced a four-week wage strike by the National Union of Mineworkers
which resulted in decreased production. The result of the process saw 278 employees retrenched.

In September 2009 the Company signed a two-year wage settlement with the United Association of South Africa
(UASA). In terms of the settlement, employees in the UASA recognition unit at Blyvoor would receive a 6.5% increase, at Crown
a 6% increase and at ERPM a 4% increase. In addition, employees in the UASA recognition unit are eligible for a gold price/profit
linked incentive scheme, in terms of which their overall increases can rise to a total of 15%. The NUM rejected the company’s
offer of a 7% increase for lowest-category employees at Blyvoor and 6.5% for the balance, a 6.0% across-the-board increase at
Crown and a 4% across-the-board increase at ERPM. The NUM also rejected the gold price/profit linked incentive scheme. The
NUM was granted strike certificates in respect of the three operations and strike action started with the night shift on Tuesday,
September 15, 2009.

On October 7, 2009, the Company and NUM reached agreement on a wage settlement at Crown. The agreement was
implemented for a twenty-one month period, with effect from October 1, 2009. In terms of the settlement, employees of all unions
and associations received an 8% increase for year one and will receive a minimum of 8% in year two. The strike by the NUM was
called off and employees returned to work on October 8, 2009. On October 9, 2009, the Company and NUM reached agreement
on a wage settlement at Blyvoor. The agreement was implemented for a period of two years, with effect from July 1, 2009. In
BACKGROUND IMAGE
91
terms of the settlement, employees of all unions and associations received an 8% increase for year one and will receive a
minimum of 8% in year two. The strike by the NUM was called off and employees returned to work on October 11, 2009.

The Company is placing a greater emphasis on its Corporate Social Responsibility by becoming increasingly involved in
appropriate projects that give effect to the ideals of the Mining Charter and good corporate governance. We recognize the need for
transformation and have put structures in place to address this at both management and board level.
By statute we are required to pay each employee who is dismissed for reasons based on the operational requirements of
our operations, a severance package of not less than one week’s remuneration for every completed year of service. In specific
agreements with organized labor we undertook, as in the past, to pay packages equal to two weeks basic pay for every completed
year of service as part of a balancing compromise with the labor unions between the high additional costs of non-financial items
and incentive payments (which are deemed part of remuneration), and an additional one week benefit based on basic pay. These
employees were provided with counseling services and the opportunity to undergo skills training to be able to find employment
outside the mining industry.

AIDS represents a very serious threat to us and the gold mining industry as a whole in terms of the potential reduced
productivity and increased medical costs. The exact extent of infection in our workforce is not known at present, although it is
roughly estimated by the industry that the prevalence of HIV, the virus that causes AIDS, in the South African industry is currently
approximately 30% to 35%. We have several AIDS awareness campaigns in place at our operations.
Blyvoor has contracted Harmony’s Health Share to provide all health care services, including primary and occupational
health programs, a wellness program, which treats AIDS related illnesses, provides counseling on healthy life styles and monitors the
progression of the HIV virus.

Safety statistics

Due to the importance of our labor force, we continuously strive to create a safe and healthy working environment. The
following are our 2010 overall safety statistics for our managed mines:

(Per million man hours)
Year ended June 30,
2010
2009
Lost time injury frequency rate (LTIFR)
1
.............................................................................................
8.20                        7.60
Reportable incidence
1
...........................................................................................................................
3.22                        2.62
Fatalities
1
...............................................................................................................................................
0.08                        0.18
Number of fatalities (average per month).............................................................................................
0.17                        0.41
6E. SHARE OWNERSHIP
As of September 30, 2010, options to purchase ordinary shares held by directors were as follows:

Directors
Options at
June 30,
2009
Options
granted
during the
period
Average
Exercise
price (R)
Options
exercised
during the
year
Average
Exercise
Price (R)
Options
lapsed
during the
year
Options at
September
30,
2010
Expiration
Dates
2
Non-Executive
G.C. Campbell..............
57,994
-
-
-
-
-
57,994     3/20/2012-
6/17/2015
R.P. Hume ....................
77,907
-
-
-
-
-
77,907     10/1/2011-
6/17/2015
Executive
C.C. Barnes
576,226
225,000
-
-
-
-
801,226     11/1/2014-
10/20/2018
D.J. Pretorius ................      1,283,486
-
-
-
-
-
1,283,486      4/22/2013-
10/20/2018

Each option is representative of a right to acquire one ordinary share at a predetermined exercise price.

1
Calculated as follows: actual number of instances divided by the total number of man hours worked multiplied by one million.
2
Certain Directors hold options which expire at various times. For those directors, a range is provided indicating the earliest and latest expiration
dates.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
92
Closed periods apply to share trading by directors and other employees, whenever certain employees of the Company
become or could potentially become aware of material price sensitive information, such as information relating to an acquisition,
quarterly results etc., which is not in the public domain. When these employees have access to this information an embargo is
placed on share trading for those individuals concerned. The embargo need not involve the entire Company in the case of an
acquisition and may only apply to the board of directors, executive committee, and the financial and new business teams, but in
the case of quarterly results the embargo is group-wide.

Under the listings requirements of the JSE, we are not required to disclose, and we do not otherwise disclose or ascertain,
share ownership of individual executive officers in our share capital. However, to the best of our knowledge, we believe that our
ordinary shares held by executive officers, in aggregate, do not exceed one percent of the Company’s issued ordinary share capital.
For details of share ownership of directors see Item 7A.: “Major Shareholders.”

DRDGOLD (1996) Share Option Scheme, or the Scheme

We operate a securities option plan as an incentive tool for our Executive Directors and senior employees whose skills and
experience are recognized as being essential to the Company’s performance. Two of our Non-Executive Directors (Messrs.
G.C. Campbell and R.P. Hume) have share options under the Scheme; however, no new share options have been issued to Non-
Executive Directors since December 2004. In terms of the Scheme rules, a maximum of 15% of the issued ordinary shares is reserved
for issuance thereunder and no participant may hold options at any time, which if exercised in full, would exceed 4% of our issued
share capital at that time. As at September 30, 2010, the number of issued and exercisable share options was approximately 5% of
the issued ordinary share capital, which is within the National Association of Pension Funds (United Kingdom) international
accepted guideline of 3 to 5% for such schemes. In addition, the participants in the Scheme are fully taxed at their maximum
marginal tax rate on any gains realized on the exercise of their options.

The price at which an option may be exercised is the lowest seven day trading average of the closing market prices of an
ordinary share on the JSE, as confirmed by our directors, during the three months preceding the day on which the employee is granted
the option. Each option remains in force for ten years after the date of grant, subject to the terms of the option plan. Options granted
under the plan vest at the discretion of our directors, but primarily according to the following schedule over a maximum of a three
year period:
Percentage vested in each period
Period after the original date of the option grant
25%                                                                                                       6 months
25%                                                                                                         1 year
25%                                                                                                        2 years
25%                                                                                                        3 years

Any options not exercised within ten years from the original date of the option grant will expire and may not thereafter be
exercised. The previous bi-annual allocation of options was changed in April 2006 to an annual allocation.

Options to purchase a total of 19,494,401 ordinary shares were outstanding on June 30, 2010, of which options to purchase
14,110,206 ordinary shares were currently exercisable. In fiscal 2010, a total of 83 employees participated in the Scheme including
Executive Directors and other senior employees. The outstanding options are exercisable at purchase prices that range from R3.50 to
R29.10 per share and expire ten years from the date of issue to the participants.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
93
ITEM 7. MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
7A. MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS

As of September 30, 2010, our issued capital consisted of:
•      384,884,379 ordinary shares of no par value; and
•      5,000,000 cumulative preference shares.

To our knowledge, we are not directly or indirectly owned or controlled by another corporation or any person or foreign
government and there are no arrangements, the operation of which may at a subsequent date result in a change in control of us.

Based on information available to us, as of September 30, 2010:
•      there were 6,380 record holders of our ordinary shares in South Africa, who held approximately 86,853,038 or
approximately 22.6% of our ordinary shares;
•      there was one record holder of our cumulative preference shares in South Africa, who held 5,000,000 or 100% of our
cumulative preference shares;
•      there were no US record holders of our ordinary shares, excluding those shares which are held as part of our ADR program;
and
•      there were 508 record holders of our ADRs in the United States, who held approximately 221,777,000 (22,177,700 ADRs)
or approximately 57.6% of our ordinary shares.

The following table sets forth information regarding the beneficial ownership of our ordinary shares as of September 30,
2010 by:
•      each of our directors; and
•      any person whom the directors are aware of as at September 30, 2010 who is interested directly or indirectly in 5% or more
of our ordinary shares.
Shares Beneficially
Owned
Holder
Number
Percent

D.J. Pretorius....................................................................................................................................................
*
*
C.C. Barnes ......................................................................................................................................................
*
*
J. Turk...............................................................................................................................................................
*
*
G.C. Campbell..................................................................................................................................................
*
*
R.P. Hume ........................................................................................................................................................
*
*
E.A. Jeneker .....................................................................................................................................................
*
*
Soges Fiducem SA (Brussels) .........................................................................................................................                  31,930,106
8.3%
Investec.............................................................................................................................................................                   30,997,617
8.0%
Bank of New York ADRs................................................................................................................................
101 Barclay Street
New York, NY 10011
221,777,000
58.2%

* Indicates share ownership of less than 1% of our outstanding ordinary shares.

Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC and generally includes voting or investment
power with respect to securities. Ordinary shares issuable pursuant to options, to the extent the options are currently exercisable or
convertible within 60 days of September 30, 2010, are treated as outstanding for computing the percentage of any other person. As of
September 30, 2010, we are not aware of anyone owning 5% or more of our ordinary shares other than the Bank of New York which
holds 58.2% of our issued ordinary shares through our ADR program, Soges Fiducem SA which holds 8.3% and Investec which
holds 8.0%. Unless otherwise noted, each person or group identified possesses sole voting and investment power with respect to the
shares, subject to community property laws where applicable. Unless indicated otherwise, the business address of the beneficial
owner is: DRDGOLD Limited, 50 Constantia Boulevard, Constantia Kloof Ext. 28, Roodepoort, 1709, South Africa.

Cumulative Preference Shares

Randgold and Exploration Company Limited, or Randgold, owns 5,000,000 (100%) of our cumulative preference shares.
Randgold's address is 23 Southerland Avenue, Craighall Park, Johannesburg, South Africa.


BACKGROUND IMAGE
94
The holders of cumulative preference shares do not have voting rights unless any preference dividend is in arrears for more
than six months. The terms of issue of the cumulative preference shares are that they carry the right, in priority to the Company's
ordinary shares, to receive a dividend equal to 3% of the gross future revenue generated by the exploitation or the disposal of the
Argonaut mineral rights acquired from Randgold in September 1997. They will only obtain their potential voting rights once the
Argonaut Project becomes an operational gold mine, and dividends accrue to them. Additionally, holders of cumulative preference
shares may vote on resolutions which adversely affect their interests and on the disposal of all or substantially all of our assets or
mineral rights. There is currently no active trading market for our cumulative preference shares. No shareholder has voting rights
which differ from the voting rights of any other shareholder. On May 1, 2005, the Argonaut mineral rights reverted to the South
African State, in terms of the MPRD Act. On February 6, 2006, a prospecting right covering an area of 969 hectares over part of the
Argonaut Project was obtained.
7B. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Rand Refinery Limited (RRL) agreement

On October 12, 2001, we entered into an agreement with RRL for the refining and sale of all of our gold produced in South
Africa. Under the agreement, RRL performs the final refining of our gold and casts it into troy ounce bars. RRL then usually sells the
gold on the same day as delivery, for the London afternoon close price on the day the gold is sold. In exchange for this service, we
pay RRL a variable refining fee plus fixed marketing, loan and administration fees. This amounted to R3.6 million, R3.5 million and
R2.3 million for fiscal 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. Mr. D.J. Pretorius, CEO of DRDGOLD Limited, is also an alternate
director of RRL. The group currently owns 4.0% of RRL (which is currently owned by South African gold mining companies).

Management service agreements

We provide management services for DRDGOLD SA, Blyvoor, Crown and ERPM under management service agreements
entered into with each of them. These services include financial management, gold administration, technical and engineering services,
mineral resource services and other management related services. We own a 74% interest in DRDGOLD SA. Blyvoor, Crown and
ERPM are wholly-owned subsidiaries of DRDGOLD SA. These arrangements allow us to monitor and provide input on the
management of these companies in which we have an investment.
The management services at Blyvoor, Crown and ERPM are provided by DRDGOLD SA. DRDGOLD SA’s management
fee for services performed in fiscal 2010 at Blyvoor was R17.6 million (2009: R15.0 million), Crown R17.6 million (2009:
R15.0 million) and ERPM R17.6 million (2009: R15.0 million). Management fees recovered from DRDGOLD SA were
R34.6 million (2009: R15.6 million).

Consultancy agreement
On June 23, 2008, DRDGOLD SA approved a consultancy agreement with Khumo Gold SPV (Pty) Limited, or Khumo
Gold, which owns 20% of DRDGOLD SA. The agreement provides for a monthly retainer of R200,000
.
7C. INTERESTS OF EXPERTS AND COUNSEL

Not applicable.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
95
ITEM 8. FINANCIAL INFORMATION

8A. CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS AND OTHER FINANCIAL INFORMATION
1.    Please refer to Item 18.: "Financial Statements."
2.    Please refer to Item 18.: "Financial Statements."
3.    Please refer to Item 18.: "Financial Statements."
4.    The last year of audited financial statements is not older than 15 months.
5.    Not applicable.
6.    Not applicable.
7.    See under Item 4D.: "Property, plant and equipment—Legal Proceedings."
8.    Please see Item 10B.: "Memorandum and Articles of Association."
8B. SIGNIFICANT CHANGES       

For a discussion of significant changes that have occurred since June 30, 2010, the date of the last audited financial
statements included in this Annual report, please see Note 35 “Subsequent Events” under Item 18.: "Financial Statements," which
describes post balance sheet (statement of financial position) events.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
96
ITEM 9. THE OFFER AND LISTING
9A.
OFFER AND LISTING DETAILS

The following tables set forth, for the periods indicated, the high and low market sales prices and average daily trading
volumes of our ordinary shares on the JSE and ADSs on the Nasdaq Capital Market.
Price
Per
Ordinary Share
R
Price Per
ADS
1
$
Average Daily
Trading
Volume
Year Ended
High
Low
High
Low
Ordinary
Share
ADSs
1
June 30, 2006.........................................................................................
12.10
5.60
2.02
0.85            431,319
3,700,024
June 30, 2007.........................................................................................
11.50
3.70
1.63
0.54            829,879
3,088,840
June 30, 2008.........................................................................................
10.25
3.50
13.52
4.73         1,200,052
260,761
June 30, 2009.........................................................................................
9.55
2.86
10.59
2.85            932,905
186,575
June 30, 2010.........................................................................................
6.98
3.20
9.00
4.07            691,256
209,087
Price
Per
Ordinary Share
R
Price Per
ADS
1
$
Average Daily
Trading
Volume
Quarter
High
Low
High
Low
Ordinary
Share
ADSs
1
Q1 July – September 2008 ....................................................................
6.40
3.37
8.03
3.96           956,300
178,692
Q2 October – December 2008...............................................................
6.00
2.86
5.95
2.85        1,184,976
169,979
Q3 January – March 2009 .....................................................................
9.55
5.16
9.83
4.90           953,946
207,353
Q4 April – June 2009.............................................................................
8.45
5.91
10.59
6.80           647,197
191,322
Q1 July – September 2009 ....................................................................
6.98
5.24
9.00
6.54          496,655
160,990
Q2 October – December 2009...............................................................
5.96
3.20
8.05
4.45       1,021,809
292,438
Q3 January – March 2010 .....................................................................
5.71
3.60
7.90
4.61          757,818
261,006
Q4 April – June 2010.............................................................................
4.06
3.30
5.43
4.07          480,962
123,003
Q1 July – September 2010 ....................................................................
3.79
2.80
5.35
3.92          662,904
84,599
Price
Per
Ordinary Share
R
Price Per
ADS
$
Average Daily
Trading Volume
Month Ended
High
Low
High
Low
Ordinary
Share
ADSs
April 30, 2010 ........................................................................................
3.95
3.60
5.43
4.88
496,833
168,512
May 31, 2010 .........................................................................................
4.06
3.86
5.32
4.07          671,513
134,181
June 30, 2010 .........................................................................................
3.79
3.64
4.98
4.15          272,500
69,402
July 31, 2010..........................................................................................
3.50
2.99
4.45
3.92
244,254
39,731
August 31, 2010.....................................................................................
3.19
2.90
4.34
3.96          353,806
67,295
September 30, 2010 ...............................................................................
3.79
2.80
5.35
3.99       1,410,588
147,595
The cumulative preference shares are not traded on any exchange.
There have been no significant trading suspensions with respect to our ordinary shares on the JSE during the past three years
ended June 30, 2010, nor have there been any significant trading suspensions with respect to our ADRs on the Nasdaq Capital Market
since our listing on that market.
9B. PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

Not
applicable.
1
Note that with effect from July 23, 2007, we changed our ADS ratio to reflect one ADS for ten of our ordinary shares.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
97
9C. MARKETS
Nature of Trading Markets
The principal trading market for our equity securities is the JSE and our ADSs that trade on the Nasdaq Capital Market
(formerly Nasdaq SmallCap Market) in the form of ADRs under the symbol “DROOY.” Our ordinary shares trade on the JSE under
the symbol “DRD.” Our ordinary shares also trade on the Marche Libre on the Paris Bourse (symbol: DUR) and Brussels Bourse
(symbol: DUR) in the form of International Depository Receipts. The ordinary shares also trade on the over the counter markets in
Berlin, Stuttgart and the Regulated Unofficial Market on the Frankfurt Stock Exchange. The ADRs are issued by The Bank of New
York, as depositary. Each ADR represents one ADS. Until July 23, 2007, each ADS represented one of our ordinary shares. Prior to
February 2001, our ADSs traded on the Nasdaq National Market.
On January 22, 2007, we received a Nasdaq Staff Deficiency letter indicating that we failed to comply with the $1.00 per
share Minimum Bid Price Requirement, or the MBPR, on the Nasdaq Capital Market for continued listing set forth in Marketplace
Rule 4320(e)(2)(E)(ii). In accordance with this Rule, we were provided with 180 calendar days, or until July 23, 2007, to regain
compliance. As our ADSs had been consistently trading on the Nasdaq Capital Market at a price below the MBPR, we changed our
ADS ratio from one ADS for one of our ordinary shares to one ADS for ten of our ordinary shares on July 23, 2007. With effect from
the commencement of business on July 23, 2007, we affected a 1:10 reverse stock split (i.e. a 10:1 consolidation) of our ADRs.
Nasdaq Exemption
Exemption from the shareholder approval requirements
Between August and December 2003, the Company entered into a series of discounted issuances with several different
investors resulting in the issuance of ordinary shares, and securities convertible into ordinary shares, totaling 46,843,902, or
25.43% of the total shares outstanding on a pre-issuance basis. Included within those issuances, on December 12, 2003, the
Company entered into an agreement granting Investec the option to acquire 10.2 million ordinary shares. The Company requested
an exemption from Nasdaq Marketplace Rule 5635(a)(1)(B) in reliance upon Nasdaq Marketplace Rule 5615(a)(3). Rule
5635(a)(1)(B) provides that shareholder approval is required upon issuing 20% or more of the common stock outstanding before
the issuance. Nasdaq granted this exemption on the basis that the shareholder approval requirements of Rule 4350(i)(1)(D) are
contrary to generally accepted business practices of companies located in South Africa.
The South African Companies Act of 1973 (as amended) requires issuers to obtain shareholder approval before the
issuance of any shares or rights to shares, which approval can be provided by specific authority or a general authority granted by
means of a resolution passed by shareholders in a general meeting. JSE Listing Requirements require 75% shareholder approval
for any issuance of shares for cash. JSE Listing Requirements do, however, permit an issuer to issue shares for cash under a
general authority granted by its shareholders, but not in excess of 15% of the company’s total issued share capital during any
financial year under that authority, or the general authority. In terms of the specific issuances for which the Company received the
exemption from Nasdaq described above, there was no JSE requirement that would mandate specific shareholder approval for
these transactions. The JSE Listing Requirements accept a general authority by our shareholders under certain circumstances. The
shareholders had approved a general authority which covered the relevant transactions by resolutions passed at the Company's
annual general meetings in November 2003. In addition, included in the shares issued for cash were approximately 24.4 million
shares to the value of R435.5 million ($63.1 million) which were used for the acquisition of the Porgera Joint Venture. Approval
was obtained from the JSE to deem these shares to be a vendor placing.
Exemption from the quorum requirements
Nasdaq’s Marketplace Rules, which apply to all companies listed on the Nasdaq Stock Market and Nasdaq Capital Market,
state in Rule 5620(c) that the minimum quorum for any meeting of holders of the company’s common stock must be no less than 33
1/3 % of the issuer’s outstanding shares. Consistent with the practice of companies incorporated in South Africa, our articles of
association only require a quorum of three members. As a result, and in connection with the listing of our ADSs on the Nasdaq
National Market in July 1996, we requested, and Nasdaq granted us in October 1996, an exemption from compliance with the Rule
5620(c) quorum requirement.
9D. SELLING SHAREHOLDERS
Not applicable.
9E. DILUTION
Not applicable.
9F. EXPENSES OF THE ISSUE
Not applicable.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
98
ITEM 10. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
10A. SHARE CAPITAL

Not
applicable.
10B. MEMORANDUM AND ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

Description of Our Memorandum and Articles of Association and Ordinary Shares

As of June 30, 2010, we had authorized for issuance 600,000,000 ordinary shares, no par value, and 5,000,000 cumulative
preference shares, R0.10 par value. On that date, we had issued 384,884,379 ordinary shares and 5,000,000 cumulative preference
shares.

As of September 30, 2010, we had authorized for issuance 600,000,000 ordinary shares, no par value, and 5,000,000
cumulative preference shares, R0.10 par value. On that date, we had issued 384,884,379 ordinary shares and 5,000,000 cumulative
preference shares.

Set out below are brief summaries of certain provisions of our Articles of Association, or our Articles, the South African
Companies Act, 1973 (as amended), or the Companies Act, and the requirements of the JSE, all as in effect on September 30, 2010.
The summary does not purport to be complete and is subject to and qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of the Articles,
the Companies Act, and the requirements of the JSE.

We are registered under the Companies Act of South Africa under registration number 1895/000926/06. As set forth in our
Memorandum of Association, our purpose is to explore and exploit mineral rights and establish and own mining enterprises.

Borrowing Powers

Our directors may, at their discretion, raise or borrow or secure the payment of any sum or sums of money for our use as
they see fit. For so long as we are a listed company, the directors shall so restrict our borrowings and exercise all voting and other
rights or powers of control exercisable by us in relation to our subsidiary companies so that the aggregate principal amount
outstanding in respect of us and any of our subsidiary companies, as the case may be, exclusive of inter-company borrowings, shall
not, except with the consent of our shareholders at a general meeting, exceed R30.0 million or the aggregate from time to time of our
issued and paid up capital, together with the aggregate of the amounts standing to the credit of all distributable and non-distributable
reserves, any of our share premium accounts and our subsidiaries' share premium accounts certified by our auditors and which form
part of our and our subsidiaries' financial statements, whichever is higher, refer to note 22 of our financial statements documented in
Item 18.

Share Ownership Requirements

Our directors are not required to hold any shares to qualify or be appointed as a director.

Voting by Directors

A director may authorize any other director to vote for him at any meeting at which neither he nor his alternate director
appointed by him is present. Any director so authorized shall, in addition to his own vote, have a vote for each director by whom he is
authorized.

The quorum necessary for the transaction of the business of the directors may be fixed by the directors and unless so fixed
shall be not less than two.

Directors are required to notify our board of directors of interests in companies and contracts. If a director's interest is under
discussion, depending on the nature of the interest, he shall not be allowed to vote and shall not be counted, for the purpose of any
resolution regarding his interest, in the quorum present at the meeting.

The Code of Corporate Practices and Conduct of the King II Report on Corporate Governance for South Africa, 2002
(substituted by the King III Report from March 1, 2010), sets out guidelines to promote the highest standards of corporate governance
among South African companies. The board of directors believes that our business should be conducted according to the highest legal
and ethical standards. In accordance with the board practice, all remuneration of directors is approved by the Remuneration and
Nominations Committee.

Under South African common law, directors are required to comply with certain fiduciary duties to the company and to
exercise proper care and skill in discharging their responsibilities.

BACKGROUND IMAGE
99
Age Restrictions

There is no age limit for directors.

Election of Directors

Directors may be appointed at a general meeting from time to time. The directors may appoint any eligible person as a
director but he shall only hold office until the next annual general meeting when the relevant director shall be eligible for election.
One third of our directors, on a rotating basis, are subject to re-election at each annual general shareholder’s meeting. Retiring
directors usually make themselves available for re-election.

General Meetings

On the request of 100 shareholders or shareholders holding not less than one-twentieth of our share capital which carries the
right of voting at general meetings, we shall within 14 days of the lodging of a request by such shareholders issue a notice to
shareholders convening a general meeting for a date not less than 21 days and not more than 35 days from the date of the notice.
Directors may convene general meetings at any time.

Our annual general meeting and a meeting of our shareholders for the purpose of passing a special resolution may be called
by giving 21 days advance written notice of that meeting. For any other general meeting of our shareholders, 14 days advance written
notice is required.

Our Articles provide that if at a meeting convened upon request by our shareholders a quorum is not present within one half
hour after the time selected for the meeting, such meeting shall be dissolved. The necessary quorum is three members present in
person or represented by proxy.

Voting Rights

The holders of our ordinary shares are generally entitled to vote at general meetings and on a show of hands have one vote
per person and on a poll have one for every share held. The holders of our cumulative preference shares are not entitled to vote at a
general meeting unless any preference dividend is in arrears for more than six months at the date on which the notice convening the
general meeting is posted to the shareholders. Additionally, holders of cumulative preference shares may vote on resolutions which
adversely affect their interests and on resolutions regarding the disposal of all or substantially all of our assets or mineral rights. When
entitled to vote, holders of our cumulative preference shares are entitled to one vote per person on a show of hands and that portion of
the total votes which the aggregate amount of the nominal value of the shares held by the relevant shareholder bears to the aggregate
amount of the nominal value of all shares issued by us.

Dividends

We may, in a general meeting, or our directors may, from time to time, declare a dividend to be paid to the shareholders in
proportion to the number of shares they each hold. No dividend shall be declared except out of our profits. Dividends may be
declared either free or subject to the deduction of income tax or duty in respect of which we may be charged. Holders of ordinary
shares are entitled to receive dividends as and when declared by the directors.

Ownership Limitations

There are no limitations imposed by our Articles or South African law on the rights of shareholders to hold or vote on our
ordinary shares or securities convertible into our ordinary shares.
Winding-up
If we are wound-up, then the assets remaining after payment of all of our debts and liabilities, including the costs of
liquidation, shall be applied to repay to the shareholders the amount paid up on our issued capital and thereafter the balance shall be
distributed to the shareholders in proportion to their respective shareholdings. On a winding up, our cumulative preference shares
rank, in regard to all arrears of preference dividends, prior to the holders of ordinary shares. As of September 30, 2010, no such
dividends have been declared. Except for the preference dividend and as described in this Item our cumulative preference shares are
not entitled to any other participation in the distribution of our surplus assets on winding-up.

Reduction of Capital

We may, by special resolution, reduce the share capital authorized by our Memorandum of Association, or reduce our issued
share capital including, without limitation, any stated capital, capital redemption reserve fund and share premium account by making
distributions and buying back our shares.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
100
Amendment of the Articles of Association

Our Articles may only be altered by the passing of a special resolution. A special resolution is passed when the shareholders
holding at least 25% of the total votes of all the members entitled to vote are present or represented by proxy at a meeting and, if the
resolution was passed on a show of hands, at least 75% of those shareholders voted in favor of the resolution and, if a poll was
demanded, at least 75% of the total votes to which those shareholders are entitled were cast in favor of the resolution.

Consent of the Holders of Cumulative Preference Shares

The rights and conditions attaching to the cumulative preference shares may not be cancelled, varied or added, nor may we
issue shares ranking, regarding rights to dividends or on winding up, in priority to or equal with our cumulative preference shares, or
dispose of all or part of the Argonaut mineral rights without the consent in writing of the registered holders of our cumulative
preference shares or the prior sanction of a resolution passed at a separate class meeting of the holders of our cumulative preference
shares.

Distributions

Under an amendment to the Articles on October 21, 2002, we are authorized to make payments in cash or in specie to our
shareholders in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act of South Africa and other consents required by law from time
to time. We may, for example, in a general meeting, upon recommendation of our directors, resolve that any surplus funds
representing capital profits arising from the sale of any capital assets and not required for the payment of any fixed preferential
dividend, be distributed among our ordinary shareholders. However, no such profit shall be distributed unless we have sufficient
other assets to satisfy our liabilities and to cover our paid up share capital.
10C. MATERIAL CONTRACTS
Heads of Agreement entered into by Mintails Limited, Mogale Gold (Pty) Limited (“Mogale Gold”), Ergo Mining (Pty) Limited
(“Ergo Joint Venture”), DRDGOLD Limited (“DRDGOLD”) and East Rand Proprietary Mines Limited (“ERPM”), dated
December 8, 2008.

Under this Heads of Agreement Mogale Gold agreed to sell to DRDGOLD, and DRDGOLD agreed to purchase the 35%
interest (“the interest”) held by Mogale Gold in ErgoGold (formerly the Elsburg Gold Mining Joint Venture) together with all
rights that attach to the interest. The purchase price for the interest was R177 million.

Loan Facility entered into by Mintails South Africa (Pty) Limited (“Borrower”), DRDGOLD Limited (“Lender”), Mintails
Limited (“Borrower’s Guarantor”), Mogale Gold (Pty) Limited (Mogale Gold”) Ergo Uranium (Pty) Limited (“Ergo Uranium”)
dated December 8, 2008.

Under this loan facility the Lender agreed to provide the Borrower with an interest bearing loan facility for the purpose of
providing the Borrower with short term funding. The funds were to be used for the Borrower’s ordinary course of business
expenditure and the Lender’s costs associated with the preparation of this facility and associated securities. The amount of the
facility was up to R65 million. Interest would accrue and be paid or capitalized monthly on the outstanding principal from the date
of the relevant advance(s) until the date of repayment at the prime rate published by the Standard Bank of South Africa at the start
of the relevant monthly interest period plus 200 basis points. The Borrower’s Guarantor unconditionally and irrevocably
guaranteed to the Lender the due and punctual performance by the Borrower of its obligations in terms of the loan facility. The
Borrower, Mogale Gold and Ergo Uranium consented granting security in favour of the Lender over the 35% interest held by the
Borrower or any member of the Borrower’s group in ErgoGold (formerly Elsburg Gold Mining Joint Venture) and the interest
held in the Ergo Joint Venture.

Subscription and shareholders’ Agreement entered into by Mintails SA (Proprietary) Limited (“Mintails SA”), Witfontein Mining
(Proprietary) Limited (“Witfontein”) and Argonaut Financial Services (Proprietary) Limited (“Argonaut”) dated December 9,
2008.

Under this agreement Argonaut subscribed for 50% of the total share capital of Witfontein (the other 50% was held by
Mintails SA) for a subscription price of R20 million which would be exclusively utilized by Witfontein to discharge its
obligations under a sale agreement entered into with Maria Hendrina Beyers in terms of which Witfontein purchased the
Remaining Extent of Portion 2 of the farm Witfontein 262, Registration Division IQ, Gauteng Province, in extent 862.3008
hectares.

Witfontein shall, unless determined to the contrary at a general meeting, carry on the business of a property owner and
developer, or any other business or activity permitted by its memorandum of association, to be amended from time to time if need
be.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
101
Facility Agreement between Investec Bank limited (“the Lender”) and DRDGOLD Limited (“the Borrower”) dated March 31,
2009.

Under this agreement the Lender agreed to make available to the Borrower the total facility amount of R250 million up to
December 31, 2009, unless terminated by agreement between the parties and the parties may extend the agreement. The Borrower
may discharge its obligations to pay the Lender either in cash or by allotting issuing and delivering shares to the Lender. The
interest rate payable on overdue amounts shall be the rate per annum as determined by the Lender to be the aggregate of the rate
for deposits in South African rand for a period of 90 days, which appears on the Reuters Screen SAFETY page under the caption
“YIELD” at 11:00 am on the relevant Quotation Date plus 2%. The Borrower shall also pay for necessary costs and a drawdown
fee of 4% of the advanced amount.

Final Heads of Agreement between Chizim Investments (Pvt) Limited (“Chizim”) and DRDGOLD Limited (“DRDGOLD”) dated
December 9, 2009

Under this agreement Chizim and DRDGOLD agree to establish a joint venture company registered in Zimbabwe for the
purposes of exploring and mining gold and other minerals for the mutual benefit of both Chizim and DRDGOLD as shareholders.
Chizim and DRDGOLD shall each hold 50% shares in the issued share capital of the joint venture company to be formed.
Chizim’s main initial contribution to the joint venture company will be the procurement of mining licences and DRDGOLD will
make an initial contribution toward the venture capital of the joint venture company of R7.5 million.

Memorandum of Agreement between Ergo Uranium (Pty) Ltd (“Ergo Uranium”) and East Rand Proprietary Mines Limited
(“ERPM”) dated January 21, 2010

Under this agreement Ergo Uranium agreed to sell to ERPM claims in loan account by Ergo Uranium against Ergo
Mining (Pty) Limited (“Ergo Mining”) in aggregate of R118 million and the 300 ordinary par value shares of R1.00 each in the
capital of Ergo Mining, constituting 50% of the total issued share capital in Ergo Mining. The purchase consideration for the sale
of the claims and shares is R82,088,321.73.

Heads of Agreement between East Rand Proprietary Mines Limited (“ERPM”) and Aurora Empowerment System (Pty) Limited
(“Aurora”) dated January 22, 2010

Under this agreement ERPM agreed to sell a metallurgical plant to Aurora for R20 million. Aurora was to pay a deposit
of R5 million and the balance of R15 million was payable on or before June 30, 2010, however ERPM may elect to waive
payment of the balance of the purchase price in exchange for the option to reclaim the Grootvlei and Marievale tailings dams for
minerals.

Domestic Medium Term Note Programme (“DMTN Programme”) entered into by DRDGOLD South African Operations (Pty)
Limited (“Issuer”) and DRDGOLD Limited (“guarantor’) dated September 30 2010.

Under this the DMTN Programme the Issuer may from time to time issue loan notes. The maximum aggregate nominal
amount of all such notes from time to time outstanding under the DMTN Programme will not exceed R500,000,000 (five hundred
million South African Rand). The guarantor guarantees to the holders of the notes the due and punctual performance by the Issuer
of its payment obligations under the DMTN Programme notes. The notes may be listed on the JSE Limited. ABSA Capital, a
division of ABSA Bank Limited, has been appointed dealer and arranger of the notes.
10D. EXCHANGE CONTROLS

The following is a summary of the material South African exchange control measures, which has been derived from
publicly available documents. The following summary is not a comprehensive description of all the exchange control regulations.
The discussion in this section is based on the current law and positions of the South African Government. Changes in the law may
alter the exchange control provisions that apply, possibly on a retroactive basis.

Introduction

Dealings in foreign currency, the export of capital and revenue, payments by residents to non-residents and various other
exchange control matters in South Africa are regulated by the South African exchange control regulations, or the Regulations. The
Regulations form part of the general monetary policy of South Africa. The Regulations are issued under Section 9 of the Currency
and Exchanges Act, 1933 (as amended). In terms of the Regulations, the control over South African capital and revenue reserves, as
well as the accruals and spending thereof, is vested in the Treasury (Ministry of Finance), or the Treasury.

The Treasury has delegated the administration of exchange controls to the Exchange Control Department of the South
African Reserve Bank, or SARB, which is responsible for the day to day administration and functioning of exchange controls. SARB
has a wide discretion. Certain banks authorized by the Treasury to co-administer certain of the exchange controls, are authorized by
the Treasury to deal in foreign exchange. Such dealings in foreign exchange by authorized dealers are undertaken in accordance with
the provisions and requirements of the exchange control rulings, or Rulings, and contain certain administrative measures, as well as
BACKGROUND IMAGE
102
conditions and limits applicable to transactions in foreign exchange, which may be undertaken by authorized dealers. Non-residents
have been granted general approval, in terms of the Rulings, to deal in South African assets, to invest and disinvest in South Africa.

The Regulations provide for restrictions on exporting capital from the Common Monetary Area consisting of South Africa,
Namibia, and the Kingdoms of Lesotho and Swaziland. Transactions between residents of the Common Monetary Area are not
subject to these exchange control regulations.

There are many inherent disadvantages to exchange controls, including distortion of the price mechanism, problems
encountered in the application of monetary policy, detrimental effects on inward foreign investment and administrative costs
associated therewith. The South African Finance Minister has indicated that all remaining exchange controls are likely to be
dismantled as soon as circumstances permit. Since 1998, there has been a gradual relaxation of exchange controls. The gradual
approach to the abolition of exchange controls adopted by the Government of South Africa is designed to allow the economy to
adjust more smoothly to the removal of controls that have been in place for a considerable period of time. The stated objective of the
authorities is equality of treatment between residents and non-residents with respect to inflows and outflows of capital. The focus of
regulation, subsequent to the abolition of exchange controls, is expected to favor the positive aspects of prudential financial
supervision.

The present exchange control system in South Africa is used principally to control capital movements. South African
companies are not permitted to maintain foreign bank accounts without SARB approval and, without the approval of SARB, are
generally not permitted to export capital from South Africa or hold foreign currency. In addition, South African companies are
required to obtain the approval of SARB prior to raising foreign funding on the strength of their South African statements of financial
position, which would permit recourse to South Africa in the event of defaults. Where 75% or more of a South African company's
capital, voting power, power of control or earnings is directly or indirectly controlled by non-residents, such a corporation is
designated an “affected person” by SARB, and certain restrictions are placed on its ability to obtain local financial assistance. We are
not, and have never been, designated an “affected person” by SARB.

Foreign investment and outward loans by South African companies are also restricted. In addition, without the approval of
SARB, South African companies are generally required to repatriate to South Africa profits of foreign operations and are limited in
their ability to utilize profits of one foreign business to finance operations of a different foreign business. South African companies
establishing subsidiaries, branches, offices or joint ventures abroad are generally required to submit financial statements on these
operations as well as progress reports to SARB on an annual basis. As a result, a South African Company's ability to raise and deploy
capital outside the Common Monetary Area is restricted.

Although exchange controls have been gradually relaxed since 1998, unlimited outward transfers of capital are not permitted
at this stage. Some of the more salient changes to the South African exchange control provisions over the past few years have been as
follows:
•      corporations wishing to invest in countries outside the Common Monetary Area, in addition to what is set out below, apply
for permission to enter into corporate asset/share swap and share placement transactions to acquire foreign investments. The
latter mechanism entails the placement of the locally quoted corporation's shares with long-term overseas holders who, in
payment for the shares, provide the foreign currency abroad which the corporation then uses to acquire the target
investment;
•      corporations wishing to establish new overseas ventures are permitted to transfer offshore up to R1.0 billion to finance
approved investments abroad and up to R2.0 billion to finance approved new investments in African countries. However,
the approval of SARB is required in advance. On application to SARB, corporations are also allowed to use part of their
local cash holdings to finance up to 10% of approved new foreign investments where the cost of these investments exceeds
the current limits;
•      as a general rule, SARB requires that more than 50% of equity of the acquired off-shore venture is acquired within a
predetermined period of time, as a prerequisite to allowing the expatriation of funds. If these requirements are not met,
SARB may instruct that the equity be disposed of. In our experience SARB has taken a commercial view on this, and has on
occasion extended the period of time for compliance; and
•      remittance of directors' fees payable to persons permanently resident outside the Common Monetary Area may be approved
by authorized dealers, in terms of the Rulings.

Authorized dealers in foreign exchange may, against the production of suitable documentary evidence, provide forward
cover to South African residents in respect of fixed and ascertained foreign exchange commitments covering the movement of goods.








BACKGROUND IMAGE
103
Persons who emigrate from South Africa are entitled to take limited amounts of money out of South Africa as a settling-in
allowance. The balance of the emigrant's funds will be blocked and held under the control of an authorized dealer. These blocked
funds may only be invested in:
•      blocked current, savings, interest bearing deposit accounts in the books of an authorized dealer in the banking sector;
•      securities quoted on the JSE and financial instruments listed on the Bond Exchange of South Africa which are deposited
with an authorized dealer and not released except temporarily for switching purposes, without the approval of SARB.
Authorized dealers must at all times be able to demonstrate that listed or quoted securities or financial instruments which are
dematerialized or immobilized in a central securities depository are being held subject to the control of the authorized dealer
concerned; or
•      mutual funds.

Aside from the investments referred to above, blocked rands may only be utilized for very limited purposes. Dividends
declared out of capital gains or out of income earned prior to emigration remain subject to the blocking procedure. It is not possible to
predict when existing exchange controls will be abolished or whether they will be continued or modified by the South African
Government in the future.

Sale of Shares

Under present exchange control regulations in South Africa, our ordinary shares and ADSs are freely transferable outside
the Common Monetary Area between non-residents of the Common Monetary Area. In addition, the proceeds from the sale of
ordinary shares on the JSE on behalf of shareholders who are not residents of the Common Monetary Area are freely remittable to
such shareholders. Share certificates held by non-residents will be endorsed with the words “non-resident,” unless dematerialized.

Dividends

Dividends declared in respect of shares held by a non-resident in a company whose shares are listed on the JSE are freely
remittable.

Any cash dividends paid by us are paid in rands. Holders of ADSs on the relevant record date will be entitled to receive any
dividends payable in respect of the shares underlying the ADSs, subject to the terms of the deposit agreement entered on August 12,
1996, and as amended and restated, between the Company and The Bank of New York, as the depository. Subject to exceptions
provided in the deposit agreement, cash dividends paid in rand will be converted by the depositary to dollars and paid by the
depositary to holders of ADSs, net of conversion expenses of the depositary, in accordance with the deposit agreement. The
depositary will charge holders of ADSs, to the extent applicable, taxes and other governmental charges and specified fees and other
expenses.

Voting rights

There are no limitations imposed by South African law or by our Articles on the right of non-South African shareholders to
hold or vote our ordinary shares.

10E. TAXATION

Material South African Income Tax Consequences

The following is a summary of material income tax considerations under South African income tax law. No representation
with respect to the consequences to any particular purchaser of our securities is made hereby. Prospective purchasers are urged to
consult their tax advisers with respect to their particular circumstances and the effect of South African or other tax laws to which they
may be subject.

South Africa imposes tax on worldwide income of South African residents. Generally, South African non-residents do not
pay tax in South Africa except in the following circumstances:

Income Tax and Taxation of dividends

Non-residents will pay income tax on any amounts received by or accrued to them from a source within (or deemed to be
within) South Africa. Interest earned by a non-resident on a debt instrument issued by a South African company will be regarded as
being derived from a South African source but will be regarded as exempt from taxation in terms of Section 10(1)(i) of the South
African Income Tax Act, 1962 (as amended), or the Income Tax Act. This exemption applies to so much of any interest and
dividends (which are not otherwise exempt) received from a South African source not exceeding (a) R30,000 if the taxpayer is 65
years of age or older or (b) R21,000 if the taxpayer is younger than 65 years of age at the end of the relevant tax year.

No withholding tax is deductible in respect of interest payments made to non-resident investors.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
104
In 1993, all existing gold mining companies had the option to elect to be exempt from STC. If the election was made, a
higher tax rate would apply for both mining and non-mining income. In fiscal 2010, the tax rates for taxable mining and
non-mining income, for companies that elected the STC exemption were 43% (2009: 43% and 2008: 43%) and 35% (2009: 35%
and 2008: 35%), respectively. During those same years the tax rates for companies that did not elect the STC exemption were
34% (2009: 34% and 2008: 34%) and 28% (2009: 28% and 2008: 28%), respectively. In 1993, the Company elected not to be
exempt from STC, as this would have meant that the Company would have been liable for normal taxation at the higher rates of
43% for mining income and 35% for non-mining income. The Company, having chosen not to be subject to the STC exemption, is
subject to 34% tax on mining income and 28% for non-mining income. With the exception of Crown, all of the South African
subsidiaries elected not to be exempt from STC.

No income tax is payable on dividends paid to residents or non-residents, in terms of Section 10(1)(k) of the Income Tax
Act except in respect of foreign dividends received by or accrued to residents of South Africa. Accordingly, there is no withholding
tax on dividends received by or accrued to non-resident shareholders of companies listed in South Africa and non-residents will
receive the same dividend as South African resident shareholders. Prior to payment of the dividend, the Company pays Secondary
Tax on Companies (STC) at a rate of 10% (before October 1, 2007 12.5%) of the excess of dividends declared over dividends
received in a dividend cycle but the full amount of the dividend declared is paid to shareholders.
However, in accordance with new amendments to the Income Tax Act, which is yet to come into operation, which will
supersede Section 10(1)(k), withholding tax of 10% will be deductable from dividends declared after the effective date (which is yet
to be published) as opposed to the relevant company having to pay STC over-and-above the dividend declared. These amendments
are set out in Part VIII in Chapter II of the Income Tax Act. Section 64F of the amendments will set out beneficial owners who are
exempt from the withholding tax, which includes resident companies receiving a dividend after the effective date (which is yet to be
announced). Should these amendments come into operation, the Convention between the United States of America and the Republic
of South Africa for the Avoidance of Double Taxation and the Prevention of Fiscal Evasion with Respect to Taxes on Income and
Capital Gains, or the Tax Treaty, would limit the rate of this tax with respect to dividends paid on ordinary shares or ADSs to a US
resident (within the meaning of the Tax Treaty) to 5 percent of the gross amount of the dividends if such US resident is a company
which holds directly at least 10 percent of our voting stock and 15 percent of the gross amount of the dividends in all other cases. The
above provisions shall not apply if the beneficial owner of the dividends is resident in the US, carries on business in South Africa
through a permanent establishment situated in South Africa, or performs in South Africa independent personal services from a fixed
base situated in South Africa, and the dividends are attributable to such permanent establishment or fixed base.

Capital Gains Tax

Non-residents are generally not subject to Capital Gains Tax, or CGT, in South Africa. They will only be subject to CGT on
gains arising from the disposal of capital assets if the assets disposed of consist of:
•      immovable property owned by the non-residents situated in South Africa, or any interest or right in or to immovable
property. A non-resident will have an interest in immovable property if it has a direct or indirect shareholding of at least
20% in a company, where 80% or more of the net assets of that company (determined on a market value basis) are
attributable directly or indirectly to immovable property; or
•      any asset of a permanent establishment of a non-resident in South Africa through which a trade is carried on.

If the non-residents are not subject to CGT because the assets disposed of do not fall within the categories described above,
it follows that they will also not be able to claim the capital losses arising from the disposal of the assets.

Material United States Federal Income Tax Consequences

The following is a summary of material US federal income tax consequences to US holders (as defined below) of the
purchase, ownership and disposition of ordinary shares or ADSs. It deals only with US holders who hold ordinary shares or ADSs as
capital assets for US federal income tax purposes. This discussion is based upon the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986,
as amended, or the Code, published rulings, judicial decisions and the Treasury regulations, all as currently in effect and all of which
are subject to change, possibly on a retroactive basis. This discussion has no binding effect or official status of any kind; we cannot
assure holders that the conclusions reached below would be sustained by a court if challenged by the Internal Revenue Service.

This discussion does not address all aspects of US federal income taxation that may be applicable to holders in light of their
particular circumstances and does not address special classes of US holders subject to special treatment (such as dealers in securities
or currencies, partnerships or other pass-through entities, financial institutions, life insurance companies, banks, tax-exempt
organizations, certain expatriates or former long-term residents of the United States, persons holding ordinary shares or ADSs as part
of a “hedge,” “conversion transaction,” “synthetic security,” “straddle,” “constructive sale” or other integrated investment, persons
whose functional currency is not the US dollar, or persons that actually or constructively own ten percent or more of our voting
stock). This discussion addresses only US federal income tax consequences and does not address the effect of any state, local, or
foreign tax laws that may apply, the alternative minimum tax or the application of the federal estate or gift tax.

A “US holder” is a beneficial owner of ordinary shares or ADSs that is, for US federal income tax purposes:
BACKGROUND IMAGE
105
•      a citizen or resident of the US;
•      a corporation or other entity subject to tax as a corporation that is created or organized under the laws of the US or any
political subdivision thereof;
•      an estate, the income of which is subject to US federal income tax without regard to its source; or
•      a trust, if a court within the US is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of the trust and one or more
US persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or if the trust has made a valid election to be
treated as a US person.

If a partnership holds any ordinary shares or ADSs, the tax treatment of a partner will generally depend on the status of the
partner and on the activities of the partnership. Partners of partnerships holding any ordinary shares or ADSs are urged to consult
their tax advisors.

Because individual circumstances may differ, US holders of ordinary shares or ADSs are urged to consult their tax
advisors concerning the US federal income tax consequences applicable to their particular situations as well as any
consequences to them arising under the tax laws of any foreign, state or local taxing jurisdiction.


Ownership of Ordinary Shares or ADSs

For purposes of the Code, a US holder of ADSs will be treated for US federal income tax purposes as the owner of the
ordinary shares represented by those ADSs. Exchanges of ordinary shares for ADSs and ADSs for ordinary shares generally will not
be subject to US federal income tax.

For US federal income tax purposes, distributions with respect to the ordinary shares or ADSs, other than distributions in
liquidation and distributions in redemption of stock that are treated as exchanges, will be taxed to US holders as ordinary dividend
income to the extent that the distributions do not exceed our current and accumulated earnings and profits. For US federal income tax
purposes, the amount of any distribution received by a US holder will equal the dollar value of the sum of the South African rand
payments made (including the amount of South African income taxes, if any, withheld with respect to such payments), determined at
the “spot rate” on the date the dividend distribution is includable in such US holder's income, regardless of whether the payment is in
fact converted into dollars. Generally, any gain or loss resulting from currency exchange fluctuations during the period from the date
a US holder includes the dividend payment in income to the date such holder converts the payment into dollars will be treated as
ordinary income or loss. Distributions, if any, in excess of our current and accumulated earnings and profits will constitute a non-
taxable return of capital and will be applied against and reduce the holder's basis in the ordinary shares or ADSs. To the extent that
these distributions exceed the US holder's tax basis in the ordinary shares or ADSs, as applicable, the excess generally will be treated
as capital gain, subject to the discussion below under the heading “Passive Foreign Investment Company”. We do not intend to
calculate our earnings or profits for US federal income tax purposes.

“Qualified dividend income” received by individual US holders (as well as certain trusts and estates) for taxable years
beginning on or before December 31, 2010 generally will be taxed at a maximum US federal income tax rate of 15% provided certain
conditions are met, including a minimum holding period
. This reduced rate generally would apply to dividends paid by us if, at the
time such dividends are paid, either (i) we are eligible for benefits under a qualifying income tax treaty with the US or (ii) our
ordinary shares or ADSs with respect to which such dividends were paid are readily tradable on an established securities market in
the US. However, this reduced rate is subject to certain important requirements and exceptions, including, without limitation, certain
holding period requirements and an exception applicable if we are treated as a passive foreign investment company as discussed
under the heading “Passive Foreign Investment Company”. US holders are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding the US
federal income tax rate that will be applicable to their receipt of any dividends paid with respect to the ordinary shares and ADSs.

For purposes of this discussion, the “spot rate” generally means a rate that reflects a fair market rate of exchange available to
the public for currency under a “spot contract” in a free market and involving representative amounts. A “spot contract” is a contract
to buy or sell a currency on or before two business days following the date of the execution of the contract. If such a spot rate cannot
be demonstrated, the US Internal Revenue Service has the authority to determine the spot rate.

Dividend income derived with respect to the ordinary shares or ADSs will not be eligible for the dividends received
deduction generally allowed to a US corporation under Section 243 of the Code. Dividend income will be treated as foreign source
income for foreign tax credit and other purposes. In computing the separate foreign tax credit limitations, dividend income should
generally constitute “passive category income,” or in the case of certain US holders, “general category income.”
BACKGROUND IMAGE
106
Disposition of Ordinary Shares or ADSs

Upon a sale, exchange, or other taxable disposition of ordinary shares or ADSs, a US holder will recognize gain or loss in an
amount equal to the difference between the US dollar value of the amount realized on the sale or exchange and such holder's adjusted
tax basis in the ordinary shares or ADSs. Subject to the application of the “passive foreign investment company” rules discussed
below, such gain or loss generally will be capital gain or loss and will be long-term capital gain or loss if the US holder has held the
ordinary shares or ADSs for more than one year. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitations. Gain or loss recognized
by a US holder on the taxable disposition of ordinary shares or ADSs generally will be treated as US-source gain or loss for US
foreign tax credit purposes.

In the case of a cash basis US holder who receives rands in connection with the taxable disposition of ordinary shares or
ADSs, the amount realized will be based on the spot rate as determined on the settlement date of such exchange. A US holder who
receives payment in rand and converts rand into US dollars at a conversion rate other than the rate in effect on the settlement date
may have a foreign currency exchange gain or loss that would be treated as ordinary income or loss.

An accrual basis US holder may elect the same treatment required of cash basis taxpayers with respect to a taxable
disposition of ordinary shares or ADSs, provided that the election is applied consistently from year to year. Such election may not be
changed without the consent of the Internal Revenue Service. In the event that an accrual basis holder does not elect to be treated as a
cash basis taxpayer, such US holder may have a foreign currency gain or loss for US federal income tax purposes because of the
differences between the US dollar value of the currency received prevailing on the trade date and the settlement date. Any such
currency gain or loss will be treated as ordinary income or loss and would be in addition to gain or loss, if any, recognized by such
US holder on the disposition of such ordinary shares or ADSs.

Passive Foreign Investment Company

A special and adverse set of US federal income tax rules apply to a US holder that holds stock in a passive foreign
investment company, or PFIC. We would be a PFIC for US federal income tax purposes if for any taxable year either (i) 75% or more
of our gross income, including our pro rata share of the gross income of any company in which we are considered to own 25% or
more of the shares by value, were passive income or (ii) 50% or more of our average total assets (by value), including our pro rata
share of the assets of any company in which we are considered to own 25% or more of the shares by value, were assets that produced
or were held for the production of passive income. If we were a PFIC, US holders of the ordinary shares or ADSs would be subject to
special rules with respect to (i) any gain recognized upon the disposition of the ordinary shares or ADSs and (ii) any receipt of an
excess distribution (generally, any distributions to a US holder during a single taxable year that is greater than 125% of the average
amount of distributions received by such US holder during the three preceding taxable years in respect of the ordinary shares or
ADSs or, if shorter, such US holder's holding period for the ordinary shares or ADSs). Under these rules:
•      the gain or excess distribution will be allocated ratably over a US holder's holding period for the ordinary shares or ADSs, as
applicable;
•      the amount allocated to the taxable year in which a US holder realizes the gain or excess distribution will be taxed as
ordinary income;
•      the amount allocated to each prior year, with certain exceptions, will be taxed at the highest tax rate in effect for that year;
and
•       the interest charge generally applicable to underpayments of tax will be imposed in respect of the tax attributable to each such year.
Although we generally will be treated as a PFIC as to any US holder if we are a PFIC for any year during a US holder's
holding period, if we cease to satisfy the requirements for PFIC classification, the US holder may avoid PFIC classification for
subsequent years if such holder elects to recognize gain based on the unrealized appreciation in the ordinary shares or ADSs through
the close of the tax year in which we cease to be a PFIC.

A US holder who beneficially owns stock in a PFIC must file Form 8621 (Return by a Shareholder of a Passive Foreign
Investment Company or Qualified Electing Fund) with the Internal Revenue Service for each tax year such holder holds stock in a
PFIC and (i) recognizes gain on a direct or indirect disposition of such stock, (ii) receives certain direct or indirect distributions from
such PFIC, or (iii) is making certain elections (including a mark-to-market election and an election to be treated as a “qualified
electing fund,” as described below) with respect to such PFIC. This form describes any distributions received with respect to such
stock and any gain realized upon the disposition of such stock. Under newly enacted legislation, unless otherwise provided by the US
Secretary of Treasury, shareholders of a PFIC are required to file an annual report with the Internal Revenue Service containing such
information as the US Secretary of Treasury may require. Although the information required to be reported to the Internal Revenue
Service pursuant to such newly enacted legislation remains unknown, it could enhance the reporting requirements applicable to US
holders of our ordinary shares or ADSs.

A US holder of the ordinary shares or ADSs that are treated as “marketable stock” under the PFIC rules may be able to
avoid the imposition of the special tax and interest charge described above by making a mark-to-market election. Pursuant to this
election, the US holder would include in ordinary income or loss for each taxable year an amount equal to the difference as of the
close of the taxable year between the fair market value of the ordinary shares or ADSs and the US holder's adjusted tax basis in such
ordinary shares or ADSs. Losses would be allowed only to the extent of net mark-to-market gain previously included by the US
BACKGROUND IMAGE
107
holder under the election for prior taxable years. If a mark-to-market election with respect to ordinary shares or ADSs is in effect on
the date of a US holder's death, the tax basis of the ordinary shares or ADSs in the hands of a US holder who acquired them from a
decedent will be the lesser of the decedent's tax basis or the fair market value of the ordinary shares or ADSs. US holders desiring to
make the mark-to-market election are urged to consult their tax advisors with respect to the application and effect of making the
election for the ordinary shares or ADSs.

In the case of a US holder who holds ordinary shares or ADSs and who does not make a mark-to-market election, the
special tax and interest charge described above will not apply if such holder makes an election to treat us as a “qualified electing
fund” in the first taxable year in which such holder owns the ordinary shares or ADSs and if we comply with certain reporting
requirements. However, we do not intend to supply US holders with the information needed to report income and gain pursuant to a
“qualified electing fund” election in the event that we are classified as a PFIC.
We believe that we were not a PFIC for our 2010 fiscal year ended June 30, 2010. However, under the PFIC rules income
and assets are require to be measured and classified in accordance with US federal income tax principles. Our analysis is based on our
financial statements as prepared in accordance with IFRS, which may substantially differ from US federal income tax principles.
Therefore, no assurance can be given that we were not a PFIC for our 2010 fiscal year ended June 30, 2010. Furthermore, the tests for
determining whether we would be a PFIC for any taxable year are applied annually and it is difficult to make accurate predictions of
future income and assets, which are relevant to this determination. In addition, certain factors in the PFIC determination, such as
reductions in the market value of our capital stock, are not within our control and can cause us to become a PFIC. Accordingly, there
can be no assurance that we will not become a PFIC.

The rules relating to PFICs are very complex. US holders are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding the application of
the PFIC rules to their investments in our ordinary shares or ADSs.


Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

Payments made in the United States or through certain US-related financial intermediaries of dividends or the proceeds of
the sale or other disposition of our ordinary shares or ADSs may be subject to information reporting and US federal backup
withholding if the recipient of such payment is not an “exempt recipient” and fails to supply certain identifying information, such as
an accurate taxpayer identification number, in the required manner. Generally, individuals are not exempt recipients, whereas
corporations and certain other entities generally are exempt recipients. The backup withholding tax rate is currently 28%. Payments
made with respect to our ordinary shares or ADSs to a US holder must be reported to the Internal Revenue Service, unless the US
holder is an exempt recipient or otherwise establishes an exemption. Any amount withheld from a payment to a US holder under the
backup withholding rules is refundable or allowable as a credit against the holder's US federal income tax, provided that the required
information is furnished to the Internal Revenue Service.
10F. DIVIDENDS AND PAYING AGENTS
On August 26, 2010, we declared a dividend which, in total, amounts to R19.2 million (5 cents per ordinary share).
Secondary tax on companies of R1.7 million is payable on the dividend. There are no dividend restrictions.
Date of entitlement:
October 8, 2010
Approximate date of conversion
October 15, 2010
Approximate payment date:
October 25, 2010
Paying agents:
Link Market Services (US and SA)
St James’s Corporate Services Limited (UK)
Computershare (Australia)
10G. STATEMENT BY EXPERTS
Not applicable.
10H. DOCUMENTS ON DISPLAY
You may request a copy of our US Securities and Exchange Commission filings, at no cost, by writing or calling us at
DRDGOLD Limited, P.O. Box 390, Maraisburg, Johannesburg, South Africa 1700. Attn: Group Company Secretary. Tel No. +27-
11-470-2600. A copy of each report submitted in accordance with applicable United States law is available for public review at our
principal executive offices.
A copy of each document concerning us that is referred to in this Annual Report on Form 20-F, is available for public view
at our principal executive offices at DRDGOLD Limited, Quadrum Office Park, Building 1, 50 Constantia Boulevard, Constantia
Kloof Ext.28, South Africa 1709.

BACKGROUND IMAGE
108
10I. SUBSIDIARY INFORMATION
Not applicable.

ITEM 11. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

General
In the normal course of our operations, we are exposed to market risk, including commodity price, foreign currency, interest
and credit risks. We do not hold or issue derivative financial instruments for speculative purposes, nor do we hedge forward gold
sales.
Refer to Item 18. ‘‘Financial Statements - Note 24 - Financial instruments’’ of the consolidated financial statements for a
qualitative and quantitative discussion of our exposure to these market risks.
Commodity price risk
The market price of gold has a significant effect on our results of operations, our ability and the ability of our subsidiaries to
pay dividends and undertake capital expenditures, and the market price of our ordinary shares or ADSs. Historically, gold prices have
fluctuated widely and are affected by numerous industry factors over which we have no control. The aggregate effect of these factors
on the gold price is impossible for us to predict. The price of gold may not remain at a level allowing us to economically exploit our
reserves. It is our policy not to hedge this commodity price risk.

Concentration of credit risk
Credit risk is the risk of financial loss to us if a customer or counterparty to a financial instrument fails to meet its
contractual obligations, and arises principally from our receivables from customers and investment securities
.
Our financial instruments do not represent a concentration of credit risk, because we deal with a variety of major banks and
financial institutions located in South Africa after evaluating the credit ratings of the representative financial institutions.
Furthermore, our trade receivables and loans are regularly monitored and assessed for recoverability. Where it is appropriate, an
impairment loss is raised. In addition, our South African operations deliver their gold to Rand Refinery Limited (Rand Refinery),
which refines the gold to saleable purity levels and then sells the gold, on behalf of the South African operations, on the bullion
market. The gold is sold by Rand Refinery usually on the same day as it is delivered and settlement is made within two days.
Foreign currency risk
Our reporting currency is the South African rand. Although gold is sold in US dollars, the Company is obliged to convert
this into South African rands. We are thus exposed to fluctuations in the US dollar/South African rand exchange rate. Foreign
exchange fluctuations affect the cash flow that we will realize from our operations as gold is sold in US dollars, while production
costs are incurred primarily in South African rands. Our results are positively affected when the US dollar strengthens against the
rand and adversely affected when the US dollar weakens against the rand. Our cash and cash equivalent balances are held in US
dollars and South African rands; holdings denominated in other currencies are relatively insignificant.
Long-term debt
Set out below is an analysis of our debt as at June 30, 2010, analyzed between fixed and variable interest rates. All of our
long-term debt is denominated in South African rand.
Total
R'000
Interest rate
Variable rate........................................................................................................
-
Weighted average interest rate.........................................................................
-
Fixed rate.............................................................................................................
58,977
Weighted average interest rate.........................................................................
13%
Total ....................................................................................................................
58,977
Repayment period
2010.....................................................................................................................
-
2011.....................................................................................................................
-
2012 onwards ......................................................................................................
58,977
Total ....................................................................................................................
58,977
Based on our fiscal 2010 financial results, a hypothetical 10% (increase)/decrease in interest rate activity would not
(increase)/decrease our interest expense.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
109
ITEM 12. DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES OTHER THAN EQUITY SECURITIES
12A. DEBT SECURITIES

Not
applicable.
12B. WARRANTS AND RIGHTS
Not applicable.
12C. OTHER SECURITIES
Not applicable.
12D.1 NAME AND ADDRESS OF DEPOSITARY
The Bank of New York Mellon, registered address: 101 Barclay Street, New York, 10286, United States of America, and is
appointed as DRDGOLD’s Depositary Bank.
12D.2 DESCRIPTION OF DRDGOLD’S AMERICAN DEPOSITARY SHARES
Description of DRDGOLD ADSs
The Bank of New York Mellon issues DRDGOLD’s American Depositary Shares, or ADSs. One ADS represents the
ownership interest of ten ordinary shares of DRDGOLD.
The Deposit Agreement
This section provides a summary description of DRDGOLD’s ADSs.
DRDGOLD has entered into an Amended and Restated Deposit Agreement dated as of August 12, 1996, as amended and
restated as of October 2, 1996, as further amended and restated as of August 6, 1998, as further amended and restated July 23, 2007,
among DRDGOLD Limited, The Bank of New York Mellon, as Depositary, and the owners and beneficial owners of ADRs from
time to time (the “Deposit Agreement”).

The following is a summary of the material provisions of the Deposit Agreement. For more complete information, read the
entire Deposit Agreement and the form of American Depositary Receipts, which DRDGOLD has filed with the SEC as an exhibit to
Amendment No. 1 to DRDGOLD’s Registration Statement (File No. 333-
140850 ) on Form F-6. Copies of the Deposit Agreement
are also available for inspection at the Corporate Trust Office of The Bank of New York Mellon currently located at 101 Barclay
Street, New York, 10286, United States of America.

Description of the ADSs
The Bank of New York Mellon, as Depositary, will register and deliver ADSs. Each ADS represents ten ordinary shares (or
the right to receive 10 shares) deposited with The Bank of New York Mellon or their nominated custodians. Each ADS will also
represent any other securities, cash or other property which may be held by The Bank of New York Mellon. The Bank of New York
Mellon’s Corporate Trust Office at which the ADSs will be administered is located at 101 Barclay Street, New York, 10286. The
Bank of New York Mellon’s principal executive office is located at One Wall Street, New York, 10286.

ADSs may be held either (1) directly (i) by having an American Depositary Receipt, also referred to as an ADR, which is a
certificate evidencing a specific number of ADSs, registered in the holder’s name, or (ii) by having ADSs registered in a holder’s
name in the Direct Registration System, or (2) indirectly by holding a security entitlement in ADSs through a broker or other
financial institution. If ADSs are held directly, such holders are ADS holders. This description applies to ADS holders. If ADSs are
held indirectly, such holders must rely on procedures of their broker or other financial institution to assert the rights of ADS
registered holders described in this section. Such holders should consult with their broker or financial institution to find out what
those procedures are.

The Direct Registration System, or DRS, is a system administrated by the Depository Trust Company, or DTC, pursuant to
which the depositary may register the ownership of uncertificated ADSs, which ownership will be evidenced by periodic statements
sent by the depositary to the registered holders of uncertificated ADSs.



BACKGROUND IMAGE
110
DRDGOLD will not treat ADS holders as its shareholders and ADS holders do not have shareholder rights. South African
law governs shareholder rights. The Bank of New York Mellon is the holder of the shares underlying the ADSs. Registered holders of
ADSs have ADS holder rights. The Deposit Agreement sets out ADS holder rights as well as the rights and obligations of The Bank
of New York Mellon. New York law governs the Deposit Agreement and the ADSs.

Dividends and Other Distributions
The Bank of New York Mellon has agreed to pay to holders of ADSs the cash dividends or other distributions it or a
custodian receives on DRDGOLD ordinary shares or other deposited securities after deducting any fees and expenses and any
applicable withholding taxes. Holders of ADSs will receive these distributions in proportion to the number of DRDGOLD ordinary
shares that their ADSs represent.

Cash
The Bank of New York Mellon will convert any cash dividend or other cash distribution DRDGOLD pays on DRDGOLD’s
ordinary shares into US Dollars (unless DRDGOLD pays it in US Dollars), if it can do so on a reasonable basis and can transfer the
US Dollars to the United States. Currently, DRDGOLD pays dividends on ordinary shares in South African Rand. DRDGOLD may
declare dividends and distributions on ordinary shares in any currency that the board of directors or shareholders at a general meeting
approves.

The Bank of New York Mellon may hold the non-US currency it cannot convert for the account of holders of ADSs who
have not been paid. It will not invest the non-US currency, and it will not be liable for the interest. Before making a distribution, any
withholding taxes that must be paid will be deducted. See “Payment of Taxes” below. The Bank of New York Mellon will distribute
only whole US Dollars and cents and will round fractional cents to the nearest whole cent. If the exchange rates fluctuate during the
time when The Bank of New York Mellon cannot convert the non-US currency, holders of ADSs may lose some or all of the value of
the distribution.
Ordinary Shares
The Bank of New York Mellon may distribute to holders of ADSs additional ADSs representing ordinary shares that
DRDGOLD distributes as a dividend or free distribution, if DRDGOLD provides it promptly with satisfactory evidence that it is legal
to do so. If The Bank of New York Mellon does not distribute additional ADSs, the outstanding ADSs will also represent the newly
distributed DRDGOLD ordinary shares. The Bank of New York Mellon will only distribute whole ADSs. It will sell DRDGOLD
ordinary shares that would require it to deliver a fraction of an ADS and distribute the net proceeds in the same way as it distributes
cash. The Bank of New York Mellon may sell a portion of the distributed shares sufficient to pay its fees and expenses in connection
with that distribution.

Rights to Subscribe for Additional Ordinary Shares
If DRDGOLD offers holders of its ordinary shares any rights to subscribe for additional DRDGOLD ordinary shares or any
other rights, The Bank of New York Mellon, after consultation with DRDGOLD, may make these rights available to holders of ADSs
or sell the rights and distribute the proceeds in the same way as it distributes cash. If The Bank of New York Mellon cannot do either
of these things for any reason, it may allow these rights to lapse. In that case, holders of ADSs will receive no value for them.

If The Bank of New York Mellon makes these types of subscription rights available to holders of ADSs, upon instruction
from holders of ADSs, it will exercise the rights and purchase DRDGOLD’s ordinary shares on their behalf. The Bank of New York
Mellon will then deposit the DRDGOLD ordinary shares and deliver ADSs to the holders of ADSs. It will only exercise these rights
if holders of ADSs pay it the exercise price and any related charges.

US securities laws may restrict the sale, deposit, cancellation and transfer of the ADSs issued after exercise of rights. For
example, holders of ADSs may not be able to trade ADSs freely in the United States. In this case, The Bank of New York Mellon
may deliver ADSs which are “restricted securities” within the meaning of Rule 144 which will have the same provisions as the ADSs
described here, except for the changes needed to put the restrictions in place.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
111
Other Distributions
The Bank of New York Mellon will send to holders of ADSs any other distributions that DRDGOLD makes on deposited
securities by any means it thinks is legal, fair and practical. If it cannot make the distribution in that way, The Bank of New York
Mellon may decide to sell what DRDGOLD distributes, and then distribute the net proceeds in the same way as it distributes cash
distributions, or it may decide to hold what DRDGOLD distributes, in which case the outstanding ADSs will also represent the newly
distributed property. However, The Bank of New York Mellon is not required to distribute any securities (other than ADSs) to ADS
holders unless it receives satisfactory evidence from DRDGOLD that it is legal to make such distribution. The Bank of New York
Mellon may sell a portion of the distributed securities or property sufficient to pay its fees and expenses in connection with that
distribution.

The Bank of New York Mellon is not responsible if it decides that it is unlawful or impractical to make a distribution
available to any ADS holders. DRDGOLD has no obligation to register ADSs, DRDGOLD ordinary shares, rights or other securities
under US Securities Act 1933. DRDGOLD also has no obligation to take any other action to permit the distribution of ADSs,
DRDGOLD ordinary shares, rights or anything else to ADS holders. This means that the holders of ADSs may not receive
distributions DRDGOLD makes on its ordinary shares if it is illegal or impractical for DRDGOLD to make such distribution
available to the holders of ADSs.

Deposit, Withdrawal and Cancellation
The Bank of New York Mellon will deliver ADSs if a holder of DRDGOLD’s ordinary shares or their broker deposits
DRDGOLD’s ordinary shares or evidence of rights to receive ordinary shares with the custodian. Upon payments of its fees and
expenses and of any taxes or charges, such as stamp taxes or stock transfer taxes or fees, The Bank of New York Mellon will register
the appropriate number of ADSs in the names as such holder of DRDGOLD ordinary shares requests and will deliver the ADSs at its
Corporate Trust Office to the persons such holder request.

Holders of ADS may turn in their ADSs at The Bank of New York Mellon’s Corporate Trust Office. Upon payment of its
fees and expenses and of any taxes or charges, such as stamp taxes or stock transfer taxes or fees, The Bank of New York Mellon will
deliver (1) the underlying ordinary shares to an account designated by the relevant holder of ADSs and (2) any other deposited
securities underlying the ADSs at the office of the Custodian. Alternatively, at the request, risk and expense of ADS holders, The
Bank of New York Mellon will deliver the deposited securities at its Corporate Trust Office.

Interchange Between Certificated ADSs and Uncertificated ADSs
ADS registered holders may surrender their ADRs to The Bank of New York Mellon for the purpose of exchanging such
ADRs for uncertificated ADSs. The Bank of New York Mellon will cancel that ADRs and will send to the ADSs’ registered holder a
statement confirming that the ADS registered holder is the registered holder of uncertificated ADSs. Alternatively, upon receipt by
The Bank of New York Mellon of a proper instruction from a registered holder of uncertificated ADSs requesting the exchange of
uncertificated ADSs for certificated ADSs, The Bank of New York Mellon will execute and deliver the ADS registered holder ADRs
evidencing those ADSs.

Voting Rights
ADS registered holders may instruct The Bank of New York Mellon to vote the number of deposited shares their ADSs
represent. The Bank of New York Mellon will notify ADS holders of shareholders’ meetings and arrange to deliver DRDGOLD’s
voting materials to them if DRDGOLD asks it to. Those materials will describe the matters to be voted upon and explain how ADS
registered holders may instruct The Bank of New York Mellon to vote on their behalf by a specified date. Otherwise, ADS registered
holders will not be able to exercise their right to vote unless they withdraw the shares. However, DRDGOLD cannot assure the
holders of ADSs that they will receive notice of the meeting in time for them to withdraw their ordinary shares.

The Bank of New York Mellon will try, as far as practical, to vote or to have its agents vote the ordinary shares or other
deposited securities as holders of ADSs instruct, but this is subject to South African law, the provisions of DRDGOLD’s
Memorandum and Articles of Association and of the deposited securities and any applicable rules of the JSE. The Bank of New York
Mellon will only vote or attempt to vote as such holders of ADSs instruct.
DRDGOLD cannot assure the holders of ADSs that they will receive the voting materials in time for them to instruct The
Bank of New York Mellon to vote their ordinary shares. In addition, The Bank of New York Mellon and its agents are not
responsible for failing to carry out voting instructions or for the manner of carrying out voting instructions. This means that holders of
ADSs may not be able to exercise their right to vote and there may be nothing they can do if their ordinary shares are not voted as
they requested.






BACKGROUND IMAGE
112
Fees and Expenses
ADS holders must pay:                                                                     For:
$5.00 (or less) per 100 ADSs
Each issuance of an ADS, including as a result of a distribution
of DRDGOLD ordinary shares or rights or other property; and
Each cancellation of an ADS, including if the Deposit
Agreement terminates
$0.02 (or less) per ADS
Any cash payment
Registration or transfer fees
Transfer and registration of DRDGOLD ordinary shares on the
DRDGOLD share register to or from the name of The Bank of
New York Mellon or its agent when DRDGOLD ordinary
shares are deposited or withdrawn
$0.02 (or less) per ADS per year
Depositary services
Expenses of The Bank of New York Mellon
Conversion of non-US currency to US Dollars;
Cable, telex and facsimile transmission expenses; and
Servicing the deposited securities
Taxes and other governmental charges The Bank of New
York Mellon or any custodian has to pay on any ADS or
DRDGOLD ordinary share underlying an ADS, for example,
stock transfer taxes, stamp duty or withholding taxes
As necessary
A fee equivalent to the fee that would have been payable if
the securities distributed had been ordinary shares deposited
for issuance of ADSs
Distribution of securities distributed to holders of deposited
securities that are distributed by The Bank of New York Mellon
to ADS holders
Payment of Taxes
Holders of ADSs will be responsible for any taxes or other governmental charges payable on their ADSs or on the deposited
securities underlying their ADSs. The Bank of New York Mellon may refuse to transfer their ADSs or allow them to withdraw the
deposited securities underlying their ADSs until such taxes or other charges are paid. It may apply payments owed to holders of
ADSs or sell deposited securities underlying their ADSs to pay any taxes they owe, and they will remain liable for any deficiency. If
it sells deposited securities, it will, if appropriate, reduce the number of ADSs to reflect the sale and pay to holders of ADSs any
proceeds, or send to them any property, remaining after it has paid the taxes.
Reclassification
If DRDGOLD:                                                                                         Then:
Changes the nominal or par value of the ordinary shares;

Reclassifies, splits up or consolidates any of the deposited
securities;

Distributes securities on the ordinary shares that are not
distributed to holders of ADSs; or

Recapitalizes, reorganizes, merges, liquidates, sells all or
substantially all of DRDGOLD’s assets, or takes any similar
action.
The cash, ordinary shares or other securities received by The
Bank of New York Mellon will become deposited securities.
Each ADR will automatically represent its equal share of the
new deposited securities.

The Bank of New York Mellon may, and will if DRDGOLD
asks it to, distribute some or all of the cash, DRDGOLD
ordinary shares or other securities it receives. It may also issue
new ADSs or ask holders of ADSs to surrender their
outstanding ADSs in exchange for new ADSs identifying the
new deposited securities.
Amendment and Termination
DRDGOLD may agree with The Bank of New York Mellon to amend the Deposit Agreement and the ADSs without the
consent of holders for any reason. If the amendment adds or increases fees or charges (except for taxes and other governmental
charges or registration fees, cable, telex or facsimile transmission costs, delivery costs or other such expenses) or if the amendment
prejudices an important right of ADS holders, it will only become effective 30 days after The Bank of New York Mellon notifies
holders of the ADSs of the amendment. At the time an amendment becomes effective, holders of the ADSs are considered, by
continuing to hold their ADSs, to agree to the amendment and to be bound by the agreement as amended.

The Bank of New York Mellon may terminate the Deposit Agreement by mailing notice of termination to ADS holders at
least 30 days prior to the fixed termination date if DRDGOLD asks it to do so. The Bank of New York Mellon may also terminate the
Deposit Agreement if The Bank of New York Mellon has told DRDGOLD that it would like to resign and DRDGOLD has not
appointed a new depositary bank within 90 days. In both cases, The Bank of New York Mellon must notify holders of DRDGOLD
ADSs at least 30 days before termination.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
113
After termination, The Bank of New York Mellon and its agents will be required to do the following under the Deposit
Agreement: collect distributions on the deposited securities, sell rights, and, upon surrender of ADSs, deliver DRDGOLD ordinary
shares and other deposited securities. Four months after the date of termination or later, The Bank of New York Mellon may sell any
remaining deposited securities by public or private sale and will hold the proceeds of the sale, as well as any other cash it is holding
under the Deposit Agreement, for the pro rata benefit of the ADS holders who have not surrendered their ADSs. It will not invest the
money and will have no liability for interest. DRDGOLD’s only obligation will be with respect to indemnification of, and payment of
certain amounts to, The Bank of New York Mellon.

Limitations on Obligations and Liability to ADS Holders
The Deposit Agreement expressly limits DRDGOLD’s obligation and the obligations of The Bank of New York Mellon,
and limits DRDGOLD’s liability and the liability of The Bank of New York Mellon. DRDGOLD and The Bank of New York
Mellon:
•      are only obligated to take the actions specifically set forth in the Deposit Agreement without negligence or bad faith;
•      are not liable if either of DRDGOLD or The Bank of New York Mellon is prevented or delayed by law or
circumstances beyond their control from performing their obligations under the Deposit Agreement;
•      are not liable for the inability of any holder of ADSs to benefit from any distribution on deposited securities that is not
made available to holders of ADSs under the terms of the Deposit Agreement, or for any special, consequential or
punitive damages for any breach of the terms of the Deposit Agreement;
•      have no obligation to become involved in a lawsuit or other proceeding related to the ADSs or the Deposit Agreement
on behalf of the holders of the ADSs or on behalf of any other party;
•      may rely on advice of or information from legal counsel, accountants, and any person presenting DRDGOLD’s
ordinary shares for deposit, any registered holder or any other person believed by DRDGOLD in good faith to be
competent to give such advice or information; and
•      pursuant to the Deposit Agreement, DRDGOLD and The Bank of New York Mellon agree to indemnify each other
under certain circumstances.

Requirements for Depositary Action
Before The Bank of New York Mellon will issue, transfer or register the transfer of an ADS, make a distribution on an ADS,
or allow withdrawal of DRDGOLD ordinary shares, The Bank of New York Mellon may require:
•      payment of stock transfer or other taxes or other governmental charges and transfer or registration fees charged by third
parties for the transfer of any ordinary shares or other deposited securities;
•      production of satisfactory proof of the identity and genuineness of any signature or other information it deems
necessary; and
•      compliance with regulations it may establish, from time to time, consistent with the Deposit Agreement, including
presentation of transfer documents.
The Bank of New York Mellon may refuse to deliver, transfer or register transfers of the ADSs generally when the books of
The New York Mellon or DRDGOLD’s books are closed or at any time either DRDGOLD or The Bank of New York Mellon thinks
it advisable to do so.

Holders of ADSs have the right to cancel their ADSs and withdraw the underlying ordinary shares at any time, except:
•      when temporary delays arise because: (1) either DRDGOLD or The Bank of New York Mellon have closed
DRDGOLD’s transfer books; (2) the transfer of the ordinary shares is blocked in connection with voting at a general
meeting of shareholders; or (3) DRDGOLD is paying a dividend on the ordinary shares;
•      when ADS holders seeking to withdraw the ordinary shares owe money to pay fees, taxes and similar charges; or
•      when it is necessary to prohibit withdrawals in order to comply with any laws or governmental regulations that apply to
ADSs or to the withdrawal of the ordinary shares or other deposited securities.

Pre-release of ADSs
In certain circumstances, subject to the provisions of the Deposit Agreement, The Bank of New York Mellon may deliver
ADSs before the deposit of the underlying ordinary shares. This is called a pre-release of the ADS.

The Bank of New York Mellon may also deliver DRDGOLD ordinary shares upon cancellation of the pre-released ADSs
(even if the ADSs are cancelled before the pre-release transaction has been closed out). A pre-release is closed out as soon as the
underlying DRDGOLD ordinary shares are delivered to The Bank of New York Mellon. The Bank of New York Mellon may receive
ADSs instead of ordinary shares to close out a pre-release.

The Bank of New York Mellon may pre-release ADSs only under the following conditions:
BACKGROUND IMAGE
114
•      before or at the time of the pre-release, the person to whom the pre-release is being made must represent to The Bank
of New York Mellon in writing that it or its customer: (1) owns the ordinary shares or ADSs to be remitted, (2) assigns
all beneficial rights, title and interest in such ADSs or ordinary shares, as the case may be, to The Bank of New York
Mellon in its capacity as the depositary and for the benefit of the ADS holders, and (3) will not take any action with
respect to such ADSs or ordinary shares, as the case may be, that is consistent with the transfer of beneficial ownership
(including, without the consent of The Bank of New York Mellon, disposing of such ADSs or ordinary shares, as the
case may be) other than satisfaction of such pre-release;
•       the pre-release must be fully collateralized with cash, US government securities, or other collateral that The Bank of
New York Mellon considers appropriate; and
•      The Bank of New York Mellon must be able to close out the pre-release on not more than five business days’ notice.
Each pre-release will be subject to any further indemnities and credit regulations that The Bank of New York Mellon
deems appropriate. The Bank of New York Mellon will normally limit the number of DRDGOLD ordinary shares not
deposited but represented by ADSs outstanding at any time as a result of pre-release so that they do not exceed 30
percent of the ordinary shares deposited, although The Bank of New York Mellon may disregard this limit from time to
time, if it thinks it is appropriate to do so.

Direct Registration System
In the Deposit Agreement, all parties to the Deposit Agreement acknowledge that the DRS and Profile Modification System,
or Profile, will apply to uncertificated ADSs upon acceptance thereof to DRS by The Depository Trust Company, also referred to as
DTC. DRS is the system administered by DTC pursuant to which the depositary may register the ownership of uncertificated ADSs,
which ownership will be evidenced by periodic statements sent by the depositary to the registered holders of uncertificated ADSs.
Profile is a required feature of DRS which allows a DTC participant, acting on behalf of a registered holder of ADSs, to direct the
depositary to register a transfer of those ADSs to DTC or its nominee and to deliver those ADSs to the DTC account of that DTC
participant without receipt by the depositary of prior authorization from the ADS registered holder to register that transfer.

In connection with and in accordance with the arrangements and procedures relating to DRS/Profile, the parties to the
Deposit Agreement understand that The Bank of New York Mellon will not verify, determine or otherwise ascertain that the DTC
participant which is claiming to be acting on behalf of an ADS holder in requesting registration of transfer and delivery described in
the paragraph above has the actual authority to act on behalf of the ADS holder (notwithstanding any requirements under the Uniform
Commercial Code). In the Deposit Agreement, the parties agree that The Bank of New York Mellon’s reliance on and compliance
with instructions received through the DRS/Profile System and in accordance with the Deposit Agreement will not constitute
negligence or bad faith on the part of The Bank of New York Mellon.

Shareholders Communications; Inspection of Register of Holders of ADSs
The Bank of New York Mellon will make available for inspection at its office all communications that it receives from
DRDGOLD as a holder of deposited securities that DRDGOLD makes generally available to holders of deposited securities. The
Bank of New York Mellon sends copies of such communications if required to do so by DRDGOLD. ADS holders have a right to
inspect the register of holders of ADSs, but not for the purpose of contacting those holders about a matter unrelated to DRDGOLD’s
business or the ADSs.
12D.3 DEPOSITARY FEES AND CHARGES

DRDGOLD’s American Depository Shares, or ADSs, each representing ten of DRDGOLD’s ordinary shares, are traded on
the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “DROOY.” The ADSs are evidenced by American Depository Receipts, or ADRs,
issued by The Bank of New York Mellon, as Depository under the Amended and Restated Deposit Agreement dated as of August 12,
1996, as amended and restated as of October 2, 1996, as further amended and restated as of August 6, 1998, as further amended and
restated July 23, 2007, among DRDGOLD Limited, The Bank of New York Mellon and owners and beneficial owners of ADRs from
time to time. ADR holders may have to pay the following service fees to the Depositary:

Service
Fees (USD)
Issuance of ADSs, including issuances resulting from a distribution of ordinary
shares or rights ............................................................................................................
$5.00 (or less) per 100 ADSs (or
portion thereof)
1
Cancellation of ADSs for the purpose of withdrawal, including if the Deposit
Agreement terminates .................................................................................................
$5.00 (or less) per 100 ADSs (or
portion thereof)
1
Distribution of cash dividends or other cash distributions..........................................              2 cents (or less) per ADS (or portion
thereof)
2
Distribution of securities distributed to holders of deposited securities which are
distributed by the Depositary to ADS registered holders
$5.00 (or less) per 100 ADSs (or
portion thereof)
2
1
These fees are typically paid to the Depositary by the brokers on behalf of their clients receiving the newly-issued ADSs from the Depositary
or delivering the ADSs to the Depositary for cancellation. The brokers in turn charge these transaction fees to their clients.
2
In practice, the Depositary has not collected these fees. If collected, such fees are offset against the related distribution made to the ADR
holder.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
115
In addition, ADR holders are responsible for certain fees and expenses incurred by the Depositary on their behalf including
(1) taxes and other governmental charges, (2) such registration fees as may from time to time be in effect for the registration of
transfers of ordinary shares generally on the share register and applicable to transfers of ordinary shares to the name of the Depositary
or its nominee or the Custodian or its nominee on the making of deposits or withdrawals, (3) such cable, telex and facsimile
transmission expenses as are expressly provided in the Deposit Agreement, and (4) such expenses as are incurred by the Depositary
in the conversion of foreign currency to U.S. Dollars.

The Depositary collects its fees for delivery and surrender of ADSs directly from investors depositing or surrendering ADSs
for the purpose of withdrawal or from intermediaries acting for them. The Depositary, collects fees for making distributions to
investors by deducting those fees from the amounts distributed or by selling a portion of distributable property to pay the fees. [The
Depositary may collect its annual fee for depositary services by deductions from cash distributions or by directly billing investors or
by charging the book-entry system accounts of participants acting for them.] The Depositary may generally refuse to provide fee-
attracting services until its fees for those services are paid.
12D.4 DEPOSITARY PAYMENTS FOR FISCAL 2010
For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2010, The Bank of New York Mellon, as Depositary, has agreed to reimburse DRDGOLD
an amount of $121,881.23 mainly for contributions towards the company’s investor relations activities (including investor meetings,
conferences and fees of investor relations service vendors).
BACKGROUND IMAGE
116
PART II
ITEM 13. DEFAULTS, DIVIDEND ARREARAGES AND DELINQUENCIES

There have been no material defaults in the payment of principal, interest, a sinking or purchase fund installment, or any
other material defaults with respect to any indebtedness of ours.

ITEM 14. MATERIAL MODIFICATIONS TO THE RIGHTS OF SECURITY HOLDERS AND USE OF
PROCEEDS

Not applicable.

ITEM 15. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
15A. Disclosure Controls and Procedures
As of June 30, 2010, our management, with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer
have evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures (as this term is defined under the rules of the SEC). Our
management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, concluded that our disclosure controls and
procedures were effective as of June 30, 2010.
Our disclosure controls and procedures are designed to provide reasonable assurance that information required to be
disclosed by us in the reports that we file or submit under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 is recorded, processed,
summarized and reported, within the time periods specified in the applicable rules and forms and that such information required to
be disclosed by us in the reports we file or submit under the Securities Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to our
management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions
regarding required disclosures.
There are inherent limitations in the effectiveness of any system of disclosure controls and procedures. These limitations
include the possibility of human error and the circumvention or overriding of the controls and procedures. Accordingly, any such
system can only provide reasonable assurance of achieving the desired control objectives.
15B. Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting.
Internal control over financial reporting is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) or 15d-15(f) promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act
of 1934 as a process designed by, or under the supervision of, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer and
effected by our board, management and other personnel to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial
reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with IFRS. Under Section 404 of the
Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002, management is required to assess our internal controls surrounding the financial reporting process as
at the end of each fiscal year. Based on that assessment, management is to determine whether or not our internal controls over
financial reporting are effective.

Internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that:
•       pertain to the maintenance of records that in reasonable detail accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and
dispositions of our assets;
•       provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements
in accordance with IFRS, and that our receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with
authorizations of our management and board; and
•       provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition
of our assets that could have a material effect on our financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements.
Instead, it must be noted that even those systems that management deems to be effective can only provide reasonable assurance
with respect to the preparation and presentation of our financial statements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to
future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or the degree of
compliance with the policies and procedures.
Our management assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2010. In
making this assessment, our management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the
Treadway Commission (COSO) in Internal Control-Integrated Framework. Based on our assessment and those criteria, our
management concluded that as of June 30, 2010 our internal control over financial reporting was effective.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
117
15C. Independent Auditor’s Attestation Report

The effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2010 was audited by KPMG Inc.,
independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report on page F-1 of this Form 20-F.
15D. Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Changes that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial
reporting during the period covered by the annual report, needs to be identified and reported as required by paragraph (d) of Rule
13a-15.

During the year ended June 30, 2010, there have not been any changes in our internal control over financial reporting that
have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.
ITEM 16A. AUDIT COMMITTEE FINANCIAL EXPERT
Mr. R.P. Hume, Chairman of the Audit Committee, has been determined by our board to be an audit committee financial
expert within the meaning of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, in accordance with the Rules of the Nasdaq Capital Market and rules
promulgated by the SEC and independent both under the Nasdaq Stock Market Rules and the South African Johannesburg Stock
Exchange Rules. The board is satisfied that the skills, experience and attributes of the members of the audit committee are
sufficient to enable those members to discharge the responsibilities of the audit committee.
ITEM 16B. CODE OF ETHICS
We have adopted a Code of Ethics and Conduct that applies to all senior executives including our Non-Executive
Chairman, the Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and the Group Financial Manager and Financial Manager at each
mining operation as well as all other employees. The Code of Ethics and Conduct can be accessed on the Company’s website at
www.drdgold.com.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
118
ITEM 16C. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES
KPMG Inc. has served as our independent public accountant for the fiscal years ending June 30, 2010, 2009 and 2008, for
which audited financial statements appear in this Annual Report. The Annual General Meeting elects the auditors annually.
The following table presents the aggregate fees for professional audit services and other services rendered by KPMG Inc. to
us in fiscal 2010 and 2009:
Auditors' remuneration
Year ended June
30,
2010            2009
R’000            R’000
Audit fees............................................................................................................................................................
9,859          10,362
Audit-related fees................................................................................................................................................
                 -
Tax fees ......................................................................................................................................................................
                 -
All other fees ..............................................................................................................................................................
             158
9,859          10,520
Audit Fees
Audit fees billed for the annual audit services engagement, which are those services that the external auditor reasonably can
provide, include the company audit; statutory audits; comfort letters and consents; attest services; and assistance with and review of
documents filed with the SEC.
Audit-Related Fees
For fiscal 2010 and fiscal 2009, no audit-related fees were incurred.
Tax Fees
For fiscal 2010 and fiscal 2009, no fees have been billed for tax compliance, tax advice or tax planning services.
All Other Fees
All other fees consist of all fees billed which are not included under audit fees, audit related fees or tax fees. In fiscal
2009, these amounts related to fees billed for reviews of shareholders’ circulars issued. There were no such fees billed for in fiscal
2010.
The Audit Committee appoints, re-appoints and removes the external auditors as well as determines the remuneration and
terms of engagement of the external auditors. The committee pre-approves, and has pre-approved, all non-audit services provided
by the external auditors. The Audit Committee considered all of the fees mentioned above and determined that such fees are
compatible with maintaining KPMG Inc.’s independence.
ITEM 16D. EXEMPTIONS FROM THE LISTING STANDARDS FOR AUDIT COMMITTEES
Not applicable.
ITEM 16E. PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES BY THE ISSUER AND AFFILIATED PURCHASERS
Not applicable.
ITEM 16F. CHANGE IN REGISTRANT'S CERTIFYING ACCOUNTANT
Not applicable.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
119
ITEM 16G. CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

As a foreign private issuer with shares listed on the Nasdaq Capital Market, we are subject to corporate governance
requirements imposed by Nasdaq. Under Nasdaq Stock Market Rule 5615(a)(3), a foreign private issuer such as us may follow its
home country corporate governance practices in lieu of certain of the Nasdaq Stock Market Rules corporate governance
requirements. The following paragraphs summarize the significant differences between our corporate governance practices and those
followed by U.S. companies listed on the Nasdaq Capital market:

Independence of audit committee members.
Nasdaq Stock Market Rule 5605(c)(2) requires a Nasdaq listed company to have an audit committee composed of at least
three independent members. A foreign private issuer may be exempted from the requirement that all members of the audit committee
qualify as independent under Nasdaq Stock Market Rules provided, among other requirements, that the members of the audit
committee are independent under Exchange Act Rule 10A-3. As at September 30, 2010 all of our audit committee members are
independent both under the Nasdaq Stock Market Rules and the South African Johannesburg Stock Exchange Rules.

Exemption from the shareholder approval requirements.
Between August and December 2003, the Company entered into a series of discounted issuances with several different
investors resulting in the issuance of ordinary shares, and securities convertible into ordinary shares, totaling 46,843,902, or 25.43%
of the total shares outstanding on a pre-issuance basis. Included within those issuances, on December 12, 2003, the Company entered
into an agreement granting Investec the option to acquire 10.2 million ordinary shares. The Company requested an exemption from
Nasdaq Marketplace Rule 5635(a)(1)(B) in reliance upon Rule 5615(a)(3). Rule 5635(a)(1)(B) provided that shareholder approval is
required upon issuing 20% or more of the common stock outstanding before the issuance. Nasdaq granted this exemption on the basis
that the shareholder approval requirements of Rule 5635(a)(1)(B) were contrary to generally accepted business practices of
companies located in South Africa.
The South African Companies Act of 1973 (as amended) requires issuers to obtain shareholder approval before the issuance
of any shares or rights to shares, which approval can be provided by specific authority or a general authority granted by means of a
resolution passed by shareholders in a general meeting. JSE Listing Requirements require 75% shareholder approval for any issuance
of shares for cash. JSE Listing Requirements do, however, permit an issuer to issue shares for cash under a general authority granted
by its shareholders, but not in excess of 15% of the company’s total issued share capital during any financial year under that
authority, or the general authority. In terms of the specific issuances for which the Company received the exemption from Nasdaq
described above, there was no JSE requirement that would mandate specific shareholder approval for these transactions. The JSE
Listing Requirements accept a general authority by our shareholders under certain circumstances. The shareholders had approved a
general authority which covered the relevant transactions by resolutions passed at the Company's annual general meetings in
November 2003. In addition, included in the shares issued for cash were approximately 24.4 million shares to the value of R435.5
million ($63.1 million) which were used for the acquisition of the Porgera Joint Venture. Approval was obtained from the JSE to
deem these shares to be a vendor placing.
Exemption from the quorum requirements.
Nasdaq’s Marketplace Rules 5620 (c) states that the minimum quorum for any meeting of holders of the company’s
common stock must be no less than 33 1/3 % of the issuer’s outstanding shares. Consistent with the practice of companies
incorporated in South Africa, our articles of association only require a quorum of three members. As a result, and in connection with
the listing of our ADSs on the Nasdaq National Market in July 1996, we requested, and Nasdaq granted us in October 1996, an
exemption from compliance with the Rule 5620 (c) quorum requirement.

BACKGROUND IMAGE
120
PART III
ITEM 17. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Not
applicable.
ITEM 18. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The following financial statements and related auditor’s reports are filed as part of this Annual Report.
Page

Report of the independent registered public accounting firm ............................................................................................. 
                               F-1
Consolidated statement of comprehensive income for the years ended June 30, 2010, 2009 and 2008 ...........................
F-2 to F-3
Consolidated statement of financial position at June 30, 2010 and 2009...........................................................................                                 F-4
Consolidated statement of changes in equity for the years ended June 30, 2010, 2009 and 2008.....................................
                             F-5
Consolidated statement of cash flows for the years ended June 30, 2010, 2009 and 2008................................................
                            F-6
Notes to the annual financial statements..............................................................................................................................
F-7 to F-71
BACKGROUND IMAGE
F-1
Report of the Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
The Board of Directors and Shareholders of DRDGOLD Limited.

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statement of financial position of DRDGOLD Limited, its subsidiaries and
associates as of June 30, 2010 and 2009, and the related consolidated statement of comprehensive income, the consolidated
statement of changes in equity, and the consolidated statement of cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended
June 30, 2010. We also have audited DRDGOLD Limited’s internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2010, based on
criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the
Treadway Commission (COSO). DRDGOLD Limited’s management is responsible for these consolidated financial statements,
for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control
over financial reporting, included in the accompanying management’s annual report on internal control over financial reporting.
Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements and an opinion on DRDGOLD Limited’s
internal control over financial reporting based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States).
Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements
are free of material misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material
respects. Our audits of the consolidated financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts
and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting
included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists,
and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also
included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a
reasonable basis for our opinions.
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the
reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with International
Financial Reporting Standards. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that
(1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of
the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of
financial statements in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards, and that receipts and expenditures of the
company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide
reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s
assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also,
projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate
because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position
of DRDGOLD Limited and subsidiaries as of June 30, 2010 and 2009, and the results of their operations and cash flows for each
of the years in the three-year period ended June 30, 2010, in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards as
issued by the International Accounting Standards Board. Also in our opinion, DRDGOLD Limited maintained, in all material
respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2010, based on criteria established in Internal Control –
Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.


/s/ KPMG Inc.
KPMG Inc.
Registered Accountants and Auditors
Johannesburg, Republic of South Africa
October 29, 2010
BACKGROUND IMAGE
F-2
DRDGOLD Limited
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
for the year ended June 30, 2010

Continuing operations
Discontinued operations
1
Total operations
2010
2009
2008
2010
2009
2008
2010
2009
2008
Note                 R'000
R'000
R’000
R'000
R'000
R’000
R'000
R'000
R'000
Revenue                                2
1,990,522  1,910,738   1,843,912
-
-
89,235
1,990,522 1,910,738
1,933,147
Cost of sales
(1,891,787) (1,834,025) (1,598,364)
-
-  (139,369)
(1,891,787) (1,834,025) (1,737,733)
Operating costs²
(1,798,866) (1,687,359) (1,503,015)
-
-  (124,437)
(1,798,866 ) (1,687,359) (1,627,452)
Depreciation                        10
(190,769)
(99,217)
(69,077)
-
-
(854)
(190,769)
(99,217)
(69,931)
Retrenchment costs
3
(20,127)
(34,922)
(11,344)
-
-
-
(20,127)
(34,922)
(11,344)
Movement in provision for
environmental
rehabilitation                        19
88,034
(19,545)
(30,171)
-
-
(4,019)
88,034
(19,545)
(34,190)
Movement in gold
inventory
29,941
7,018
15,243
-
-   (10,059)
29,941
7,018
5,184
Gross profit/(loss) from
operating activities
98,735
76,713
245,548
-
-   (50,134)
98,735
76,713
195,414
Loss on derivative
financial instruments
-
-
-
-
-
(433)
-
-
(433)
Impairments                            3
(6,224)
(75,138)
(63,915)
-
-   (46,718)
(6,224)
(75,138)
(110,633)
Administration expenses
and general costs
(57,026)
(83,583)
(79,439)
-
-   (20,084)
(57,026)
(83,583)
(99,523)
Results from operating
activities
3
35,485
(82,008)
102,194
-
-   (117,369)
35,485
(82,008)
(15,175)
Finance income
5
200,273
205,991
91,975
-
-
3,040
200,273
205,991
95,015
Finance expenses
6
(24,132)
(41,743)  (108,068)
-
-   (59,625)
(24,132)
(41,743)
(167,693)
Profit/(loss) before
taxation
211,626
82,240
86,101
-
-   (173,954)
211,626
82,240
(87,853)
Income tax
7
(8,263)
28,444
68,303
-
-
75,408
(8,263)
28,444
143,711
Profit/(loss) after
taxation
203,363
110,684
154,404
-
-   (98,546)
203,363
110,684
55,858
Profit on disposal of
discontinued operations
8
-
-
-
-
- 1,169,210
-
-
1,169,210
Profit for the year
203,363
110,684
154,404
-
- 1,070,664
203,363
110,684
1,225,068
Attributable to:
Equity owners of the
parent
207,815
129,124
128,558
-
-
867,483
207,815
129,124
996,041
Non-controlling interest
(4,452)
(18,440)
25,846
-
-
203,181
(4,452)
(18,440)
229,027
Profit for the year
203,363
110,684
154,404
-
- 1,070,664
203,363
110,684
1,225,068
















-
¹
The discontinued operations relate to the Porgera Joint Venture (disposed on August 17, 2007), Emperor (disposed on October 22, 2007) and NetGold (disposed on March 13, 2008.)  
² Operating costs equates to cash costs of production.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
F-3
DRDGOLD Limited
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (continued)
for the year ended June 30, 2010


Continuing
operations                     Discontinued operations 1
Total operations
2010
2009
2008
2010
2009
2008
2010
2009
2008
Note
R'000
R'000
R'000
R'000
R'000
R'000
R'000
R'000
R'000
Other comprehensive
income, net of tax
Net foreign exchange translation
reserve
(156,534)
(606)
83,571
-
- (184,079)
(156,534)
(606)
(100,508)
Transfer of reserve on
disposal of foreign
subsidiaries                        12
(156,534)
-
-
-
- (184,079)
(156,534)
-
(184,079)
Foreign exchange (loss)/gain on
translation
-
(606)
83,571
-
-
-
-
(606)
83,571
Deferred taxation thereon
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Net fair value adjustment on
available-for-sale investment 11
5,154
(1,133)
1,744
-
-
-
5,154
(1,133)
1,744
Fair value adjustment on
available-for-sale investment
5,154
(1,133)
1,744
-
-
-
5,154
(1,133)
1,744
Deferred taxation thereon
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Net effect of acquisition of
subsidiary
12
-
193,084
-
-
-
-
-
193,084
-
Revaluation of fixed assets
through acquisition of subsidiary
-
237,853
-
-
-
-
-
237,853
-
Non-controlling interest forming
part of the acquisition of
subsidiary
-
12,892
-
-
-
-
-
12,892
-
Deferred taxation thereon
-
(57,661)
-
-
-
-
-
(57,661)
-

Total comprehensive income for
the year
51,983
302,029
239,719
-
-
886,585
51,983
302,029
1,126,304
Equity owners of the parent
55,159
260,727
199,902
-
-
867,483
55,159
260,727
1,067,385
Non-controlling interest
(3,176)
41,302
39,817
-
-
19,102
(3,176)
41,302
58,919
Total comprehensive income for
the year
51,983
302,029
239,719
-
-
886,585
51,983
302,029
1,126,304
Earnings per share attributable
to equity owners of the parent
Basic and diluted earnings
per share (cents)
9
55
34
34
-
-
231
55
34
265

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
¹
The discontinued operations relate to the Porgera Joint Venture (disposed on August 17, 2007), Emperor (disposed on October 22, 2007) and NetGold
(disposed on March 30, 2008.)
BACKGROUND IMAGE
F-4
DRDGOLD Limited
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION
at June 30, 2010

2010                         2009
Note                R’000
R’000
ASSETS
Non-current assets
2,178,190
2,075,252
Property, plant and equipment
10
1,857,646
1,733,219
Non-current investments and other assets
11
174,223
172,680
Non-current inventories
15
5,579
4,238
Deferred tax asset
21
140,742
165,115
Current assets
402,102
550,520
Inventories
15
132,636
93,935
Trade and other receivables
16
64,521
87,960
Current tax asset
1,793
70
Cash and cash equivalents
188,152
353,555
Assets classified as held for sale
17
15,000
15,000
Total assets
2,580,292
2,625,772
EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
Equity
1,649,961
1,583,979
Equity of the owners of the parent
18
1,550,631
1,481,473
Non-controlling interest
99,330
102,506
Non-current liabilities
661,088
715,799
Provision for environmental rehabilitation
19
420,604
412,454
Post-retirement and other employee benefits
20
13,365
43,639
Deferred tax liability
21
168,142
194,560
Loans and borrowings
22
58,977
65,146
Current liabilities
269,243
325,994
Trade and other payables
268,833
322,138
Loans and borrowings
22
-
2,101
Current tax liability
410
931
Bank overdraft
-
824
Total equity and liabilities
2,580,292
2,625,772
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
F-5
DRDGOLD Limited
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY
at June 30, 2010


Number
of
ordinary
shares
Number of
cumulative
preference
shares
Share capital
and share
premium
R’000
Cumulative
preference
share capital
R’000
Revaluation and
other reserves
1
R’000
Accumulated
loss
R’000
Equity of the
owners of the
parent
R’000
Non-controlling
interest
R’000
Total equity
R’000
Balance at June 30, 2007
370,341,981
5,000,000
4,069,096
500
256,488
(4,184,913)
141,171
2,285
143,456
Issued shares for cash
5,800,000
27,976
27,976
27,976
Staff options exercised
429,607
2,353
2,353
2,353
Share issue expenses
(1,219)
(1,219)
(1,219)
Share-based payments
6,591
6,591
6,591
Total comprehensive income for the year
(55,145)
1,122,530
1,067,385
58,919
1,126,304
Fair value adjustment on available-for-sale investment
1,744
1,744
1,744
Transfer of reserve on disposal
of subsidiaries
(126,489)
126,489
-
(184,079)
(184,079)
Foreign exchange gain on translation
69,600
69,600
13,971
83,571
Profit for the year
996,041
996,041
229,027
1,225,068
Balance at June 30, 2008
376,571,588
5,000,000
4,098,206
500
207,934
(3,062,383)
1,244,257
61,204
1,305,461
Staff options exercised
1,429,715
6,707
6,707
6,707
Share issue expenses
(433)
(433)
(433)
Share-based payments
7,873
7,873
7,873
Dividend on ordinary share capital
(37,658)
(37,658)
(37,658)
Total comprehensive income for the year
131,603
129,124
260,727
41,302
302,029
Fair value adjustment on available-for-sale investment
(1,133)
(1,133)
(1,133)
Foreign exchange loss on translation
(606)
(606)
(606)
Non-controlling interest forming part of the acquisition
of subsidiary
12,892
12,892
Revaluation of fixed assets through acquisition
of subsidiary
133,342
133,342
46,850
180,192
Profit for the year
129,124
129,124
(18,440)
110,684
Balance at June 30, 2009
378,001,303
5,000,000
4,104,480
500
347,410
(2,970,917)
1,481,473
102,506
1,583,979
Issued shares for cash
6,620,413
29,877
29,877
29,877
Staff options exercised
262,663
1,004
1,004
1,004
Share issue expenses
(2,043)
(2,043)
(2,043)
Share-based payments
4,115
4,115
4,115
Dividend on ordinary share capital
(18,954)
(18,954)
(18,954)
Total comprehensive income for the year
(152,656)
207,815
55,159
(3,176)
51,983
Fair value adjustment on available-for-sale investment
3,878
3,878
1,276
5,154
Foreign exchange gain on disposal of foreign
subsidiaries recognized in profit or loss (refer note 12)
(156,534)
(156,534)
(156,534)
Profit for the year
207,815
207,815
(4,452)
203,363
Balance at June 30, 2010
384,884,379
5,000,000
4,133,318
500
198,869
(2,782,056)
1,550,631
99,330
1,649,961
1
Revaluation and other reserves comprise share-based payment reserves and asset revaluation reserves. The foreign exchange differences arising on translation of foreign subsidiaries have been transferred to profit or loss during the
current year.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
F-6
DRDGOLD Limited
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
for the year ended June 30, 2010
2010
2009
2008
Note
R’000
R’000
R’000
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Cash received from sales of precious metals
1,990,522
1,910,738
1,933,147
Cash paid to suppliers and employees
(1,942,786)
(1,745,805)
(1,728,030)
Cash generated by operations
28
47,736
164,933
205,117
Finance income
23,436
88,964
46,859
Dividends received
-
4,829
4,074
Finance expenses
(4,862)
(3,605)
(35,528)
Income tax paid
(12,698)
(46,889)
(37,902)
Net cash inflow from operating activities
53,612
208,232
182,620
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Purchase of investments
(5,674)
(6,049)
(26,539)
Proceeds on sale of investments
-
47,467
19,225
Additions to property, plant and equipment
(194,018)
(345,132)
(286,664)
Proceeds on disposal of property, plant and equipment
13,873
10,816
10,054
Cash flow on acquisition/disposal of subsidiaries, net of cash
29
(40,396)
(277,821)
(121,761)
Cash flow on disposal/acquisition of joint ventures, net of cash
30
(166)
(20,000)
1,936,726
Cash flow on acquisition of associate
31
-
(2,700)
-
Net cash (outflow)/inflow from investing activities
(226,381)
(593,419)
1,531,041
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Proceeds from the issue of shares
30,881
6,707
30,329
Advances of loans and borrowings
-
-
24,864
Repayments of loans and borrowings
(2,101)
(54,438)
(819,916)
Share issue expenses
(2,043)
(433)
(1,219)
Dividends paid
(18,954)
(37,658)
-
Capital distribution to non-controlling interest
-
-
(74,080)
Net cash inflow/(outflow) from financing activities
7,783
(85,822)
(840,022)
NET (DECREASE)/ INCREASE IN
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
(164,986)
(471,009)
873,639
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the year
352,731
845,587
(12,429)
Foreign exchange movements
407
(21,847)
(15,623)
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year
32
188,152
352,731
845,587
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
F-7

NOTES TO THE ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
f or the year ended June 30, 2010

1. ACCOUNTING POLICIES

DRDGOLD Limited (‘the company’) is a company domiciled in South Africa. The consolidated financial statements of the
company for the year ended June 30, 2010 comprise the company and its subsidiaries, together referred to as the group and its
interests in associates and jointly controlled entities.

STATEMENT OF COMPLIANCE

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS)
and its interpretations adopted by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB).

The financial statements were approved by the Board of Directors on September 16, 2010.

BASIS OF MEASUREMENT

The financial statements are prepared on the historical cost basis, unless otherwise stated.

FUNCTIONAL AND PRESENTATION CURRENCY

The consolidated financial statements are presented in South African Rands, which is the company's functional currency. All
financial information presented in South African Rands has been rounded to the nearest thousand.

USE OF ESTIMATES AND JUDGMENTS

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with IFRS requires management to make judgments, estimates and
assumptions that affect the reporting amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the
reporting date and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. The determination of estimates
requires the exercise of judgment based on various assumptions and other factors such as historical experience, current and
expected economic conditions, and in some cases actuarial techniques. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

The estimates and underlying assumptions are continually evaluated and are based on historical experience and other factors,
including expectations of future events that are believed to be reasonable in the circumstances. Revisions to accounting estimates
are recognized in the period in which the estimates are revised if the revision affects only that period, or in the period of the
revision and future periods, if the revision affects both current and future periods.

The judgments that management has applied in the application of accounting policies, and the estimates and assumptions that
have a significant risk of causing a material adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities within the next financial
year are discussed below.
(a) Recoverable amounts of mining assets and depreciation

The recoverable amount of mining assets is generally determined utilizing discounted future cash flows. Management
also considers such factors as the market capitalization of the group, the quality of the individual ore body and country
risk in determining the recoverable amount. During the year under review, the group calculated recoverable amounts
based on updated life-of-mine business plans, a gold price of R311,636 per kilogram (2009: R270,000 per kilogram) in
year one escalating at 5.8% (2009: 7.42%) per annum, and a discount rate of 13.7% (2009: 12.5%). At a 10% lower gold
price received of R280,472 per kilogram, an impairment of R731.6 million would be raised and at a 0.6 percentage point
(4%) increase in the discount rate to 14.3%, the group would start impairment of the mining assets (refer note 10).

The calculation of unit-of-production rate of depreciation could be affected to the extent that actual production in the
future is different from current forecast production based on proved and probable Ore Reserves. This would generally
arise when there are significant changes in any of the factors or assumption used in estimating Ore Reserves. Factors
could include:
•       changes in proved and probable Ore Reserves
•       the grade of Ore Reserves may vary significantly from time to time;
•       differences between actual commodity prices and commodity price assumptions;
•       unforeseen operational issues at mine sites;
•       changes in capital, operating, mining processing and reclamation costs, discount rates and foreign exchange rates;
and
•       changes in Ore Reserves could similarly affect the useful lives of assets depreciated on straight-line basis, where
those lives are limited to the life of the mine.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
F-8

NOTES TO THE ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
f or the year ended June 30, 2010

1. ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued )

USE OF ESTIMATES AND JUDGMENTS (continued)
(b)  Valuation of financial instruments

If the value of the financial instrument cannot be obtained from an active market, the group has established fair value by
using valuation techniques. These include the use of recent arm’s length transactions, reference to other instruments that
are substantially the same, discounted cash flow analysis and option pricing models, refined to reflect the issuer’s
specific circumstances.
(c)  Estimate of exposure and liabilities with regard to rehabilitation costs

Estimated provisions for environmental rehabilitation, comprising pollution control rehabilitation and mine closure, are
based on the group’s environmental management plans in compliance with current technological, environmental and
regulatory requirements. An average discount rate of 8.95%, average inflation rate of 5.76% and expected life of mines
according to the life-of-mine plans were utilized in the calculation of the estimated net present value of the rehabilitation
liability (2009: discount rate of 8.25% and inflation rate of 5.7%) (refer note 19).
(d)   Estimate of post retirement medical liability

An actuarial valuation is carried out every three years. Assumptions used to determine the liability include a discount
rate, health cost inflation rate, real discount rate, retirement age, spouse age gap, continuation at retirement and
proportion married at retirement (refer note 20).
(e)   Estimate of taxation

The group is subject to income tax in numerous jurisdictions. Significant judgment is required in determining the
provision for income taxes. There are many transactions and calculations for which the ultimate tax determination is
uncertain during the ordinary course of business. The group recognizes liabilities for anticipated tax issues based on
estimates of whether additional taxes will be due. Where the final tax outcome of these matters is different from the
amounts that were initially recorded, such differences will have an impact on the income tax and deferred tax provisions
in the period in which such determination is made.
(f)  Fair value of share-based compensation

The fair value of options granted is determined using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The significant inputs into
the model are: vesting period and conditions, risk-free interest rate, volatility and price of grant. (Refer to note 20 for
detail on the share option scheme.)
(g)  Gold in process

Gold in process in certain plants is estimated based on the best estimate of the metallurgist of the gold content and grade
thereof.
(h)  Assessment of contingencies

Contingencies will realize only when one or more future events occur or fail to occur. The exercise of significant
judgment and estimates of the outcome of future events are required during the assessment of the impact of such
contingencies.
(i)   Ore Reserves estimate

At the end of each financial year, the estimate of proved and probable Ore Reserves is updated. Depreciation of mining
assets is prospectively adjusted, based on these changes.

Ore Reserves are estimates of the amount of product that can be economically and legally extracted from the group’s
properties. In order to calculate Ore Reserves, estimates and assumptions are required about a range of geological,
technical and economic factors, including but not limited to quantities, grades, production techniques, recovery rates,
production costs, transport costs, commodity demand, commodity prices and exchange rates.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
F-9

NOTES TO THE ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
f or the year ended June 30, 2010

1. ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued )

USE OF ESTIMATES AND JUDGMENTS (continued)
(i)    Ore Reserves estimate (continued)

Estimating the quantity and/or grade of Ore Reserves requires the size, shape and depth of ore bodies to be determined
by analyzing geological data such as the logging and assaying of drill samples. This process may require complex and
difficult geological judgments and calculations to interpret the data.

Because the economic assumptions used to estimate Ore Reserves change from period to period and because additional
geological data is generated during the course of operations, estimates of Ore Reserves may change from period to
period. Changes in reported Ore Reserves may affect the group’s financial results and financial position in a number of
ways and including the following:
•       Asset carrying values may be affected due to changes in estimated future cash flows;
•       Depreciation, depletion and amortization charges in the profit or loss may change where such charges are
determined by the units-of-production method, or where the useful economic lives of assets change;
•       Decommissioning, site restoration and environmental provisions may change where changes in estimated Ore
Reserves affect expectations about the timing or cost of these activities; and
•       The carrying value of deferred tax assets may change due to changes in estimates of the likely recovery of the tax
benefits.

These adjustments are made prospectively where relevant.
(j)    Estimate of deferred taxation

The amount recognized as a deferred tax asset is generally determined utilizing discounted future cash flows similar to
estimates used in the calculation of depreciation and rehabilitation liabilities. Management considers all factors that
could possibly affect the probability that future taxable profit will be available against which unused tax credits can be
utilized. These factors include profitability of the operations and a higher gold price. The amount recognized as a
deferred tax asset is sensitive to the current gold spot price. The amount recognized at June 30, 2010 is based on a future
gold price received of R311,636 per kilogram (2009: R270,000 per kilogram) in year one, escalating at an average of
5.8% (2009: 7.42%) per year. At a 10% lower gold price received of R280,472 per kilogram (2009: R243,000 per
kilogram), the deferred tax asset will reduce by Rnil (2009: R140.8 million). Ergo is still a new project; however its
performance for the current year has improved from the prior year and is expected to be sustainable in the foreseeable
future. Should Ergo’s performance not be sustainable, it could impact the relating deferred tax asset negatively.

The group provides for deferred tax using the maximum tax rates which could apply to temporary differences. However
if the effective tax rates, resulting from the income tax formula for mining income, were used based on forecasts per
individual entity, the net deferred tax liability would be R20.8 million (2009: R35.4 million).

If the effective tax rates were used based on forecasts per individual entity the deferred tax movement in profit or loss
would amount to R14.6 million (2009: R85.7 million) expense.

SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

The accounting policies set out below have been applied consistently by all entities in the group to all period presented, except as
explained below under ‘New standards, interpretations and amendments to standards and interpretations adopted.’

New standards, interpretations and amendments to standards and interpretations adopted

The group adopted the following new standards, amendments to standards and interpretations which are applicable to the group:

IFRS 2 amendment – Share-based Payments: Vesting Conditions and Cancellations
IAS 23 – Borrowing Costs
IFRS 7 amendment – Improving Disclosure about Financial Instruments
IFRS 3 – Business Combinations
IAS 27 amendment – Consolidated and Separate Financial Statements
IFRS 5 amendment – Non-current Assets Held for Sale and Discontinued Operations
IFRIC 17 – Distribution of Non-cash Assets to Owners
BACKGROUND IMAGE
F-10

NOTES TO THE ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
f or the year ended June 30, 2010

1. ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued )

IFRS 2 amendment – Share-based Payments: Vesting Conditions and Cancellations

The group adopted IFRS 2 amendment – Share-based Payments: Vesting Conditions and Cancellations as of July 1, 2009. The
amendment to the standard requires that in determining the grant date fair value of the equity instrument all non-vesting
conditions should be taken into account. Vesting conditions are limited to service and performance conditions. All other
conditions are considered non-vesting. Where the company or counter party can choose to meet non-vesting condition, failure to
meet such conditions is treated as a cancellation. These are clarifying amendments which did not have any effect on the financial
position or performance of the group.

IAS 23 – Borrowing Costs

The group adopted IAS 23 – Borrowing Costs as of July 1, 2009. The amendment to the standard requires that borrowing costs
relating to qualifying assets to be capitalized. The amendment did not have any effect on the financial position or performance of
the group, as the policy in the past was also to capitalize borrowing costs.

IFRS 7 amendment – Improving Disclosure about Financial Instruments

The group adopted IFRS 7 amendment – Improving Disclosure about Financial Instruments as of July 1, 2009. These
amendments enhanced disclosures about fair value measurements and liquidity risk. These have been made to address application
issues and provide useful information to users. These amendments did not have any effect on the financial position or
performance of the group, however, additional disclosure have been made in the financial instruments in note 24 in accordance
with the additional disclosure requirements.

IFRS 3 – Business Combinations

The group adopted IFRS 3 – Business Combinations as of July 1, 2009. The revised standard supersedes the previous standard
and provides guidance for applying the acquisition method, for example recognition of the non-controlling interest, and is to be
applied prospectively. Due to the changes only being required prospectively, these amendments did not have any effect on the
financial position or performance of the group relating to comparative numbers.

IAS 27 amendment – Consolidated and Separate Financial Statements

The group adopted IAS 27 amendment – Consolidated and Separate Financial Statements as of July 1, 2009. These amendments
require losses to be allocated to non-controlling interests. It introduces the term non-controlling interest and states that changes in
a parent’s interest in a subsidiary which doesn’t lead to the loss of control is recorded as a transaction with equity owners in their
capacity as equity owners and no profit or loss is recognized. When control is lost the gain or loss is recognized in profit or loss
and any remaining interest is recorded at the fair value on the transaction date. The standard requires retrospective application of
the amendments with certain exceptions. These amendments did not have any effect on the financial position or performance of
the group due to the group qualifying for the exceptions for transactions attributable to the period before 1 July 2009. The
exemptions being for allocation of losses to non-controlling interest resulting in a deficit, accounting for changes in ownership
interests after control has been obtained and for restating the carrying amounts of subsidiaries after loss of control. Therefore,
transactions included in the ambit of the standard, entered into from 1 July 2009 onwards, have been recognized in-line with the
new requirements.

IFRS 5 amendment – Non-current Assets Held for Sale and Discontinued Operations

The group adopted IFRS 5 amendment – Non-current Assets Held for Sale and Discontinued Operations as of July 1, 2009. The
amendment requires an entity which is committed to a sale plan involving loss of control of a subsidiary to classify all the assets
and liabilities of that subsidiary as held for sale when the criteria for classification as held for sale are met, regardless of whether
the entity will retain a non-controlling interest in its former subsidiary after the sale. These amendments did not have any effect
on the financial position or performance of the group.

IFRIC 17 – Distribution of Non-cash Assets to Owners

The group adopted IFRIC 17 – Distribution of Non-cash Assets to Owners as of July 1, 2009. The interpretation addresses the
following issues when a non-current asset is distributed to shareholders: the timing and the recognition of the liability, the value
of the liability and how any difference between the carrying amount of the non-current asset distributed and the value of the
distribution should be treated. The interpretation did not have any effect on the financial position or performance of the group.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
F-11

NOTES TO THE ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
f or the year ended June 30, 2010
1. ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued )

New accounting standards and IFRIC interpretations

Certain new accounting standards and International Financial Reporting Interpretations Committee (IFRIC) interpretations have
been published that have various effective dates. These new standards and interpretations have not been early adopted by the
group and a reliable estimate of the impact of the adoption thereof for the group cannot yet be determined for all of them, as
management is still in the process of determining the impact of these standards and interpretations on future financial statements.

At the date of authorization of these financial statements, the following standards and interpretations were in issue but not yet
effective such that they could have bearing on the group and the group expects to adopt the standards and interpretations when
effective:
Standards / interpretation
Effective date
Various
Improvements to IFRSs 2009 (excluding IFRS 2 Share-based Payment;
IAS 38 Intangible Assets - Additional consequential amendments arising
from revised IFRS 3 and measuring the fair value of an intangible asset
acquired in a business combination; IFRIC 9 Reassessment of Embedded
Derivatives; IFRIC 16 Hedges of a Net Investment in a Foreign Operation)
Annual periods commencing on
or after January 1, 2010
(1)
IFRS 2
amendment
Group Cash-settled Share-based Payment Transactions (withdrawal of
IFRIC 8 and IFRIC 1)
Annual periods commencing on
or after January 1, 2010
(1)
IAS 32
amendment
IAS 32 Financial Instruments: Presentation: Classification of Rights Issues
Annual periods commencing on
or after February 1, 2010
(1)
IFRIC 19
Extinguishing Financial Liabilities with Equity Instruments
Annual periods commencing on
or after July 1, 2010
(1)
Revised IAS 24
Related Party Disclosures
Annual periods commencing on
or after January 1, 2011
(1)
IFRIC 14
amendment
Prepayments of a Minimum Funding Requirement
Annual periods commencing on
or after January 1, 2011
(1)
IFRS 9
Financial Instruments
Annual periods commencing on
or after January 1, 2013
(1)
(1) The impact is not known or estimable.

Each of these standards and interpretations is described briefly below:

IFRS 2 amendment – Group Cash-settled Share-based Payment Transactions

IFRIC 8 and IFRIC 11 are incorporated into IFRS 2 and withdrawn. The amendments modify the definitions of a share-based
payment arrangement, share-based payment transaction, equity-settled share-based payment transaction and cash-settled share-
based payment transaction.

An entity receiving goods or services (“receiving entity”) in either an equity-settled or a cash-settled share-based payment
transaction is required to account for the transaction in its separate or individual financial statements. This principle even applies
if another group entity or shareholder settles the transaction (“settling entity”) and the receiving entity has no obligation to settle
the payment. Previously IFRS 2 had explicit requirements to attribute transactions settled by a parent or shareholder only if those
transactions were equity-settled.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
F-12

NOTES TO THE ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
f or the year ended June 30, 2010

1. ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

New accounting standards and IFRIC interpretations (continued)

IAS 32 - Financial Instruments: Presentation: Classification of Rights Issues

IAS 32 states that a derivative instrument relating to an entity’s own equity instruments is classified as equity only if it results in
the exchange of a fixed number of equity instruments for a fixed amount of cash or another financial asset. In 2005, the IFRIC
concluded that if an equity conversion option in a convertible bond was denominated in a foreign currency, the amount of cash
receivable in the functional currency on conversion would be variable. Consequently, the conversion option was a derivative
liability that should be measured at its fair value with changes in fair value included in profit or loss.

The amendment requires that rights, options or warrants to acquire a fixed number of the entity’s own equity instruments for a
fixed amount of any currency are equity instruments if the entity offers the rights, options or warrants pro rata to all of its existing
owners of the same class of its own non-derivative equity instruments.

IFRIC 19 - Extinguishing Financial Liabilities with Equity Instruments

The interpretation applies to the accounting by the debtor in a debt for equity swap transaction, except for:
•       Transactions where the creditor is a shareholder and acting in that capacity;
•       Transactions where the two entities are under common control before and after the transaction and the substance of the
transaction includes an equity contribution / distribution; and
•       The debt for equity swap is in accordance with the original terms of the financial liability.

IAS 39, paragraph 41, requires that an entity recognize in profit or loss the difference between the carrying amount of the
financial liability extinguished and the consideration paid. The interpretation clarifies that equity instruments issued to a creditor
to extinguish all or part of a financial liability in a debt for equity swap would be “consideration paid” in accordance with IAS 39
paragraph 41.

Revised IAS 24 – Related party disclosures

The changes introduced in the revised IAS 24, include amendments to the definition of a related party and related party disclosure
requirements for government-related entities.

IFRIC 14 – Prepayments of a Minimum Funding Requirement

The amendment is intended to address the accounting treatment for prepayments made when there is also a minimum funding
requirement (MFR). Currently IFRIC 14 states that a surplus in a plan, is not regarded as an economic benefit available as a
reduction in future contribution if the future minimum funding contribution required, in respect of future accrual of benefits,
exceeds the future service costs. Therefore, under the current IFRIC 14, a prepayment would be recognized as an expense.

Under the amended IFRIC 14 such a prepayment would be recognized as an asset, on the basis that the entity has a future
economic benefit from the prepayment in the form of reduced cash outflows in future years in which MFR contributions would be
required.
IFRS 9 – Financial Instruments

IFRS 9 deals with classification and measurement of financial assets and will replace the relevant sections of IAS 39.

Classification

The standard requires that financial assets be classified as either measured at:
•      amortized cost; or
•      fair value

A financial asset is measured at amortized cost if:
•       the objective of the business model is to hold assets in order to collect contractual cash flows, and
•       the contractual terms give rise, on specified dates, to cash flows that are solely payments of principal and interest on the
principal outstanding.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
F-13

NOTES TO THE ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
f or the year ended June 30, 2010

1. ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

New accounting standards and IFRIC interpretations (continued)

IFRS 9 – Financial Instruments (continued)

All other financial assets are measured at fair value, with fair value changes recognized in profit or loss. The standard eliminates
the existing IAS 39 categories of held to maturity, available for sale and loans and receivables. Classification takes place on
initial recognition and subsequent changes are expected to be rare and subject to certain conditions. Embedded derivatives are no
longer separated from hybrid contracts that have a financial asset host. Instead, the entire hybrid contract is assessed for
classification using the principles above. IAS 39 continues to apply to derivatives embedded in financial liabilities.

Fair value options
An entity may designate a financial instrument on initial recognition as measured at fair value through profit or loss only if it
eliminates or significantly reduces a measurement or recognition inconsistency (“accounting mismatch”).

Investments in Equity Instruments
Investments in equity instruments are generally measured at fair value with gains and losses recognized in profit or loss. For an
investment in an equity instrument that is not held for trading, an entity may on initial recognition elect to present all fair value
changes from the investment in other comprehensive income (OCI). No amount recognized in OCI is ever reclassified to profit or
loss at a later date. Dividends on such investments are recognized in profit or loss, rather than OCI, in accordance with IAS 18
Revenue unless they clearly represent a recovery of the cost of the investment.

IFRS 9 eliminates the exception in IAS 39 that allows investments in unquoted equity instruments, and related derivatives, for
which a fair value cannot be determined reliably, to be measured at cost. These instruments are now measured at fair value
although the standard notes that in some limited circumstances cost may be an appropriate estimate of fair value. The guidance in
IAS 39 on impairments of financial assets and on hedge accounting continues to apply. However, as a result of the simplified
classification requirements, the numerous impairment methods in IAS 39 have been reduced to a single impairment method.

BASIS OF CONSOLIDATION

Subsidiaries

Subsidiaries are entities controlled by the group. Control exists when the group has the power, directly or indirectly, to govern the
financial and operating policies of an entity so as to obtain benefits from its activities. In assessing control, potential voting rights
that are currently exercisable or convertible, are taken into account. The financial statements of subsidiaries are included in the
consolidated financial statements from the date that control commences until the date that control ceases.

Changes in the group’s interest in a subsidiary which does not lead to loss of control is recorded as a transaction with equity
owners in their capacity as equity owners and no profit or loss is recognized. Subsequent changes to an exercise price of an option
or forward price forming part of the aforementioned transaction is recognized in profit or loss. When control is lost, the gain or
loss is recognized in profit or loss and any remaining interest is recorded at the fair value on the transaction date, which is deemed
to be the cost price, and depending on the nature of the remaining investment is either recognized as an associate, joint venture or
as a financial instrument.

Subsidiaries with a year-end on a date other than June 30, are included in the consolidated financial statements using the most
recent financial results with no more than a three-month difference if it is impracticable to prepare financial statements at the
group reporting date. Adjustments are made for material transactions and events between the group and subsidiary in the
intervening period.

The accounting policies of subsidiaries have been changed where necessary to align them with the policies adopted by the group.

Special purpose entities

The group has established a special purpose entity for investment purposes. The group has a direct shareholding in the entity. A
special purpose entity is consolidated if, based on evaluation of the substance of its relationship with the group and the special
purpose entity’s risks and rewards, the group concludes that it controls the special purpose entity. The special purpose entity
controlled by the group was established under terms that impose strict limitations on the decision-making powers of the special
purpose entity’s management and that result in the group receiving the majority of the benefits related to the special purpose
entity’s operations and net assets, being exposed to the majority of risks incident to the special purpose entity’s activities, and
retaining the majority of the residual or ownership risks relating to the special purpose entity or its assets.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
F-14

NOTES TO THE ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
f or the year ended June 30, 2010

1. ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

BASIS OF CONSOLIDATION (continued)

Associates

Associates are those entities in which the group has significant influence, but not control, over the financial and operating
policies. Significant influence is presumed to exist when the group holds between 20% and 50% of the voting power of another
entity. Associates are accounted for using the equity method and are initially recognized at cost. The group's investment in
associates includes goodwill identified on acquisition and is presented net of any accumulated impairment losses. The
consolidated financial statements include the group's share of the total recognized income and expenses and equity movements of
associates, after adjustments to align the accounting policies with those of the group, from the date that significant influence
commences until the date that significant influence ceases.

When the group's share of losses exceeds its interest in an associate, the group's carrying amount is reduced to nil and recognition
of further losses is discontinued except to the extent that the group has incurred legal or constructive obligations or made
payments on behalf of an associate.

Joint ventures

Joint ventures (jointly controlled entities) are those entities for which the group has joint control over their activities. They are
established by contractual agreement and require unanimous consent for strategic financial and operating decisions. The
consolidated financial statements include the group's proportionate share of the entities' assets, liabilities, revenue and expenses,
with items of a similar nature on a line-by-line basis, from the date that joint control commences until the date that joint control
ceases.

Transactions eliminated on consolidation

Intra-group balances, transactions and any unrealized gains and losses or income and expenses arising from intra-group
transactions, are eliminated in preparing the consolidated financial statements. Unrealized gains arising from transactions with
associates and jointly controlled entities are eliminated to the extent of the group's interest in the entity. Unrealized losses are
eliminated in the same way as unrealized gains, but only to the extent that there is no evidence of impairment.

FOREIGN CURRENCY

Functional currency

The functional currency is the currency of the primary economic environment in which the entity operates. This is determined by
all companies in the group after analyzing all sources and influences of various currencies on their respective financial position
and performance, in order to establish the currency with the most dominant influence as its functional currency.

Each entity in the group has determined its own functional currency in accordance with the above process. The functional
currency of the company is the South African Rand.

Foreign currency transactions

Transactions in foreign currencies undertaken by group entities are translated at the foreign exchange rates ruling at the dates of
these transactions. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies at the reporting date are translated to the
functional currency at the foreign exchange rate ruling at that date. Non-monetary assets and liabilities that are measured in terms
of historical cost in a foreign currency are translated using the exchange rate at the date of the transaction. Non-monetary assets
and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies, measured at fair value, are translated at foreign exchange rates ruling at the date
that the fair value was determined. Foreign exchange differences arising on translation are recognized in profit and loss, except
for differences arising on the translation of available-for-sale equity instruments or a financial liability designated as a hedge of
the net investment in a foreign operation, which are recognized directly in other comprehensive income.

BACKGROUND IMAGE
F-15

NOTES TO THE ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
f or the year ended June 30, 2010

1. ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

FOREIGN CURRENCY (continued)

Foreign operations

The assets and liabilities of foreign operations, including goodwill and fair value adjustments arising on acquisition, are translated
into South African Rands at the foreign exchange rates ruling at the reporting date. The revenues and expenses of foreign
operations are translated to South African Rands at rates approximating the foreign exchange rates ruling at the dates of the
transactions. Foreign exchange differences arising on retranslation are recognized in other comprehensive income and presented
within equity in the foreign currency translation reserve. When a foreign operation is disposed of, the relevant amount in the
foreign currency translation reserve is transferred to profit or loss as part of the profit or loss on disposal. On partial disposal of a
subsidiary that includes a foreign operation, the relevant portion of such cumulative amount is reattributed to non-controlling
interests.

Net investment in foreign operations

Foreign exchange gains and losses arising from a monetary item receivable from or payable to a foreign operation, the settlement
of which is neither planned nor likely in the foreseeable future, are considered to form part of a net investment in a foreign
operation and are recognized in other comprehensive income and presented within equity in the foreign currency translation
reserve in the consolidated financial statements.

FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

Financial instruments recognized in the statement of financial position include investments, available-for-sale financial
instruments, trade and other receivables, cash and cash equivalents, long- and short-term interest-bearing borrowings, trade and
other payables and bank overdrafts. Financial instruments are initially recognized at fair value and include any directly
attributable transaction costs, except those financial instruments measured at fair value through profit or loss. Subsequent to initial
recognition, financial instruments are measured as described below.

Financial assets and liabilities are off-set and the net amount presented in the statement of financial position when, and only
when, the company has the legal right to off-set the amounts and intends either to settle on a net basis or to realize the assets and
settle the liabilities simultaneously.

Loans and receivables

Loans and receivables (which includes trade and other receivables) are measured at amortized cost using the effective interest
method, less any impairment losses.

Available-for-sale financial assets

The group's investments in equity securities and certain debt securities are classified as available-for-sale financial assets.
Subsequent to initial recognition, they are measured at fair value and changes therein, other than impairment losses and foreign
exchange gains and losses on available-for-sale monetary items are recognized in other comprehensive income and presented
within equity in the revaluation and other reserves. When an investment is derecognized, the cumulative gain or loss in other
comprehensive income is transferred to profit or loss.

Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash on hand, demand deposits, and highly liquid investments with an original maturity of
three months or less. Subsequent to initial recognition, cash and cash equivalents are measured at amortized cost, which is
equivalent to their fair value. Bank overdrafts that are repayable on demand and form an integral part of the group's cash
management are included as a component of cash and cash equivalents for the purpose of the statement of cash flows.

Interest-bearing borrowings

Interest-bearing borrowings (including the preference share liabilities) are subsequently measured at amortized cost with any
difference between the initial amount and the redemption value being recognized in profit or loss over the period of the
borrowings on an effective interest basis. If the group revises its estimates of payments, the carrying amount of the liability is
adjusted to reflect actual and revised estimated cash flows. The carrying amount is recalculated by computing the current value of
estimated future cash flows at the liability's original effective interest rate. The adjustment is recognized as income or expense in
profit or loss.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
F-16
NOTES TO THE ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
f or the year ended June 30, 2010

1. ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (continued)

Trade and other payables
Subsequent to initial recognition, trade and other payables are measured at amortized cost, using the effective interest rate
method.
PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
Owned assets
The group's property, plant and equipment consists mainly of mining assets which comprise mining properties (including mineral
rights), mine development costs, mine plant facilities and equipment and vehicles.

Development costs which are capitalized consist primarily of expenditure that gives access to proved and probable Ore Reserves.
Capitalized development costs include expenditure incurred to develop new ore bodies, to define future mineralization in existing
ore bodies and to expand the capacity of a mine. Mine development costs to maintain production, are expensed as incurred.
Where funds have been borrowed specifically to finance a project, the amount of interest capitalized represents the actual
borrowing costs incurred (refer to accounting policy on finance costs capitalized). Mine development costs include acquired
proved and probable Ore Reserves at the acquisition date.

Exploration and evaluation costs, including the costs of acquiring licenses, property and qualifying borrowing costs, are
capitalized as exploration assets on a project-by-project basis pending determination of the technical feasibility and commercial
viability of the project. The capitalized costs are presented as tangible assets according to the nature of the assets acquired. When
a license is relinquished or a project is abandoned, the related costs are recognized in profit or loss immediately. Pre-license costs
are recognized in profit or loss as incurred.
Items of property, plant and equipment are measured at cost, less accumulated depreciation and accumulated impairment losses.

Cost includes expenditure that is directly attributable to the acquisition of the asset. The cost of self-constructed assets includes
the cost of materials and direct labor, any other costs directly attributable to bringing an asset to a working condition for its
intended use, as well as the costs of dismantling and removing an asset and restoring the site on which it was located.
Where parts of an item of property, plant and equipment, with costs that are significant in relation to the total cost of the item,
have different useful lives, they are accounted for as separate items of property, plant and equipment.
Gains and losses on disposal of an item of property, plant and equipment are determined by comparing the net proceeds from
disposal with the carrying amount of property, plant and equipment, and are recognized in profit or loss. When assets are sold
which have been revalued on acquisition for consolidated purposes, the amounts included in the revaluation reserve are
transferred to retained earnings.

Leased assets
Leases in terms of which the group assumes substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership are classified as finance leases.
Upon initial recognition, the leased asset and liability are measured at amounts equal to the lower of the fair value of the leased
asset and the present value of the minimum lease payments. Subsequent to initial recognition, the asset is accounted for in the
same manner as owned property, plant and equipment.

Subsequent costs

The group recognizes in the carrying amount of an item of property, plant and equipment, the cost of replacing part of an item
when that cost is incurred, if it is probable that the future economic benefits embodied within the part will flow to the group and
the cost of the item can be measured reliably. The carrying amount of the replaced part is derecognized. All other costs are
recognized in profit or loss as an expense as incurred.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
F-17
NOTES TO THE ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
f or the year ended June 30, 2010

1. ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT (continued)

Depreciation

Depreciation of mining properties (including mineral rights), mine development and mine plant facilities relating to underground
operations are computed using the units-of-production method based on estimated proved and probable Ore Reserves, which are
calculated using our life of mine business plans and a gold price at the end of each financial year. Proved and probable Ore
Reserves reflect estimated quantities of economically recoverable reserves which can be recovered in the future from known
mineral deposits. Exploration assets that are available for use are depreciated over their estimated useful lives. Changes in
management’s estimates of the quantities of the economically recoverable reserves impact depreciation on a prospective basis.
The prevailing market price of gold at the end of the financial year was R208,287, R236,227 and R306,081 per kilogram for the
fiscal years ended June 30, 2008, 2009 and 2010, respectively.

Other assets are depreciated using the straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of each part of an item of property, plant
and equipment. Leased assets are depreciated over the shorter of the lease term and their estimated useful lives, unless it is
reasonably certain that the group will obtain ownership by the end of the lease term. Land is not depreciated.
The current estimated useful lives for the current and comparative periods are:
mining properties – life of mine for each operation, currently between five (2009: two and 2008: three) and 27 (2009: 27
and 2008: 28) years
mine development – life of mine for each operation, currently between five (2009: two and 2008: three) and 27 (2009:
27 and 2008: 28) years
mine plant facilities – life of mine for each operation, currently between five (2009: two and 2008: three) and 27 (2009:
27 and 2008: 28) years
equipment and vehicles – three to five years
The residual values, estimated useful lives and depreciation methods are re-assessed annually and adjusted if appropriate.

INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Acquisition and goodwill arising thereon

The group measures goodwill as the fair value of the consideration transferred including the recognized amount of any non-
controlling interest in the acquiree, less the net recognized amount (generally fair value) of the identifiable assets acquired and
liabilities assumed, all measured as of the acquisition date. In the case of a bargain purchase, the resulting gain is recognized in
profit or loss on the acquisition date. Goodwill relating to equity accounted investments is included within the carrying value of
the investment and tested for impairment when indicators exist.

Acquisitions of non-controlling interests are accounted for as transactions with equity holders in their capacity as equity holders
and therefore no goodwill is recognized as a result of such transactions.

Goodwill relating to subsidiaries is tested annually for impairment and measured at cost less accumulated impairment losses.
Gains and losses on the disposal of an entity include the carrying amount of goodwill relating to the entity sold. Goodwill is
allocated to cash-generating units for the purposes of impairment testing.
IMPAIRMENT
Financial assets
A financial asset is assessed at each reporting date to determine whether there is any objective evidence that it is impaired. A
financial asset is considered to be impaired if objective evidence indicates that one or more events have had a negative effect on
the estimated future cash flows of that asset.

Financial assets measured at amortized cost
An impairment loss in respect of a financial asset measured at amortized cost is calculated as the difference between its carrying
amount and the present value of the estimated future cash flows discounted at the original effective interest rate, that is, the
effective interest rate computed at initial recognition of these financial assets.

BACKGROUND IMAGE
F-18
NOTES TO THE ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
for the year ended June 30, 2010

1. ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

IMPAIRMENT (continued)

Available-for-sale financial assets

An impairment loss in respect of an available-for-sale financial asset is calculated by reference to its fair value. When a decline in
the fair value of an available-for-sale financial asset has been recognized directly in other comprehensive income, and there is
objective evidence that the asset is impaired, the cumulative loss that had been recognized in other comprehensive income is
recognized in profit or loss even though the financial asset has not been derecognized. The amount of the cumulative loss that is
recognized in profit or loss is the difference between the acquisition cost and current fair value, less any impairment loss on that
financial asset previously recognized in profit or loss. Financial assets that are individually significant are tested for impairment
on an individual basis. The remaining financial assets are assessed collectively in groups that share similar credit risk
characteristics. All impairment losses are recognized in profit or loss.
An impairment loss is reversed if the reversal can be related objectively to an event occurring after the impairment loss was
recognized. For financial assets measured at amortized cost and available-for-sale financial assets that are debt securities, the
reversal is recognized in profit or loss. For available-for-sale financial assets that are equity securities, the reversal is recognized
in other comprehensive income.

Non-financial assets

The carrying amounts of the group's assets, other than inventories and deferred tax assets are reviewed at each reporting date to
determine whether there is any indication of impairment. If any such indication exists, the asset's recoverable amount is estimated.

The recoverable amount of an asset or cash-generating unit is the greater of its value in use and its fair value less costs to sell. In
assessing value in use, the estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that
reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset. Future cash flows are estimated
based on quantities of recoverable minerals, expected gold prices, production levels and cash costs of production, all based on life
of mine business plans. The term "recoverable minerals" means proved and probable Ore Reserves which are calculated using our
life of mine business plans and a gold price at the end of each financial year. The prevailing market price of gold at the end of the
financial year was R208,287, R236,227 and R306,081 per kilogram for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2008, 2009 and 2010,
respectively. For purposes of impairment testing, assets are grouped together into the smallest group of assets which generates
cash flows from continuing use that is largely independent of the cash inflows of other assets or groups of assets (‘cash-generating
units’).

An impairment loss is recognized directly against the carrying amount of the asset whenever the carrying amount of an asset, or
its cash generating unit, exceeds its recoverable amount. Impairment losses are recognized in profit or loss. Impairment losses
recognized in respect of cash-generating units are allocated to the carrying amounts of the assets in the unit (group of units) on a
pro rata basis. Impairment losses recognized in prior periods are assessed at each reporting date for any indications that the loss
has decreased or no longer exists. An impairment loss is reversed if there has been a change in the estimates used to determine the
recoverable amount. An impairment loss is reversed only to the extent that the asset's carrying amount does not exceed the
carrying amount that would have been determined, net of depreciation, if no impairment loss had been recognized.

Exploration assets

Exploration assets are assessed for impairment if facts and circumstances suggest that the carrying amount exceeds the
recoverable amount. For purposes of impairment testing, exploration assets are allocated to cash generating units consistent with
the determination of reportable segments. The technical feasibility and commercial viability of extracting an Ore Reserve is
considered to be determinable when proven reserves are determined to exist. Upon determination of proven reserves, exploration
assets attributable to those reserves are first tested for impairment and then reclassified from exploration assets to a separate
category within tangible assets. Expenditure deemed to be unsuccessful is recognized in profit or loss immediately.

INVENTORIES

Gold in process is stated at the lower of cost and net realizable value. Costs are assigned to gold in process on a weighted average
cost basis. Costs comprise all costs incurred to the stage immediately prior to smelting, including costs of extraction and
processing as they are reliably measurable at that point. Selling, refining and general administration costs are excluded from
inventory valuation. Net realizable value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business, less the estimated costs
of completion and selling expenses.

Consumable stores are stated at the lower of cost and net realizable value. Cost of consumables is based on the weighted average
cost principle and includes expenditure incurred in acquiring inventories and bringing them to their existing location and
condition.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
F-19
NOTES TO THE ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
for the year ended June 30, 2010

1. ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

INVENTORIES (continued)

Bullion is stated at the lower of cost and net realizable value. Net realizable value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary
course of business, less the estimated cost of completion and selling expenses.

TAXATION

Income tax expense comprises current and deferred tax. Income tax is recognized in profit or loss except to the extent that it
relates to a business combination, or to items recognized directly in equity or other comprehensive income.

Current taxation

Current taxation is the expected tax payable on the taxable income for the year, using tax rates enacted, or substantively enacted,
at the reporting date and any adjustment to tax payable in respect of previous years.

Deferred taxation

Deferred taxation is recognized in respect of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for
financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for taxation purposes. Deferred tax is not recognized for the following
temporary differences: the initial recognition of assets or liabilities in a transaction that is not a business combination and that
affects neither accounting nor taxable profit, and differences relating to investments in subsidiaries and jointly controlled entities
to the extent that it is probable that they will not reverse in the foreseeable future. In addition, deferred tax is not recognized for
taxable temporary differences arising on the initial recognition of goodwill. Deferred tax is measured at the maximum tax rates
that could apply to the temporary differences, based on the expected manner of realization or settlement of the carrying amount of
assets and liabilities, and based on the laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the reporting date.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset if there is a legally enforceable right to offset current tax liabilities and assets, if these
relate to income taxes levied by the same tax authority on the same taxable entity, or on different tax entities, if the company
intends to settle current tax liabilities and assets on a net basis or their tax assets and liabilities will be realized simultaneously.

A deferred tax asset is recognized only to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profits will be available against which
the temporary difference can be utilized. Deferred tax assets are reviewed at each reporting date and are reduced to the extent that
it is no longer probable that the related tax benefit will be realized.

Additional income taxes that arise from the distribution of dividends, such as secondary tax on companies, are recognized at the
same time as the liability to pay the related dividend is recognized.

SHARE CAPITAL

Ordinary share capital

Ordinary shares are classified as equity. Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of ordinary shares are recognized as a
deduction from equity, net of any tax effect.

Preference share capital

Preference share capital is classified as equity if it is non-redeemable, or redeemable only at the company's option, and any
dividends are discretionary. Dividends on preference share capital classified as equity are recognized as distributions within
equity. Preference share capital is classified as a liability if it is redeemable on a specific date or at the option of the shareholders,
or if dividend payments are not discretionary. Dividends thereon are recognized as interest expense in profit or loss as accrued.

Dividends

Dividends are recognized as a liability in the period in which they are declared.


BACKGROUND IMAGE
F-20
NOTES TO THE ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
for the year ended June 30, 2010

1. ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

EMPLOYEE BENEFITS

Defined contribution plans

A defined contribution plan is a post-employment benefit plan under which an entity pays fixed contributions into a separate
entity and has no legal or constructive obligation to pay further amounts. Pension plans, which are multi-employer plans in the
nature of defined contribution plans, are funded through monthly contributions to these defined contribution plans. Obligations
for contributions are recognized as an employee benefit expense in profit or loss as incurred.

Long-service benefits

The group makes long-service bonus payments (long-service awards) for certain eligible employees, under the Chamber of Mines
of South Africa Long Service Award Scheme. The amount of the award is based on both the employee's skill level and years of
service with gold mining companies that qualify for the scheme. The obligation is accrued over the service life of the employees
and is calculated using a projected unit credit method. Any actuarial gains or losses are recognized in profit or loss in the period in
which they arise.

Share-based payment transactions

The group grants share options to certain employees under an employee share plan to acquire shares of the company. The fair
value of options granted is recognized as an employee expense with a corresponding increase in equity. The fair value is
measured at grant date and spread over the period during which the employees become unconditionally entitled to the options.
The fair value of the options granted is measured using the Black-Scholes option pricing model, taking into account the terms and
conditions upon which the options were granted. The amount recognized as an expense is adjusted to reflect the actual number of
share options that vest except where forfeiture is only due to market conditions such as share prices not achieving the threshold
for vesting.

Post-retirement medical benefits

Post-retirement medical benefits in respect of qualifying employees are recognized as an expense over the expected remaining
service lives of relevant employees and the remaining life expectancies of retirees. The group has an obligation to provide
medical benefits to certain of its pensioners and dependants of ex-employees. These liabilities are provided in full, calculated on
an actuarial basis and discounted using the projected unit credit method. The discount rate is the yield at the reporting date on
corporate bonds that have maturity dates approximating the terms of the group's obligations and that are denominated in the same
currency in which the benefits are expected to be paid. Periodic valuation of these obligations is carried out by independent
actuaries using appropriate mortality tables, long-term estimates of increases in medical costs and appropriate discount rates. The
fair value of any plan assets is deducted. Actuarial gains and losses are recognized immediately in profit or loss. When the
calculation results in a benefit to the group, the recognized asset is limited to the net total of any unrecognized past service costs
and the present value of any future refunds from the plan or reductions in future contributions to the plan.

When the benefits of a plan are improved, the portion of the increased benefit relating to past service by employees is recognized
in profit or loss on a straight-line basis over the average period until the benefits become vested. To the extent that the benefits
vest immediately, the expense is recognized immediately in profit or loss.

Termination benefits

Termination benefits are recognized as an expense when the group is demonstrably committed, without realistic possibility of
withdrawal, to a formal detail plan to either terminate employment before the normal retirement date, or to provide termination
benefits as a result of an offer made to encourage voluntary redundancy. Termination benefits for voluntary redundancies are
recognized as an expense if the group has made an offer for voluntary redundancy, it is probable that the offer will be accepted,
and the number of acceptances can be estimated reliably. If benefits are payable more than 12 months after the reporting period,
then they are discounted to their present value.

PROVISIONS

A provision is recognized in the statement of financial position when the group has present legal or constructive obligations
resulting from past events that can be estimated reliably and it is probable that an outflow of economic benefits will be required to
settle the obligation. Provisions are determined by discounting the expected future cash flows at a pre-tax rate that reflects current
market assessments of the time value of money and, where appropriate, the risks specific to the liability.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
F-21

NOTES TO THE ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
for the year ended June 30, 2010

1. ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

PROVISIONS (continued)

Decommissioning liabilities

The provision for decommissioning represents the cost that will arise from rectifying damage caused before production
commenced. Accordingly an asset is recognized and included within mining properties. Decommissioning liabilities are measured
at the present value of the expenditures expected to settle the obligation, using estimated cash flows based on current prices. The
unwinding of the decommissioning obligation is included in profit or loss. Estimated future costs of decommissioning obligations
are reviewed regularly and adjusted as appropriate for new circumstances or changes in law or technology. Changes in estimates
are capitalized or reversed against the relevant asset. Gains or losses from the expected disposal of assets are not taken into
account when determining the provision.

Restoration liabilities

The provision for restoration represents the cost of restoring site damage after the start of production. Increases in the provision
are charged to profit or loss as a cost of production. Gross restoration liabilities are estimated at the present value of the
expenditures expected to settle the obligation.

Rehabilitation trust funds

Annual contributions are made to dedicated rehabilitation trust funds to fund the estimated cost of rehabilitation during and at the
end of the life of the relevant mine. These contributions are recognized as a right to receive reimbursement from the fund and
measured at the fair value of the fund assets. Changes in the carrying value of the fund assets, other than contributions to and
payments from the fund, are recognized in profit or loss.

REVENUE RECOGNITION

Gold bullion and by-products

Revenue from the sale of gold bullion and by-products is measured at the fair value of the consideration received or receivable.
Revenue is recognized in profit or loss when the significant risks and rewards of ownership have been transferred to the buyer,
recovery of the consideration is probable, the associated costs can be estimated reliably, there is no continuing management
involvement with the goods, and the amount of revenue can be measured reliably.

Government grants

Government grants are not recognized until there is reasonable assurance that the entity will comply with the conditions attaching
to them and the grant will be received. Grants that compensate the group for expenses incurred are recognized in profit or loss as
a deduction against the related expense.

Finance income

Finance income includes dividends received, interest received, growth in the environmental rehabilitation trust funds, net gains on
financial instruments measured at amortized cost and net foreign exchange gains, and other profits and losses arising on disposal
of investments.

Dividends are recognized when the group's right to receive payment is established. Interest is recognized on a time proportion
basis taking account of the principal outstanding and the effective rate to maturity on the accrual basis.

EXPENSES

Operating lease payments

Payments made under operating leases are recognized in profit or loss on a straight-line basis over the period of the lease.

Finance lease payments

Minimum lease payments are apportioned between the finance charge and the reduction of the outstanding liability. The finance
charge is allocated to each period during the lease term so as to produce a constant periodic rate of interest on the remaining
balance of the liability.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
F-22

NOTES TO THE ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
for the year ended June 30, 2010

1. ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

EXPENSES (continued)

Finance expenses

Finance expenses comprise interest payable on borrowings calculated using the effective interest method, unwinding of the
discount of the provision for environmental rehabilitation, net foreign exchange losses, net losses on financial instruments
measured at amortized cost, and interest on finance leases.

Finance costs capitalized

Interest on borrowings relating to the financing of qualifying major capital projects under construction is capitalized during the
construction phase as part of the cost of the project. Such borrowing costs are capitalized over the period during which the asset is
being acquired or constructed and borrowings have been incurred. Capitalization ceases when construction is interrupted for an
extended period or when the asset is substantially complete. Other borrowing costs are expensed as incurred.

SEGMENT REPORTING

Operating segments are identified on the basis of internal reports that the group’s Chief Operating Decision Maker (CODM)
reviews regularly in allocating resources to segments and in assessing their performance. The CODM for the group has been
identified as the group’s Executive Committee. Reportable segments are identified based on quantitative thresholds of revenue,
profit or loss, and assets. The amounts disclosed for each reportable segment are the measures reported to the CODM, which are
not necessarily based on the same accounting policies as the amounts recognized in the financial statements. Aggregation of
operating segments is implemented where disclosure of information enables users of the group’s financial statements to evaluate
the nature and effects of the business activities in which it engages and the economic environment in which it operates, where the
operating segments have characteristics so similar that they can be expected to have essentially the same future prospects and
where they are similar in the following respects:
•      the nature of products and services;
•      the nature of the production process;
•      the type or class of customer for their products and services;
•      the methods used to distribute their products or provide their services; and
•      if applicable, the nature of the regulatory environment.

NON-CURRENT ASSETS HELD FOR SALE AND DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS

A held-for-sale asset is classified as such if it is a non-current asset, or disposal group comprising assets and liabilities, that is
expected to be recovered primarily through sale rather than through continuing use. Immediately before classification as held for
sale, the assets (or components of a disposal group) are re-measured in accordance with the group's accounting policies.
Thereafter, in general, the non-current assets or disposal groups are measured at the lower of carrying amount and fair value less
costs to sell. Impairment losses on initial classification as held for sale are included in profit or loss, even when there is a
revaluation. The same applies to gains and losses on subsequent measurement. Gains are not recognized in excess of any
cumulative impairment loss. A discontinued operation in the group is a component of the group's business that represents a
separate major line of business, a geographical area of operations which has been disposed of or is held for sale, or a subsidiary
acquired exclusively for resale. When an operation is classified as a discontinued operation, the comparative statement of
comprehensive income is restated as if the operation had been discontinued from the start of the comparative period.

EARNINGS OR LOSS PER SHARE

The group presents basic and diluted earnings per share data for its ordinary shares. Basic earnings or loss per share are calculated
based on the net profit or loss after taxation for the year attributable to ordinary shareholders of the company, divided by the
weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue during the year. Diluted earnings or loss per share are presented when the
inclusion of ordinary shares that may be issued in the future which comprises share options granted to employees has a dilutive
effect on earnings or loss per share.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
F-23
NOTES TO THE ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
for the year ended June 30, 2010
2010
2009
2008
R’000
R’000
R’000
2. REVENUE
Revenue consists of the following principal categories:
Gold revenue
1,976,778
1,870,574
1,897,723
By-product revenue
13,744
40,164
35,424
Total revenue
1,990,522
1,910,738
1,933,147

3. RESULTS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES INCLUDES
THE FOLLOWING:
Auditors' remuneration
(9,859)
(10,520)
(10,453)
Audit fees – current year
(9,581)
(10,246)
(10,163)
(Under)/over provision – prior year
(278)
(116)
161
Fees for other services
-
(158)
(451)
Management, technical, administrative and secretarial
service fees
(8,283)
(12,916)
(15,760)
Staff costs
Included in staff costs are:
(633,301)
(681,717)
(652,168)
Salaries and wages
(603,210)
(582,509)
(598,160)
Share-based payments
(4,115)
(7,873)
(6,591)
Retrenchment and restructuring costs
(20,127)
(34,922)
(11,344)
Post-retirement and other employee benefit contributions
(5,849)
(56,413)
(36,073)
Profit on sale of property, plant and equipment
13,722
10,266
10,054
Impairments
(6,224)
(75,138)
(110,633)
Property, plant and equipment
12,514
(72,438)
(116,522)
Investments in and loans to associates
-
(2,700)
-
Rehabilitation trust fund
(18,738)
-
-
Other loans
-
-
5,889

During the year ended June 30, 2010, the group reversed an impairment of R12.5 million against Crown's property, plant and
equipment. The reversal of impairment was due to the recoverable amount (value in use) of these assets being higher than their
carrying amount due to the extension of the Knights life-of-mine plan. The group recorded an impairment of R18.7 million
against the West Witwatersrand Gold Mine (Pty) Limited's rehabilitation trust fund due to the transfer of the relating mining
rights over the West Wits mining lease area (refer note 11).

During the year ended June 30, 2009, impairments of R53.0 million and R19.4 million were recorded against ERPM’s and
Crown’s property, plant and equipment, respectively. The impairments were due to the recoverable amount of these assets being
less than their carrying amount for ERPM due to closure of underground operations and for Crown due to restriction of deposition
capacity. The Crown plant, City plant and ERPM’s underground operations are separate cash-generating units. Furthermore, an
impairment relating to the investment in West Wits SA (Pty) Limited amounting to R2.7 million was recognized. The
impairment was due to the recoverable amount of this asset being less than its carrying amount.

During the year ended June 30, 2008, an impairment of R69.8 million was recorded against ERPM’s property, plant and
equipment due to unprofitable long-walls, and an impairment of R46.7 million was recorded against Emperor’s property, plant
and equipment. The impairments were due to the recoverable amount of these assets being less than their carrying amount.

An impairment of R3.5 million recorded during the 2007 financial year against the preference shares held by the black economic
empowerment partner, Khumo Gold SPV (Pty) Limited, and R2.4 million impairment which was raised against the loan to the
DRDSA Empowerment Trust, were reversed during the 2008 financial year. The reversal of these impairments was due to the
recoverable amount represented by the value in use of these assets being higher than their carrying amount.





BACKGROUND IMAGE
F-24
NOTES TO THE ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
for the year ended June 30, 2010
2010
2009
2008
R’000
R’000
R’000
3. RESULTS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES INCLUDES
THE FOLLOWING: (continued)
Operating leases
(1,243)
(2,670)
(2,635)
Mining royalty
(1,240)
-
-
Pumping subsidy received
-
9,000
12,703
4. DIRECTORS' EMOLUMENTS
Executive directors
Services rendered as directors of the company
Salaries
(6,636)
(6,130)
(3,994)
Bonuses
(4,102)
(2,907)
(1,655)
Services rendered by directors as directors of subsidiaries
Salaries
-
(1,429)
-
Bonuses
-
(1,399)
-
End-of-contract payments
-
(747)
-
Non-executive directors
Services rendered as directors of the company
Directors fees and bonuses
(3,023)
(3,787)
(3,071)
Services rendered as directors as directors of subsidiaries
Directors fees and bonuses
-
-
(877)
Alternate Directors
Services rendered as directors of the company
Salaries
-
-
(1,562)
Bonuses
-
-
(716)
Pension/provident fund contributions
-
-
(130)
Included in administration and general costs
(13,761)
(16,399)
(12,005)


5. FINANCE INCOME
Dividends received
-
4,829
4,074
Interest received
17,704
75,035
70,232
Net gain on financial liabilities measured at amortized cost (refer note 22)
14,643
62,000
-
(Loss)/profit on realization of investment
-
(1,873)
12,005
Profit on disposal of subsidiaries (refer note 12)
156,749
-
-
Profit on disposal of joint venture
1,500
-
-
Growth in environmental rehabilitation trust funds (refer note 11)
9,452
12,867
8,486
Recognition of negative goodwill on acquisition of subsidiary
-
53,006
-
Other finance income
225
127
218
200,273
205,991
95,015
BACKGROUND IMAGE
F-25
NOTES TO THE ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
for the year ended June 30, 2010
2010                     2009
2008
R’000                    R’000
R’000
6. FINANCE EXPENSES
Interest paid on bank loans and overdrafts
(3,687)
(2,219)
(34,133)
Interest paid on overdue accounts
(848)
(865)
(787)
Realized and unrealized foreign exchange loss
(5)
(10,318)
(37,314)
Net loss on financial liabilities measured at amortized
cost (refer note 22)
-
-
(83,721)
Unwinding of provision for environmental rehabilitation
(refer note 19)
(10,797)
(9,797)
(4,735)
Unwinding of discount on financial liabilities measured
at amortized cost
(8,468)
(18,023)
(6,394)
Other finance expenses
(327)
(521)
(609)
(24,132)
(41,743)
(167,693)

7. INCOME TAX
Mining tax
471
20,729
147,737
Non-mining tax
(6,972)
11,332
(4,026)
Secondary tax on companies
(1,762)
(3,617)
-
(8,263)
28,444
143,711
Comprising:
South African
Current tax - current year
(8,476)
(43,321)
(13,272)
- prior year
(70)
749
-
Deferred tax
2,045
74,633
81,575
Secondary tax on companies
(1,762)
(3,617)
-
Foreign
Current tax
-
-
(32,678)
Deferred tax
-
-
108,086
(8,263)
28,444
143,711
In South Africa, mining tax on mining income is determined based on a formula which takes into account the profit and revenue
from a gold mining company during the year. Non-mining income, which consists primarily of interest, is taxed at a standard rate
of 28% (2009: 28%) (2008: 28%).

The tax rates applicable to mining and non-mining income of a gold mining company depend on whether the company has elected
to be exempt from secondary tax on companies (STC). STC is a tax on dividends declared, which is payable by the company
declaring the dividend. At present, the STC tax rate is equal to 10.0% (2009: 10%) (2008: 10%) of the amount of income declared
as a dividend. In 1993, all existing gold mining companies had the option to elect to be exempt from STC. If the election was
made, a higher tax rate would apply to both mining and non-mining income.

In 2010, 2009 and 2008, the tax rates for taxable mining and non-mining income for companies that elected the STC exemption
were 43% (2009: 43%) (2008: 43%) and 35% (2009: 35%) (2008: 35%) respectively. During those same years, the tax rates for
companies that did not elect the STC exemption were 34% (2009: 34%) (2008: 34%) and 28% (2009: 28%) (2008: 28%), for
taxable mining and non-mining income respectively.

In 1993, the company elected not to be exempt from STC, as this would have meant that the company would be subject to normal
taxation at the higher rates of 43% for mining income and 35% for non-mining income. The company, having chosen not to be
subject to the STC exemption, is subject to 34% (2009: 34%) (2008: 34%) tax on mining income and 28% (2009: 28%) (2008:
28%) for non-mining income. With the exception of Crown, all of the South African subsidiaries elected not to be exempt from
STC.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
F-26
NOTES TO THE ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
for the year ended June 30, 2010

7. INCOME TAX (continued)

South African deferred tax is provided at the maximum possible mining tax rate applicable in terms of the mining tax formula to
the relevant operations at either 34% or 43% (2009: 34% or 43%) (2008: 34% or 43%).

The formulae for determining the South African gold mining tax rates for both the current and prior years are:
Y = 43 – 215/X (elect not to pay STC)
Y = 34 – 170/X (elect to pay STC)
Where Y is the percentage rate of tax payable and X is the ratio of taxable income, net of any qualifying capital expenditure that
bears to mining incomes derived, expressed as a percentage.

Each company is taxed as a separate entity and no tax set-off is allowed between the companies.
2010
2009
2008
R’000
R’000
R’000
Estimated unredeemed capital expenditure at year-end
(available for deduction against future mining income)
2,171,299
1,907,048            1,395,736
Estimated tax losses at year-end (available to reduce future
taxable income)
844,903
914,057
963,940
Estimated tax losses and unredeemed capital expenditure
carried forward
3,016,202
2,821,105           2,359,676
Estimated future tax relief at applicable statutory rates
991,082
922,492
748,071
Tax reconciliation
Major items causing the group's income tax provision to
differ from the statutory rate were:
Taxation (charge)/benefit on net (profit)/loss at applicable statutory rates
(66,105)
(25,660)
27,987
Disallowable expenditure
(6,344)
(22,986)
(94,659)
Exempt income
47,967
32,372
226,850
Additional tax expense relating to the prior year
(70)
(1,373)
-
Tax incentives
2,410
2,114
5,678
Secondary tax on companies
(1,762)
(3,617)
-
Temporary differences including tax losses recognized for which deferred tax
assets were previously unrecognized
15,745
45,047
(22,145)
Other
(104)
2,547
-
Taxation (charge)/relief
(8,263)
28,444
143,711
BACKGROUND IMAGE
F-27
NOTES TO THE ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
for the year ended June 30, 2010

8. PROFIT ON DISPOSAL OF DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS

The sale of Emperor’s 20% interest in the Porgera Joint Venture to Barrick was completed on August 17, 2007 for a cash
consideration of R1.9 billion ($255.0 million) and subsequently Emperor retired all its debt facilities, leaving the group debt- and
hedge-free. Emperor’s capital return to its shareholders amounting to R308.5 million ($43.9 million) was completed on
September 3, 2007 and DRDGOLD received its portion of the capital return, amounting to R242.8 million ($37.7 million).

The sale of DRDGOLD’s 78.72% interest in Emperor was concluded on October 22, 2007 for a total consideration of R355.8
million (A$56.0 million), drawing to a close the group’s mining investment in Australasia.

On March 30, 2008 DRDGOLD disposed of its 50.25% shareholding in NetGold Services Limited (NetGold) and in exchange
for its shareholding in NetGold obtained a 12.3% stake in GM Networks Limited (GoldMoney), which was sold during fiscal
2009.







Comparative information has been restated and re-presented to show the
discontinued operations separately from the continuing operations.
Profit on disposal of Porgera
-
-
1,052,393
Profit on disposal of Emperor
-
-
103,403
Profit on disposal of NetGold
-
-
13,414
Profit on disposal of discontinued operations
-
-
1,169,210
2010                   2009
2008
R’000                   R’000
R’000
BACKGROUND IMAGE
F-28
NOTES TO THE ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
for the year ended June 30, 2010


9. EARNINGS PER SHARE
Basic
The calculation of earnings per ordinary share is based
on the following:
Basic earnings attributable to equity owners of the parent
207,815
129,124
996,041
Basic earnings from continuing operations attributable to equity owners of
the parent
207,815
129,124
128,558
Weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue
380,407,239
376,678,974
376,023,344
Diluted
Basic earnings attributable to equity owners of the parent
207,815
129,124
996,041
Dilutive effect on earnings
-
-
-
Diluted basic earnings
207,815
129,124
996,041

Reconciliation of weighted average number of ordinary shares to diluted
weighted average number of ordinary shares

Weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue
380,407,239
376,678,974
376,023,344
Number of staff options allocated
221
223,547
22,813
Diluted weighted average number of ordinary shares
380,407,460
376,902,521
376,046,157

Basic earnings per ordinary share (cents)
55
34
265
Diluted earnings per ordinary share (cents)
55
34
265
Basic earnings from continuing operations per ordinary share (cents)
55
34
34
Diluted earnings from continuing operations per ordinary share (cents)
55
34
34

2010                    2009                    2008
R’000                    R’000                   R’000
BACKGROUND IMAGE
F-29
NOTES TO THE ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
for the year ended June 30, 2010
2010
2009
R’000
R’000


10. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
Total
Cost
3,191,996
2,901,436
Opening balance
2,901,436
1,809,606
Acquired through purchase of subsidiaries
131,205
740,874
Additions
200,405
346,668
Borrowing costs capitalized
32
5,154
Disposals
(41,082)
(866)
Accumulated depreciation and impairment
(1,334,350)      (1,168,217)
Opening balance
(1,168,217)
(996,731)
Current depreciation
(190,769)
(99,217)
Reversal of impairment/(impairment)
12,514
(72,438)
Disposals
12,122
169
Carrying value
1,857,646
1,733,219
BACKGROUND IMAGE
F-30
NOTES TO THE ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
for the year ended June 30, 2010
2010
2009
R’000
R’000
10. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT (continued)
Mining property
Cost
314,309
284,800
Opening balance
284,800
259,313
Acquired through purchase of subsidiaries
21,656
-
Additions (b)
7,853
22,367
Borrowing costs capitalized
-
3,298
Disposals
-
(178)
Accumulated depreciation and impairment
(159,179)
(151,527)
Opening balance
(151,527)
(145,574)
Current depreciation
(7,652)
(5,746)
Impairment
-
(207)
Carrying value
155,130
133,273
Mine development
Cost
1,970,999
1,806,500
Opening balance
1,806,500
902,845
Acquired through purchase of subsidiaries
54,384
672,140
Additions
122,174
231,715
Disposals
(12,059)
(200)
Accumulated depreciation and impairment
(717,586)
(614,272)
Opening balance
(614,272)
(513,450)
Current depreciation
(115,373)
(54,254)
Impairment
-
(46,568)
Disposals
12 059
-
Carrying value
1,253,413
1,192,228

BACKGROUND IMAGE
F-31
NOTES TO THE ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
for the year ended June 30, 2010
2010                        2009
R’000                        R’000
10. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT (continued)
Mine plant facilities
Cost
734,422
679,049
Opening balance
679,049
547,018
Acquired through purchase of subsidiaries
1,243
39,925
Additions
54,130
92,253
Disposals
-
(147)
Accumulated depreciation and impairment
(439,227)
(386,457)
Opening balance
(386,457)
(324,383)
Current depreciation
(65,284)
(37,401)
Reversal of impairment/(impairment)
12,514
(24,673)
Carrying value
295,195
292,592
Equipment and vehicles
Cost
27,131
21,557
Opening balance
21,557
18,301
Acquired through purchase of subsidiaries
1,181
-
Additions
4,607
3,597
Disposals
(214)
(341)
Accumulated depreciation and impairment
(18,358)
(15,961)
Opening balance
(15,961)
(13,324)
Current depreciation
(2,460)
(1,816)
Impairment
-
(990)
Disposals
63
169
Carrying value
8,773
5,596

Exploration Assets (a)
Cost
145,135
109,530
Opening balance
109,530
82,129
Acquired through purchase of subsidiaries
52,741
28,809
Additions (b)
11,641
(3,264)
Borrowing cost capitalized
32
1,856
Disposal of interest in joint venture
(28,809)
-
Carrying value
145,135
109,530



















BACKGROUND IMAGE
F-32

NOTES TO THE ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
for the year ended June 30, 2010


10. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT (continued)

Certain assets were encumbered as security for specified liabilities (refer note 22).

Borrowing costs are capitalized at the prime lending rate.

In assessing the recoverability of the above assets, where there are indicators of possible impairment, the estimated cash flows
have been calculated using the following estimates:

recoverable proved and probable Ore Reserves;
gold price estimates are based on a gold price of R311,636 per kilogram of gold (US$1,204 per ounce) in year one,
escalating at an average of 5.8% per annum and a base exchange rate of R8.05 = US$1.00, with the Rand weakening in
future years based on the expected differential between the local South African interest rates in those years over the
United States interest rates in those years.
working cost estimates are based on current working costs per kilogram at June 30, 2010, escalated for expected South
African inflationary increases of approximately 5.8% per annum; and
capital cost estimates are based on current estimates of future development costs to mine the current proved and probable
Ore Reserves, escalated for expected South African inflationary increases of approximately 5.7% per annum.
(a)    Exploration assets relates to phase two of the Ergo project and include property, plant, borrowing costs and the tailings
complex as well as exploration costs incurred in the feasibility studies conducted in Zimbabwe.

(b) 
  Included in additions are rehabilitation adjustments amounting to Rnil (2009: R5.8 million) and R6.4 million (2009:
credit of R3.9 million) relating to mining property and exploration assets, respectively.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
F-33
NOTES TO THE ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
for the year ended June 30, 2010
2010                    2009
R’000                  R’000
11. NON-CURRENT INVESTMENTS AND OTHER ASSETS
Unlisted investments
14,712
9,556
Loan to DRDSA Empowerment Trust
10,078
10,078
Loan to Khumo Gold SPV (Pty) Ltd
23,364
23,364
Investments in environmental rehabilitation trust funds
126,069
129,682
Opening balance
129,682
110,766
Impairment
(18,738)
-
Contributions
5,673
6,049
Growth in environmental rehabilitation trust funds
9,452
12,867
Total non-current investments and other assets
174,223
172,680

Unlisted investments consist of:
Fair
Carrying
Carrying
Number                 value                      value                     value
of                  2010                        2010                      2009
% Held
shares
R'000
R'000
R'000
Rand Mutual Assurance Company
42,468
8
8
7
Rand Refinery Limited
4
16,157
14,704
14,704
9,549
14,712
14,712
9,556
† Represents a less than 1% shareholding.

Unlisted investments comprise investments in unlisted companies in South Africa. The valuations are based on the net asset value
of these investments which approximates the instruments’ fair value.

The monies in the environmental rehabilitation trust funds are invested primarily in low-risk interest-bearing debt securities and
may be used only for environmental rehabilitation purposes.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
F-34
NOTES TO THE ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
for the year ended June 30, 2010
2010                 2009
R’000               R’000
12. INVESTMENT IN SUBSIDIARIES

Acquisition of subsidiaries

ErgoGold (formerly Elsburg Gold Mining Joint Venture)
In the year ended June 30, 2009, the group entered into a 50.50 joint venture agreement through East Rand Proprietary Mines
Limited (ERPM), together with one of Mintails SA (Pty) Limited subsidiaries called Mogale Gold (Pty) Limited on August 15,
2008. The joint venture was called ErgoGold. On March 31, 2009 the group acquired the remaining 50% interest in ErgoGold
through ERPM acquiring 15% and DRDGOLD acquiring 35% for a cash consideration of R100 million and R177 million
respectively. The fair value of the assets acquired at the date of acquisition, exceeded the cost of the acquisition, therefore
resulting in a bargain purchase. The bargain purchase was a direct result of the favourable change in the gold price since the
period the purchase price was fixed and the higher gold price on the date all the requirements were met for the acquisition to be
recognized, which is the date the fair value of the assets and liabilities were determined. The resulting negative goodwill arising
amounted to R53 million and was recognized in profit or loss. The most significant fair value determined related to the mining
rights included in property, plant and equipment and amounted to R583.0 million. The Multi Period Excess Earnings Method
(MEEM) was used to calculate the fair value, incorporating the following assumptions on acquisition date: gold price of
R288,665/kg, average escalation of gold price of 6.4% per annum, working cost per tonne of R30 at an average escalation of 6%,
life of mine (period) of 13 years, average yield of 0.14g/t and discount rate of 22.5%.
The statement of comprehensive income since acquisition relating to ErgoGold which were consolidated is set out below:
Statement of comprehensive income
3 months to
June 30, 2009
Revenue
-
8,713
Cost of sales
-
(54,614)
Gross loss from operating activities
-
(45,901)
Other income, administration and general costs
-
(1,250)
Loss before taxation
-
(47,151)
The statement of comprehensive income
8 months to
June 30, 2009
Revenue
-
39,643
Cost of sales
-
(105,058)
Gross loss from operating activities
-
(65,415)
Other income, administration and general costs
-
(1,251)
Loss before taxation
-
(66,666)
The statement of financial position at acquisition of ErgoGold has been set out below:
Statement of financial position
Non-current assets
As at March 31,
2009
Property, plant and equipment
-
887,462
Current assets
Inventory
-
17,866
Trade and other receivables
-
950
Cash and cash equivalents
-
1,666
Total fair value of assets
-
907,944
Non-current liabilities
Deferred tax liability
-
(185,653)
Current liabilities
Trade and other payables
-
(33,381)
Total fair value of liabilities
-
(219,034)
Fair value of net assets on date of acquisition
-
688,910
Non controlling interest in fair value of net assets
-
55,866
Acquisition date fair value on 50% initial equity interest
-
344,455
BACKGROUND IMAGE
F-35

NOTES TO THE ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
for the year ended June 30, 2010
2010                       2009
R’000                      R’000
12. INVESTMENT IN SUBSIDIARIES (continued)

Ergo Mining (Pty) Limited (Ergo JV)
On January 21, 2010, DRDGOLD signed an agreement to acquire, subject to certain suspensive conditions including Competition
Commission approval, Mintails’ remaining 50% interest in the Ergo JV for a total consideration of R82.1 million; R62.1 to be
settled in cash and the balance in shares in Witfontein Mining (Pty) Limited tailings deposition site on the Far West Rand, valued
at R20 million (refer note 13). On April 15, 2010 Competition Commission approval was obtained and the Ergo JV has been
consolidated effective May 1, 2010.

The acquisition was recorded as an asset acquisition due to the Ergo JV not being capable of operating as a business. IFRS 3
Business Combinations was therefore not applied.

The relative fair values of the assets and liabilities on the statement of financial position at acquisition of the Ergo JV have been
set out below.
Statement of financial position
As at April 30,
2009
Non-current assets
Property, plant and equipment
290,420
-
Current assets
Inventory
59
-
Trade and other receivables
12,611
-
Cash and cash equivalents
44,084
-
Total relative fair value of assets
347,174
-
Non-current liabilities
Rehabilitation provision
(157,935)
-
Loans and borrowings
(261,128)
-
Current liabilities
Trade and other payables
(4,252)
-
Total relative fair value of liabilities
(423,315)
-
Purchase consideration of 50% of the net assets on the date of acquisition
82,438
-
Non-controlling interest in relative fair value of net assets
(3,886)
-

Disposal of subsidiaries

All DRDGOLD’s foreign subsidiaries, which were holding companies of DRDGOLD’s foreign operations, have been placed into
voluntary liquidation as at June 30, 2010. A foreign currency translation reserve has accumulated over the life of these foreign
subsidiaries. The voluntary liquidation constitutes a disposal, therefore any accumulated foreign currency translation reserves
have been realized in profit or loss.
DRD (Offshore) Limited
130,022
-
DRD International APS (Pty) Limited
(30,035)
-
DRD Australia APS
111,409
-
DRD Australasia (Pty) Limited
(103,472)
-
Dome Resources (Pty) Limited
48,825
-
Total profit on disposal of foreign subsidiaries
156,749
-








BACKGROUND IMAGE
F-36

NOTES TO THE ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
for the year ended June 30, 2010

2010                      2009
R’000                     R’000
13. INVESTMENT IN JOINT VENTURES

The joint ventures for which the statement of comprehensive income and statement of
financial position have been proportionately consolidated were as follows:
Witfontein Mining (Pty) Limited – percentage held
-
50%
Ergo Mining (Pty) Limited – percentage held (refer note 12)
100%
50%

In the year ended June 30, 2009, the group acquired a 50% interest in Witfontein Mining (Pty)
Limited (Witfontein) on February 28, 2009 for a cash consideration of R20 million. The
group had the option to dispose of its interest at a consideration equal to the acquisition price
if Witfontein is unsuccessful in obtaining the required approvals for a deposition facility. In
the year ended June 30, 2010 the group exercised this option and disposed of their 50%
interest in Witfontein on April 30, 2010, at a price equal to the original acquisition price.
Witfontein had no capital commitments for the year ended June 30, 2009.
In the year ended June 30, 2009 the group acquired a 50% interest in Ergo Mining (Pty)
Limited (Ergo JV) with effect from May 6, 2008. The Ergo JV was jointly controlled by the
group and Mintails Limited. In the year ended June 30, 2010 the group acquired the remaining
50% interest in the Ergo JV on April 15, 2010. This transaction was accounted for as an asset
acquisition for a total consideration of R82.1 million and the Ergo JV has subsequently been
consolidated as a subsidiary from May 1, 2010 (refer note 12). The Ergo JV has contracted
commitments which have not been provided for in the financial statements amounting to Rnil
(2009: R4.8 million), and commitments authorized by the directors but not contracted for
amounting to R73.0 million (2009: R30.9 million). The group’s proportionate share in these
amounts is 50% for the year ended June 30, 2009 and 100% for the year ended June 30, 2010.
The group’s effective share of income, expenses, assets and liabilities of the joint ventures,
which are included in the consolidated financial statements, are as follows:
Statement of comprehensive income
Revenue
-
-
Cost of sales
(11,825)
(5,162)
Gross loss from operating activities
(11,825)
(5,162)
Other income, administration and general costs
(4,568)
(3,967)
Loss before taxation
(16,393)
(9,129)

Statement of financial position
Non-current assets
-
69,876
Current assets
-
34,269
Total assets
-
104,145
Shareholders’ equity
-
10,830
Non-current liabilities
-
70,840
Current liabilities
-
22,475
Total equity and liabilities
-
104,145

14. INVESTMENT IN ASSOCIATES
The associate has been equity accounted for in the statement of comprehensive income and statement of financial position. An
impairment has been provided against this investment.

West Wits SA (Pty) Limited – percentage held
28.33%
28.33%
Investment in associate – at cost
2,700
2,700
Impairment of investment in associate
(2,700)
(2,700)
Carrying value of investment in associate
-
-



BACKGROUND IMAGE
F-37
NOTES TO THE ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
for the year ended June 30, 2010

2010                       2009
R’000                       R’000
15. INVENTORIES
Current
Gold in process
36,402
42,861
Consumable stores
59,834
51,074
Finished stock - bullion
36,400
-
132,636
93,935
Non-current
Consumable stores
5,579
4,238
Total inventories
138,215
98,173

Inventory includes gold in process carried at net realizable value amounting to R14.0 million (2009: R25.7 million) and finished
stock – bullion amounting to R27.6 million (2009: Rnil).

16. TRADE AND OTHER RECEIVABLES
Trade receivables (gold)
12,430
30,966
Value added tax
23,028
27,494
Prepayments
-
386
Receivables from other related parties
60
86
Interest receivable
692
6,181
Other receivables
41,193
31,161
Allowance for impairment
(12,882)
(8,314)
64,521
87,960


17. ASSETS CLASSIFIED AS HELD FOR SALE

Mining property of R15.0 million, being the DRDGOLD mine village, is presented as held for sale following the decision of the
group’s management on January 13, 2006 to sell this disposal group as part of the closure of the old Durban Deep mine. A sale
was expected by June 30, 2010, however due to circumstances beyond the company’s control, the sale has been postponed and is
expected to be completed by June 30, 2011. The company remains committed to its plan to sell this disposal group.


The disposal groups are carried at the lower of carrying amount or fair value less costs to sell and are included within ‘Corporate
Head Office and all other’ for operating segmental reporting purposes (refer note 26).
Assets classified as held for sale
Property, plant and equipment
15,000
15,000
15,000
15,000
BACKGROUND IMAGE
F-38
NOTES TO THE ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
for the year ended June 30, 2010
2010                             2009
R’000                            R’000
18. EQUITY OF THE OWNERS OF THE PARENT
Details of equity of the owners of the parent are provided in the statements
of changes in equity on page F-5.
Authorized share capital
600,000,000 (2009: 600,000,000) ordinary shares of no par value
5,000,000 (2009: 5,000,000) cumulative preference
shares of 10 cents each
500
500
Issued share capital
384,884,379 (2009: 378,001,303) ordinary shares of no
par value
4,133,318
4,104,480
5,000,000 (2009: 5,000,000) cumulative preference shares
of 10 cents each
500
500
4,133,818
4,104,980

Share capital
Unissued shares
The group operates a share option scheme as an incentive tool for its executive directors and senior employees whose skills and
experience are recognized as being essential to the group’s performance. In terms of the scheme rules, a maximum of 15% of the
issued ordinary shares is reserved for issuance thereunder and no participant may hold options at any time, which if exercised in
full, would exceed 2% of the company's issued share capital at that time. The number of issued and exercisable share options are
5.1% of the issued ordinary share capital which is near the internationally accepted guideline of 3% to 5% for such schemes.

In addition, the participants in the scheme are fully taxed at their marginal tax rate on any gains realized on the exercise of their
options.

In terms of an ordinary resolution passed at the previous annual general meeting, the remaining unissued ordinary shares in the
company are under the control of the directors until the next general meeting.

Cumulative preference shares
The terms of issue of the cumulative preference shares were that they carried the right, in priority to the company's ordinary
shares, to receive a dividend equal to 3% of the gross future revenue generated by the exploitation or the disposal of Argonaut's
mineral rights acquired from Randgold and Exploration Company Limited in September 1997. In 2005, the Argonaut mineral
rights reverted to the South African Government after no application for conversion was lodged within the stipulated period of
one year, under the provisions of the Mineral and Petroleum Resources Development Act (MPRDA).

Option instruments
The company currently has one class of options authorized but not issued, namely Durban Deep ‘C’ options. There are
10,000,000 authorized option instruments at year-end which entitle the holder to subscribe for one ordinary share per option
instrument at a subscription price of R15 per ordinary share. These are exercisable at any time during the period from the date on
which the option is issued by the company to a date no later than five years from the date of issue.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
F-39
NOTES TO THE ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
for the year ended June 30, 2010

18. EQUITY OF THE OWNERS OF THE PARENT (continued)
2010                          2009
R’000                         R’000
Revaluation and other reserves
Foreign exchange translation reserve (a)
-
156,538
Asset revaluation reserve (b)
142,835
138,953
Share-based payments reserve (c)
56,034
51,919
198,869
347,410

(a) The foreign exchange translation reserve represented the cumulative translation effect arising on the translation of the
financial statements of the company’s foreign operations. During the year ended June 30, 2010 the group disposed (placed into
voluntary liquidation) all of its foreign subsidiaries and the foreign currency translation reserve relating thereto has been
transferred to profit or loss. The foreign exchange translation reserve for the year ended June 30, 2009 relates to the following
foreign holding companies, which were part of the company's Australasian operations group structure: DRD (Offshore) Limited,
Dome Resources (Pty) Limited, DRD Australasia (Pty) Limited, DRD Australia APS and DRD International APS (Pty) Limited
(refer note 12).

(b) Certain items of property, plant and equipment that were revalued to fair value on or prior to July 1, 2004 – the date of
transition to IFRS – were measured on the basis of deemed cost, being the revalued amount at the date of the revaluation. A
revaluation adjustment of R5.0 million was recognized in the asset revaluation reserve.

The reserve also includes a R3.9 million (2009: R0.6 million) fair value adjustment on available-for-sale financial instruments.

On the acquisition of ErgoGold, in the year ended June 30, 2009 an amount of R133.3 million was taken to the asset revaluation
reserve. This amount represented the increase in the fair value of ErgoGold’s net assets after the acquisition of the group’s initial
interest, which is attributable to that initial interest.

(c) The company issues equity-settled instruments to certain qualifying employees under an employee share option scheme to
purchase shares in the company’s authorized but unissued ordinary shares. Equity share-based payments are measured at the fair
value of the equity instruments at the date of the grant. Deferred share-based compensation is expensed over the vesting period,
based on the company’s estimate of the shares that are expected to eventually vest. A deferred share-based compensation expense
of R4.1 million (2009: R7.9 million), was charged to profit or loss (refer to note 3).
Dividends
The following dividends were declared and paid by the group:
5 cents per qualifying ordinary share (2009: 10 cents)
(18,954)
(37,658)
After June 30, 2010 a dividend of 5 cents per qualifying share (R19.2 million) was proposed by the directors for 2010. The
dividend has not been provided for nor the secondary tax on companies (STC) which is charged at 10% of the dividend which
is declared and is estimated to amount to R1.9 million.

19. PROVISION FOR ENVIRONMENTAL REHABILITATION
Opening balance
412,454
381,252
Acquired through purchase of subsidiary
78,968
-
Increase in provision
6,419
1,860
Unwinding of provision to profit or loss (refer note 6)
10,797
9,797
(Credit)/charge to profit or loss
(88,034)
19,545
Closing balance
420,604
412,454

Amounts have been contributed to irrevocable trusts (refer to note 11)

The company intends to fund the ultimate rehabilitation costs from the money invested with the trust funds as well as, at the time
of mine closure, the proceeds on sale of remaining assets and gold from plant clean-up. The rehabilitation is expected to occur
progressively towards the end of life of the respective mines.

The credit to profit or loss includes credits of R63.4 million and R4.8 million relating to the derecognition of the provisions for
Durban Roodepoort Deep and West Witwatersrand Gold Mines (Pty) Limited, respectively (refer note 23).
BACKGROUND IMAGE
F-40
NOTES TO THE ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
for the year ended June 30, 2010

20. POST-RETIREMENT AND OTHER EMPLOYEE BENEFITS (continued)
2010                          2009
R’000                         R’000
Liability for post-retirement medical benefits
12,507
42,498
Liability for long-service awards
858
1,141
13,365
43,639

Contribution funds
In South Africa, the group participates in a number of multi-employer industry-based retirement plans. All plans are governed
by the Pension Funds Act, 1956.

The group pays fixed contributions to external institutions and will have no legal or constructive obligation to pay further
amounts. Pension plans, which are multi-employer plans in the nature of defined contribution plans, are funded through
monthly contributions to these defined contribution plans. Obligations for contributions are recognized as an employee
benefit expense in profit or loss as incurred.
Amounts recognized in profit or loss are as follows:
Contribution payments
(35,557)
(35,419)
Post-retirement medical benefits
The group has an obligation to fund a portion of the medical aid contributions of certain of its employees after they have
retired. A provision for post-retirement medical benefits has been raised, based on the latest calculations, using a projected
unit credit method of independent actuaries, performed as at June 30, 2010. Post-retirement medical benefits are actuarially
valued every three years. The obligation is unfunded. As a result of a project initiated during the year ended June 30, 2010 to
optimize the synergies of the group’s surface retreatment operations, and the resulting possibility of a settlement of existing
post-retirement medical benefits, management has revised the assumptions used in the calculation of this provision. The
resulting decrease in the provision for post-retirement medical benefits of approximately R30 million has been treated, for
accounting purposes, as a change in estimate and is included in cost of sales.
Amounts recognized in the statement of financial position are as follows:
Opening balance
42,498
21,504
Current service cost
2,075
1,101
Actuarial (gain)/loss
(35,290)
18,226
Benefits paid
(283)
-
Interest costs
3,507
1,667
Closing balance
12,507
42,498
Amounts recognized in profit or loss are as follows:
Current service cost and interest
(2,075)
(1,101)
Net actuarial gain/(loss)
35,290
(18,226)
Interest costs
(3,507)
(1,667)
29,708
(20,994)
Principal actuarial assumptions at the reporting date:
Health care cost inflation
7.8%
7.3%
Discount rate
9.3%
8.3%
Real discount rate
1.4%
0.9%
Normal retirement age
60
60/65
Expected average retirement age
59.8
59.9/64.1
Spouse age gap
3 years
3 years
Continuation at retirement
100%
100%
Proportion married at retirement
85%
85%






BACKGROUND IMAGE
F-41
NOTES TO THE ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
for the year ended June 30, 2010

20. POST-RETIREMENT AND OTHER EMPLOYEE BENEFITS (continued)

Historical information:
2010
2009
2008
2007
2006
R’000
R’000
R’000
R’000
R’000

Unfunded liability
12,507
42,498
21,504
19,009
16,762
Actuarial (gain)/loss
(35,290)
18,226
-
-
2,923

There are currently no long-term assets set aside in respect of post-employment medical care liabilities.

Assuming all other variables remain constant, a one percent base point change in health care costs would have the following
effects:

Sensitivity analysis:

Health care
Variation
cost inflation
Mortality
Resignation rate
R’000
R’000                               R’000
Effect on the aggregate
+1%
927
(709)
(212)
service and interest cost
-1%
(759)
832
234
Effect in past-service
+1%
1,939
(1,513)
(400)
contractual liability
-1%
(1,588)
1,776
438


The group expects to pay contributions to the amount of R0.4 million during 2011.

Long-service awards
The group participates in the Chamber of Mines of South Africa Long Service Awards Scheme (the scheme). The scheme does
not confer on any employee or other persons any right of payment of any award.

In terms of the scheme, bonus payments may be made to certain employees, usually semi-skilled, upon reaching the age of 55,
who have completed 15 years of continuous service in South African gold mining companies which are members of the Chamber
of Mines of South Africa and The Employment Bureau of Africa, provided such service is not pensionable service. The scheme
lays down the rules under which an employee may be eligible for the award. The award is paid by the company for which the
employee works upon becoming eligible for the award and electing to receive payment. All awards must be confirmed by the
Chamber of Mines of South Africa before payment.

The amount of the award is based on both the employee's skill level and years of service with gold mining companies that qualify
for the scheme.
2010
2009
R’000
R’000
Amounts recognized in the statement of financial position are as follows:
Opening balance
1,141
1,236
Benefits paid
(283)
(95)
Closing balance
858
1,141

Share option scheme

a) Details of the scheme

The company operates a Share Option Scheme, DRDGOLD (1996) Share Scheme, (the scheme), as an incentive tool for its
executive directors and senior employees whose skills and experience are recognized as being essential to the company's
performance. In terms of the scheme rules a maximum of 15% of the issued ordinary shares of the company is reserved for
issuance thereunder and no participant may hold options at any time which, if exercised in full, would exceed 2% of the
company's issued share capital at that time. The number of issued and exercisable share options is approximately 5.1% of the
issued ordinary share capital which is near the internationally accepted guideline of 3% to 5% for such schemes. In addition, the
participants in the scheme are fully taxed at their marginal tax rate on any gains realized on the exercise of their options.



BACKGROUND IMAGE
F-42
NOTES TO THE ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
for the year ended June 30, 2010

20. POST-RETIREMENT AND OTHER EMPLOYEE BENEFITS (continued)

The price at which an option may be exercised is the lowest seven-day trailing average of the closing market prices of an ordinary
share on the JSE Limited, as confirmed by the company's directors, during the three months preceding the day on which the
employee is granted the option. Each option remains in force for 10 years after the date of grant, subject to the terms of the option
plan. Options granted under a plan vest at the discretion of the company's directors, but primarily according to the following
schedule over a maximum of a three-year period:

Percentage vested in each period
grant:
Period after the original
date of the option:
25%                                                                                                            6 months
25%                                                                                                            1 year
25%                                                                                                            2 years
25%                                                                                                            3 years

Any options not exercised within a period of 5 years (issued prior to 2009: 10 years) from the original date of the option will
expire and may not thereafter be exercised.

b) Share options activity in respect of the DRDGOLD (1996) Share Scheme was as follows:


Outstanding Vested
                                                Average                                               Average
price per
price per
Number of
share
Number of
share
shares
R
shares
R
Balance at June 30, 2008
15,935,619
13.85
11,257,594
11.58
Granted                                                                                           4,647,800
3.50
Exercised                                                                                      (1,429,715)
4.69
Forfeited/lapsed                                                                            (1,848,775)
10.71
Balance at June 30, 2009
17,304,929
11.75
11,611,308
10.43
Granted                                                                                           3,654,307
5.35
Exercised                                                                                        (262,663)
3.83
Forfeited/lapsed                                                                           (1,202,172)
6.88
Balance at June 30, 2010
19,494,401
10.96
14,110,206                               13.45

Options to acquire the company’s ordinary shares that were granted post November 7, 2002 and remain unvested at January 1,
2005, are measured at fair value at grant date. This fair value is recognized as an employee expense over the vesting period,
adjusted to reflect actual levels of vesting, with the corresponding credit to a revaluation and other reserve, which is part of
equity.

The fair value of the options granted is measured using the Black–Scholes option pricing model, taking into account the terms and
conditions upon which the options were granted.

Analysis of share options:

Years               Vested
Unvested
to
June 30,
June 30,
June 30,
June 30,
expiry                   2010                        2011
2012                       2013
R5<                                                                              7-8
4,303,284
1,930,862
917,859
-
R5>R10                                                                        4-7
5,306,272
884,698
825,352
825,424
R10>R15                                                                         4
1,150,000
-
-
-
R15>R20                                                                      2-4
2,893,450
-
-
-
R20>R30
2
457,200
-                                -
-
14,110,206
2,815,560                  1,743,211
825,424

BACKGROUND IMAGE
F-43
NOTES TO THE ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
for the year ended June 30, 2010

20. POST-RETIREMENT AND OTHER EMPLOYEE BENEFITS (continued)
2010
2009
R’000
R’000
c) The fair value of the options determined using the Black - Scholes option valuation model.

Significant inputs into the model were:
Market price at date of grant (Rand per share)
November 1, 2004 option grant
10.93
10.93
April 15, 2005 option grant
5.13
5.13
June 17, 2005 option grant
5.50
5.50
October 25, 2005 option grant
5.94
5.94
October 30, 2006 option grant
9.93
9.93
October 29, 2007 option grant
5.50
5.50
October 20, 2008 option grant
4.70
4.70
October 20, 2009 option grant
5.30
Vesting periods (years)
November 1, 2004 option grant
3
3
April 15, 2005 option grant
3
3
June 17, 2005 option grant
3
3
October 25, 2005 option grant
3
3
October 30, 2006 option grant
3
3
October 29, 2007 option grant
3
3
October 20, 2008 option grant
3
3
October 20, 2009 option grant
3
Option strike price (Rand per share)
November 1, 2004 option grant
11.70
11.70
April 15, 2005 option grant
4.84
4.84
June 17, 2005 option grant
7.10
7.10
October 25, 2005 option grant
8.78
8.78
October 30, 2006 option grant
9.08
9.08
October 29, 2007 option grant
3.88
3.88
October 20, 2008 option grant
3.50
3.50
October 20, 2009 option grant
5.35
Risk-free rate
November 1, 2004 option grant
8.56%
8.56%
April 15, 2005 option grant
7.81%
7.81%
June 17, 2005 option grant
7.58%
7.58%
October 25, 2005 option grant
7.94%
7.94%
October 30, 2006 option grant
8.39%
8.39%
October 29, 2007 option grant
8.79%
8.79%
October 20, 2008 option grant
9.55%
9.55%
October 20, 2009 option grant
8.72%
Volatility
(1)
November 1, 2004 option grant
29%
29%
April 15, 2005 option grant
37%
37%
June 17, 2005 option grant
38%
38%
October 25, 2005 option grant
36%
36%
October 30, 2006 option grant
44%
44%
October 29, 2007 option grant
28%
28%
October 20, 2008 option grant
31%
31%
October 20, 2009 option grant
25%
(1)
The volatility is measured at the standard deviation of the expected share price returns and is based on statistical analysis of
daily share prices over the last three years.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
F-44
NOTES TO THE ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
for the year ended June 30, 2010

21. DEFERRED TAX
2010                       2009
R’000                       R’000
Balances arose from the following temporary differences:
Deferred tax asset
Property, plant and equipment
256,710
282,940
Provisions, including rehabilitation provision
169,583
132,704
Estimated assessed losses
91,886
114,998
Capital losses
151,450
152,063
Other temporary differences
27,329
-
Deferred tax asset not recognized
(556,216)
(517,590)
140,742
165,115
Deferred tax liability
Property, plant and equipment
(168,138)
(211,633)
Provisions, including rehabilitation provision
-
10,162
Other temporary differences
(4)
6,911
(168,142)
(194,560)
Net deferred mining and income tax liability
(27,400)
(29,445)
Reconciliation between deferred taxation opening and closing balances
Opening balance
(29,445)
81,575
Acquisition of subsidiary
-
(185,653)
Profit or loss credit
2,045
74,633
Closing balance
(27,400)
(29,445)

The deferred tax relating to the company’s investment in subsidiaries, joint venture and associate is Rnil (2009: Rnil) resulting
from the fact that these investments are to be realized through dividend distributions which are exempt under current South
African tax legislation.

22. LOANS AND BORROWINGS
Secured
AngloGold Ashanti Limited (a)
-
2,101
Unsecured
Preference shares held by Khumo Gold SPV (Pty) Limited and the DRDSA
Empowerment Trust (b)
58,977
65,146
58,977
67,247
Less: payable within one year included under current liabilities
-
(2,101)
58,977
65,146
Loans and borrowings expected repayment schedule for capital amounts payable in
the twelve months to:

June 30, 2010
                     2,101
June 30, 2011
                   12,591
June 30, 2012
                   20,354
Thereafter
58,977                      32,201
58,977                      67,247
Analysis of gross loans and borrowings by currency:
South African Rand
58,977
67,247
Effective interest rates:
Secured liabilities
AngloGold Ashanti Limited
11.0%
Undrawn committed borrowing facilities:
Investec Bank Limited
-
250,000
BACKGROUND IMAGE
F-45
NOTES TO THE ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
for the year ended June 30, 2010

22. LOANS AND BORROWINGS (continued)


(a) On July 31, 2007 and on March 1, 2008 Ergo Mining (Pty) Limited entered into two separate loan facilities, amounting to
R85.3 million, with AngloGold Ashanti Limited for the purchase of the remaining moveable and immovable assets of Ergo.
These assets had a carrying value of R87.8 million (2009: R87.8 million) at year end. The facilities were repayable in equal
monthly installments over 23 and 19 months respectively of which the final installment was paid during the year ended June 30,
2010. The loans bore interest at the prime lending rate, which was 11% at June 30, 2009. The loans were secured over the assets
that were purchased from AngloGold Ashanti Limited.

(b) On November 18, 2005, the group issued class A cumulative participating preference shares to Khumo Gold SPV (Pty)
Limited (Khumo Gold), for a subscription price of R10.6 million. Class B and Class C cumulative participating preference
shares, for a subscription price of R7.1 million and R8.6 million were issued to Khumo Gold and the DRDSA Empowerment
Trust respectively on November 30, 2006. The preference shares entitle Khumo Gold and the employee trust to receive a
dividend of R0.26 for every R0.74 paid by Crown, ERPM and Blyvoor to the company towards capital and interest on their
outstanding intra-group loans as at November 30, 2005. Crown repaid its loan to DRDGOLD during the year ended June 30,
2009 and a preference dividend of R31.8 million was paid to Khumo Gold and the employee trust. There are no further
obligations pursuant to the Crown preference shares and they were cancelled. The preference shares are measured at amortized
cost based on the effective interest rate method. As these financial instruments do not have fixed terms, the repayment schedules
for the loans are based on an estimated repayment schedule, calculated using the available profits of the relevant operations with
reference to their respective life-of-mine plans (LOM plans). The extension of the repayment period at Blyvoor resulted in a
positive adjustment of R33.9 million (2009: R36.1 million) and the reduction of the repayment period at ERPM resulted in a
negative adjustment of R19.3 million (2009: extension of repayment period resulted in a positive adjustment amounting to R27.2
million), and a net loss at Crown during 2009 of R1.3 million.


BACKGROUND IMAGE
F-46
NOTES TO THE ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
for the year ended June 30, 2010

23. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENT LIABILITIES
2010                   2009
R’000                   R’000
Capital commitments
Contracted for but not provided for in the annual financial statements
36,744
33,063
Authorized by the directors but not contracted for
176,744
79,333
213,488
112,396
This capital expenditure will be financed from existing cash resources, cash generated from operations and negotiated funding
facilities.
Operating lease commitments
The company leases its office building in terms of an operating lease. The company does not have an option to acquire the
building at the termination of the lease. There is an escalation of 8% per annum imposed by the lease agreement.
Crown leases its vehicles under various operating leases. There is an average escalation of 2.5% per annum imposed by these
lease agreements.
The future minimum lease payments under non-cancellable operating leases are as
follows:
Not later than 1 year
1,058
1,874
Between 1 and 5 years
3,815
307
Later than 5 years
-
-

Environmental
At Durban Roodepoort Deep mine , rehabilitation and other responsibilities like the National Nuclear Regulator Certificate of
Registration requirements have been taken over by DRD (Pty) Ltd or Mintails. An official liability transfer in terms of section 58
of the Mineral and Petroleum Resources Development Act (MPRDA) has been submitted to the Department of Minerals and
Resources (DMR). DRDGOLD retains only the village that has no assessed liability associated with it. The legal transfer thereof
would be dependent on the DMR’s assessment of Mintail’s financial capability. DRDGOLD therefore still has a contingent
liability until such legal transfer is affected.

At West Witwatersrand Gold Mine (Pty) Limited mine , responsibility for the mine, including the environmental rehabilitation
liability, has been taken over contractually by Mintails although the legal transfer thereof would be dependent on the DMR’s
assessment of Mintail’s financial capability. DRDGOLD therefore still has a contingent liability until such legal transfer is
affected.

Management of West Rand Consolidated Mines’ tailings dams have been taken over by Mintails which plans to reprocess them.
An Environmental Management Programme (EMP) for the balance of the area has been submitted to the DMR as part of the
conversion process of ML9/2000. The execution of the conversion is imminent.
In terms of Acid Mine Drainage (AMD) from the Western Basin, a proposal has been submitted to the regulators for an interim
solution whereby the Western Basin water is pumped into the Central Basin. Water from the Central Basin is then pumped from
400m below surface and partly treated in the ERPM High Density Separation (HDS) plant before being released. The proposal is
based on a Public Private Partnership and will prevent untreated water from polluting the environment until the final sustainable
solution is put in place. In terms of this proposal DRDGOLD will contribute approximately R13.4 million towards the R218
million capital required. Final approval is awaited.

With regards to AMD, DRDGOLD’s subsidiaries’ contributed approximately 1.5% of the AMD problem, which is based on
calculating the total amount of rock removed from underground and calculating this as a percentage of the total. This,
DRDGOLD believe, is the best available method of determining how much rock bearing pollutants had been exposed by our
activities.
Blyvoor continues to pump water from underground and discharges approximately 8 million litres (Ml) per day into the
Wonderfontein Spruit. Regular monthly quality meetings continue to take place with the Tlokwe (Potchefstroom) Municipality
and Blyvoor is fully compliant with the requirements of the agreement with the Tlokwe (Potchefstroom) City Council. Blyvoor
also participates in the Mining Interest Group, a sub group of the Wonderfontein Spruit Forum, which determines strategies
regarding potential pollution and remedial action of the Wonderfontein Spruit and eventual regional closure. The regulators have
produced a remediation report for the spruit that identifies certain areas requiring attention. Implementation task teams will now
be set up to do the necessary studies and remediation where required. Blyvoor has also authorized a water treatment plant that will
treat approximately 6Ml per day of the discharged water to potable standard for their own consumption. The plant is currently
being commissioned and should be operational within the next few months.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
F-47
NOTES TO THE ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
for the year ended June 30, 2010

23. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENT LIABILITIES (continued)

Crown
has continued to engage proactively with the local community in terms of dust and other environmental issues. Since the
upgrading of pipelines there have been very limited slime spills. Dust is very well managed. These initiatives are continuing with
rehabilitation being an integral part of the operational management.

ERPM has updated its EMP to meet the requirements of the MPRDA and submitted it to the DMR for approval. The concurrent
rehabilitation of redundant structures and holdings continued throughout the year. A proposal whereby water from the Central
Basin as well as water from the Western Basin is pumped and treated at the HDS plant before being discharged has been
submitted to the regulators for approval. This proposal will prevent AMD from contaminating ground water and decanting
uncontrolled into the environment (see above).

Ergo
has restarted depositing onto the Brakpan tailings facility. Cladding of the side slopes of the dam to prevent dust progressed
very well throughout the year.

Mining rights
The company’s rights to own and exploit its Ore Reserves and deposits are governed by the laws and regulations of the
jurisdictions in which the mineral properties are located. Currently all of the company’s Ore Reserves and deposits are located in
South Africa. On May 1, 2004, the new MPRDA, was enacted, which places all mineral and petroleum resources under the
custodianship of the state. Private title and ownership in minerals, or the “old order rights,” are to be converted to “new order
rights,” essentially the right to mine. The MPRDA allows the existing holders of mineral rights a period of five years to apply for
the conversion of used old order rights, and one year for the conversion of unused old order rights. Once these periods have
lapsed, the holders may have to compete to acquire the right to mine minerals previously held under old order rights. We have
submitted the respective applications in order to comply with the requirements of the Mining Charter as described below. To the
extent that we are unable to convert some of the company’s old order rights, we may have a claim for compensation based on
expropriation. It is not possible to forecast with any degree of certainty whether a claim will be enforceable against the State, and
if enforceable, the level of compensation we will receive, if any. Factors that are taken into account include market value, proof of
actual loss, proof of ownership, nature of property, current use of the property and history of the acquisition.

Where new order rights are obtained under the MPRDA, these rights will not be equivalent to the company’s existing property
rights. The area covered by the new order rights may be reduced by the State if it finds that the prospecting or mining work
program submitted by an applicant does not substantiate the need to retain the area covered by the old order rights. The duration
of the new order rights will no longer be perpetual but rather, in the case of new order mining rights, for a maximum of 30 years
with renewals of up to 30 years each and, in the case of prospecting rights, up to five years with one renewal of up to three years.
In addition, the new order rights will only be transferable subject to the approval of the Minister of Mineral Resources (formerly
Minister of Minerals and Energy). Mining or prospecting must commence within one year or 120 days, respectively, of the
mining right or prospecting right becoming effective, and must be conducted continuously and actively thereafter. The new rights
can be suspended or cancelled by the Minister of Mineral Resources in the event of a breach or, in the case of mining rights, non-
optimal mining in accordance with the mining work program.

The implementation of the MPRDA will result in significant adjustments to the company’s property ownership structure. We
have lodged applications to convert all of the company’s old order rights, however, to the extent that we are unable to convert
some of the company’s old order rights to new order rights, and that the exclusive rights to minerals we enjoyed under the
previous statutory regime are diminished, the operations of the MPRDA may result in significant adjustments to the company’s
property ownership structure, which in turn could have a material adverse effect on the underlying value of the company’s
operations. As at September 30, 2010 West Witwatersrand Gold Mine (Pty) Limited and West Witwatersrand Consolidated
Mines’ application for conversion has been approved. Some of ERPM’s applications for conversion has received preliminary
approval but are still awaiting dated of execution from the DMR. The MPRDA states that the conversions must be granted by the
minister if all requirements are completed but it does not stipulate any time frame. The MPRDA also provides for holders of old
order rights to continue to operate under the terms and conditions of such rights until conversions under the MPRDA have been
completed.

Merafong Local Council
According to legislation Merafong City Council has been appointed by Rand Water as the Water Services Authority in the area.
The Council is charging water at a premium of 53% for domestic water consumption. This premium over the rate that was
previously charged by Rand Water does not compel them to take over current water reticulation maintenance and monitoring. It is
the opinion of the company’s legal advisors that the amount levied is excessive and unjustifiable because there is no value that
can be enforced, until an agreement has been signed regarding the rate and the entity that will maintain the infrastructure between
Blyvoor and Merafong City Council. The potential liability could amount to R31.1 million. The case between Blyvoor and the
Merafong City Council was down for hearing by the High Court on September 20 and 21, 2010, however the court postponed it
further without specifying a date.

Litigation
The group is subject to litigation in the normal course of business.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
F-48


NOTES TO THE ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
for the year ended June 30, 2010

24. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

Credit risk
Credit risk is the risk of financial loss to the group if a customer or counterparty to a financial instrument fails to meet its
contractual obligations, and arises principally from the group’s receivables from customers and investment securities.

The group's financial instruments do not represent a concentration of credit risk, because the group deals with a variety of major
banks and financial institutions located in South Africa after evaluating the credit ratings of the representative financial
institutions. Furthermore, its trade receivables and loans are regularly monitored and assessed for recoverability. Where it is
appropriate, an impairment loss is raised.

In addition, the group's operations all deliver their gold to Rand Refinery Limited (Rand Refinery), which refines the gold to
saleable purity levels and then sells the gold, on behalf of the South African operations, on the bullion market. The gold is usually
sold by Rand Refinery on the same day as it is delivered and settlement is made within two days.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
F-49
NOTES TO THE ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
for the year ended June 30, 2010

24. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (continued)

The following represents the maximum exposure to credit risk for all financial assets at June 30:
Carrying
Carrying
value
value
2010
2009
R'000
R'000
Financial assets
Unlisted investments (refer note 11)
14,712
9,556
Loans to black empowerment entities (refer note 11)
33,442
33,442
Investments in environmental rehabilitation trust funds (refer
note 11)
126,069
129,682
Trade and other receivables (refer note 16)
41,493
60,080
Cash and cash equivalents
188,152
353,555
403,868
586,315
The following represents the maximum exposure to credit
risk for trade and other receivables at June 30:
Carrying
Carrying
value
value
2010
2009
R'000
R'000
Trade receivables (refer note 16)
12,430
30,966
Receivables from related parties (refer note 16)
60
86
Other receivables (refer note 16)
29,003
29,028
41,493
60,080
The ageing of trade and other receivables at June 30:
Gross                       Impair-                    Gross                  Impair-
value                           ment
value                     ment
2010                             2010
2009                       2009
R'000                            R'000
R'000                     R'000
Not past due
28,562                             (315)
48,868                     (105)
Past due 0-30 days
3,385                             (345)
4,202                       (75)
Past due 31-120 days
2,594                          (1,490)
6,067                     (260)
More than 120 days
19,834                        (10,732)
9,257                  (7,874)
54,375                        (12,882)
68,394                  (8,314)

Impairments were raised due to the uncertainty of the timing of the cash flows.

Movement in the allowance for impairment in respect of trade and other receivables during the year was as follows:

Impairment
Impairment
2010
2009
R'000
R'000
Balance at July 1
(8,314)
(8,201)
Impairment recognized
(4,568)
(113)
Balance at June 30
(12,882)
(8,314)

The group has no significant credit risk as the majority of the group’s receivables are from customers with good track records.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
F-50
NOTES TO THE ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
for the year ended June 30, 2010

24. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (continued)

Interest rate and liquidity risk

Liquidity risk is the risk that the group will not be able to meet its financial obligations as they fall due. The group’s approach to
managing liquidity is to ensure, as far as possible, that it will always have sufficient liquidity to meet its liabilities when due,
under both normal and stressed conditions, without incurring unacceptable losses or risking damage to the group’s reputation.

The group ensures that it has sufficient cash on demand to meet expected operational expenses, including the servicing of
financial obligations. This excludes the potential impact of extreme circumstances that cannot reasonably be predicted, such as
natural disasters.

Fluctuations in interest rates impact on the value of short-term cash investments and financing activities, giving rise to interest
rate risks. In the ordinary course of business, the group receives cash from its operations and is obliged to fund working capital
and capital expenditure requirements. This cash is managed to ensure surplus funds are invested in a manner to achieve maximum
returns while minimizing risks. Funding deficits for the group's mining operations have been financed through the issue of
additional shares and external borrowings. Lower interest rates result in lower returns on investments and deposits and may also
have the effect of making it less expensive to borrow funds at then current rates. Conversely, higher interest rates result in higher
interest payments on loans and overdrafts.

Unless otherwise stated, the following are the contractual maturities of financial liabilities, including estimated interest payments
and excluding the impact of netting agreements:

Carrying      Contractual      6 months
6-12
More than
amount       cash flows
or
less
months             2-5 years
5 years
R’000                  R’000
R’000
R’000                       R’000
R’000
June 30, 2010
Unsecured
Preference shares held by Khumo
Gold SPV (Pty) Limited and the
DRDSA Empowerment Trust (expected
repayments)
58,977          (197,803)
-
-               (34,722)
(163,081)
Trade and other payables
268,833           (268,833)       (268,833)
-
-
-
327,810           (466,636)       (268,833)
-
(34,722)
(163,081)
June 30, 2009
Secured
AngloGold Ashanti Limited
2,101
(2,373)
(2,373)
-
-
-
Unsecured
Preference shares held by Khumo
Gold SPV (Pty) Limited and the
DRDSA Empowerment Trust (expected
repayments) 
                                                                65,146
(197,803)
-
-
(109,015)
(88,788)
Trade and other payables
322,138
(322,138)      (322,138)
-
-
-
Bank overdraft
824
(824)
(824)
-
-
-
390,209
(523,138)      (325,335)
-
(109,015)
(88,788)
BACKGROUND IMAGE
F-51
NOTES TO THE ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
for the year ended June 30, 2010

24. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (continued)

The following represents the interest rate risk profile for the group's interest-bearing financial instruments:

Carrying
Carrying
amount
amount
2010
2009
R’000
R’000
Variable interest rate instruments
Financial assets
314,221
483,237
Financial liabilities
-
(2,925)
314,221
480,312


Cash flow sensitivity analysis for variable rate instruments:
A change of 100 basis points in interest rates at the reporting date would have increased/(decreased) profit or loss by the amounts
shown below. This analysis assumes that all other variables, in particular foreign currency rates, remain constant. The analysis is
performed on the same basis for 2009.
2010                                                         2009
Profit or (loss)
Profit or (loss)
100 bp
100 bp
100 bp
100 bp
increase
decrease
increase                  decrease
June 30
R’000
R’000
R’000                            R’000
Variable interest rate instruments
3,142
(3,142)
4,803                         (4,803)
Cash flow sensitivity
3,142
(3,142)
4,803                         (4,803)

Fair value of financial instruments
The following table represents the carrying amounts and fair values of the group's financial instruments at June 30:

Carrying
Fair
Carrying
Fair
value
value
value
value
2010
2010
2009
2009
R’000
R’000
R’000
R’000
Financial assets
Unlisted investments (refer note 11)
14,712
14,712
9,556
9,556
Loans to black empowerment entities (refer note 11)
33,442
33,442
33,442
33,442
Investments in environmental rehabilitation trust funds
(refer note 11)
126,069
126,069
129,682
129,682
Trade and other receivables (refer note 16)
41,493
41,493
60,080
60,080
Cash and cash equivalents
188,152
188,152
353,555
353,555
403,868
403,868
586,315
586,315

Financial liabilities
Loans and borrowings (refer note 22)
– long-term
58,977
55,953
65,146
62,168
– short-term
-
-
2,101
2,101
Trade and other payables
268,833
268,833
322,138
322,138
Bank overdrafts
-
-
824
824
327,810
324,786
390,209
387,231
BACKGROUND IMAGE
F-52
NOTES TO THE ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
for the year ended June 30, 2010

24. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (continued)

The fair value of a financial instrument is defined as the amount at which the instrument could be exchanged between
knowledgeable, willing parties in an arm's length transaction.

Fair values

Trade and other receivables
The fair value approximates the carrying value due to their short-term maturities.

Loans to black empowerment entities

The fair value of these loans cannot be reliably estimated due to the unavailability of market information.

Preference shares held by Khumo Gold SPV (Pty) Limited and the DRDSA Empowerment Trust
Preference shares are measured at amortized cost based on expected future discounted cash flows. The original risk adjusted
discount rate of 13% is used when estimating the possible future liability and are re-measured on an annual basis. This original
risk adjusted discount rate is replaced with a risk adjusted market rate to determine a fair value on an annual basis.

Loans from AngloGold Ashanti Limited
Loans from AngloGold Ashanti Limited are measured at amortized cost using the market interest rate. The loans bore interest at
the prime lending rate.

Cash and cash equivalents and environmental trust funds
The carrying value of cash and cash equivalents approximates their fair value because of the short-term maturity of these deposits.
The carrying value of the environmental trust funds approximates its fair value due to these investments being cash in nature.

Trade and other payables
The fair value approximates the carrying value due to their short-term maturities.

Unlisted investments
The valuations are based on the net asset values of these investments which approximates the investments’ fair value.

Foreign currency risk

The group’s reporting currency is the South African Rand. Although gold is sold in US Dollars, the company is obliged to convert
this into South African Rand. The company is thus exposed to fluctuations in the US Dollar/South African Rand exchange rate.
The company conducted its operations in South Africa during the current year. Foreign exchange fluctuations affect the cash flow
that it will realize from its operations as gold is sold in US Dollars, while production costs are incurred primarily in South African
Rands. The company's results are positively affected when the US Dollar strengthens against the Rand and adversely affected
when the US Dollar weakens against the Rand. The company's cash and cash equivalent balances are held in US Dollars,
Australian Dollars and South African Rands; holdings denominated in other currencies are relatively insignificant. The group
does not hedge against foreign currency fluctuations and considers the risk to be low due to foreign currency normally being
disposed of on the same day.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
F-53

NOTES TO THE ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
for the year ended June 30, 2010

24. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (continued)

The following represents the exposure to foreign currency risks:
USD                                AUD
USD
AUD
2010                              2010
2009
2009
’000                               ’000
’000
’000
Cash and cash equivalents
-                                    -
3
1,373
Trade and other receivables
1,624                                     -
3,929
-
Trade and other payables
                                  -
(8)
(137)
Net statement of financial position exposure
1,624                                    -
3,924
1,236

The following significant exchange rates applied during the year:
Spot rate at year-end
Average rate
2010
2009
2010
2009
1 US Dollar
7.6529
7.8821
7.6117
9.0484
1 Australian Dollar
6.5559
6.3433
6.7076
6.6725


Sensitivity analysis

A 10% strengthening of the Rand against the currencies mentioned at June 30, would have increased (decreased) equity and profit
or (loss) by the amounts shown below. This analysis assumes that all other variables, in particular interest rates, remain constant.
The analysis is performed on the same basis for 2009.
USD
AUD
USD
AUD
2010
2010
2009
2009
R’000
R’000
R’000
R’000
Equity
-
-
4
(784)
Loss
(1,243)
-
(3,097)
-

A 10% weakening of the Rand against the above currencies at June 30, would have had the equal but opposite effect on the above
currencies to the amounts shown above, on the basis that all other variables remain constant.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
F-54
NOTES TO THE ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
for the year ended June 30, 2010

24. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (continued)

The following table represents the carrying amounts and net gain/(loss), finance income and finance expense per category of
financial instruments at June 30:
Net gain/(loss),
finance income
Net gain/(loss),
finance income
Carrying
value
and (finance
expense)
Carrying
value
and (finance
expense)
2010
2010
2009
2009
R'000
R'000
R'000
R'000
Financial assets
Available-for-sale financial assets
14,712
-
9,556
-
Loans and receivables
389,156
22,519
576,759
84,424
403,868
22,519
586,315
84,424
Financial liabilities
Financial liabilities measured at amortized cost
327,810
6,175
390,209
43,977
327,810
6,175
390,209
43,977

Fair value hierarchy

The table below analyses financial instruments carried at fair value, by valuation method. The different levels have been defined
as follows:
-
Level 1: quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities;
-
Level 2: inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observed for the asset or liability, either directly
(i.e. as prices) or indirectly (i.e. derived from prices);
-
Level 3: inputs for the asset of liability that are not based on observed market data (unobserved inputs).


Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Total

R'000
R'000
R'000
R'000
June 30, 2010
Available-for-sale financial assets
-
-
14,712
14,712
-
-
14,712
14,712
June 30, 2009
Available-for-sale financial assets
-
-
9,556
9,556
-
-
9,556
9,556

There have been no transfers in either direction between the different levels (2009: no transfers in either direction).

Reconciliation of fair value measurements in Level 3 during the year:

2010
2009
Level 3
Level 3
R'000
R'000
Available-for-sale financial assets
Balance at beginning of year
9,556
10,688
Purchases during the year
2
-
Disposals/settlements during the year
-
(1)
Profit/(loss) on fair value adjustment
5,154
(1,131)
Transfer in/(out) Level 3
-
-
Balance at end of year
14,712
9,556
Gains/(losses) recognized in profit or loss
-
-
Gains/(losses) recognized in other comprehensive
income
5,154
(1,133)
5,154
(1,133)

The gain or losses on the fair value adjustment is recognized in other comprehensive income net of deferred tax.

BACKGROUND IMAGE
F-55
NOTES TO THE ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
for the year ended June 30, 2010

24. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (continued)

Fair value hierarchy (continued)

The available-for-sale financial assets comprises investments in unlisted shares for which no reasonable alternative measure for
fair value is deemed appropriate therefore no sensitivity analysis have been prepared. The fair value of the Rand Refinery
Limited's unlisted shares is a director's valuation, which was made by using the net asset value of the company. The increase in
the fair value in 2010 was due to Rand Refinery Limited not declaring a dividend for their 2009 financial year. The Rand Mutual
Assurance Company's fair value is also based on a directors' valuation of which the value per share is fixed at R0.20 between
shareholders.

25. CAPITAL MANAGEMENT

The primary objective of the board in managing the group's capital is to ensure that there is sufficient capital available to support
the funding requirements of the group, including capital expenditure, in a way that optimizes the cost of capital, maximizes
shareholders' returns, and ensures that the group remains in a sound financial position. There were no changes to the group's
overall capital management approach during the current year. The group manages and makes adjustments to the capital structure
as opportunities arise in the market place, as and when borrowings mature, or as and when funding is required. This may take the
form of raising equity, market or bank debt or hybrids thereof.

The Board of Directors monitors the return on capital, which the group defines as net operating income divided by total
shareholders' equity, excluding non-redeemable preference shares and non-controlling interest from continued operations, and
seeks to maintain a balance between the higher returns that might be possible with higher levels of borrowings and the advantages
and security afforded by a sound capital position. The Board of Directors also monitors the level of dividends to ordinary
shareholders.
26. OPERATING SEGMENTS

During the year the group changed its operating segments by reporting the financial and operating results of the surface
operations of ERPM under Crown. The processing of the Cason dump, which is owned by ERPM, takes place at Crown's Knights
plant. The financial and operating results of the Ergo JV has been combined with ErgoGold and the Ergo JV is now called Ergo
due to the group acquiring the remaining 50% interest from Mintails SA (Pty) Limited during the year ending June 30, 2010 of
the Ergo JV. The underground operations of ERPM, which had been placed under care and maintenance during the year ended
June 30, 2009, is included in the ‘Corporate head office and all other’ segment. The financial and operating results of our foreign
subsidiaries, which were voluntarily liquidated during the year ended June 30, 2010 (refer note 12) is also included in this
segment. The comparative numbers have been restated to reflect these changes and the effect thereof is clear from the disclosures.
Transactions between reportable segments are at arm’s length in accordance with the group’s transfer pricing agreement.

The following summary describes the operations in each of the group’s reportable business segments:

    Blyvoor: Incorporates the Doornfontein mine, situated on the north-western edge of the Witwatersrand Basin. The mine has
underground and surface operations.
    Crown: Is a surface retreatment operation and treats old slime and sand dumps to the south of Johannesburg's CBD. The
facility consists of three plants known as Crown, City Deep and Knights. Included in the Crown segment is the surface
operation of ERPM consisting of the Cason dump.
    Ergo: Ergo consists of Phase one of the Ergo Project known as ErgoGold (formerly known as the Elsburg Gold Mining Joint
Venture) and is a surface retreatment operation which is currently treating ERPM's old slime dumps. The facility consists of
one plant known as the Brakpan plant together with the Brakpan tailings facility. Phase one has been established as a surface
retreatment operation to retreat the Elsburg Dump owned by ERPM. Phase two of the Ergo Project is to explore, evaluate and
process surface gold-, uranium- and sulphur bearing tailings on the East and Central Rand goldfields of South Africa.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
F-56
NOTES TO THE ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
for the year ended June 30, 2010
26. OPERATING SEGMENTS (continued)
2010

Blyvoor
R’000
Crown(2)
R’000
Ergo(3)
R’000
Corporate
Headoffice (4)
and all other
R’000


Total
R’000
Financial performance
Segmental revenue
861,409
834,788
294,325
              1,990,522
Operating costs
(888,180)
(615,731)
(258,971)
(35,984)              (1,798,866)
Operating profit/(loss)
(26,771)
219,057
35,354
(35,984)
191,656
Interest and other investment income
412
901
814
15,802                    17,929
Interest expense
(1,064)
(66)
(2)
(3,730)
(4,862)
Retrenchment costs
(10,925)
-
-
(9,202)
(20,127)
Administration expenses and general costs
12,007
(2,136)
(6,169)
(60,728)                  (57,026)
Taxation charge (1)
-
(7,509)
-
(2,799)
(10,308)
Working profit/(loss) before capital expenditure
(26,341)
210,247
29,997
(96,641)
117,262
Capital expenditure
(79,552)
(45,949)
(68,584)
(6,320)                (200,405)
Working profit/(loss) after capital expenditure
(105,893)
164,298
(38,587)
(102,961)
(83,143)
(1) The taxation charge excludes deferred tax.
(2) Crown includes ERPM’s Cason surface retreatment operations.
(3) With effect from May 1, 2010, Ergo represents 100% of ErgoGold and the Ergo JV.
(4) Corporate head office expenses are taken into consideration in the strategic decision-making process of the CODM and are therefore included in the disclosure here, even though they do not earn revenue.
Operating results (5)
Ore milled
-
underground
t’000             633
-
-
-
633
    surface
t’000          2,968
7,122
11,867
                   21,957
    total
t’000          3,601
7,122
11,867
                   22,590
Average yield
    underground
g/t           3.79
-
-
-
3.79
    surface
g/t           0.31
0.43
0.09
-
0.23
-      total
g/t           0.92
0.43
0.09
-
0.33
Gold
dispatched - underground
kg          2,402
-
-
-
2,402
-
surface
kg            909
3,092
1,099
                    5,100
-
total
kg          3,311
3,092
1,099
-
7,502
-
underground
oz        77,226
-
-
-
77,226
-
surface
oz        29,226
99,410
35,332
                 163,968
-
total
oz      106,452
99,410
35,332
-
241,194
Operating cost -
underground
R/kg       324,736
-
-
-
324,736
-
surface
R/kg       108,771
199,137
235,642
-
189,959
-
total
R/kg       268,251
199,137
235,642
-
239,785
-
underground
$/oz       1,327
-
-
-
1,327
-
surface
$/oz          444
814
963
-
776
-
total
$/oz         1,096
814
963
-
953
(5) Unaudited
BACKGROUND IMAGE
F-57

NOTES TO THE ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
for the year ended June 30, 2010
26. OPERATING SEGMENTS (continued)
2010

Blyvoor
R’000
Crown(1)
R’000
Ergo(2)
R’000
Corporate
Headoffice(3)
and all other
R’000

Total
R’000
Reconciliation of assets
Reportable segment assets
510,883
171,390
1,144,036
31,337               1,857,646
Other assets
120,838
136,396
96,508
368,904                 722,646
Total assets
631,721
307,786
1,240,544
400,241               2,580,292
Reconciliation of liabilities
Reportable segment liabilities
144,160
276,881
207,542
133,195                  761,778
Taxation and deferred taxation
-
-
168,138
414
168,552
Total liabilities
144,160
276,881
375,680
133,609                  930,330
Other material information
Depreciation
(32,616)
(61,005)
(95,418)
(1,730)                (190,769)
Impairment of assets
-
12,514
-
(18,738)
(6,224)
Reconciliation of revenues
Total revenues for reportable segments
861,409
834,788
294,325
            1,990,522
Reconciliation of profit/(loss)
Segment working profit/(loss) before capital expenditure
(26,341)
210,247
29,997
(96,641)                  117,262
- Depreciation
(32,616)
(61,005)
(95,418)
(1,730)               (190,769)
- Movement in provision for environmental rehabilitation
(1,246)
16,994
(578)
72,864                   88,034
- Movement in gold in progress
33,766
(9,040)
5,215
-                   29,941
- Impairments and reversal of impairments
-
12,514
-
(18,738)
(6,224)
- Net gain on financial liabilities measured at amortized cost
33,887
-
-
(19,244)                    14,643
- Growth in environmental rehabilitation trust funds
2,011
3,384
-
4,057                      9,452
- Profit on disposal of subsidiaries
-
-
-
156,749
156,749
- Profit on disposal of joint venture
-
-
-
1,500
1,500
- Realized foreign exchange loss
-
-
-
(5)
(5)
- Unwinding of provision for environmental rehabilitation
(1,139)
(5,050)
(2,573)
(2,035)                  (10,797)
- Unwinding of discount on financial liabilities measured at amortized cost
(7,039)
-
-
(1,429)                    (8,468)
- Deferred tax
14,934
(33,108)
14,012
6,207                      2,045
Profit/(loss) for the year
16,217
134,936
(49,345)
101,555                  203,363
(1) Crown includes ERPM’s Cason surface retreatment operations.
(2) With effect from May 1, 2010, Ergo represents 100% of ErgoGold and the Ergo JV.
(3) Corporate head office expenses are taken into consideration in the strategic decision-making process of the CODM and are therefore included in the disclosure here, even though they do not earn revenue.




BACKGROUND IMAGE
F-58

NOTES TO THE ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (c ontinued)
for the year ended June 30, 2010
26. OPERATING SEGMENTS (continued)
2010

Revenues
Non-
current
assets
R’000                       R’000
Geographical Information
South Africa
1,990,522                  1,858,005
Zimbabwe
                      5,220
Total
1,990,522                  1,863,225
Information about major customers
The group has only one major customer regarding the sale of gold ore in each geographical area due to regulatory authority.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
F-59
NOTES TO THE ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
for the year ended June 30, 2010
26. OPERATING SEGMENTS (continued)
2009

Blyvoor
R’000
Crown(2)
R’000
Ergo(3)
R’000
Corporate
Headoffice (4)
and all other
R’000


Total
R’000
Financial performance
Segmental revenue
1,018,527
733,990
24,178
134,043
1,910,738
Operating costs
(842,329)
(560,064)
(73,422)
(211,544)              (1,687,359)
Operating profit/(loss)
176,198
173,926
(49,244)
(77,501)
223,379
Interest and other investment income
3,185
2,347
5
74,454                     79,991
Interest expense
(521)
(5)
(1)
(3,078)                    (3,605)
Retrenchment costs
-
-
-
(34,922)
(34,922)
Administration expenses and general costs
(1,719)
(4,980)
(2,810)
(74,074)                  (83,583)
Taxation charge (1)
-
(41,529)
-
(4,660)
(46,189)
Working profit/(loss) before capital expenditure
177,143
129,759
(52,050)
(119,781)
135,071
Capital expenditure
(97,537)
(43,115)
(174,154)
(31,862)                 (346,668)
Working profit/(loss) after capital expenditure
79,606
86,644
(226,204)
(151,643)                 (211,597)
(1) The taxation charge excludes deferred tax.
(2) Crown includes ERPM’s Cason surface retreatment operations.
(3) Includes 50% of the Ergo JV and with effect from April 1, 2009 100% of ErgoGold.
(4) Corporate head office expenses are taken into consideration in the strategic decision-making process of the CODM and are therefore included in the disclosure here, even though they do not earn revenue.
The underground operations of ERPM, which were placed under care and maintenance during the year ended June 30, 2009, are also included in this segment.
Operating results (5)
Ore milled
-
underground
t’000                   603
-
-
184
787
    surface
t’000                3,433
8,007
2,296
                   13,736
    total
t’000                4,036
8,007
2,296
184                     14,523
Average yield
    underground
g/t                 4.59
-
-
3.20
4.26
    surface
g/t                 0.37
0.37
0.05
-
0.32
    total
g/t                 1.00
0.37
0.05
3.20
0.53
Gold
dispatched      -      underground
kg                2,765
-
-
589
3,354
-
surface
kg                1,262
2,974
114
-
4,350
-
total
kg                4,027
2,974
114
589
7,704
-
underground
oz             88,898
-
-
18,935                   107,833
-
surface
oz             40,575
95,616
3,666
                 139,857
-
total
oz           129,473
95,616
3,666
18,935
247,690
Operating cost        -      underground
R/kg            255,517
-
-
361,141
274,066
-
surface
R/kg             98,124
188,320
644,053
                 164,549
-
total
R/kg            209,170
188,320
644,053
361,141
219,024
-
underground
$/oz                 878
-
-
1,287
842
-
surface
$/oz                 337
647
2,077
-
566
-
total
$/oz                 719
647
2,077
1,287
753
(5) Unaudited
BACKGROUND IMAGE
F-60
NOTES TO THE ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
for the year ended June 30, 2010
26. OPERATING SEGMENTS (continued)
2009

Blyvoor
R’000
Crown(1)
R’000
Ergo(2)
R’000
Corporate
Headoffice(3)
and all other
R’000

Total
R’000
Reconciliation of assets
Reportable segment assets
463,947
150,947
1,039,667
78,658                1,733,219
Other assets
96,536
183,235
95,275
517,507                   892,553
Total assets
560,483
334,182
1,134,942
596,165                2,625,772
Reconciliation of liabilities
Reportable segment liabilities
182,783
297,498
150,546
215,475
846,302
Taxation and deferred taxation
12,403
650
182,150
288                   195,491
Total liabilities
195,186
298,148
332,696
215,763                1,041,793
Other material information
Depreciation
(29,273)
(38,112)
(30,784)
(1,048)
(99,217)
Impairment of assets
-
(19,426)
-
(55,712)
(75,138)
Reconciliation of revenues
Total revenues for reportable segments
1,018,527
733,990
24,178
134,043
1,910,738
Reconciliation of profit/(loss)
Segment working profit/(loss) before capital expenditure
177,143
129,759
(52,050)
(119,781)
135,071
- Depreciation
(29,273)
(38,112)
(30,784)
(1,048)
(99,217)
- Movement in provision for environmental rehabilitation
426
(11,002)
2,825
(11,794)
(19,545)
- Movement in gold in progress
(9,445)
5,231
11,232
-
7,018
- Impairments and reversal of impairments
-
(19,426)
-
(55,712)
(75,138)
- Recognition of negative goodwill on acquisition
-
-
-
53,006
53,006
- Net gain/(loss) on financial liabilities measured at amortized cost
36,141
(1,403)
-
27,262
62,000
- Loss on realization of investments
-
-
-
(1,873)
(1,873)
- Growth in environmental rehabilitation trust funds
2,929
4,441
-
5,497                    12,867
- Unrealized foreign exchange loss
-
-
-
(10,318)
(10,318)
- Unwinding of provision for environmental rehabilitation
(1,119)
(4,137)
(2,365)
(2,176)
(9,797)
- Unwinding of discount on financial liabilities measured at amortized cost
(10,388)
(3,237)
-
(4,398)
(18,023)
- Deferred tax
(43,154)
25,594
3,491
88,702
74,633
Profit/(loss) after taxation
123,260
87,708
(67,651)
(32,633)
110,684
(1) Crown includes ERPM’s Cason surface retreatment operations.
(2) Includes 50% of the Ergo JV and with effect from April 1, 2009 100% of ErgoGold.
(3) Corporate head office expenses are taken into consideration in the strategic decision-making process of the CODM and are therefore included in the disclosure here, even though they do not earn revenue. The underground
operations of ERPM, which were placed under care and maintenance during the year ended June 30, 2009, are also included in this segment.




BACKGROUND IMAGE
F-61
NOTES TO THE ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
for the year ended June 30, 2010
26. OPERATING SEGMENTS (continued)
2009

Revenues
Non-
current
assets
R’000                        R’000
Geographical Information
South Africa
1,910,738                  1,737,457
Total
1,910,738                  1,737,457
Information about major customers
The group has only one major customer regarding the sale of gold ore in each geographical area due to regulatory authority.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
F-62
NOTES TO THE ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
for the year ended June 30, 2010
26. OPERATING SEGMENTS (continued)

2008

Blyvoor
R’000
Crown(2)
R’000
Ergo(3)
R’000
Corporate
Headoffice (4)
and all other
R’000

Total
R’000
Financial performance
Segmental revenue
848,230
661,827
-
423,090                1,933,147
Operating costs
(697,281)
(459,703)
-
(470,468)              (1,627,452)
Operating profit/(loss)
150,949
202,124
-
(47,378)
305,695
Interest and other investment income
3,296
1,081
-
70,147                    74,524
Interest expense
(498)
(9)
-
(35,022)                   (35,529)
Retrenchment costs
-
-
-
(11,344)
(11,344)
Administration expenses and general costs
(3,005)
2,034
(41)
(98,511)                   (99,523)
Taxation charge (1)
-
(13,272)
-
(32,678)
(45,950)
Working profit/(loss) before capital expenditure
150,742
191,958
(41)
(154,786)
187,873
Capital expenditure
(74,847)
(42,077)
(176,785)
(77,680)                 (371,389)
Working profit/(loss) after capital expenditure
75,895
149,881
(176,826)
(232,466)                 (183,516)
(1) The taxation charge excludes deferred tax.
(2) Crown includes ERPM’s Cason surface retreatment operations.
(3) Ergo consists of 50% of ErgoGold and the Ergo JV.
(4) Corporate head office expenses are taken into consideration in the strategic decision-making process of the CODM and are therefore included in the disclosure here, even though they do not earn revenue.
The underground operations of ERPM, which were placed under care and maintenance during the year ended June 30, 2009, as well as the remaining offshore operations which have been disposed of during
the year ended June 30, 2008 are also included in this segment.
Operating results (5)
Ore milled
-
underground
t’000                     687
-
-
359                       1 ,046
    surface
t’000                  3,719
10,094
-
                   13,813
    total
t’000                  4,406
10,094
-
359                     14,859
Average yield
    underground
g/t                   4,70
-
-
6.08
5,17
    surface
g/t                   0.31
0.34
-
-
0.33
-      total
g/t                   1.00
0.34
-
6.08
0.67
Gold
dispatched      -      underground
kg                  3,229
-
-
2,184
5,413
-
surface
kg                  1,162
3,422
-
-
4,584
-
total
kg                  4,391
3,422
-
2,184
9,997
-
underground
oz               103,813
-
-
70,239
174,052
-
surface
oz                37,359
110,021
-
-                   147,380
-
total
oz              141,172
110,021
-
70,239
321,432
Operating cost        -      underground
R/kg               181,518
-
-
200,627
190,967
-
surface
R/kg                 90,971
134,338
-
                 121,321
-
total
R/kg               158,798
134,338
-
200,627
162,794
-
underground
$/oz                     772
-
-
916
810
-
surface
$/oz                     387
571
-
-
516
-
total
$/oz                     675
571
-
916
692
(5) Unaudited
BACKGROUND IMAGE
F-63

NOTES TO THE ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
for the year ended June 30, 2010
26. OPERATING SEGMENTS (continued)

2008

Blyvoor
R’000
Crown(1)
R’000
Ergo (2)
R’000
Corporate
Headoffice(3)
and all other
R’000

Total
R’000
Reconciliation of assets
Reportable segment assets
396,060
190,940
179,399
46,476
812,875
Other assets
131,598
180,736
41,657
1,095,629                1,449,620
Total assets
527,658
371,676
221,056
1,142,105                2,262,495

Reconciliation of liabilities
Reportable segment liabilities
218,984
330,393
136,083
269,803
955,263
Taxation and deferred taxation
-
1,771
-
-
1,771
Total liabilities
218,984
332,164
136,083
269,803
957,034
Other material information
Depreciation
(22,671)
(24,273)
-
(22,987)
(69,931)
Impairment of assets
-
-
-
(110,633)
(110,633)
Reconciliation of Revenues
Total revenues for reportable segments
848,230
661,827
-
423,090                1,933,147
-
Continuing operations
848,230
661,827
-
333,855                1,843,912
-
Discontinued operations
-
-
-
89,235
89,235
Groups revenue
848,230
661,827
-
423,090                1,933,147
Reconciliation of profit/(loss)
Segment working profit/(loss) before capital expenditure
150,742
191,958
(41)
(154,786)
187,873
- Depreciation
(22,671)
(24,273)
-
(22,987)
(69,931)
- Movement in provision for environmental rehabilitation
(958)
(20,334)
-
(12,898)                  (34,190)
- Movement in gold in progress
14,373
1,354
-
(10,543)
5,184
- Loss on derivative financial instruments
-
-
-
(433)
(433)
- Impairments and reversal of impairments
-
-
-
(110,633)
(110,633)
- Net gain/(loss) on financial liabilities measured at amortized cost
(64,644)
(22,169)
-
3,092
(83,721)
- Profit on realization of investments
-
-
-
12,005
12,005
- Growth in environmental rehabilitation trust funds
2,586
1,449
-
4,451
8,486
- Unrealized foreign exchange loss
-
-
-
(37,314)
(37,314)
- Unwinding of provision for environmental rehabilitation
(49)
(3,174)
-
(1,512)                    (4,735)
- Unwinding of discount on financial liabilities measured at amortized cost
(1,757)
(574)
-
(4,063)
(6,394)
- Deferred tax
30,752
18,299
12
140,598                   189,661
Profit/(loss) after taxation
108,374
142,536
(29)
(195,023)
55,858
(1)
Crown includes ERPM’s Cason surface retreatment operations.
(2)
Ergo consists of 50% of ErgoGold and the Ergo JV
.
(3)
Corporate head office expenses are taken into consideration in the strategic decision-making process of the CODM and are therefore included in the disclosure here, even though they do not earn revenue. The underground operations
of ERPM, which were places under care and maintenance during the year ended June 30, 2009, as well as the remaining offshore operations disposed during the year ended June 30, 2008 are also included in this segment.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
F-64
NOTES TO THE ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
for the year ended June 30, 2010
26. OPERATING SEGMENTS (continued)
2008

Revenues
Non-
current
assets
R’000                        R’000
Geographical Information
South Africa
1,843,912                    812,875
Australia
89,235                              -
Total
1,933,147                    812,875
Information about major customers
The group has only one major customer regarding the sale of gold ore in each geographical area which is due to regulatory authority.















BACKGROUND IMAGE
F-65
NOTES TO THE ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
for the year ended June 30, 2010
27. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

The group has related party relationships with its associates, subsidiaries, and with its directors and key management personnel.
Key management personnel are those persons having authority and responsibility for planning, directing and controlling the
activities of the company, directly or indirectly, including any director (whether executive or otherwise) of the company. For the
year ended June 30, 2010, long-service awards consist of share-based payment expense amounting to R0.4 million (2009: R0.8
million and 2008: R0.7 million) as well as a post-retirement medical benefit liability of Rnil (2009: Rnil and 2008: Rnil). Total
directors’ remuneration (short-term benefits) amounted to R13.8 million (2009: R16.4 million and 2008: R12.0 million) which
includes no end-of-contract payments (2009: R1.4 million and 2008: Rnil) and key management personnel remuneration (short-
term benefits) to R58.8 million (2009: R58.6 million and 2008: R61.0 million). For key management, long-service awards consist
of share-based payment expense amounting to R3.7 million (2009: R7.0 million and 2008: R5.9 million) as well as a post-
retirement medical benefit liability of R12.5 million (2009: R6.8 million and 2008: R6.8 million).

Prior to the awarding of a contract to a related party for the supply of goods and services the group procurement manager reviews
both the pricing, quality and the reliability of that party. The contract terms are compared to similar suppliers of goods and
services to ensure that the contract is on market related terms.

The company’s executive directors review the terms and conditions of all loans to ensure that the terms of the loans are similar to
those offered by financial institutions.

Transactions with associates, joint ventures and subsidiary companies
During the year ended June 30, 2010, the company earned management fees from DRDGOLD South African Operations (Pty)
Ltd (DRDGOLD SA) amounting to R34.6 million (2009: R15.6 million and 2008: R17.5 million and from DRD (Offshore)
Limited R5.9 million). Transactions with associates are priced on an arm’s length basis.

Subsidiaries
The following information relates to the group’s financial interest in its subsidiaries at June 30, 2010:
ISSUED ORDINARY SHARE
CAPITAL
NUMBER OF
SHARES
% HELD
SHARES AT COST
LESS
IMPAIRMENTS
R’000
EFFECTIVE
DATE OF
ACQUISITION
INDEBTEDNESS
NET OF
IMPAIRMENTS
R’000
South Africa
Argonaut Financial Services (Pty) Limited
100
100
-
Oct 1, 1997
(1,055)
Crown Consolidated Gold Recoveries Limited
51,300,000
100
-
Sep 14, 1998
(245,316)

DRDGOLD South African Operations (Pty) Limited
1
1,000,000
74
113,177
Nov 14 , 2005
1,352,200
Rand Leases (Vogelstruisfontein) Gold Mining
Company Limited
118,505,000
100
-
Jan 1, 1996
(42,092)
Roodepoort Gold Mine (Pty) Limited
1
100
-
Jan 1, 1996
-
West Witwatersrand Gold Holdings Limited
99,000,000
100
-
Apr 1, 1996
(22,996)
Guardrisk Insurance Company Limited
20
100
100
Jul 1, 2008
-
ErgoGold (1)
-
35
52,551
Mar 31, 2009
205,362
Total
165,828
1,246,103
1
DRDGOLD South African Operations (Pty) Limited holds the following investments: 100% of Blyvooruitzicht Gold Mining Company Limited, 100% of East
Rand Proprietary Mines Limited, 100% of Crown Gold Recoveries (Pty) Limited and 100% of Ergo Mining (Pty) Limited (Ergo JV) and 65% of the ErgoGold
(formerly Elsburg Gold Mining Joint Venture) (unincorporated).
BACKGROUND IMAGE
F-66
NOTES TO THE ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
for the year ended June 30, 2010

27. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS (continued)


Joint Ventures

The joint ventures for which the statement of comprehensive income and statement of financial position have been
proportionately consolidated are disclosed in note 13.

Rand Refinery agreement
The group has entered into an agreement with Rand Refinery Limited (Rand Refinery), for the refining and sale of all of its gold
produced in South Africa. Under the agreement, Rand Refinery performs the final refining of the group’s gold and casts it into
troy ounce bars. Rand Refinery then usually sells the gold on the same day as delivery for the London afternoon fixed price on
the day the gold is sold. In exchange for this service, the group pays Rand Refinery a variable refining fee plus fixed marketing,
loan and administration fees. Mr Pretorius, CEO of DRDGOLD, is also an alternate director of Rand Refinery and is a member
of their Audit Committee. The group currently owns 4.0% of Rand Refinery (which is jointly owned by South African mining
companies). Trade receivables to the amount of R12.4 million (2009: R31.0 million) relate to metals sold. The group received a
dividend of Rnil (2009: R4.1 million) from Rand Refinery.

Consultancy agreement
On June 23, 2008 DRDGOLD SA approved a consultancy agreement with Khumo Gold, which owns 20% of DRDGOLD SA.
The agreement provides for a monthly retainer of R200,000.















2010
2009
2008
R’000
R’000
R’000
Shares at cost, less impairment loss
165,828
165,828
1,121,105
Net indebtedness, less impairment loss
1,246,103
1,036,417
(344,781)
Amounts owing by subsidiaries
1,701,478
1,622,795
997,185
Impairments
(143,916)
(275,974)
(233,412)
Amounts owing to subsidiaries
(311,459)
(310,404)
(1,108,554)
Net investment in subsidiaries
1,411,931
1,202,245
776,324

The non-operating entity loans are interest free and the operational
entity loans bear interest at prime minus four. The loans are unsecured
and without any fixed re-payment arrangements.
The interest of the company in the (loss)/profit after taxation
of its subsidiaries is:
Aggregate losses
(84,845)
(163,271)
(84,397)
Aggregate profits
151,004
270,175
255,164
BACKGROUND IMAGE
F-67
NOTES TO THE ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
for the year ended June 30, 2010


28. CASH GENERATED BY OPERATIONS
2010
2009
2008
R’000
R’000
R’000

Profit/(loss) before taxation
211,626
82,240
(87,853)
Adjusted for
Depreciation
190,769
99,217
69,931
Movement in provision for environmental rehabilitation
(88,034)
19,545
34,190
Movement in gold in progress
(29,941)
(7,018)
(5,184)
Loss on derivative instruments
-
-
433
Impairments
6,224
75,138
110,633
Profit on sale of property, plant and equipment
(13,722)
(10,266)
(10,054)
Share-based payments
4,115
7,873
6,591
Post-retirement and other employee benefits
5,015
2,673
(3,255)
Impairment/(reversal of impairment) on trade receivables
4,568
113
(5,227)
Actuarial (gain)/loss on post-retirement and employee benefits
(35,290)
18,226
-
Finance income
(200,273)
(205,991)
(95,015)
Finance expenses
24,132
41,743
167,693
Operating cash flows before working capital changes
79,189
123,493
182,883
Working capital changes
(31,453)
41,440
22,234
Change in trade and other receivables
19,650
156,042
(117,271)
Change in inventories
(10,070)
(16,648)
(3,310)
Change in trade and other payables
(41,033)
(97,954)
142,815
Cash generated by operations
47,736
164,933
205,117
BACKGROUND IMAGE
F-68
NOTES TO THE ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
for the year ended June 30, 2010

29. CASH FLOW ON ACQUISITION/DISPOSAL OF SUBSIDIARIES, NET OF CASH
2010
2009
2008
R’000
R’000
R’000
Total net cash flow on acquisition/disposal of subsidiaries
Netgold Limited
-
-
(21,878)
Emperor Mines Limited
-
-
(99,883)
DRDGOLD Limited (Cell No. 170)
-
(100)
-
ErgoGold
-
(277,721)
-
Ergo Mining (Pty) Limited
(40,396)
-
-
(40,396)
(277,821)
(121,761)
Disposal of Netgold Limited
On March 30, 2008 DRDGOLD disposed of its 50.25% shareholding in
NetGold Services Limited (NetGold) and in exchange for its shareholding
in NetGold obtained a 12.3% stake in G.M. Networks Limited
(GoldMoney).
The fair value of the net assets disposed were as follows:
Inventories
-
-
21,908
Trade and other receivables
-
-
7,283
Cash and cash equivalents
-
-
21,878
Trade and other payables
-
-
(37,446)
Carrying value at time of disposal
-
-
13,623
Total cash consideration
-
-
-
Less: cash and cash equivalents of disposed entity
-
-
(21,878)
Cash flow on disposal of subsidiary net of cash disposed
-
-
(21,878)

Disposal of Emperor Mines Limited
DRDGOLD disposed of its 78.72% interest in Emperor on October 2007
for a total consideration of R355.8 million.
The fair value of the net assets disposed were as follows:
Property, plant and equipment
-
-
13,469
Inventories
-
-
32,646
Trade and other receivables
-
-
62,522
Cash and cash equivalents
-
-
455,709
Provision for environmental rehabilitation
-
-
(15,535)
Post-retirement and other employee benefits
-
-
(283)
Amounts owing by group companies
-
-
31
Trade and other payables
-
-
(138,189)
Taxation payable
-
-
(6,160)
Carrying value at time of disposal
-
-
404,210
Total cash consideration
-
-
355,826
Less: cash and cash equivalents of disposed entity
-
-
(455,709)
Cash flow on disposal of subsidiary net of cash disposed
-
-
(99,883)
















BACKGROUND IMAGE
F-69
NOTES TO THE ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
for the year ended June 30, 2010

29. CASH FLOW ON ACQUISITION/DISPOSAL OF SUBSIDIARIES, NET OF CASH (continued)
2010
2009
2008
R’000
R’000
R’000
Acquisition of DRDGOLD Limited (Cell No. 170)
On July 1, 2008, DRDGOLD acquired 100% of a separate class of share in
Guardrisk Insurance Company Limited known as DRDGOLD Limited (Cell
No 170).
Cash flow on acquisition of subsidiary
-
(100)
-

Acquisition of ErgoGold (formerly Elsburg Gold Mining Joint Venture)
On March 31, 2009, East Rand Proprietary Mines Limited and DRDGOLD
acquired 15% and 35% respectively, of ErgoGold from Mogale Gold
(Proprietary) Limited.
The fair value of the net assets acquired net of non-controlling interest were as
follows:
Property, plant and equipment
-
409,118
-
Inventories
-
8,236
-
Trade and other receivables
-
438
-
Amounts owing by group companies
-
13,975
-
Cash and cash equivalents
-
768
-
Deferred tax liability
-
(85,586)
-
Trade and other payables
-
(15,389)
-
Carrying value at time of acquisition
-
331,560
-
Less: Cash and cash equivalents acquired
-
(833)
-
Negative goodwill on acquisition
-
(53,006)
-
Cash flow on acquisition of subsidiary net of cash acquired
-
(277,721)
-

Acquisition of Ergo Mining (Pty) Limited
On April 30, 2010 DRDGOLD acquired the remaining 50% interest in Ergo
Mining (Pty) Limited (Ergo JV) from Ergo Uranium (Pty) Limited for a total
consideration of R82.1 million, R62.1 million settled in cash and the balance in
shares in Witfontein Mining (Pty) Limited. A further R0.3 million transaction
cost has been incurred. DRDGOLD has consolidated 100% of the Ergo JV
from May 1, 2010. Prior to the acquisition, the Ergo JV was accounted for as a
joint venture (refer note 13).
Total cash consideration paid
(62,438)
-
-
Add: Cash and cash equivalents of acquired entity
22,042
-
-
Cash flow on acquisition of subsidiary, net of cash acquired
(40,396)
-
-
















BACKGROUND IMAGE
F-70
NOTES TO THE ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
for the year ended June 30, 2010

30. CASH FLOW ON DISPOSAL/ACQUISITION OF JOINT VENTURES, NET OF CASH

2010
2009
2008
R’000
R’000
R’000

Disposal of Porgera Joint Venture
On August 17, 2007, Emperor Mines Limited disposed of its 20% interest in
the Porgera Joint Venture.
The fair value of the net assets disposed of were as follows:
Property, plant and equipment
-
-
500,698
Inventories
-
-
326,167
Trade and other receivables
-
-
17,616
Cash and cash equivalents
-
-
2,408
Trade and other payables
-
-
(48,133)
Provisions
-
-
(81,108)
Carrying value at time of disposal
-
-
717,648
Total cash consideration
-
-
1,939,134
Less: cash and cash equivalents of disposed entity
-
-
(2,408)
Cash flow on disposal of joint venture
-
-
1,936,726

Acquisition of Witfontein Mining (Pty) Limited
On February 28, 2009, DRDGOLD through its subsidiary Argonaut Financial
Services (Pty) Limited acquired a 50% interest in Witfontein Mining (Pty)
Limited and entered into a joint venture agreement with Mintails SA (Pty)
Limited which owns the remaining 50%.
Cash flow on acquisition of joint venture
-
(20,000)
-

Disposal of Witfontein Mining (Pty) Limited

On April 30, 2010 Argonaut Financial Services (Pty) Limited disposed of its
50% in the Witfontein Mining (Pty) Limited joint venture for R20.0 million.
No cash consideration was received as this disposal formed part of the
purchase consideration paid (value of R20.0 million) for the acquisition of the
remaining 50% interest in the Ergo JV.

The carrying value of the net asset disposed of were as follows:
Property, plant and equipment
28,809
-
-
Trade and other receivables
47
-
-
Cash and cash equivalents
166
-
-
Trade and other payables
(10,522)
-
-
Carrying value at time of disposal
18,500
-
-
Total cash consideration received
-
-
-
Less: cash and cash equivalents of disposed entity
(166)
-
-
Cash flow on disposal of joint venture
(166)
-
-


31. CASH FLOW ON ACQUISITION OF ASSOCIATE

Acquisition of West Wits SA (Pty) Limited

In January 2009, DRDGOLD acquired a 28.33% interest in West Wits SA
(Pty) Limited.
Cash flow on investment in associate
-
(2,700)
-

BACKGROUND IMAGE
F-71
NOTES TO THE ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
for the year ended June 30, 2010
2010
2009
2008
R’000
R’000
R’000


32. CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash on hand, demand deposits, and
highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less.
Included in cash and cash equivalents are restricted cash in a form of a
guarantee relating to the rehabilitation of the Brakpan tailings dump, given to
AngloGold Ashanti Limited and amounting to R43.0 million (2009: R49.6
million).
Cash and cash equivalents
188,152
353,555
846,114
Bank overdrafts
-
(824)
(527)
188,152
352,731
845,587
33. CASH FLOWS FROM DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS
Net cash from operating activities
-
-
(150,703)
Net cash from investing activities
-
-
1,080,541
Net cash from financing activities
-
-
(1,046,610)

34. CASH FLOWS RELATING TO EXPLORATION ASSETS
Investing cash flow
57,993
27,401
82,129
35. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
Non-fulfillment of conditions precedent on disposal of ERPM’s prospecting and mining rights over ERPM Extensions 1
and 2
The transaction was subject to successful conclusion of various conditions precedent, including its approval by White Water
Resources shareholders. As a result of the non-fulfillment of a condition precedent, being the approval of the disposal by the
board of directors of DRDGOLD, the disposal shall no longer proceed.

DRDGOLD raises R108 million for pipeline project

On October 5, 2010 DRDGOLD Limited announced that its 74%-owned subsidiary DRDGOLD South African Operations (Pty)
Limited (“DRDGOLD SA”) has established a R500 million Domestic Medium Term Note Programme ("DMTN Programme")
under which it may from time to time issue notes. DRDGOLD SA has successfully issued R108 million under the DMTN
Programme and the different notes issued mature 12 and 24 months from the date of issue and bear interest at the three month
JIBAR rate plus a margin ranging from 4% to 5% per annum.

The proceeds from this first issue will be applied towards the capital requirements of the Crown/Ergo pipeline project. The new,
50-kilometre pipeline currently under construction and scheduled for completion by August 2011, will link two of Crown’s plants
with Ergo. This will provide Crown with increased tailings deposition capacity – a constraint in recent times – and thus the
potential to extend Crown’s life by bringing to account further surface tailings resources on the western and central
Witwatersrand.

As part of the pipeline project, the Ergo plant’s second carbon in leach (CIL) circuit will be refurbished to increase capacity from
1.2Mtpm to 1.8Mtpm.

BACKGROUND IMAGE
121

ITEM 19. EXHIBITS

The
following exhibits are filed as a part of this Annual Report:
1.1
(1)
Memorandum of Association of DRDGOLD Limited.
1.2
(7)
Articles of Association of DRDGOLD Limited, as amended on November 8, 2002.
1.3
(1)
Excerpts of relevant provisions of the South African Companies Act.
1.4
(2)
Durban Roodepoort Deep (1996) Share Option Scheme as amended.
2.1
(1)
Excerpts of relevant provisions of the Johannesburg Stock Exchange Listings Requirements.
2.2
(7)
Indenture between DRDGOLD Limited, as Issuer, and The Bank of New York, as Trustee, dated November 12, 2002.
2.3
(7)
Purchase Agreement between DRDGOLD Limited and CIBC World Markets Corp., dated November 4, 2002.
2.4
(7)
Registration Rights Agreement between DRDGOLD Limited and CIBC World Markets Corp., dated
November 12, 2002.
2.5
(7)
DRDGOLD Limited 6% Senior Convertible Note Due 2006 in the amount of $61,500,000 issued pursuant to Rule
144A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
2.6
(7)
DRDGOLD Limited 6% Senior Convertible Note Due 2006 in the amount of $4,500,000 issued pursuant to
Regulation S under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
4.1
(1)
Tribute Agreement, dated October 9, 1992, between DRDGOLD Limited and Rand Leases.
4.2
(1)
Service Agreement, dated July 27, 1995, between DRDGOLD Limited and Randgold.
4.3
(1)
Agreement, dated September 28, 1995, among First Westgold Mining (Proprietary) Limited, DRDGOLD Limited and
Rand Leases in respect of purchase of assets of First Westgold by Rand Leases.
4.4
(2)
Pumping Assistance, dated October 14, 1997, for the 1997/1998 fiscal year from the Minister of Mineral and Energy
Affairs – Republic of South Africa to DRDGOLD Limited.
4.5
(3)
Deposit Agreement among DRDGOLD Limited, The Bank of New York as Depositary, and owners and holders of
American Depositary Receipts, dated as of August 12, 1996, as amended and restated as of October 2, 1996, as further
amended and restated as of August 6, 1998, as further amended and restated July 23, 2007.
4.6
(4)
Security Agreement, dated November 5, 1998, between The Chase Manhattan Bank, DRDGOLD Limited, Blyvoor,
Buffels and West Wits.
4.7
(4)
Loan Agreement, dated June 8, 1999, between Industrial Development Corporation of South Africa Limited, Crown
and DRDGOLD Limited.
4.8
(4)
Lender Substitution Deed, dated August 18, 1999, between DRDGOLD Limited, DRD Australasia, NM Rothschild &
Sons (Singapore) Limited, NM Rothschild & Sons (Australia) Limited, as agent in its own capacity, and Rothschild
Nominees (Pty) Limited.
4.9
(4)
A $10m Facility Agreement, dated September 10, 1999, between DRDGOLD Limited, DRD Australasia and NM
Rothschild & Sons (Australia) Limited.
4.10
(4)
Facility Agreement, dated August 9, 1996, between PT Barisan Tropical Mining, Rothschild Australia Limited and the
Participants.
4.11
(4)
Deposit Agreement, dated September 30, 1999, between Buffels and BOE Merchant Bank, a division of BOE Bank
Limited.
4.12
(4)
Undertaking and Security Agreement, dated November 17, 1999, between BOE Bank Limited, through its division
BOE Merchant Bank, and Buffels.
4.13
(4)
Guarantee and Indemnity Agreement, dated November 17, 1999, between DRDGOLD Limited, Blyvoor, Argonaut
Financial Services (Proprietary) Limited, West Wits, Crown and BOE Bank Limited, through its division BOE
Merchant Bank.
4.14
(4)
Loan Security Agreement, dated November 17, 1999, between FBCF Equipment Finance (Proprietary) Limited and
Buffels.
4.15
(4)
Sale of Business Agreement in respect of Harties, dated August 16, 1999, between Avgold Limited, Buffels and
DRDGOLD Limited.
4.16
(4)
Form of Restraint Agreement.
4.17
(4)
Sale of Shares Agreement, dated September 29, 1997, between RMP Properties Limited, Randgold, Crown, City Deep
Limited, Consolidated Main Reef Mines and Estate Limited, Crown Mines Limited, RMP Properties SA Limited and
Industrial Zone Limited.
4.18
(5)
Form of Non-Executive Employment Agreement.
4.19
(5)
Form of Executive Employment Agreement.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
122
4.20
(5)
Share Sale Option Agreement, dated March 12, 1993, between Newmont Proprietary Limited, Ballimore No. 56
Proprietary Limited, Clayfield Proprietary Limited and Dome Resources N.L.
4.21
(5)
Convertible Loan Agreement, dated November 19, 1997, between Tolukuma Gold Mines Proprietary Limited, Dome
Resources N.L. and Mineral Resources Development Company Proprietary Limited.
4.22
(5)
First Deed of Variation of Loan Agreement, between Mineral Resources Development Company Pty Limited, Dome
Resources N.L. and Tolukuma Gold Mines Pty Limited.
4.23
(5)
Agreement, dated February 21, 2000, between DRDGOLD Limited and Western Areas Limited.
4.24
(5)
Independent Auditor’s Report from PricewaterhouseCoopers to the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Crown
Consolidated Gold Recoveries Limited, dated August 28, 2000.
4.25
(5)
Shareholders’ Agreement, dated September 29, 2000, between DRDGOLD Limited, Fraser Alexander Tailings
(Proprietary) Limited and Mine Waste Solutions (Proprietary) Limited.
4.26
(5)
First Addendum to the Agreement, dated November 15, 2000, between DRDGOLD Limited and Western Areas
Limited.
4.27
(5)
Second Addendum to the Agreement, dated December 21, 2000, between DRDGOLD Limited and Western Areas
Limited.
4.28
(6)
Agreement between DRDGOLD Limited, Western Areas Limited, Consolidated African Mines Limited and JCI Gold
Limited, dated April 25, 2001.
4.29
(6)
Addendum to the Agreement between DRDGOLD Limited, Western Areas Limited, Consolidated African Mines
Limited and JCI Gold Limited, dated August 31, 2001.
4.30
(6)
Addendum to the Agreement between DRDGOLD Limited, Western Areas Limited, Consolidated African Mines
Limited and JCI Gold Limited, dated September 26, 2001.
4.31
(6)
Guarantee and Cession in Securitatem Debiti Agreement between DRDGOLD Limited and Investec Bank Limited,
dated October 9, 2001.
4.32
(6)
Second Deed of Variation of Loan Agreement between Tolukuma Gold Mines Limited, Dome Resources NL and
Mineral Resources Development Company Limited, dated June 28, 2001.
4.33
(6)
Principal Terms and Conditions for Waiving Right to Declare Default and Enforce Security Deed under 1993 Purchase
Agreement between Newmont Second Capital Corporation, Tolukuma Gold Mines (Pty.) Limited, Dome Resources
(PNG) Pty. Limited, Dome Resources NL and DRDGOLD Limited, dated July 16, 2001.
4.34
(6)
Loan Agreement between Bank of South Pacific Limited and Tolukuma Gold Mines Limited, dated November 8,
2001.
4.35
(7)
Master Finance Lease between Volvo Truck Finance Australia (Pty) Ltd and Dome Resources N.L., dated
November 1, 2000.
4.36
(7)
Agreement between DRDGOLD Limited and Rand Refinery Ltd, dated October 12, 2001.
4.37
(7)
Share Purchase Agreement between Crown Consolidated Gold Recoveries Ltd, The Industrial Development
Corporation of South Africa Ltd, Khumo Bathong Holdings (Pty) Ltd and DRDGOLD Limited, dated June 12, 2002.
4.38
(7)
Shareholder’s Agreement between The Industrial Development Corporation of South Africa Limited, Khumo Bathong
Holdings (Pty) Ltd, Crown Consolidated Gold Recoveries Ltd, and Crown Gold Recoveries (Pty) Ltd and DRDGOLD
Limited, dated June 12, 2002.
4.39
(7)
Addendum to Shareholder’s Agreement between The Industrial Development Corporation of South Africa Limited,
Khumo Bathong Holdings (Pty) Ltd, Crown Consolidated Gold Recoveries Ltd, Crown Gold Recoveries (Pty) Ltd and
DRDGOLD Limited, dated June 14, 2002.
4.40
(7)
Subscription Agreement between Khumo Bathong Holdings (Pty) Limited and DRDGOLD Limited, dated
June 12, 2002.
4.41
(7)
Loan Agreement between DRDGOLD Limited and Khumo Bathong Holdings (Pty) Ltd, dated June 12, 2002.
4.42
(7)
Memorandum of Loan Agreement No. 1 between Durban Roodepoort Deep and Crown Gold Recoveries (Pty) Ltd,
dated June 12, 2002.
4.43
(7)
Memorandum of Loan Agreement No. 2 between DRDGOLD Limited and Crown Gold Recoveries (Pty) Ltd, dated
June 12, 2002.
4.44
(7)
Memorandum of Loan Agreement No. 3 between Crown Consolidated Gold Recoveries Ltd and Crown Gold
Recoveries (Pty) Ltd, dated June 12, 2002.
4.45
(7)
Loan Agreement between Industrial Development Corporation of South Africa Ltd and Blyvooruitzicht Gold Mining
Company Ltd, dated July 18, 2002.
4.46
(7)
Agreement of Loan and Pledge between DRDGOLD Limited and East Rand Proprietary Mines Limited, dated
September 12, 2002.
4.47
(7)
Management Services Agreement between DRDGOLD Limited, Khumo Bathong Holdings (Pty) Ltd and Crown Gold
Recoveries (Pty) Ltd, dated October 1, 2002.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
123
4.48
(7)
Agreement amongst DRDGOLD Limited, West Witwatersrand Gold Mines Limited and Bophelo Trading (Pty) Ltd,
dated June 12, 2002.
4.49
(7)
Letter Agreement between DRDGOLD Limited and The Standard Bank of South Africa, represented by its Standard
Corporate and Merchant Bank Division, dated October 7, 2002.
4.50
(7)
Memorandum of Agreement between Daun Et Cie A.G., Courthiel Holdings (Pty) Ltd, Khumo Bathong Holdings
(Pty) Ltd, Claas Edmond Daun, Paul Cornelis Thomas Schouten, Moltin Paseka Ncholo, Michelle Patience Baird,
Derek Sean Webbstock, as sellers, and Crown Gold Recoveries (Pty) Ltd, as purchaser, dated October 10, 2002.
4.51
(7)
Memorandum of Loan Agreement between DRDGOLD Limited and Crown Gold Recoveries (Pty) Ltd, dated
October 10, 2002.
4.52
(7)
Letter Agreement Relating to Consultancy Arrangement between DRDGOLD Limited and Nicolas Goodwin, dated
October 15, 2002.
4.53
(7)
Management Services Agreement between DRDGOLD Limited and East Rand Proprietary Mines Ltd, dated October
10, 2002.
4.54
(7)
Agreement for sale of shares in Emperor Mines Limited, between DRD (Isle of Man) Limited and Kola Ventures
Limited, dated December 13, 2002.
4.55
(8)
Confirmation, dated August 14, 2003, between DRDGOLD Limited and Investec Bank (Mauritius) Limited.
4.56
(8)
Amendment to Confirmation, dated September 4, 2003, between DRDGOLD Limited and Investec Bank (Mauritius)
Limited.
4.57
(9)
Deed of Amalgamation for the Corporate Restructuring of Orogen Minerals (Porgera) Limited, Mineral Resources
Porgera Limited and Dome Resources (PNG) Limited, dated October 14, 2003.
4.58
(9)
Undertaking, between Oil Search Limited and DRD (Isle of Man) Limited, dated October 14, 2003.
4.59
(9)
Loan Assignment Agreement between Orogen Minerals Limited, DRD (Isle of Man) Limited and Orogen Minerals
(Porgera) Limited, dated October 14, 2003.
4.60
(9)
Agreement between Orogen Minerals Limited and DRD (Isle of Man) Limited, dated October 14, 2003.
4.61
(9)
Loan Assignment Agreement, between Dome Resources (PNG) Limited, Dome Resources Pty Limited, DRD (Isle of
Man) Limited and Tolukuma Gold Mines Limited, dated November 21, 2003.
4.62
(9)
Memorandum of Agreement made and entered into between DRDGOLD Limited, West Witwatersrand Gold Mines
Limited, Mogale Gold (Proprietary) Limited and Luipaards Vlei Estates (Proprietary) Limited dated June 6, 2003.
4.63
(10)
Porgera Joint Venture Operating Agreement between Placer (P.N.G.) Pty Limited and Highlands Gold Properties Pty.
Limited and PGC (Papua New Guinea) Pty Limited, dated November 2, 1988.
4.64
(10)
Agreement of Employment between DRDGOLD Limited and Mr. D.J.M. Blackmur, dated as of October 21, 2003.
4.65
(10)
Banking Facilities Agreement made and entered between DRDGOLD Limited and Standard Bank of South Africa,
Limited, dated November 14, 2003.
4.66
(10)
Agreement of Employment between DRDGOLD Limited and Mr. M.M. Wellesley-Wood, dated as of December 1,
2003.
4.67
(10)
Service Agreement between DRD (Isle of Man) Limited and Mr. M.M. Wellesley-Wood, dated as of December 1,
2003.
4.68
(10)
Agreement of Employment between DRDGOLD Limited and Mr. I.L. Murray, dated as of December 1, 2003.
4.69
(10)
Service Agreement between DRD (Isle of Man) Limited and Mr. I.L. Murray, dated as of December 1, 2003.
4.70
(10)
Subscription and Option Agreement made and entered between DRD (Isle of Man) Limited, Net-Gold Services
Limited and G.M. Network Limited, dated January 26, 2004.
4.71
(10)
Forward Bullion Transaction Agreements made and entered between DRDGOLD Limited and Investec Bank Limited,
dated February 4, 2004, February 6, 2004, February 10, 2004, February 11, 2004 and February 12, 2004.
4.72
(10)
Loan Agreement made and entered between DRDGOLD Limited and Investec Bank Limited, dated June 24, 2004.
4.73
(10)
Termination Agreement made and entered between DRDGOLD Limited, Eskom Holdings Limited and Investec Bank
Limited, dated June 24, 2004.
4.74
(10)
Novation Agreement made and entered between J Aron & Company, Eskom Holdings Limited and Investec Bank
Limited, dated June 24, 2004.
4.75
(10)
Memorandum of Understanding made and entered between Buffelsfontein Gold Mines Limited, Buffelsfontein
Division and The National Union of Mineworkers, The United Association of South Africa, The Mine Workers
Union (Solidarity) and The South African Electrical Workers Association regarding retrenchments associated with
No. 9, 10 and 12 Shafts of Buffelsfontein Division, dated August 6, 2004.
4.76
(10)
CCMA Settlement Agreement made and entered between Blyvooruitzicht Gold Mining Company Limited and The
United Association of South Africa, South African Equity Workers’ Association, Solidarity and The National
Union of Mineworkers regarding the retrenchment of up to 2,000 employees of the Blyvooruitzicht Gold Mining
Company, dated September 2, 2004.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
124
4.77
(10)
Loan Agreement made and entered between DRDGOLD Limited and Investec Bank Limited, dated September 15,
2004.
4.78
(10)
Subscription Agreement made and entered between DRD (Isle of Man) Limited and DRDGOLD Limited, dated
September 21, 2004.
4.79
(10)
Common Terms Agreement of Loan made and entered between DRD (Isle of Man) Limited and Investec Bank
(Mauritius) Limited, dated October 14, 2004.
4.80
(10)
Facility A Loan Agreement made and entered between DRD (Isle of Man) Limited and Investec Bank (Mauritius)
Limited, dated October 14, 2004.
4.81
(11)
Loan Agreement made and entered between DRDGOLD Limited and Investec Bank Limited, dated December 10,
2004.
4.82
(11)
Subscription Agreement between DRDGOLD Limited and Baker Steel Capital Managers LLP (BSCM), dated April 7,
2005.
4.83
(11)
Underwriting Agreement between DRDGOLD Limited, the Baker Steel Capital Managers LLP (BSCM) and certain
underwriters, dated April 5, 2005.
4.84
(11)
Memorandum of Agreement between DRDGOLD Limited, Simmer & Jack Mines Limited and Simmer & Jack
Investments (Proprietary) Limited (S&J Companies), dated August 31, 2005.
4.85
(11)
Cession Agreement entered into among The Industrial Development Corporation of South Africa Limited (IDC),
DRDGOLD Limited, Business Ventures Investment No. 750 (Pty) Ltd and Business Ventures Investment No. 751
(Pty) Ltd (the BVI Companies), dated July 13, 2005.
4.86
(11)
Share Sale Agreement entered into among The Industrial Development Corporation of South Africa Limited (IDC),
DRDGOLD Limited, Business Ventures Investment No. 750 (Pty) Ltd (BVI 1) and Business Ventures Investment No.
751 (Pty) Ltd (BVI 2), dated July 13, 2005.
4.87
(11)
Term Sheet concluded between DRDGOLD Limited and Khumo Bathong Holdings (Pty) Ltd (KBH), dated
July 6, 2005.
4.88
(11)
Facility B Loan Agreement between Investec Bank (Mauritius) Limited and DRD (Isle of Man)
Limited (DRDIOM), dated March 3, 2005.
4.89
(11)
Convertible Loan Facility Agreement between DRDGOLD Limited and Emperor Mines Limited (Emperor), dated
July 8, 2005.
4.90
(11)
Agreement of Employment between DRDGOLD Limited and Mr. J.W.C. Sayers, dated as of August 10, 2005.
4.91
(11)
Option Agreement entered into by and between DRDGOLD Limited and M5 Developments (Pty) Limited, dated July
21, 2005.
4.92
(11)
Share Sale Agreement between DRD (Offshore) Limited, DRDGOLD Limited and Emperor Mines Limited, dated
November 16, 2005.
4.93
(12)
Deed of Loan, Cession, Payment and Set-Off entered into between DRDGOLD Limited, East Rand Proprietary
Mines Limited, Crown Gold Recoveries (Pty) Limited and Blyvooruitzicht Gold Mining Company Limited, dated
November 7, 2005.
4.94
(12)
Share Sale Agreement between Business Venture Investments 750 (Pty) Ltd and DRDGOLD South African
Operations (Pty) Limited, dated November 8, 2005.
Share Sale Agreement between Business Venture Investments 751 (Pty) Limited and DRGOLD South African
Operations (Pty) Limited, dated November 8, 2005.
4.95
(12)
Subscription Agreement between DRDGOLD Limited and DRDGOLD South African Operations (Pty) Limited,
dated November 9, 2005 .
4.96
(12)
Share Sale Agreement between Crown Consolidated Gold Recoveries Limited and DRDGOLD South African
Operations (Pty) Limited, dated November 14, 2005.
4.97
(12)
Subscription Agreement between DRDGOLD South African Operations (Pty) Limited and Khumo Gold SPV (Pty)
Limited, dated November 18, 2005.
4.98
(12)
Subscription Agreement between DRDGOLD Limited and Khumo Gold SPV (Pty) Limited, dated
November 18, 2005.
4.99
(12)
Cession Agreement between DRDGOLD Limited and Khumo Gold SPV (Pty) Limited and Khumo Bathong
Holdings (Pty) Limited, dated November 18, 2005.
4.100
(12)
Cession Agreement between DRDGOLD Limited and The Industrial Development Corporation of South Africa
Limited and Business Venture Investments No. 750 (Pty) Limited and Business Venture Investments No. 751 (Pty)
Limited, dated November 18, 2005.
4.101
(12)
Option Agreement between DRDGOLD Limited and Khumo Gold SPV (Pty) Limited and DRDGOLD South
African Operations (Pty) Limited, dated November 18, 2005.
4.102
(12)
Offer of Class A Preference Share between Khumo Gold SPV (Pty) Limited and East Rand Proprietary Mines Limited, dated November 18, 2005.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
125
4.103
(12)
Offer of Class A Preference Share between Khumo Gold SPV (Pty) Limited and Blyvooruitzicht Gold Mining
Company Limited, dated November 18, 2005.
4.104
(12)
Offer of Class A Preference Share between Khumo Gold SPV (Pty) Limited and Crown Gold Recoveries (Pty)
Limited, dated November 18, 2005.
4.105
(12)
Shareholders’ Agreement between DRDGOLD Limited and Khumo Gold SPV (Pty) Limited and DRDGOLD
South African Operations (Pty) Limited, dated November 24, 2005.
4.106
(12)
Sale and Subscription Agreement between DRDGOLD Limited and DRD (Offshore) Limited, dated
January 4, 2006.
4.107
(12)
Share Sale Agreement between DRD (Isle of Man) Limited and DRD (Offshore) Limited, dated February 22, 2006.
4.108
(12)
Restructure Deed between DRD (Offshore) Limited and DRD (Isle of Man) Limited and Emperor Mines Limited
and Emperor Gold Mining Company Limited and Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited, dated
February 24, 2006.
4.109
(12)
Facility Agreement between DRD (Porgera) Limited and Tolukuma Gold Mines Limited and Australia and New
Zealand Banking Group Limited, dated March 20, 2006.
4.110
(12)
Settlement of Loans Agreement between DRD (Isle of Man) Limited and DRD (Offshore) Limited, dated March
23, 2006.
4.111
(14)
Option Exercise Agreement between DRDGOLD Limited, Khumo Gold SPV (Pty) Limited and the Trustees for the
time being of the DRDSA Empowerment Trust dated October 10, 2006.
4.112
(14)
Class B Preference Share Subscription Agreement between DRDGOLD Limited and Khumo Gold SPV (Pty)
Limited dated October 24, 2006.
4.113
(14)
Three Class B Preference Share Subscription Agreements between Khumo Gold SPV (Pty) Limited and
Blyvooruitzicht Gold Mining Company Limited, Crown Gold Recoveries (Pty) Limited and East Rand Proprietary
Mines Limited, dated October 24, 2006.
4.114
(14)
Three Class C Preference Share Subscription Agreements between the Trustees for the time being of the DRDSA
Empowerment Trust and Blyvooruitzicht Gold Mining Company Limited, Crown Gold Recoveries (Pty) Limited
and East Rand Proprietary Mines Limited, dated October 24, 2006.
4.115
(14)
Share Sale Agreement between Emperor Mines Limited and Westech Gold (Pty) Limited, dated March 22, 2007,`
regarding the disposal of its Fijian assets.
4.116
(14)
Joint Venture Interest Sale Deed – Procurement Deed between Barrick Gold Corporation, or Barrick, and Emperor
Mines Limited, dated April 12, 2007.
4.117
(14)
Subscription Agreement between Emperor Mines Limited and Barrick Gold Corporation, dated April 12, 2007.
4.118
(14)
Joint Venture Interest Sale Deed between Barrick Gold Corporation, Barrick (Niugini) Limited, Emperor Mines
Limited and DRD (Porgera) Limited dated July 19, 2007.
4.119
(14)
Deed of Assignment and Assumption between Barrick (Niugini) Limited (“Buyer”), DRD (Porgera) Limited
(“Seller”), Barrick (Goldfields PNG Holdings) Limited (“Goldfields”) and Minerals Resources Enga Limited
(“MRE”) (collectively “the parties”) dated July 19, 2007.
4.120
(14)
Memorandum of Agreement between Anglo Gold Ashanti Limited, Friedshelf 849 (Proprietary) Limited (renamed
Ergo Mining (Pty) Limited), DRDGOLD South African Operations (Pty) Limited and Mintails SA (Pty) Limited,
dated August 6, 2007.
4.121
(14)
Merger Implementation Deed between Emperor Mines Limited and Intrepid Mines Limited, dated
September 18, 2007.
4.122
(14)
Mandate for the Placement of DRD (Offshore) Limited’s 78.72% Shareholding in Emperor Mines Limited, dated
September 28, 2007.
4.123
(14)
Term Sheet for the joint venture agreement entered into by Acorn Gold (Proprietary) Limited, DRDGOLD Limited,
Durban Roodepoort Deep (Proprietary) Limited, Friedshelf 850 (Proprietary) Limited, Geotorm Investments
Limited, Kgosi Resource Management (Proprietary) Limited, Minerals and Mining Reclamation Services
(Proprietary) Limited, Mintails SA (Proprietary) Limited, West Witwatersrand Gold Mines Limited, West
Witwatersrand Holdings Limited, West Wits Mining Limited, West Wits Mining SA (Proprietary) Limited, dated
November 9, 2007.
4.124
(15)
Third Addendum to Memorandum of Agreement between AngloGold Ashanti Limited (“AGA”), Ergo Mining
(Pty) Limited (formerly called Friedshelf 849 (Pty) Limited) (“Ergo”), DRDGOLD South African Operations (Pty)
(“DRDGOLD SA”) Mintails South Africa (Pty) Limited dated November 14, 2007.
4.125
(15)
Fifth Addendum to Memorandum of Agreement between AngloGold Ashanti Limited (“AGA”), Ergo Mining (Pty)
Limited (formerly called Friedshelf 849 (Pty) Limited (“Ergo”), DRDGOLD South African Operations (Pty)
(“DRDGOLD SA”) Mintails South Africa (Pty) Limited dated May 22, 2008.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
126
4.126
(15)
Mining User Contract between Crown Gold Recoveries (Pty) Limited (“Crown”), East Rand Proprietary Mines
Limited (“ERPM”), Elsburg Gold Mining Joint Venture (“Elsburg JV”), Ergo Mining (Pty) Limited (“Ergo”), Ergo
Uranium (Pty) Limited (“Ergo Uranium”) and Mogale Gold (Pty) Limited (“Mogale Gold”) dated August 15, 2008
4.127
(15)
Ergo Uranium Sale Agreement of Brakpan Plants to Ergo Mining between Ergo Uranium (Pty) Limited (“Ergo
Uranium”) and Ergo Mining (Pty) Limited (“Ergo”) dated August 15, 2008.
4.128
(15)
Ergo Mining Shareholders’ Agreement between Crown Gold Recoveries (Pty) Limited (“Crown”) and Ergo
Uranium (Pty) Limited (“Ergo Uranium”) dated August 15, 2008.
4.129
(15)
Elsburg Gold Mining Joint Venture (“Elsburg JV”) Agreement between East Rand Proprietary Mines Limited
(“ERPM”) and Mogale Gold (Pty) Limited (“Mogale Gold”) dated August 15, 2008.
4.130
(15)
Mogale Sale of Part Venture Interest in the Elsburg Gold Mining Joint Venture (“Elsburg JV”) between East Rand
Proprietary Mines Limited (“ERPM”) and Mogale Gold (Pty) Limited (“Mogale Gold”) dated September 29, 2008.
4.131
(16)
Heads of Agreement entered into by Mintails Limited, Mogale Gold (Pty) Limited (“Mogale Gold”), Ergo Mining
(Pty) Limited (“Ergo Joint Venture”), DRDGOLD Limited (“DRDGOLD”) and East Rand Proprietary Mines
Limited (“ERPM”), dated December 8, 2008 .
4.132
(16)
Loan Facility entered into by Mintails South Africa (Pty) Limited (“Borrower”), DRDGOLD Limited (“Lender”),
Mintails Limited (“Borrower’s Guarantor”), Mogale Gold (Pty) Limited (Mogale Gold”) Ergo Uranium (Pty)
Limited (“Ergo Uranium”) dated December 8, 2008.
4.133
(16)
Subscription and shareholders’ Agreement entered into by Mintails SA (Proprietary) Limited (“Mintails SA”),
Witfontein Mining (Proprietary) Limited (“Witfontein”) and Argonaut Financial Services (Proprietary) Limited
(“Argonaut”) dated December 9, 2008.
4.134
(16)
4.135
(17)

4.136
(17)

4.137
(17)
Facility Agreement between Investec Bank limited (“the Lender”) and DRDGOLD Limited (“the Borrower”) dated
March 31, 2009.
Final Heads of Agreement between Chizim Investments (Pvt) Limited (“Chizim”) and DRDGOLD Limited
(“DRDGOLD”) dated December 9, 2009.
Memorandum of Agreement between Ergo Uranium (Pty) Ltd (“Ergo Uranium”) and East Rand Proprietary Mines
Limited (“ERPM”) dated January 21, 2010.
Heads of Agreement between East Rand Proprietary Mines Limited (“ERPM”) and Aurora Empowerment System
(Pty) Limited (“Aurora”) dated January 22, 2010.
4.138
(17)
Domestic Medium Term Note Programme (“Programme”) entered into by DRDGOLD South African Operations
(Pty) Limited (“Issuer”) and DRDGOLD Limited (“guarantor’) dated September 30 2010.
8.1
(17)
List of Subsidiaries.
12.1
(17)
Certification pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
12.2
(17)
Certification pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
13.1
(17)
Certification pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
13.2
(17)
Certification pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
15.1
(10)
Crown Gold Recoveries (Pty) Limited Consolidated Financial Statements for the years ended June 30, 2004 and 2003.
15.2
(11)
Crown Gold Recoveries (Pty) Limited Consolidated Financial Statements for the years ended June 30, 2005, 2004 and
2003.
15.3
(13)
Crown Gold Recoveries (Pty) Limited Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements for the period ended
December 1, 2005 and the years ended June 30, 2005 and 2004.
15.4
(13)
Emperor Mines Limited Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements for the period ended April 6, 2006 and the years
ended June 30, 2005 and 2004.
16.1
(11)
Emperor Mines Limited Consolidated Financial Statements for the years ended June 30, 2005 and 2004.
___________
(1)
Incorporated by reference to our Registration Statement (File No. 0-28800) on Form 20-F.
(2)
Incorporated by reference to our Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended June 30, 1997.
(3)
Incorporated by reference to Amendment No. 1 to our Registration Statement (File No. 333-140850 ) on Form F-6.
(4)
Incorporated by reference to our Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended June 30, 1999.
(5)
Incorporated by reference to our Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2000.
(6)
Incorporated by reference to our Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2001.
(7)
Incorporated by reference to our Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2002.
(8)
Incorporated by reference to Amendment No. 4 of our Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended
June 30, 2002.
(9)
Incorporated by reference to our Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2003.
(10)
Incorporated by reference to Amendment No. 3 of our Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended
June 30, 2004.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
127
(11)
Incorporated by reference to our Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2005.
(12)
Incorporated by reference to our Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2006.
(13)
Incorporated by reference to Amendment No. 1 of our Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended
June 30, 2006.
(14)
Incorporated by reference to our Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2007.
(15)
Incorporated by reference to our Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2008.
(16)
Incorporated by reference to our Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2009.
(17)
Filed herewith.

BACKGROUND IMAGE
128
SIGNATURES

The registrant hereby certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and that it has duly
caused and authorized the undersigned to sign this annual report on its behalf.
DRDGOLD
LIMITED
By:
/s/
D.J.
Pretorius
D.J. Pretorius
Chief Executive Officer
By:
/s/
C.C.
Barnes
C.C. Barnes
Chief Financial Officer
Date: October 29, 2010

BACKGROUND IMAGE
1
FINAL HEADS OF AGREEMENT
Entered into between:
CHIZIM INVESTMENTS (PVT) LTD
("Chizim")
And
DRDGOLD LTD
("DRD")
And
ZIMGOLD
(the "JV")
For the establishment of a gold mining and exploration joint venture
company (the "JV") in Norton, Zimbabwe.
1.
Recordals
Chizim has secured certain mining leases, depicted in schedule "A",
hereto (hereinafter referred to as the "Leases") in the district of the
Zimbabwean town of Norton, and has full legal title and capacity to
deal with the Leases, and in terms of which gold and mineral
deposits encountered in the Lease area may be mined for its exclusive
benefit, subject to such regulatory conditions and taxes and royalties
as may apply from time to time.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
1.2.
Chizim has unencumbered access onto the freehold where the
Leases occur, and is not prohibited to establish workings,
accommodation and all such installations
and structures as may be
required to mine the Leases, on the freehold.
1.3
.
Chizim has agreed to place the Leases at the disposal of the JV on the
terms provided for in this agreement, and for the consideration
provided for herein.
1.4.
DRD has agreed to establish the JV with Chizim, and to contribute
the management expertise, funding, business infrastructure,
equipment and such further contributions as are provided for herein.
2.       Establishment of JV Company
2.1           The parties agree to establish a Joint Venture company, registered
in the Republic of Zimbabwe, for the purpose and on the terms
provided for in this agreement, as amplified by the Definitive and
Ancillary Agreement, for the purposes of exploring and mining the
gold and minerals on the
lease, for the mutual benefit of the
shareholder of the JV Company (the "Members"), in proportion to
their equity holdings in the JV (the "JV Project").
2.2.
Pending the registration of the JV, the Management of the JV shall
receive the assets of the JV in trust and manage it on behalf of the
members of the JV in accordance with the commercial objects of the
JV. Pursuant upon registration of the JV, the members shall cause
their respective contribution to be transferred toward the capital
of the JV.
2.3.
Either may wish to hold its interest in the JV through a registered
Special Purpose Vehicle and
the members of the JV shall therefore be
Chizim or its nominee and DRD or its nominee, each holding 50%.
Neither party shall make use of the nominee provisions to avoid any
obligation
or warranty given in this Agreement to the other party or
the JV, and records that the nominee structure is enlisted for
reasons of convenience and internal corporate structuring.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
3
2.4.
DRD records that it has no objection to Chizim transferring a
portion of its equity to,
Sovereignty Capital for payment of services rendered.
2.5
The JV shall endure until the ore-body has been mined out, or until it
is dissolved as provided for in this Agreement.
3.        Contribution
3. 1
Chizim shall make the following contribution toward the establishment
of the JV:

3.1.1     It shall procure all such licences and entitlements, the costs of
which shall be refunded by the JV, for the establishment and
operation of the JV Project;
3.1.2     It shall provide administrative and logistical support to the JV,
and will second an administrative executive to the JV, at a
reasonable, market related fee;

3.1.3 
   It shall provide company secretarial support to the JV at a
reasonable market related fee;

3.1.4 
   I t shall transfer right and title of the Leases to the JV, for the
consideration described in clause 4.2.1;

3.1.5 
   It shall undertake not to compete with or circumvent the JV or
DRD in the business of the JV within the Republic of Zimbabwe.
3.2
DRD shall make the following contribution toward the establishment of
the JV.
3.2.1.       It shall provide the Initial Funding, as defined further below;
3.2.2.       It shall deploy into the JV an operational and
engineering executive at a reasonable market related fee to
manage the day to day operations;
3.2.3.       It shall provide business infrastructure and financial reporting
and control services at a reasonable market related fee;
BACKGROUND IMAGE
3.2.4.      It shall undertake not to compete with or circumvent the
JV or Chizim in the business of the JV within the Republic of
Zimbabwe.
4.
Funding
4.1
The payment consideration of the Leases shall be U$30 per
JORC compliant resource gold ounce, recognised as follows:
4.1.1.
An initial amount of U$4, 5 million shall, pending the
valuation of the gold resource credited to the Loan
Account of Chizim;
4.1.2
This valuation, and the Loan Account balance of Chizim
shall be adjusted either downward, or upward,
depending on the number of JORC compliant gold
ounces proven by the JV within the first 6 months of the
JV (referred to hereinafter as the "Final Resource
Value"), applying the same methodology and
parameters as those used by Gold Technical Services
in June 2009, provided that it shall not dip to below
U$1 million, nor shall it increase to beyond U$7,5m;
4.1.3
A Further Consideration of U$30 per gold ounce
produced by the JV payable in respect of those
ounces not taken into account for purposes of
calculating the Final Resource Value Loan Account
balance (the Further Consideration Ounces). This
consideration shall become payable with effect from
the day on which the Further Consideration Ounces
start coming through the plant.
4.2.    The Loan Account of Chizim shall first be matched by the other
members, before It shall be required to make any further contribution
to the capital of the JV, and then also only:
4.2.1.
In terms of the provisions regarding shortfall funding; and
4.2.2
In the event that ounces are proven to JORC compliance
in addition to and beyond the ounces recognized in arriving
at the Final Resource Value, Chizim's matching capital In
BACKGROUND IMAGE
respect of capex beyond the Chizim Final Resource Value
Loan Account shall be reduced by a further U$30 per proven
ounce…
BACKGROUND IMAGE
4.3
In the event that the JV shall have funds available for distribution, taking into
account its future operating and capital expenditure requirements, and DRD
shall not have established a Loan Account which matches that of Chizim, the
Chizim Loan Account shall from such distributable funds be reduced by an amount
equal to U$30 per ounce of gold produced over the period over which the
distributable funds accrued, provided further that at least 50% of the funds
available for distribution shall be paid to the Members in accordance with their
members interest.
4.4
DRD shall make an initial contribution toward the venture capital of
the JV of R7, 5 million, and shall then, subject to the outcome of the Bankable
Feasibility Study continue to fund the operating and capital cash shortfall of the
JV (all of which shall be recognized against its members Loan Account) until
such time as it has matched the Final Resource Value (post JORC adjusted)
Loan Account of Chizim.
5.         Board and Management
5.1
The Board shall consist of at least two and up to four directors. Chizim
and DRD may each appoint up to two directors to the board.
5.2.
The director(s) appointed by each of the shareholders shall collectively
represent such number of votes as the number of shares the Member
which nominated him/her onto the board, holds.
5.3.
Chizim may nominate one of its nominees as the non-executive chairman
of the board.
5.4.
DRD may nominate one of its nominees to the board as the Managing
Director.
5.5.
The day to day management of the JV shall vest in an executive
committee chaired by the MD.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
5.6.         
Chizim may nominate an administrative officer onto the executive
committee.
5.7
The Members may jointly appoint the financial manager (''FM"). If the
members are unable to reach consensus on the appointment of a
financial manager, after deliberations between the most senior executive
of Chizim and DRD, the function of the financial manager shall be
outsourced to a reputable accounting firm in Johannesburg.
6.
Further Funding
6.1.        In order to develop the JV Project in accordance with the bankable
feasibility, funding is required beyond the Loan Account balances (or the
Resource Value, depending what we decide) of the members as provided
for above, and either member is at the risk of dilution for not making its
proportionate contribution to the capital of the JV Project, the following
provisions shall apply:
6.1.1.      Either of the JV members may make additional loans to the JV
to fund the shortfall, provided that such loans shall be paid on the
basis of "last in, first out" and hence be preferred over the Loan
Accounts then in place; or
6.1.2.
The JV Members may resolve to seek debt finance; or
6.1.3.
The JV Members may resolve to list the JV and to do an IPO,
or to take a proportionate dilution in favour of a further investor.
7.
Conditions Precedent
BACKGROUND IMAGE
This agreement shall be conditional upon the following occurring within sixty
days from the effective date, or such extension as the Members may agree
to:
7.1.    The conclusion of definitive and ancillary agreements in respect of the
         following:
7.1.1
A shareholders Agreement between the Members within the terms of
this Agreement are
mutatis mutandis incorporated and amplified;

7.1.2
Either the endorsement or the formal write up of the terms of these
Heads of Agreement;

7.1.3. The deployment of executives and staff; and
7.1.4 Agreeing an exploration and mine works programme;
7.2.
Securing the required formality requirements pertaining to mining of the
Leases.
7.3.
Such regulatory, shareholder and board consents as may be
required.
8. .
Disputes
8. 1.1.       This relationship is intended to be one based on good faith
and consensus management. Hence, any dispute that arises
between the parties shall be referred to for mediation between
the most senior executive of DRD and Chizim respectively.
8.1.2.
If they fail to resolve the dispute after thirty days after referral by
either party, it shall be referred to arbitration by a territorially
neutral arbitrator, through private arbitration. The arbitrator shall
be an advocate with at least ten years standing, either appointed
by agreement between the JV members from the members of
BACKGROUND IMAGE
the advocacy of either Johannesburg or Harare, or, if the members
are unable to agree, a practicing advocate of at least ten years
standing drawn from a list of candidates proposed by the
members, each entitled to put forward three names of advocates
practicing either in Windhoek or Gaborone.
8.1.3.
The arbitrator shall be governed by internationally accepted
principles of fairness and justice, and his ruling shall be binding on
the parties.
9.
Change in Control
9.1.     The Parties acknowledge that this business relationship is premised on
good faith and consensus management, both parties relying extensively on
the integrity of the other to build a long and prosperous business for the
benefit of the Members.
9.2.         In order to protect both DRDGOLD and Chizim against adverse change,
provision shall be made in the Shareholders Agreement to provide both
parties with the usual:
9.2.1.
Pre-emptive rights;
9.2.2.
Rights of first refusal;
9.2.3.
The right to come-along or piggy-back;
9.2.4.
Appropriate puts or calls in the event of a change in control
pursuant to an unsolicited offer not supported by a majority of
the board of either entity;
and to establish a measure in terms of which the stake of the affected
BACKGROUND IMAGE
party is independently valued, in the absence of agreement between
the parties, within the context of the aforementioned mechanisms.
9.3    DRD records that it may in future separate its surface and underground
operations, and that it may place its interest in the JV in either of these.
Such unbundling shall not constitute a disposal as envisaged in this clause.
Signed at Johannesburg on this the 09 December 2009


By: /s / D.J Pretorius 
                         By: /s / L. Chihoda
Chief Executive Officer
                        Director
For: DRDGOLD LIMITED                      For: Chizim Investments (PVT) Limited
BACKGROUND IMAGE
A2112
Ergo Uranium/ERPM Agreement - Execution Version
ISL/HD
210110
















Memorandum of Agreement



Made and entered into between:-

ERGO URANIUM (PROPRIETARY) LIMITED
(Reg No 2007/017509/07)
(a company duly incorporated in accordance with the company laws of the Republic of South
Africa with limited liability, herein represented by Diederik Albert Willem van der Walt, in his
capacity as a director thereof, he being duly authorised hereto under and by virtue of a
resolution of the board of directors of the company passed at Johannesburg, RSA on the 11
th
day of January 2010, and a certified copy whereof is annexed hereto marked "A" );


of the one part;

and

EAST RAND PROPRIETARY MINES LIMITED
(Reg No 1893/000773/06)
(a company duly incorporated in accordance with the company laws of the Republic of South
Africa with limited liability, herein represented by Themba Gwebu, in his capacity as a director
thereof, he being duly authorised hereto under and by virtue of a resolution of the board of
directors of the company passed at Johannesburg, RSA on the day of January 2010,
and a certified copy whereof is annexed hereto marked "B" );


of the other part.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Page 2


1.
Definitions
1.1
In this agreement, unless inconsistent with the context, the following terms and/or
expressions shall have the separate meanings assigned to them hereunder and for
purposes of convenience the said definitions are reflected throughout this agreement in
capitals:-
1.1.1      “ AGREEMENT
shall mean this agreement and shall be
deemed to include all annexes thereto
which shall be initialled or signed, as the
case may be, by the PARTIES for purposes
of identification;
1.1.2       “ ANGLOGOLD
shall mean AngloGold Ashanti Limited of
the RSA (Reg No 1944/017354/06);
1.1.3       “ ANGLOGOLD
AGREEMENT
shall mean the Memorandum of Agreement
made and entered into by and between
ANGLOGOLD , the COMPANY , DRD SA
and MINTAILS SA at Johannesburg, RSA
on the 6 August 2007 relating to the sale
and purchase respectively of the “ Ergo
Mining Assets ” as therein defined, upon the
terms and conditions therein set forth, and
shall include the various addenda thereto
respectively dated the 17 August 2007, 30
August 2007, 21 November 2007, 28
February 2008 and 15 May 2008;
1.1.4      “ ARGONAUT
shall mean Argonaut Financial Services
(Proprietary) Limited of the RSA (Reg No
1992/005514/07), a wholly owned
subsidiary of DRDGOLD Limited (the
holding company of DRD SA );
1.1.5      “ ARGONAUT CLAIMS
shall mean the claims in loan account by
ARGONAUT (or any other company within
the DRDGOLD Limited group of companies)
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Page 3

against WITFONTEIN as at the
EFFECTIVE DATE in respect of cash
monies loaned and advanced to and/or
disbursed for and on behalf of
WITFONTEIN ;
1.1.6     “ ARGONAUT EQUITY
shall collectively mean the ARGONAUT
CLAIMS and the ARGONAUT SHARES ;
1.1.7      “ ARGONAUT SHARES
shall mean the 500 (five hundred) ordinary
par value shares of R1,00 (one rand) each
in the capital of WITFONTEIN , the
registered and/or beneficial owner whereof
is ARGONAUT and constituting 50% (fifty
per centum) of the total issued share capital
of WITFONTEIN ;
1.1.8      “ APPROVALS
shall mean the written consents, approvals
and/or permits to be issued, to the extent
required, by any of the relevant regulatory
authorities or entities, whether in Australia
or in the RSA , as a pre-requisite to the
implementation of the TRANSACTION and
in no way derogating from the generality
thereof, including (to the extent required):-
1.1.8.1
in Australia, that of:-
•      The Australian Securities
and Investments
Commission;
the Listings Department of
the ASX ; and
•      the shareholders of
MINTAILS AUS in general
meeting;
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Page 4

1.1.8.2        in the
RSA , that of:-
ANGLOGOLD and DRD
SA to the cancellation of
the Deed of Suretyship
furnished by MINTAILS
SA to ANGLOGOLD
under the ANGLOGOLD
AGREEMENT and the
release of MINTAILS SA
from its obligations under
such agreement failing
which, the furnishing of a
satisfactory indemnity by
DRD SA in favour of
MINTAILS SA in respect
of any claims by
ANGLOGOLD arising out
of such suretyship;
•      the COMPETITION COM-
MISSION / TRIBUNAL ;
•      the DME ; and
•      any third party under any
of the CONTRACTS ;
1.1.9      “ ASSETS
shall mean the tangible and intangible
assets of the COMPANY as at the
EFFECTIVE DATE , that is:-
1.1.9.1
as reflected in the asset
register/s of the COMPANY ;
and
1.1.9.2        all LICENCES and RIGHTS
granted by governmental,
quasi-governmental or other
authorities or entities having
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Page 5

jurisdiction over any of the
mining operations of the
COMPANY ;
entitling the COMPANY to lawfully conduct
the BUSINESS after the EFFECTIVE DATE
in the same manner and to the same extent
as same was conducted prior thereto;
1.1.10      “ ASX
shall mean the Australian Securities
Exchange Limited, registered as such in
accordance with the applicable laws in
Australia;
1.1.11      “ ATTORNEYS
shall mean Levy, Feinsteins & Associates
Incorporated practising under the style of
Feinsteins ” of Johannesburg, RSA ;
1.1.12      “ BUSINESS
shall collectively mean the gold
mining/reclamation and related business of
the COMPANY utilising the ASSETS ;
1.1.13      “ CLOSING DATE
shall mean the date of the implementation
of the provisions of clause 12 infra, which
shall as near as possible correspond with
the date of the fulfilment (or waiver, where
possible) of the last of the conditions
precedent in clause 3 infra and shall at
latest be 7 (seven) business days
thereafter;
1.1.14      “ COMPANY
shall mean Ergo Mining (Proprietary)
Limited of the RSA (Reg No
2007/004886/07), the authorised share
capital whereof is R1 000,00 (one thousand
rand) divided into 1 000 (one thousand)
ordinary par value shares of R1,00 (one
rand) each and the issued share capital
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Page 6

whereof is R600,00 (six hundred rand)
divided into 600 (six hundred) ordinary par
value shares of R1,00 each, the registered
and/or beneficial owners whereof are:-
1.1.14.1
CROWN - as to 300 (three
hundred) shares; and
1.1.14.2
ERGO URANIUM - as to 300
(three hundred) shares;
1.1.15      “ COMPANIES ACT
shall mean the Companies Act, No 61 of
1973, as amended, of the RSA ;
1.1.16      “ COMPETITION
COMMISSION /
TRIBUNAL
shall mean the Commission or Tribunal, as
the case may be, established in accordance
with the provisions of the Competition Act,
No 89 of 1988, as amended, of the RSA ;
1.1.17      “ CONTRACTS
shall mean all those material contracts
entered into prior to the EFFECTIVE DATE
by and between the COMPANY and third
parties and which continue beyond such
date and the details whereof are known to
and in the possession of the PARTIES ;
1.1.18      “ CROWN
shall mean Crown Gold Recoveries
(Proprietary) Limited of the RSA (Reg No
1988/005115/07), a subsidiary of DRD SA ;
1.1.19      “ DME
shall mean the Department of Minerals and
Energy of the Government of the RSA ;
1.1.20      “ DRD SA
shall mean DRDGOLD South African
Operations (Proprietary) Limited of the RSA
(Reg No 2005/033662/07) and shall be
deemed to include its successors in title or
permitted assigns, the holding company of
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Page 7

CROWN and ERPM ;
1.1.21      “ EFFECTIVE DATE
shall mean the 1
st
day of January 2010
notwithstanding the SIGNATURE DATE ;
1.1.22      “ ERGO URANIUM
shall mean Ergo Uranium (Proprietary)
Limited (Reg No 2007/017509/07) and shall
be deemed to include its successors in title
or permitted assigns, a wholly owned
subsidiary of MINTAILS MAURITIUS ;
1.1.23      “ ERPM
shall mean East Rand Proprietary Mines
Limited (Reg No 1893/000773/06) and shall
be deemed to include its successors in title
or permitted assigns, a subsidiary of DRD
SA ;
1.1.24      “ INTERIM PERIOD
shall mean the period from the EFFECTIVE
DATE until the CLOSING DATE ;
1.1.25      “ LICENCES
shall collectively mean all mining and similar
such licences issued by the DME , whether
in terms of the MPRDA or otherwise in
favour of the COMPANY and the details
whereof are known to and in the possession
of the PARTIES ;
1.1.26      “ MINTAILS AUS
shall mean Mintails Limited (Reg No
008
740672), a public company
incorporated in accordance with the
company laws of Australia and the shares
whereof are listed on the ASX ;
1.1.27      “ MINTAILS MAURITIUS
shall mean Mintails Gold and Uranium
Limited (Reg No 079690 CI/GBL) of
Mauritius and the holding company of
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Page 8

ERGO URANIUM ;
1.1.28      “ MINTAILS SA
shall mean Mintails SA (Proprietary)
Limited of the RSA (Reg No
2004/007547/07), a wholly owned
subsidiary of MINTAILS AUS ;
1.1.29      “ MPRDA
shall mean the Mineral and Petroleum
Resources Development Act, No 28 of
2002, as amended, of the RSA ;
1.1.30
PARTIES
shall mean both parties to the
AGREEMENT ;
1.1.31      “ RESOLUTIONS
shall mean those ordinary and/or special
resolutions to be passed and registered,
where applicable, in:-
•    Australia in relation to MINTAILS
AUS ; and/or
•    the RSA and/or Mauritius in relation
to ERGO URANIUM ,
so as to facilitate the conclusion and
implementation of the TRANSACTION in its
entirety;
1.1.32      “ RIGHTS
shall, as distinct from the LICENCES ,
collectively mean all those rights of
whatsoever nature or howsoever arising held
by the COMPANY to facilitate the conduct of
the BUSINESS and in no way derogating
from the aforegoing including all its mineral
rights, mining rights (that is mining leases,
mynpachtenbriefen and precious metals
claims licences), surface rights (that is
surface right permits and bezitrechten) and
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Page 9

any other rights and the details whereof are
known to and in the possession of the
PARTIES ;
1.1.33      “ RSA
shall mean the Republic of South Africa;
1.1.34      “ SALE CLAIMS
shall mean the claims in loan account by
ERGO URANIUM (which, for the purposes
of the AGREEMENT shall be deemed to
include any claims by MINTAILS SA )
against the COMPANY as at the
EFFECTIVE DATE , in aggregate
R118
000
000,00 (one hundred and
eighteen million rand);
1.1.35      “ SALE EQUITY
shall collectively mean the SALE CLAIMS
and the SALE SHARES ;
1.1.36      “ SALE SHARES
shall mean the 300 (three hundred) ordinary
par value shares of R1,00 (one rand) each
in the capital of the COMPANY [constituting
50% (fifty per centum) of the total issued
share capital thereof] registered in the name
of and beneficially owned by ERGO
URANIUM ;
1.1.37      “ SHAREHOLDERS’
AGREEMENT
shall mean the agreement entered into at
Johannesburg, RSA on the 15 August 2008
by and between CROWN and ERGO
URANIUM governing their relationship as
shareholders of ERGO MINING and of their
nominees as directors of ERGO MINING ;
1.1.38      “ SIGNATURE DATE
shall mean the date of the signature of the
AGREEMENT by the PARTY last signing
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Page 10

same;
1.1.39      “ TRANSACTION
shall mean the transaction contemplated by
the AGREEMENT , that is the sale and
purchase respectively of the SALE
EQUITY ;
1.1.40       “ WITFONTEIN
shall mean Witfontein Mining (Proprietary)
Limited of the RSA (Reg No
2003/013481/07) [formerly known as Skeat
Gold Mining East Rand (Proprietary)
Limited and prior thereto as Wavelett
Trading 105 (Proprietary) Limited], the
authorised and issued share capital whereof
is R1 000,00 (one thousand rand) divided
into 1 000 (one thousand) ordinary par
value shares of R1,00 (one rand) each. the
registered and/or beneficial owners whereof
are:-
1.1.40.1
ARGONAUT - as to 500 (five
hundred) shares; and
1.1.40.2
MINTAILS SA - as to 500
(five hundred) shares.
1.2       Words importing:-
1.2.1
the singular shall include the plural and vice versa ;
1.2.2
any one gender shall include the others;
1.2.3
persons shall, where the context admits, include firms or corporations.
1.3
Where figures are referred to in numerals and words, then the latter shall prevail in the
event of any dispute.
1.4
Any reference to a statute, regulation or other legislation shall be a reference to such
statute, regulation or other legislation as at the date of signature of these presents and
as amended or substituted from time to time.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Page 11

1.5
When any number of days is prescribed in the AGREEMENT , same shall mean
business days and shall be reckoned exclusively of the first and inclusively of the last
day.
1.6
The use of the word “ including ” followed by a specific example/s shall not be construed
as limiting the meaning of the general wording preceding it and the eiusdem generis
rule shall not be applied in the interpretation of such general wording or such specific
example/s.
1.7
Where any term is defined within a particular clause other than as set forth in this
clause 1, then that term shall bear the meaning ascribed to it in that clause wherever it
is used in the AGREEMENT .
1.8
The terms of the AGREEMENT having been negotiated, the contra proferentem rule
shall not be applied in the interpretation thereof.
1.9
Any term which refers to an RSA legal concept or process (in no way derogating from
the generality thereof, for example “ winding-up ” or “ curatorship ”) shall be deemed to
include a reference to the equivalent or analogous concept or process in any other
jurisdiction in which the AGREEMENT may apply or to the laws of which any PARTY
cited hereunder may be or become subject.
1.10
Any reference to “ permitted assigns ” shall mean those consented to, in writing, by both
PARTIES .
2.
Recordal
It is recorded that:-
2.1       the COMPANY conducts the BUSINESS ;
2.2
the present shareholders of the COMPANY are CROWN and ERGO URANIUM in
equal proportions; and
2.3
MINTAILS AUS and DRD SA are desirous of severing their relationship exercised
through their respective subsidiaries in ERGO MINING and to this end ERGO
URANIUM has agreed to sell to ERPM , which has agreed to purchase from it, the
SALE EQUITY upon the terms and conditions more fully set forth hereafter.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Page 12


3.
Conditions Precedent
3.1
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the AGREEMENT contained, it shall be
subject to the fulfilment or waiver (where possible), of the following conditions
precedent, to wit:-
3.1.1
the furnishing of the APPROVALS to be evidenced in writing by the
relevant issuing authority/entity to the reasonable satisfaction of the
PARTIES ; and
3.1.2
the passing and/or, where applicable, the registration of the
RESOLUTIONS ;
within a period of 120 (one hundred and twenty) days after the SIGNATURE DATE .
3.2
The aforegoing conditions are stipulations for the benefit of both PARTIES and
accordingly shall only be capable of being waived (save for any regulatory approvals or
shareholders’ resolutions which are required) in writing by both the PARTIES .
3.3
Should the aforesaid conditions precedent not be fulfilled or waived (where possible)
within the period/s set forth above or within such extended period/s as the PARTIES
may in writing agree upon, then and in such event the AGREEMENT shall ipso facto
be and become null and void ab initio and the PARTIES shall be obliged to restore
each other as near as possible to the status quo ante as at the SIGNATURE DATE
and neither of the PARTIES shall have any claims against the other of them save as
set forth to the contrary in the AGREEMENT .
3.4       The PARTIES reciprocally warrant in favour of each other that they will in good faith
use their reasonable commercial endeavours to procure the fulfilment of the conditions
precedent which are applicable to them as soon as possible after the SIGNATURE
DATE and to such end shall supply such information and/or execute such reasonable
documentation as may be required by any third party, be it regulatory authorities or
otherwise, in relation to the said conditions within a period of 5 (five) days after a
written request therefor.
4.
Warranty and Acknowledgments
4.1
Warranty
ERGO URANIUM does hereby represent and warrant in favour of ERPM that it is the
legal holder of the SALE EQUITY which is unencumbered and that it is accordingly
entitled to deal therewith in accordance with the AGREEMENT .
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Page 13

4.2
Acknowledgments
4.2.1
By ERPM
ERPM acknowledges that:-
4.2.1.1
save as set forth in clause 4.1 to the contrary, no express or
implied warranties have been given by ERGO URANIUM or
any third party on its behalf to ERPM of and in connection
with the TRANSACTION and accordingly the SALE
EQUITY is sold by the former to the latter “ voetstoots ”;
4.2.1.2         its sister company, CROWN , is a 50% shareholder of the 
COMPANY and by reason thereof ERPM is fully au fait with
all the facts and circumstances surrounding the COMPANY ,
the BUSINESS , the ASSETS and any liabilities in
connection therewith and ERPM warrants in favour of
ERGO URANIUM that CROWN has consented to the
TRANSACTION .
4.2.1.3
ERGO URANIUM shall not be liable for any defects, latent
or patent, in the ASSETS nor for any damage occasioned to
or suffered by ERPM by reason thereof and the implied
warranty against latent defects is expressly excluded; and
4.2.1.4
by reason of clause 4.2.1.2 supra, ERPM waives the
preparation of financial statements of the COMPANY as at
the EFFECTIVE DATE .
4.2.2
By ERGO URANIUM
ERGO URANIUM acknowledges that portion of the purchase
consideration for the SALE EQUTY will be discharged by the delivery of
the ARGONAUT EQUITY and that such delivery shall be “ voetstoots
without any warranties attaching thereto save that ERPM warrants in
connection therewith that ARGONAUT is the lawful owner of, and
accordingly entitled to deliver, the ARGONAUT EQUITY , which is totally
unencumbered, in accordance with the AGREEMENT .
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Page 14


5.
Sale
Subject to the AGREEMENT becoming unconditional and subject further to the provisions of
clause 4 supra:-
5.1
ERGO URANIUM does hereby sell to ERPM and the latter does hereby purchase from
it the SALE EQUITY (as one indivisible transaction) for the purchase consideration
hereinafter referred to; and
5.2
the benefits of and the risks attaching to the acquisition of the SALE EQUITY shall
pass from ERGO URANIUM to ERPM retrospectively with effect from the EFFECTIVE
DATE .
6.
Purchase Consideration
The purchase consideration for the SALE EQUITY shall be the sum of R82 088 321,73 (eighty
two million and eighty eight thousand and three hundred and twenty one rand and seventy
three cents) constituted as to:-
6.1       the SALE CLAIMS at the discounted sum of R82 088 022,73 (eighty two million and
eighty eight thousand and twenty two rand and seventy three cents); and
6.2
R300,00 (three hundred rand), being the par value of the SALE SHARES .
7.
Payment of Purchase Consideration
7.1
The purchase consideration as aforesaid shall be discharged as to:-
7.1.1
R62 088 321.73 (sixty two million and eighty eight thousand and three
hundred and twenty one rand and seventy three cents) which shall be
paid by ERPM in three tranches as follows:-
7.1.1.1
R7 088 321,73 (seven million and eighty eight thousand and
three hundred and twenty one rand and seventy three
cents) - on the SIGNATURE DATE or so soon thereafter
as possible;
7.1.1.2
R20 000 000,00 (twenty million rand) - on the 31 March
2010;
7.1.1.3
R35 000 000,00 (thirty five million rand) - on the earlier of
the CLOSING DATE or the 30 June 2010, as the case may
be,
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Page 15

and all of which shall be paid by ERPM to the ATTORNEYS in trust and
to be invested by them (save in the case of the amount referred to in
7.1.1.1 supra) in an interest bearing account as more fully provided in
clause 7.2 infra ; and
7.1.2
R20 000 000,00 (twenty million rand), being the agreed value of the
ARGONAUT EQUITY , which shall be delivered in negotiable form by
ERPM to ERGO URANIUM or its nominee, on the CLOSING DATE .
7.2
The cash amounts payable in accordance with clause 7.1.1 supra, shall be paid by
ERPM to the ATTORNEYS in accordance with the provisions of Section 78 (2A) of the
Attorneys Act, No 53 of 1979, as amended, of the RSA , and on the basis that:-
7.2.1
the account will be in the name of the ATTORNEYS and under their
control;
7.2.2
the provisions hereof constitute the required written
instruction/authorisation to the ATTORNEYS in accordance with the
aforesaid Act as read with rule 77.1 of the Rules of the Law Society of the
Northern Provinces, RSA to so invest such funds if timing permits; and
7.2.3
the said funds plus interest thereon shall, subject to the overriding
provisions of clauses 7.3 and 8 infra, be held in trust by the ATTORNEYS
as agent for and on behalf of ERPM pending the arrival of the CLOSING
DATE and the implementation of the provisions of clause 12 infra,
whereupon the purchase consideration shall be released by the
ATTORNEYS to ERGO URANIUM and the interest which has accrued
thereon, to ERPM .
7.3
7.3.1
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in clauses 7.1 and 7.2 supra,
ERPM has agreed that subject to the provisions of clause 8 infra, the
amount referred to in clause 7.1.1.1 supra shall be released by the
ATTORNEYS to ERGO URANIUM as and by way of an interest bearing
loan, as soon as possible after the receipt thereof;
7.3.2
The interest which shall accrue on the loan shall equal that from time to
time of the interest payable by Nedbank Limited on the ATTORNEYS (or
their auditors, PKF Inc of Johannesburg) corporate saver account in
respect of an amount equal to that in 7.1.1.1 supra. The interest shall be
calculated for the period from the date of the advance until the CLOSING
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Page 16

DATE or in the event of the application of clause 8.2 infra, the date of
repayment of the loan, as the case may be (both days inclusive). A
certificate under the hand of any manager of Nedbank Limited (whose
appointment and authority it shall not be necessary to prove) as to the
interest rate and the amount payable, shall be final and binding on the
PARTIES .
8.
Loan and Collateral Security therefor
8.1
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in clause 7 supra, ERPM does hereby
irrevocably authorise the ATTORNEYS , within a period of 3 (three) days after the
receipt of the amount referred to in clause 7.1.1.1 supra, to release the same to ERGO
URANIUM as and by way of an interest bearing loan (determined as aforesaid) by
ERPM to ERGO URANIUM and in advance of the arrival of the CLOSING DATE .
8.2       Should the CLOSING DATE not arrive for whatever reason within the time period
stipulated in the AGREEMENT or within such extended period as the PARTIES may in
writing agree upon, then and in such event the aggregate of the amount advanced plus
interest thereon, determined as aforesaid, shall be and become repayable by ERGO
URANIUM to ERPM not later than 90 (ninety) days after written demand therefor.
8.3
As collateral security for the aforegoing loan, ERGO URANIUM shall on the
SIGNATURE DATE deposit in escrow with the ATTORNEYS , the SALE EQUITY in
negotiable form to be held by them for and on behalf of ERPM pending:-
8.3.1
the arrival of the CLOSING DATE and the implementation of the
provisions of clause 12 infra, whereupon same shall be released to
ERPM as therein provided; or
8.3.2
the repayment in full of the aforesaid loan plus interest thereon as
provided in clause 7.3.2 supra within the period stipulated in clause 8.2
supra:-
8.3.2.1
in which event same shall be released to ERGO URANIUM ;
alternatively
8.3.2.2
failing which, it shall be released by the ATTORNEYS to
ERPM which shall be entitled to cause same to be realised
by public auction or private treaty on a transparent arms
length bona fide basis so as to maximise the selling price
therefor and on the basis that the realised value in excess of
the loan plus interest thereon as aforesaid and any bona
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Page 17

fide costs incurred by ERPM , shall redound to the exclusive
benefit of ERGO URANIUM and be paid to it,
as the case may be.
9.
Rehabilitation Deposit
9.1       The PARTIES record that:-
9.1.1
in terms of the ANGLOGOLD AGREEMENT , the COMPANY caused to
be deposited the sum of R63 000 000,00 (sixty three million rand) to
cover the rehabilitation obligations (as referred to in such agreement) with
Investec Bank Limited and caused such bank to furnish a guarantee
therefor in favour of ANGLOGOLD as will more fully appear from a copy
thereof annexed hereto marked “C” ; and
9.1.2
drawn downs are permitted under the said guarantee from time to time in
accordance with the provisions thereof.
9.2
In the event of there being a surplus after the completion of the rehabilitation
programme in respect whereof the aforesaid guarantee was established by the
COMPANY in favour of ANGLOGOLD , then and in such event such surplus shall, to
the extent that:-
9.2.1
it is R20 000 000,00 (twenty million rand) or less, be shared equally
between the PARTIES ; or
9.2.2
it exceeds R20 000 000,00 (twenty million rand), then such excess shall
redound to the exclusive benefit of ERPM .
10.
CONTRACTS
10.1
To the extent that any of the CONTRACTS may contain any provision whereby any
change in the control of the COMPANY may require the written consent of any third
party, the PARTIES shall use their reasonable commercial endeavours as soon as
possible after the CLOSING DATE , to procure retrospectively with effect from the
EFFECTIVE DATE , the furnishing of such consent.
10.2
Should any third party decline to furnish consent for whatever reason, then and in such
event ERPM shall take such steps as may be necessary to satisfy the reasonable
requests of such third party .
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Page 18


11.
INTERIM PERIOD
11.1     As the COMPANY is presently controlled by CROWN (a subsidiary of DRD SA ) and
ERGO URANIUM in equal shares, the PARTIES shall during the INTERIM PERIOD
procure that the BUSINESS is conducted in the ordinary, normal and regular course
thereof and neither of the PARTIES shall be entitled to make any decision without prior
consultation with the other and which may be detrimental to the interests of the other.
11.2
In and during the INTERIM PERIOD , the PARTIES shall procure that:-
11.2.1          the COMPANY shall maintain its books and records of and concerning
the ASSETS and the BUSINESS in good order and currently up to date
at all times;
11.2.2          the COMPANY shall comply with all laws affecting the operation of the
plant and equipment and rolling stock which constitute portion of the
ASSETS ;
11.2.3          the COMPANY shall not assume or incur any liability, actual or
contingent, save in the ordinary, regular and normal course of business;
11.2.4          the COMPANY shall not knowingly take or cause to be taken any steps
directly or indirectly which may in any way adversely affect the completion
of the AGREEMENT ;
11.2.5          the COMPANY shall not do or omit to do any act, matter or thing which
may invalidate any policies of insurance or cause the premiums
thereunder to be increased;
11.2.6          the COMPANY shall maintain all policies of insurance in its name and
cause all premiums to be paid on the due dates therefor and any claims
thereunder shall redound to the benefit of the COMPANY less any
excess thereon;
11.2.7
each shall cause to be disclosed to the other in writing forthwith upon the
occurrence thereof any change in any material fact or any other material
change or any new material fact relating to the AGREEMENT ; and
11.2.8          the COMPANY shall at its cost take such steps as may be necessary to
properly care for and maintain the ASSETS and shall discharge any
liabilities on their respective due dates therefor.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Page 19


12.
CLOSING DATE
On the CLOSING DATE , the PARTIES and/or their duly authorised representatives shall meet
at a pre-determined time and venue and at which the following shall, inter alia , take place:-
12.1
ERGO URANIUM shall:-
12.1.1
procure that the SALE EQUITY is released by the ATTORNEYS to
ERPM , the same to encompass the following:-
12.1.1.1
the certificates in respect of the SALE SHARES and the
relevant share transfer forms which shall be currently dated
and duly completed to enable transfer of the SALE
SHARES to be registered in the name of ERPM ; and
12.1.1.2
written cessions in respect of the SALE CLAIMS in favour
of ERPM ;
12.1.2          deliver to
ERPM :-
12.1.2.1
the written resignations of all the ERGO URANIUM
appointees on the board of directors of the COMPANY and
from any other offices held by them in the COMPANY ;
12.1.2.2
resolutions of the board of directors of the COMPANY :-
•    approving the transfer of the SALE SHARES
hereby sold into the name of ERPM ;
•     taking cognisance of the cession of the SALE
CLAIMS to ERPM ; and
•    accepting the resignations of the nominees of
ERGO URANIUM and appointing additional
nominees of ERPM as the latter may determine.
12.2
ERPM shall deliver to ERGO URANIUM the following:-
12.2.1
the certificates in respect of the ARGONAUT SHARES and the relevant
share transfer forms, which shall be currently dated and duly completed
(in blank as to transferee) to enable transfer of the ARGONAUT
SHARES to be registered in the name of ERGO URANIUM or its
nominee;
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Page 20

12.2.2
a written cession in respect of the ARGONAUT CLAIMS in favour of
ERGO URANIUM or its nominee;
12.2.3
the written resignations of all the ARGONAUT appointees on the board of
directors of WITFONTEIN and from any other offices held by them in
WITFONTEIN ;
12.2.4
resolutions of the board of directors of WITFONTEIN :-
•     approving the transfer (on a “ voetstoots ” basis) of the
ARGONAUT SHARES into the name of ERGO URANIUM or its
nominee;
•    taking cognisance of the cession of the ARGONAUT CLAIMS to
ERGO URANIUM or its nominee; and
•    accepting the resignations of the nominees of ARGONAUT and
appointing the additional nominees of ERGO URANIUM or its
nominee, as the latter may determine.
12.3     The ATTORNEYS shall release to ERGO URANIUM whatever portion of the purchase
consideration is still held by them in trust in accordance with the provisions of clause 7
supra.
12.4     The PARTIES shall procure that the SHAREHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT is cancelled on
the basis that the same shall be of no further force or effect and neither of the parties
thereto shall have any claims against the other arising thereout. CROWN , as is
evidenced by its signature at the foot of the AGREEMENT , does hereby confirm the
aforegoing.
13.
WITFONTEIN
13.1
ERGO URANUM and MINTAILS SA (as is evidenced by its signature at the foot of the
AGREEMENT ), do hereby jointly and severally (collectively referred to as “the Mintails
Group ”) warrant in favour of ERPM that it is the avowed intention of the Mintails
Group not to directly or indirectly realise the ARGONAUT EQUITY , to be acquired
pursuant to clause 7.1.2 supra. within a period of 2 (two) years after the CLOSING
DATE .
13.2
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in 13.1 supra and subject to the arrival of the
CLOSING DATE and the implementation of the provisions of clause 12 supra:-
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Page 21

13.2.1          the Mintails Group does hereby give and grant to ERPM (or its
nominee), the right of first refusal to re-acquire the ARGONAUT EQUITY
upon the same terms and conditions as will be contained in any bona fide
arms length third party offer received by the Mintails Group (which shall
be deemed to include any company directly or indirectly controlled by the
Mintails Group ) and which is acceptable to it;
13.2.2
the right of first refusal shall be open for acceptance for a period of 30
(thirty) days after the receipt by ERPM of a copy of the third party offer
from the Mintails Group and during which period the right of first refusal
shall be irrevocable;
13.2.3          if ERPM exercises its right (directly or through its nominee), then it shall
be deemed to have re-acquired the ARGONAUT EQUITY upon the
identical terms and conditions contained in the third party offer document,
the provisions whereof shall apply, mutatis mutandis , thereto and as
against ERPM ’s (or its nominee’s) written acceptance thereof;
13.2.4
the aforesaid right of first refusal shall be valid and enforceable until the
expiration of 2 (two) years from the CLOSING DATE save that should the
Mintails Group as part of a bona fide restructuring of MINTAILS AUS
and/or its RSA subsidiaries wish to dispose of the ARGONAUT EQUITY
to any other member of the MINTAILS AUS group of companies, then
and in such event the aforesaid right in favour of ERPM shall not be
capable of being enforced, but the transferee of the ARGONAUT
EQUITY shall as a pre-requisite to such transfer, bind itself to the
provisions of the aforesaid right of first refusal in favour of ERPM for the
stated period and the Mintails Group shall furnish copies of the relevant
documents to ERPM for retention with its records.
13.3
ERGO URANIUM agrees and undertakes after transfer of the ARGONAUT EQUITY
into the name of ERGO URANIUM or MINTAILS SA , to cause the share certificate
therefor to be deposited with the ATTORNEYS to be held by them during the aforesaid
period of 2 (two) years.
14.
MINTAILS SA
To the extent that MINTAILS SA is a creditor in loan account of the COMPANY and which
claim shall constitute an integral part of the SALE CLAIMS , then and in such event MINTAILS
SA , as is evidenced by its signature at the foot of the AGREEMENT , does hereby bind itself in
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Page 22

favour of ERPM to give effect to that portion of the TRANSACTION in which it is directly or
indirectly involved.
15.
No Commission
The PARTIES acknowledge that no third party was instrumental in the conclusion of the
AGREEMENT and that no liability of whatever shall attach to ERGO URANIUM or ERPM in
respect of any commission to any third party of and in connection with the AGREEMENT .
16.
Regulatory Authorities
16.1
In no way derogating from any other provisions of the AGREEMENT , the PARTIES
shall co-operate fully and shall sign and submit all documentation necessarily required
to facilitate the grant of all regulatory authorities required to give effect to the
AGREEMENT and the TRANSACTION as a whole.
16.2
All such documents shall be produced and/or signed upon written request therefor.
17.
Breach Provisions
17.1
Save as provided in clause 8 supra, should either of the PARTIES commit a breach of
any of the provisions of the AGREEMENT which are applicable to it, , then and in such
event the aggrieved PARTY shall be obliged to afford the guilty PARTY a period of 14
(fourteen) days’ written notice (calculated from the date of receipt thereof) within which
to remedy the breach, failing which the aggrieved PARTY shall then be entitled at its
sole and absolute discretion, subject to 17.2 infra, to cancel the AGREEMENT and
claim damages, alternatively to abide thereby and claim damages without prejudice to
any other rights then vested in the aggrieved PARTY in law.
17.2
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in 17.1 supra, the aggrieved PARTY shall
only be entitled to cancel the agreement if the breach is of a material nature and strikes
at the roots of the AGREEMENT and cannot otherwise be reasonably remedied by
monetary compensation, alternatively if such compensation is claimed and not paid.
18.
Adjudication of Disputes
18.1
Should any dispute arise between the PARTIES in regard to:-
18.1.1
the interpretation of;
18.1.2
the effect of;
18.1.3          the PARTIES ' respective rights or obligations under;
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Page 23

18.1.4
a breach of;
18.1.5
the termination of;
18.1.6
any matter arising out of the termination of;
the AGREEMENT , that dispute shall be decided by arbitration in the manner set out in
this clause 18.
18.2
The arbitrator shall be appointed by the PARTIES , and failing agreement, shall be
nominated by the Arbitration Foundation of Southern Africa ("AFSA") out of the
nominees of the PARTIES . Should AFSA not be in existence at the time, the
nomination shall be made by the Chairman for the time being of the Johannesburg,
RSA Bar Council.
18.3
The arbitration shall be held at Sandton, Gauteng, RSA and 'in camera' on the basis
that such proceedings will be strictly private and confidential.
18.4
The arbitration shall be held in accordance with the Rules of AFSA, or if AFSA shall not
be in existence, in accordance with the formalities and procedures settled by the
arbitrator, which shall be in an informal and summary manner, that is, it shall not be
necessary to observe or carry out either the usual formalities or procedures or the strict
rules of evidence, and otherwise subject as aforesaid to the Arbitration Act, 1965, of
the RSA and any statutory modification or re-enactment thereof. Notwithstanding the
aforegoing, insofar as the time parameters are concerned, the Rules of AFSA shall not
be applicable and shall be deemed substituted by the Uniform Rules of the High Court
of the RSA .
18.5
The arbitrator shall be entitled to:-
18.5.1
investigate or cause to be investigated any matter, fact or thing which he
considers necessary or desirable in connection with any matter referred
to him for decision;
18.5.2
decide the matters submitted to him according to what he considers just
and equitable in all the circumstances, having regard to the purpose of
the AGREEMENT ; and
18.5.3
make such award, including an award for specific performance, an
interdict, damages or a penalty or the costs of arbitration or otherwise, as
he in his discretion may deem fit and appropriate.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Page 24

18.6
The arbitration shall be held as expeditiously as possible after it is demanded with a
view to it being completed within 30 (thirty) days after it has been so demanded.
18.7
This clause is severable from the remainder of the AGREEMENT and shall therefore
remain in effect even if the AGREEMENT is terminated.
18.8
Subject to the above provisions of this clause 18, the law governing the AGREEMENT
shall be South African law and the Court having jurisdiction to enforce any award made
under this clause shall be the South Gauteng, Johannesburg Division of the High Court
of the RSA and all appeal courts therefrom.
19.
General
19.1
Clause Headings
The clause headings to the AGREEMENT are for reference purposes only and do not
bear upon the interpretation of the AGREEMENT . If any provision in a definition is a
substantive provision conferring rights or imposing obligations on any PARTY ,
notwithstanding that it is only in the definition, effect shall be given to it as if it were a
substantive provision in the body of the AGREEMENT .
19.2
Domicilia
19.2.1          The PARTIES hereby choose domicilia citandi et executandi for all
purposes under the AGREEMENT at the addresses set opposite their
respective names hereunder:-
19.2.1.1
ERPM - 4 Ebsco House, 299 Pendoring Avenue,
Blackheath, Johannesburg 2195, RSA - telefax number
011 476-2637;
19.2.1.2
ERGO URANIUM - 1
st
Floor, North Wing, Lord Charles
Office Park, 337 Brooklyn Road, Pretoria 0002, RSA -
telefax number +27 12 346-4409.
19.2.2
Any notice to either PARTY shall be addressed to such PARTY at its
domicilium aforesaid and either sent by telefax or delivered by hand. In
the case of any notice -
19.2.2.1
sent by telefax, it shall be deemed to have been received,
unless the contrary is proved, on the date of the successful
transmission thereof if a business day, otherwise the next
following business day;
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Page 25

19.2.2.2
delivered by hand, it shall be deemed to have been
received, unless the contrary is proved on the date of
delivery, provided such date is a business day or otherwise
on the next following business day.
19.2.3          Either PARTY shall be entitled, by notice to the other, to change its
domicilium to another address in the RSA , provided that the changes
shall only become effective 14 (fourteen) days after service of the notice
in question.
19.2.4
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary hereinbefore contained, a
written notice or communication actually received by one of the PARTIES
from the other, including by way of telefax transmission, shall be
adequate written notice or communication to such PARTY .
19.3
Costs
The costs of and incidental to:-
19.3.1
the transfer of the SALE SHARES to ERPM , shall be borne and paid by
ERPM ;
19.3.2
the transfer of the ARGONAUT EQUITY to ERGO URANIUM or its
nominee, shall be borne and paid by ERGO URANIUM or the transferee,
as the case may be;
19.3.3
any regulatory authorities shall be borne and paid by ERGO URANIUM
on the one hand and ERPM on the other in equal shares, upon written
request therefor save for the COMPETITION COMMISSION/TRIBUNAL
costs, which shall be borne and paid by ERPM ;
19.3.4
the drafting and drawing of the AGREEMENT and all negotiations in
connection therewith shall be borne and paid by ERGO URANIUM on the
one hand and ERPM on the other hand in equal shares.
19.4
Non-Waiver
19.4.1
No variation or amendment of the AGREEMENT will be of any force or
effect unless reduced to writing and signed by both PARTIES .
19.4.2
No consensual termination of the AGREEMENT will be of any force or
effect unless reduced to writing and signed by the PARTIES .
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Page 26

19.4.3
No waiver or abandonment of any PARTY 's rights arising from the
AGREEMENT , accrued or otherwise, will be of any force or effect as
against such party unless such waiver or abandonment is reduced to
writing and signed by the PARTY waiving and abandoning such rights.
19.4.4
No oral statements and no conduct by a PARTY relating to any purported
variation, amendment, cancellation, waiver or abandonment will estop a
PARTY from relying upon the formalities prescribed in the preceding sub-
clauses of this clause.
19.4.5
Neither of the PARTIES shall be entitled, without the prior written consent
of the other which shall not be unreasonably withheld, to cede or assign
any of its rights or delegate any of its obligations arising out of the
AGREEMENT save that the onus of proof that the consent is being
unreasonably withheld, shall rest on the PARTY seeking the cession and
assignment.
19.5
Severability of Contract
In the event of any provisions of the AGREEMENT being invalid, such provision/s shall
be regarded as severable from the remainder of the AGREEMENT which shall remain
of full force and effect.
19.6
Good Faith and Implementation
19.6.1         The PARTIES undertake to do all such things, perform all such acts and
take all steps to procure the doing of all such things and the performance
of all such acts, as may be necessary or incidental to give or conducive to
the giving of effect to the terms, conditions and import of the
AGREEMENT .
19.6.2          The PARTIES shall at all times during the continuance of the
AGREEMENT observe the principles of good faith towards one another in
the performance of their obligations in terms of the AGREEMENT . This
implies, without limiting the generality of the aforegoing, that:-
19.6.2.1
they will at all times during the term of the AGREEMENT act
reasonably, honestly and in good faith;
19.6.2.2
they will perform their obligations arising from the
AGREEMENT diligently and with reasonable care; and
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Page 27

19.6.2.3
they will make full disclosure to each other of any matter
that may affect the execution of the AGREEMENT or its
implementation from time to time.
19.7
Whole Agreement
The AGREEMENT constitutes the entire contract between the PARTIES and no
amendment or consensual cancellation of the AGREEMENT or any provision or term
thereof, and no extension of time, waiver, relaxation or suspension of any of the
provisions or terms of the AGREEMENT , shall be of legal efficacy save insofar as the
same is reduced to writing and signed by the PARTIES .
20.
Counterparts
The AGREEMENT may be signed in separate counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to
be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument. A
counterpart of the AGREEMENT in telefax form shall be conclusive evidence of the original
signature and shall be as effective in law as the counterparts in original form showing the
original signatures.
Thus done and signed by ERGO URANIUM at Johannesburg, RSA on this the 21
st
day of January
2010, in the presence of the undersigned witnesses.
As witnesses:-
For: Ergo Uranium (Proprietary) Limited
1.


2.
/s/ DAW van der Walt
- director -

Thus done and signed by ERPM at Johannesburg, RSA on this the 21
st
day of January 2010, in the
presence of the undersigned witnesses.
As witnesses:-
For: East Rand Proprietary Mines Limited
1.


2.
/s/ T Gwebu
- director -
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Page 28


Thus done and countersigned by MINTAILS SA at Johannesburg, RSA on this the 21
st
day of
January 2010, in the presence of the undersigned witnesses in confirmation of the provisions of
clauses 13 and 14 supra.
As witnesses:-
For: Mintails SA (Proprietary) Limited
1.


2.
/s/ DAW van der Walt
- director, who by his signature hereto
warrants that he is duly authorised thereto -

Thus done and countersigned by CROWN at Johannesburg, RSA on this the 21
st
day of January
2010, in the presence of the undersigned witnesses in confirmation of the provisions of clause 12.4
supra.
As witnesses:-
For: Crown Gold Recoveries (Proprietary)
Limited
1.


2.
/s/ T Gwebu
- director, who by his signature warrants that
he is duly authorised hereto -


BACKGROUND IMAGE
Annexe "B"


Extracts from the Minutes of a Meeting of the Board of Directors of East Rand Proprietary Mines
Limited, held at Johannesburg on the day of January 2010
__________________________________________________________________________________


Resolved that :-


1.
The company enters into an agreement with
Ergo Uranium (Proprietary) Limited, upon the
terms and conditions contained in a draft of such
agreement which was tabled at this meeting.

2.
Themba Gwebu, in his capacity as a director of
the company, be and he is hereby authorised to
sign the said agreement for and on behalf of the
company.



Certified True Extracts



Chairman
of the Meeting
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Annexe "A"


Extracts from the Minutes of a Meeting of the Board of Directors of Ergo Uranium (Proprietary) Limited,
held at Johannesburg on the 11
th
day of January 2010
__________________________________________________________________________________


Resolved that :-


1.
The company enters into an agreement with
East Rand Proprietary Mines Limited, upon the
terms and conditions contained in a draft of such
agreement which was tabled at this meeting.

2.
Diederik Albert Willem van der Walt, in his
capacity as a director of the company, be and
he is hereby authorised to sign the said
agreement for and on behalf of the company.



Certified True Extracts



Chairman
of the Meeting
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Annexe “C”

Copy of Guarantee in favour of ANGLOGOLD
( vide clause 9.1.1 supra)
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Heads of Agreement between:
East Rand Proprietary Mines Ltd (“ERPM”)
And
Aurora Empowerment System (Pty) Ltd (“Aurora”)
For the purchase of the ERPM Metallurgical Plant (the “Plant”):
1
Recordals
a.   ERPM is the owner of the Plant, comprising the equipment situated on the site
described on the inventory and site map, attached hereto and marked A1 and A2,
and is able to dispose of it without any restriction of any kind;
b.   Aurora is the owner of the Grootvlei and Marievale tailings dams as set out on the
site map attached hereto marked B, and is able to dispose of it without any
restriction of any kind;
c.   ERPM and Aurora wish to enter into an agreement in terms of which Aurora
acquires the Plant, and ERPM establishes an exclusive option in respect of the
tailings.
2
Sale
a.   ERPM hereby sells to Aurora the Plant for a consideration of R20,000,000.00
(Twenty Million Rand) excluding VAT.
b.   The purchase consideration will be paid as follows:
i.   R5 million deposit upon signature of this agreement;
ii.   The balance of the purchase consideration of R15 million by the 30
th
of June
2010, unless ERPM elects to take up the Option, as described more fully,
below; and
BACKGROUND IMAGE
iii.   VAT upon rendering of a VAT invoice.
3
Occupation
a.   Aurora may take occupation of the Plant upon payment of the deposit.
b.   From the date upon which Aurora may take occupation, it may commence with
clean‐up operations for its exclusive benefit and will assume the costs of security,
electricity, water, environmental management and compliance generally, and all
other costs associated with ownership of the plant.
c.   The parties record that DRDGOLD’s Crown operations conduct certain pumping
operations at the plant, in the area, and utilising the equipment depicted on the site
plan and schedule attached hereto, marked C. To this end Aurora will:
i.   allow personnel associated with this operation access into the Plant site,
and will issue the nominees of DRDGOLD/Crown/ERPM with access cards or
some other means of gaining access to the Plant to conduct the
aforementioned work; and
ii.   Not interrupt or allow the interruption of existing power and water supply
and piping and cable network to and from the pumps.
4
Ownership
a.   Ownership of the Plant equipment will remain vested with ERPM until payment of
the purchase consideration is made in full, regardless of the fact that it may have
been removed, and irrespective of the manner in which it was attached anywhere
else.
b.   Aurora may not strip or remove any component from the Plant until such time as at
least 40% of the balance of R15 million is paid. If Aurora were to default on payment
of the balance on the due date, it agrees that ERPM may refuse to allow the
removal of any further equipment from site.
c.   Aurora shall rehabilitate the Plant site and will, pending such rehabilitation establish
security to the reasonable satisfaction of ERPM for the rehabilitation costs.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
5
Option
a.   ERPM wishes to explore the feasibility of reclaiming the minerals in the Grootvlei
and Marievale tailings dams through the Ergo circuits.
b.   Aurora hereby grants to ERPM the exclusive right to, up until the 30
th
of June 2010,
access the dams, take such samples as it may require, and undertakes to provide to
ERPM such information regarding the tailings as it may have in its possession, to
enable ERPM to conduct a feasibility study to reclaim the minerals in the dams.
c.   ERPM may elect to, at any time prior to the 30
th
of June 2010 waive payment of the
balance of the purchase consideration in cash, and instead apply the claim as full
consideration to establish an exclusive option to reclaim the tailings dams for
minerals. The option shall commence on the 1
st
of July 2010, and ERPM may
exercise it by written or electronic notice to the registered office of Aurora or its
CEO or corporate advisors or sponsors, at any time before the close of business on
the 30
th
of June 2020, or the first business day thereafter if the said date falls on a
public holiday or weekend.
d.   During the option period, Aurora shall remain responsible for the environmental
management of the tailings. This obligation shall pass to ERPM forthwith upon
exercise of the option.
e.   If ERPM exercises the option, it shall be entitled to reclaim the tailings materials for
its exclusive benefit, net of the compensation it undertakes to pay to Aurora, as
described more fully below, and at a rate which it may determine in its own
discretion.
6
Assistance
Aurora undertakes to provide all such assistance as ERPM may require during the
option period and through to the commencement of production, to secure the right
to explore and ultimately reclaim minerals from the Grootvlei and Marievale tailings
dams, and to liaise with the regulator, interact on behalf of, and if required, act as
BACKGROUND IMAGE
the nominee of ERPM to obtain the required regulatory approvals and licenses to
treat the said tailings dams.
7
Payment
a.   ERPM shall in addition to the option fee, pay to Aurora at the end of every quarter,
an amount equal to 25% of the net profit after tax and capital expenditure,
generated by the Grootvlei/Marievale circuit.
b.   For purposes of determining the amount available for distribution, the initial capital
expended in respect of the acquisition of the required infrastructure to treat the
Grootvlei/Marievale resource, the construction of infrastructure and enhancements
to plant and tailings disposal capacity will be ‘amortised’ over 10 years from date of
expenditure.
8
Default
If either party is in default of its obligations in terms of this agreement, or arising
from the provisions of this agreement, it may call upon the other party to remedy
the default within 14 days of receipt of the notice, failing which it may avail itself to
such remedies as are available in law.
9
Domicilium citandi et executandi
a.   The parties choose as their respective domicilium citandi et executandi , the
following addresses:
Aurora
Physical Address
11 Boundary Road,
Isle of Houghton, Johannesburg
e-mail
fazel@auroraempowerment.com
ERPM
Physical Address
4 Ebsco House
299 Pendoring Ave, Blackheath
BACKGROUND IMAGE
e-mail
niel.pretorius@za.drdgold.com
b.   Either party may change its domicilium citandi et executandi to another address in
South Africa by giving ten days written notice to the other party.
10
Cession and Assignment
a.   Either party may cede its rights and assign its obligations in terms of this agreement,
provided that neither party will be released from its obligations, regardless of such
assignment, unless the other party releases it in writing.
b.   If such a cession or assignment occurs, the party ceding or assigning will notify the
other of this fact within a reasonable time of the said transaction occurring.
11
General
a.   This agreement is governed by the provisions of South African law.
b.   Each of the clauses in this agreement will be severable and independently
enforceable, and will not be rendered void or unenforceable by the voidness or
unenforceability of any of the other provisions of the agreement.
c.   The contra proferentem rule will not apply in the interpretation of this agreement.
Signed at Johannesburg on this the 22 day of January 2010.
By: /s/Z Mandela
By: /s/TJ Gwebu
Managing
Director
Director
For:
Aurora
For: ERPM
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Annexure A1
Inventory
BACKGROUND IMAGE
ERPM Reduction Plant Inventory
Train bins and silo
1 x Caustic Soda Tank
2 x Hydrochloric acid Tanks
2 x Portabuild huts
2 x Lime tanks (100 Tons each )
16 x Browns Tanks (600 cubic meters ) with 5 agitators, gearboxes and motors
4 x cyanide tanks
2 x lime milk tanks with agitators and motors
1 roll 1200 conveyor belt 450m long
Conveyor belt and structure:
no: 2 belt 1200mm, no: 3 belt 900mm, no: 5 belt 900mm,
Mill Building
10 x ROM mills 16 x 8
4 x Krebs cyclones operational
1 set of liners for mill spare
Smelt House
3 x calciners
1 x arc furnace
2 x electrowinning cells
2 x safes
2 x scales
Complete
CIP Plant
1 x high rate thickener
6 x concrete thickeners. 2 structurally operational
Workshop
2 x hydraulic presses
2 x centre lathes
1 x screwing machine
1 x shaper
1 x electric saw
2 x drilling machines
1 x bench grinder
Boilermaker Workshop
1
x grinder
3 x welding machines
General
All loose equipment and scrap contained within the Plant perimeter fence
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Security asset list — ERPM Plant
Surveillance room
2 x 20" colour HI resolution monitors
3 x 14" colour, , screens
4 x keyboards and mouses
3 x computer screens
3 x towers
1 x cpu
Mill section - cameras
2 x Phillips G3 colour auto domes 7.5 — 75mm zoom
Smelthouse - cameras
1 x Phillips G3 colour auto dome 7.5 — 75mm zoom
3 x Sony Super RL-3508C HADCCD 3 5mm — 8mm vari focal
Airlock — Smelthouse - cameras
1 x Phillips G3 colour day/nite auto dome 7.5 — 75mm zoom
Plant Perimeter - cameras
3 x Phillips GR day/nite auto domes 7.5 — 75mm zoom
1 x High speed super dome — Sony CCD infra red camera
Plant Access control building - cameras
Search cubicles — 2 x Sony Super RL-3508C HADCCD 35mm - 8mm
Entrance/exit passageways — 2 x Sony Super RL-3508C HADCCD 6
Control room — 1 x Sony Super RL-3508C
Surveillance room — 1 x Sony Super RL-3508C
Camera totals
Domes — 8
Fixed — 9
Safes
1 x Gun safe in control room
2 x Handheld search devices
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Annexure A2
Site map of Plant
‐ 2 04
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Annexure A2
Site map of Plant
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Annexure B
Marievale and Grootvlei tailings dams and access routes
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Annexure C
Cason/Crown equipment inventory and site map.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
1

DRDGOLD SOUTH AFRICAN OPERATIONS (PROPRIETARY)
LIMITED
(Registration Number 2005/033662/07)
(Established and incorporated as a private company with limited liability in accordance with the laws of South Africa)
Guaranteed by
DRDGOLD LIMITED
(Registration Number 1895/000926/06)
(Established and incorporated as a public company with limited liability in accordance with the laws of South Africa)
ZAR500 000 000
Domestic Medium Term Note Programme
Under this Domestic Medium Term Note Programme (the “ Programme ”), DRDGOLD South African Operations
(Proprietary) Limited (the “ Issuer ”) may from time to time issue notes (the “ Notes ”) denominated in South African
Rand subject to the terms and conditions (the “ Terms and Conditions ”) described in this Programme Memorandum.
Any other terms and conditions not contained in the Terms and Conditions which are applicable to any Notes will be
set forth in a pricing supplement (the “ Applicable Pricing Supplement ”) issued in relation to such Notes. Details of
Notes to be issued, including the aggregate nominal amount of such Notes, interest (if any) payable in respect of such
Notes and the issue price of such Notes will also be set forth in the Applicable Pricing Supplement. The maximum
aggregate nominal amount of all Notes from time to time outstanding under the Programme will not exceed
ZAR500 000 000 or such other limit as may apply to the Programme from time to time and notified to the JSE (as
defined below).
DRDGOLD Limited (the “ Guarantor ”) irrevocably and unconditionally guarantees to the holders of Notes
(“ Noteholders ”) the due and punctual performance by the Issuer of its payment obligations under the Programme.
The Programme has been approved by the JSE Limited, a licensed financial exchange in terms of the Securities
Services Act, 2004 (“ the JSE ”). Notes may be listed on the JSE, or any successor exchange or on such other or further
exchange(s) as may be determined by the Issuer and subject to any applicable law. Unlisted Notes may also be issued
under this Programme. With respect to Notes to be listed on the JSE, the Applicable Pricing Supplement will be
delivered to the JSE and the Central Securities Depository (defined under the section entitled “ Terms and Conditions of
the Notes
”) before the date of issue of such Notes and the Notes may be traded by or through members of the JSE from
the date specified in the Applicable Pricing Supplement.
The Notes may be issued on a continuing basis and be placed by one or more of the dealers specified under the section
entitled “ Summary of the Programme ” and any additional dealer appointed under the Programme from time to time,
which appointment may be for a specific issue or on an ongoing basis (each a “ Dealer ” and together the “ Dealers ”).
None of the Issuer, the Guarantor or the Programme has, at the date of this Programme Memorandum, been rated.
After the date of this Programme Memorandum, the Issuer, the Guarantor and/or the Programme may be rated by a
Rating Agency on a national scale or international scale basis. A Tranche of Notes may, on or before the date of
issue thereof, be rated by a Rating Agency on a national scale or international scale basis. Unrated Tranches of
Notes may also be issued. The Applicable Pricing Supplement will reflect the rating, if any, which has been
assigned to the Issuer, the Guarantor, the Programme and/or a Tranche of Notes, as the case may be, as well as the
Rating Agency which assigned such rating.
The Issuer may agree with any Dealer that Notes may be issued in a form not contemplated by the Terms and
Conditions, in which case the Applicable Pricing Supplement issued in relation to such Notes will describe the form of
such Notes.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
2
The holders of Notes that are listed on the Interest Rate Market of the JSE may claim against the BESA Guarantee
Fund (in accordance with the rules of the BESA Guarantee Fund) only if such Notes are traded by or through members
of the JSE in accordance with the rules and operating procedures for the time being of the JSE and the Central
Securities Depository. The holders of Notes that are not listed on the Interest Rate Market of the JSE will have no
recourse against the JSE or BESA Guarantee Fund even if such Notes are settled through the electronic settlement
procedures of the JSE and the Central Securities Depository. Unlisted Notes are not regulated by the JSE.
The Issuer's obligations in respect of the Notes to be issued under the Programme will be unsecured (but guaranteed)
obligations of the Issuer unless otherwise specified in the Applicable Pricing Supplement. The Applicable Pricing
Supplement will reflect whether the Issuer's obligations in respect of a particular Tranche of Notes are secured or
unsecured, and if secured, the nature of the security provided.
Arranger
Absa Capital, a division of Absa Bank Limited
Dealer
Absa Capital, a division of Absa Bank Limited

Programme Memorandum dated 30 September 2010
BACKGROUND IMAGE
3
Each of the Issuer and the Guarantor accepts full responsibility for the information contained in this
Programme Memorandum. To the best of the knowledge and belief of the Issuer and the Guarantor (having
taken all reasonable care to ensure that such is the case) the information contained in this Programme
Memorandum is in accordance with the facts and does not omit anything likely to affect the import of such
information.
Each of the Issuer and the Guarantor, having made all reasonable enquiries, confirms that this Programme
Memorandum contains or incorporates all information which is material in the context of the issue and the
offering of Notes, that the information contained or incorporated in this Programme Memorandum is true
and accurate in all material respects and is not misleading, that the opinions and the intentions expressed in
this Programme Memorandum are honestly held and that there are no other facts the omission of which
would make this Programme Memorandum or any of such information or expression of any such opinions
or intentions misleading.
This Programme Memorandum is to be read in conjunction with all documents which are deemed to be
incorporated herein by reference (see section entitled “ Documents Incorporated by Reference ”). This
Programme Memorandum shall be read and construed on the basis that such documents are incorporated
into and form part of this Programme Memorandum.
The Arranger, the Dealer, the JSE and other professional advisers have not separately verified the
information contained herein. Accordingly, no representation, warranty or undertaking, express or implied,
is made and no responsibility is accepted by the Arranger, the Dealer, the JSE or other professional
advisers as to the accuracy or completeness of the information contained in this Programme Memorandum
or any other information provided by the Issuer or the Guarantor. The Arranger, the Dealer, the JSE and
other professional advisers do not accept any liability in relation to the information contained in this
Programme Memorandum or any other information provided by the Issuer and/or the Guarantor in
connection with the Programme.
No person has been authorised to give any information or to make any representation not contained in or
not consistent with this Programme Memorandum or any other information supplied in connection with
the Programme and, if given or made, such information or representation must not be relied upon as
having been authorised by the Issuer, the Guarantor, the Arranger, the Dealer or the JSE.
Neither this Programme Memorandum nor any other information supplied in connection with the
Programme is intended to provide a basis for any credit or other evaluation, or should be considered as a
recommendation by the Issuer and/or the Guarantor that any recipient of this Programme Memorandum
or any other information supplied in connection with the Programme, should purchase any Notes.
Each investor contemplating the purchase of any Notes should make its own independent investigation of
the financial condition and affairs, and its own appraisal of the creditworthiness, of the Issuer and the
Guarantor. Neither this Programme Memorandum nor any other information supplied in connection
with the Programme constitutes an offer or invitation by or on behalf of the Issuer and/or the Guarantor,
the Arranger or the Dealer to any person to subscribe for or to purchase any Notes.
Neither the delivery of this Programme Memorandum nor any Applicable Pricing Supplement at any time
imply that the information contained herein concerning the Issuer and/or the Guarantor is correct at any
time subsequent to the date hereof or that any other financial statements or other information supplied in
connection with the Programme is correct as at any time subsequent to the date indicated in the document
containing the same. Investors should review, among others, the most recent financial statements of the
Issuer and/or the Guarantor when deciding whether or not to purchase any Notes.
Neither this Programme Memorandum nor any Applicable Pricing Supplement constitutes an offer to
sell or the solicitation of an offer to buy any Notes in any jurisdiction to any person to whom it is
unlawful to make the offer or solicitation in such jurisdiction.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
4
The distribution of this Programme Memorandum, any Applicable Pricing Supplement and the offer
or sale of Notes may be restricted by law in certain jurisdictions.
Persons into whose possession this
Programme Memorandum, the Applicable Pricing Supplement or any Notes come must inform
themselves about, and observe, any such restrictions. In particular, there are restrictions on the
distribution of this Programme Memorandum and
the offer or sale of Notes in the United States of
America, the United Kingdom, the European Economic Area and the Republic of South Africa
. None of
the Issuer, the Guarantor, the Arranger, the Dealer, the JSE or the other professional advisors
represent that this Programme Memorandum may be lawfully distributed, or that any Notes may be
lawfully offered, in compliance with any applicable registration or other requirements in any such
jurisdiction, or pursuant to an exemption available thereunder, or assumes any responsibility for
facilitating any such distribution or offering. In particular, no action has been taken by the Issuer, the
Guarantor, the Arranger, the Dealer or the other professional advisors which would permit a public
offering of any Notes or distribution of this document in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose
is required. Accordingly, no Notes may be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, and neither this
Programme Memorandum nor any advertisement or other offering material may be distributed or
published in any jurisdiction, except under circumstances that will result in compliance with any
applicable laws and regulations. The Dealer has represented that all the offers and sales by them will
be made in compliance with this prohibition.
Notes have not been and will not be registered under the United States Securities Act of 1933 (the
“Securities Act”). Notes may not be offered, sold or delivered within the United States of America or to
U.S. persons except in accordance with Regulation S under the Securities Act.
All references in this document to Rand , ZAR , South African Rand , R and cent refer to the
currency of the Republic of South Africa.
Where any term is defined within the context of any particular clause or section in this Programme
Memorandum, the term so defined, unless it is clear from the clause or section in question that the term
so defined has limited application to the relevant clause or section, shall bear the meaning ascribed to it
for all purposes in this Programme Memorandum, unless qualified by the terms and conditions of any
particular Tranche of Notes (as defined in the Terms and Conditions) as set out in the Applicable Pricing
Supplement or unless the context otherwise requires. Expressions defined in this Programme
Memorandum shall bear the same meanings in supplements to this Programme Memorandum which do
not themselves contain their own definitions.
The price/yield, the amount, and allocation of Notes to be issued under this Programme Memorandum will
be determined by the Issuer and each relevant Dealer and/or the Arranger at the time of issue of such Notes
in accordance with prevailing market conditions.
In connection with the issue and distribution of any Tranche of Notes, the Dealer disclosed as the
approved stabilisation manager (if any) or any person acting for it (“Stabilisation Manager”) in the
Applicable Pricing Supplement may, subject to the terms and conditions for stabilisation contained in the
Applicable Pricing Supplement and only if such stabilisation is permitted by the rules of the exchange
and subject to approval by the exchange on which such Tranche of Notes will be listed, over-allot or
effect transactions with a view to supporting the market price of the Notes at a level higher than that
which might otherwise prevail for a limited period after the issue date. Such stabilising, if commenced,
may be discontinued at any time and must be brought to an end after a limited period. Such stabilisation
shall be carried out in accordance with all the applicable laws and regulations.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
5
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
6
GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF THE PROGRAMME
7
SUMMARY OF THE PROGRAMME
8
FORM OF THE NOTES
13
PRO FORMA PRICING SUPPLEMENT
15
TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE NOTES
23
USE OF PROCEEDS
64
TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE GUARANTEE
65
DESCRIPTION OF THE GROUP AND THE ISSUER
67
SETTLEMENT, CLEARING AND TRANSFERS OF NOTES
83
SOUTH AFRICAN TAXATION
85
SUBSCRIPTION AND SALE
87
SOUTH AFRICAN EXCHANGE CONTROL
89
GENERAL INFORMATION
90
BACKGROUND IMAGE
6
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Words used in this section headed Documents Incorporated by Reference shall bear the same meanings
as defined in the Terms and Conditions, except to the extent that they are separately defined in this
section or this is clearly inappropriate from the context.

The following documents shall be deemed to be incorporated in, and to form part of, this Programme
Memorandum:
(a)
any supplements and/or amendments to this Programme Memorandum circulated by the Issuer
from time to time in accordance with the Programme Agreement;
(b)
the Agency Agreement;
(c)
the audited annual financial statements, and the notes thereto, of the Issuer and the Guarantor for
the three financial years ended 30 June 2007, 30 June 2008 and 30 June 2009 as well as the
published audited annual financial statements, and notes thereto of the Issuer and the Guarantor in
respect of further financial years, as and when such become available;
(d)
the Guarantee executed by the Guarantor in favour of the Noteholders; and
(e)
each Applicable Pricing Supplement;
save that any statement contained herein or in a document which is incorporated by reference herein shall be
deemed to be modified or superseded for the purpose of this Programme Memorandum to the extent that a
statement contained in any such subsequent document which is deemed to be incorporated by reference
herein modifies or supersedes such earlier statement (whether expressly, by implication or otherwise).
The Issuer will, in connection with the listing of Notes on the JSE, or on such other exchange or further
exchange(s) as may be selected by the Issuer, and for so long as any Note remains Outstanding and listed on
such exchange, publish a new Programme Memorandum or a further supplement to the Programme
Memorandum on the occasion of any subsequent issue of Notes where there has been:
(a)
a material adverse change in the condition (financial or otherwise) of the Issuer which is not then
reflected in the Programme Memorandum or any supplement to the Programme Memorandum; or
(b)        any modification of the terms of the Programme which would then make the Programme
Memorandum materially inaccurate or misleading.
Any such new Programme Memorandum or Programme Memorandum as supplemented and/or modified
shall be deemed to have been substituted for the previous Programme Memorandum or to have modified the
previous Programme Memorandum from the date of its issue.
The Issuer will provide, free of charge, to each person to whom a copy of the Programme Memorandum has
been delivered, upon request of such person, a copy of any of the documents deemed to be incorporated
herein by reference, unless such documents have been modified or superseded. Requests for such documents
should be directed to the Issuer at its registered office as set out at the end of this Programme Memorandum.
This Programme Memorandum together with the documents deemed to be incorporated herein by reference
are available for inspection at the offices of the Issuer during office hours. The Issuer shall further place an
electronic copy of this Programme Memorandum on the Issuer's website at www.drdgold.co.za.
The audited annual financial statements of the Guarantor are available on the Guarantor's website,
www.drdgold.co.za
and on the JSE’s website, www.jse.co.za.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
7
Copies of this Programme Memorandum and the documents deemed to be incorporated herein by reference
will be made available on the JSE's website,
www.jse.co.za
.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
8
GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF THE PROGRAMME
Words used in this section headed General Description of the Programme shall bear the same
meanings as defined in the Terms and Conditions, except to the extent that they are separately defined in
this section or this is clearly inappropriate from the context.

Under the Programme, the Issuer may from time to time issue Notes denominated in South African Rand.
The applicable terms of any Notes will be set out in the Terms and Conditions incorporated by reference
into the Notes, as modified and/or supplemented by the Applicable Pricing Supplement relating to the Notes
and/or any supplementary Programme Memorandum. A summary of the Programme and the Terms and
Conditions appears below.
This Programme Memorandum will only apply to Notes issued under the Programme in a maximum
aggregate Principal Amount which does not exceed ZAR500 000 000, unless such amount is increased as
set out below and in the Programme Agreement. For the purpose of calculating the aggregate Principal
Amount of Notes Outstanding under the Programme from time to time:
(a)
the amount of Indexed Notes and Partly Paid Notes (each as defined in the Terms and Conditions)
shall be calculated by reference to the original Principal Amount of such Notes (and, in the case of
Partly Paid Notes, regardless of the subscription price paid); and
(b)
the amount of Zero Coupon Notes (as defined in the Terms and Conditions) and other Notes issued at
a discount or premium shall be calculated by reference to the net subscription proceeds received by
the Issuer for the relevant issue.
In the event that the Issuer issues unlisted Notes, or Notes listed on any other financial exchange(s) on
which the Notes may be listed, the Issuer shall, no later than the last calendar day of the month of such issue,
inform the JSE in writing of the Principal Amount and scheduled maturity date in respect of such Notes.
From time to time the Issuer and the Guarantor may wish to increase the maximum aggregate Principal
Amount of the Notes that may be Outstanding under the Programme. Subject to the requirements of the
Programme Agreement, the JSE Listings Requirements and/or any such other financial exchange(s) on
which the Notes may be listed or in terms of any law, the Issuer and the Guarantor may, without the consent
of Noteholders, increase the maximum aggregate Principal Amount of the Notes that may be Outstanding
under the Programme by delivering a notice thereof to the Arranger, the Dealer, the Sponsor, the Transfer
Agent, the Calculation Agent and the relevant financial exchange in accordance with Condition 18 of the
Terms and Conditions. Upon such notice being given, all references in the Programme Memorandum or
any other agreement, deed or document in relation to the Programme, to the maximum aggregate Principal
Amount of the Notes, shall be and shall be deemed to be references to the increased maximum aggregate
Principal Amount as set out in such notice.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
9
SUMMARY OF THE PROGRAMME
The following summary does not purport to be complete and is taken from, and is qualified by, the
remainder of this Programme Memorandum and, in relation to the Terms and Conditions of any
particular Tranche of Notes, the Applicable Pricing Supplement issued in relation to such Notes.
Capitalised terms not separately defined herein shall bear the meaning given to them in the Terms
and Conditions.
Issuer
DRDGOLD South African Operations (Proprietary) Limited
(Registration Number 2005/033662/07).
Guarantor
DRDGOLD Limited (Registration number 1895/000926/06).
Description of the
Programme
DRDGOLD South African Operations (Proprietary) Limited
ZAR500 000 000 Domestic Medium Term Note Programme.
Size of Programme
Notes with an aggregate Principal Amount of up to
ZAR500 000 000 may be Outstanding at any time. The Issuer may
increase the amount of the Programme in accordance with the
Programme Agreement.
Arranger
Absa Capital, a division of Absa Bank Limited (Registration
Number 1986/004794/06) (“ Absa Capital ”).
Dealer
Absa Capital and any other Dealer appointed under the Programme
from time to time, which appointment may be for a specific issue or
on an ongoing basis, subject to the Issuer’s right to terminate the
appointment of any Dealer.
Calculation Agent
Absa Capital, unless the Issuer elects to appoint, in relation to a
particular Tranche or Series of Notes, another entity as Calculation
Agent, in which event that other entity, shall act in such capacity in
respect of that Tranche or Series of Notes.
Paying Agent
Absa Capital, unless the Issuer elects to appoint, in relation to a
particular Tranche or Series of Notes, another entity as Paying Agent,
in which event that other entity, shall act in such capacity in respect
of that Tranche or Series of Notes.
Transfer Agent
Absa Capital, unless the Issuer elects to appoint, in relation to a
particular Series of Notes, another entity as Transfer Agent, in which
event that other entity, shall act in such capacity in respect of that
Series of Notes.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
10
Rating
Neither the Issuer, the Guarantor nor the Programme has, as at the
date of this Programme Memorandum, been rated. After the date of
this Programme Memorandum, the Issuer, the Guarantor and/or the
Programme may be rated by a Rating Agency on a national scale or
international scale basis.
A Tranche of Notes may, on or before the date of issue thereof, be
rated by a Rating Agency on a national scale or international scale
basis. Unrated Tranches of Notes may also be issued. The
Applicable Pricing Supplement will reflect the rating, if any, which
has been assigned to the Issuer, the Guarantor, the Programme and/or
a Tranche of Notes, as the case may be, as well as the Rating Agency
which assigned such rating.
Listing
The Programme has been approved by the JSE. Notes issued under
the Programme may be listed on the JSE (or such other or further
exchange(s) as may be selected by the Issuer in relation to an issue).
Unlisted Notes may also be issued under the Programme. The
Applicable Pricing Supplement in respect of a Tranche will specify
whether or not such Notes will be listed and, if so, on which
exchange. The JSE does not regulate Unlisted Notes.
Currency
South African Rand.
Denomination of Notes
Notes will be issued with a minimum denomination of ZAR1 000 000
each.
Form of Notes
Notes may be issued in the form of Registered Notes, Unlisted
Notes or Uncertificated Notes as described in the section entitled
Form of the Notes ” below.
Guarantee
The Guarantor has unconditionally and irrevocably guaranteed to
the Noteholders the due and punctual performance by the Issuer of
its payment obligations under the Notes on the terms and conditions
of the Guarantee, as described in the Programme Memorandum.
The obligations of the Guarantor under the Guarantee constitute
unconditional and unsecured principal obligations of the Guarantor
and will rank (subject to any obligations preferred by law) pari
passu with all other present and future unsecured and
unsubordinated obligations of the Guarantor (see the section entitled

Terms and Conditions of the Guarantee ).
Interest Period(s) or
Interest Payment
Date(s)
Such period(s) or date(s) as may be indicated in the Applicable
Pricing Supplement.
Issue Price
Notes may be issued on a fully-paid or a partly-paid basis and at an
issue price which is at their nominal amount or at a discount to, or
premium over, their nominal amount as indicated in the Applicable
Pricing Supplement.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
11
Maturities
Such maturity as may be indicated in the Applicable Pricing
Supplement. The Notes are not subject to any minimum or maximum
maturity.
Cross-Default
The terms of the Senior Notes will contain a cross-default provision
relating to Material Indebtedness for money borrowed, or any
guarantee of or indemnity in respect of any such Material
Indebtedness as further described in Condition 12.
Negative Pledge
Condition 6 of the Terms and Conditions provides for a negative
pledge in favour of the Senior Noteholders.
Noteholder(s)
The holders of Registered Notes and/or Unlisted Registered Notes
and/or Uncertificated Notes (as recorded in the Register).
Notes
Notes may comprise bonds, notes, debentures, commercial paper or
any other debt instruments including, but not limited to:
Fixed Rate Notes: Fixed Rate Notes will bear interest at a fixed
interest rate, as indicated in the Applicable Pricing Supplement, and
more fully described in Condition 8.1 of the Terms and Conditions.
Floating Rate Notes: Floating Rate Notes will bear interest at a
floating rate, as indicated in the Applicable Pricing Supplement,
and more fully described in Condition 8.2 of the Terms and
Conditions.
Zero Coupon Notes: Zero Coupon Notes will be offered and sold
at a discount to their nominal amount or at par and will not bear
interest other than in the case of late payment.
Indexed Notes: Payments in respect of interest on Indexed Interest
Notes or in respect of principal on Indexed Redemption Amount
Notes will be calculated by reference to such index and/or formula
as may be indicated in the Applicable Pricing Supplement.
Mixed Rate Notes: Mixed Rate Notes will bear interest over
respective periods at the rates applicable for any combination of
Fixed Rate Notes, Floating Rate Notes, Zero Coupon Notes or
Indexed Notes, each as specified in the Applicable Pricing
Supplement.
Instalment Notes: The Applicable Pricing Supplement in respect
of each issue of Notes that are redeemable in two or more
instalments will set out the dates on which, and the amounts in
which, such Notes may be redeemed.
Partly Paid Notes: The Issue Price of Partly Paid Notes will be
payable in two or more instalments as set out in the Applicable
Pricing Supplement.
Exchangeable Notes: Notes which may be redeemed by the Issuer
in cash or by the delivery of securities as specified in the
Applicable Pricing Supplement.
Extendible Notes: Notes issued with a maturity of not more than
BACKGROUND IMAGE
12
18 months, which entitles the Issuer to extend the Redemption Date
to a pre-determined future date, as may be indicated in the
Applicable Pricing Supplement.
Senior Notes: Notes bearing the characteristics described under
Status of Senior Notes ” below.
Subordinated Notes : Notes bearing the characteristics described
under “ Status of Subordinated Notes ” below.
Other Notes
Terms applicable to Notes other than those specifically
contemplated under this Programme Memorandum and approved by
the JSE or such other or further exchange(s) on which such Notes
may be listed and as agreed between the Issuer and the Dealer(s),
will be set out in the Applicable Pricing Supplement.
Status of Senior Notes
Unless otherwise specified in the Applicable Pricing Supplement,
Senior Notes will constitute direct, unconditional, unsubordinated and
unsecured obligations of the Issuer and will rank pari passu among
themselves and (save for certain debts required to be preferred by
law) equally with all other unsecured and unsubordinated obligations
of the Issuer from time to time outstanding.
Status of Subordinated
Notes
Subordinated Notes will constitute direct, unconditional, unsecured
and subordinated obligations of the Issuer and will rank pari passu
among themselves and will rank at least pari passu with all other
present and future unsecured and subordinated obligations of the
Issuer, save for those that have been recorded preferential rights by
law. Subject to applicable law, in the event of the dissolution of the
Issuer or if the Issuer is wound-up, then and in any such event, the
claims of the person entitled to the paid amounts due in respect of
Subordinated Notes shall be subordinated to all other claims in
respect of any other Indebtedness of the Issuer except for other
Subordinated Indebtedness (as defined in Condition 5.2 of the
Terms and Conditions). Accordingly, no amount due on the
Subordinated Notes shall be eligible for set-off or shall be payable
to any person entitled to be paid such amount until all other
Indebtedness of the Issuer which is admissible in any such
dissolution or winding-up (other than Subordinated Indebtedness)
has been paid or discharged in full.
Redemption
The Applicable Pricing Supplement relating to each Tranche of Notes
will indicate either:
(a)      that the Notes may only be redeemed prior to their stated
maturity (other than in specified instalments, if applicable) for
taxation reasons or following an Event of Default; or
(b)      that such Notes will also be redeemable at the option of the
Issuer upon giving such notice as is indicated in the Applicable
Pricing Supplement to the Noteholders at a price or prices and
on such terms as are indicated in the Applicable Pricing
Supplement; or
BACKGROUND IMAGE
13
(c)      that such Notes will also be redeemable at the option of the
Senior Noteholders upon giving such notice as is indicated in
the Applicable Pricing Supplement to the Issuer at the Optional
Redemption Amount in accordance with Condition 10.4.
The Applicable Pricing Supplement may provide that Notes may be
repayable in two or more instalments and on such dates as indicated
in the Applicable Pricing Supplement.
Register
The Register maintained by the Transfer Agent in terms of the
Agency Agreement and the Terms and Conditions.
Distribution
Notes may be distributed by way of public auction, private
placement or any other means permitted under South African law,
and in each case on a syndicated or non-syndicated basis as may be
determined by the Issuer and the relevant Dealer(s) and reflected in
the Applicable Pricing Supplement.
Selling Restriction
There are selling restrictions in relation to the United States, the
United Kingdom, the European Economic Area and the Republic of
South Africa and such other restrictions as may be required to be
met in relation to an offering or sale of a particular Tranche of
Notes which may be included in the Applicable Pricing Supplement.
Blocked Rand
Blocked Rand may be used for the purchase of Notes, subject to
South African Exchange Control Regulations.
Other taxes
No securities transfer tax will be payable in terms of the Securities
Transfer Tax Act, 2007 in respect of the transfer, issue, cancellation
or redemption of the Notes.
Taxation
As at the date of this Programme Memorandum all payments in
respect of the Notes will be made without withholding or deduction
for or on account of taxes levied in South Africa. In the event that
certain withholding tax or such other deduction is required by law,
then the Issuer will, subject to certain exceptions as provided in
Condition 11 of the Terms and Conditions, pay such additional
amounts as shall be necessary in order that the net amounts received
by the Noteholders after such withholding or deduction shall equal
the respective amounts of principal and interest which would
otherwise have been receivable in respect of the Notes in the absence
of such withholding or deduction.
Governing Law
The Notes will be governed by, and construed in accordance with the
laws of South Africa.
Terms and Conditions
The terms and conditions of the Notes set out in the section of the
Programme Memorandum headed “ Terms and Conditions of the
Notes”
below.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
14
FORM OF THE NOTES

Words used in this section headed Form of the Notes shall bear the same meanings as defined in the
Terms and Conditions, except to the extent that they are separately defined in this section or this is
clearly inappropriate from the context.

Notes may be issued as listed Registered Notes, Unlisted Registered Notes or Uncertificated Notes as
specified in the Applicable Pricing Supplement.
The Notes may be listed on the JSE and/or such other or further exchange(s) as the Issuer may select in
relation to an issue. Each Tranche of Notes listed on the JSE will be issued in accordance with the Terms
and Conditions set out below in this Programme Memorandum in the form of a single certificate, without
interest coupons as a Global Certificate, which will be lodged in the Central Securities Depository which
forms part of the settlement system of the JSE. This will entail that the Notes, represented by the Global
Certificate, will be deposited with and registered in the name of, and for the account of the Central
Securities Depository's Nominee.
All Notes not represented by a Global Certificate shall be issued in definitive form as Individual
Certificates or Uncertificated Notes.
Registered Notes
Beneficial Interests in Notes which are lodged in the form of a Global Certificate in the Central Securities
Depository may, in terms of existing law and practice, be transferred through the Central Securities
Depository by way of book entry in the securities accounts of the Central Securities Depository
Participants, who are also approved by the JSE to act as settlement agents and therefore perform
electronic settlement of both funds and scrip on behalf of market participants. A certificate or other
document issued by a Central Securities Depository Participant as to the nominal amount of such
Beneficial Interest in Notes standing to the account of any person shall be prima facie proof of such
Beneficial Interest. A Global Certificate may be replaced by the issue of Uncertificated Notes in terms of
section 37 of the Securities Services Act.
Beneficial Interests in Notes represented by a Global Certificate may be exchanged, without charge by the
Issuer, for Individual Certificates in accordance with the provisions of Condition 14 of the Terms and
Conditions. The Notes represented by the Global Certificate and Individual Certificates will be registered
in the names of the Noteholders maintained by the Transfer Agent. The Issuer shall regard the Register as
the conclusive record of title to the Notes. With regard to Notes listed on the JSE, the Central Securities
Depository shall be recognised by the Issuer as the owner of the Notes represented by the Global
Certificate and the registered holders of Individual Certificates shall be recognised by the Issuer, as the
owner of the Notes represented by such Individual Certificates.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
15
Notes represented by Individual Certificates may only be transferred in accordance with the provisions of
Condition 14.
Unlisted Registered Notes
Unlisted Registered Notes issued in definitive registered form shall be represented by Individual
Certificates. The title to Unlisted Registered Notes represented by the Individual Certificates will pass
upon registration of transfer in the Register. The Issuer shall regard the Register as a conclusive record of
title to the Unlisted Registered Notes.
Uncertificated Notes
Notes may be issued in uncertificated form in terms of section 37 of the Securities Services Act.
Uncertificated Notes will not be represented by any certificate or written instrument. Uncertificated Notes
will be held in the Central Securities Depository and be registered in the name of, and for the account of the
Central Securities Depository’s Nominee. In respect of any Tranche of Notes issued in uncertificated form,
the Central Securities Depository’s Nominee will be named in the Register or as the registered Noteholder
of that Tranche of Notes.
Beneficial Interests in Notes issued in uncertificated form may, in terms of existing law and practice, be
transferred through the Central Securities Depository by way of book entry in the securities accounts of the
Central Securities Depository Participants in the Central Securities Depository. A certificate or other
document issued by a Central Securities Participant as to the nominal amount of such Beneficial Interest in
Uncertificated Notes standing to the account of any person shall be prima facie proof of such Beneficial
Interests.
Title to Uncertificated Notes will pass in accordance with the provisions of Condition 14.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
16
PRO FORMA PRICING SUPPLEMENT
Set out below is the form of Pricing Supplement which will be completed for each Tranche of Notes
issued under the Programme:

DRDGOLD SOUTH AFRICAN OPERATIONS (PROPRIETARY) LIMITED
(Registration Number 2005/033662/07)
(Established and incorporated as a private company with limited liability in accordance with the laws of South Africa)
Guaranteed by
DRDGOLD LIMITED
(Registration Number 1895/000926/06)
(Established and incorporated as a public company with limited liability in accordance with the laws of South Africa)
Issue of [Aggregate Nominal Amount of Tranche] [Title of Notes]
Under its ZAR500 000 000 Domestic Medium Term Note Programme
This document constitutes the Applicable Pricing Supplement relating to the issue of Notes described
herein. Terms used herein shall be deemed to be defined as such for the purposes of the Terms and
Conditions set forth in the Programme Memorandum dated 30 September 2010. This Applicable Pricing
Supplement must be read in conjunction with such Programme Memorandum. To the extent that there is
any conflict or inconsistency between the contents of this Applicable Pricing Supplement and such
Programme Memorandum, the provisions of this Applicable Pricing Supplement shall prevail. To the
extent that certain provisions of the pro forma Pricing Supplement do not apply to the Notes described
herein, they may be deleted in this Applicable Pricing Supplement or indicated to be not applicable.
DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES
1.
Issuer
DRDGOLD South African Operations
(Proprietary) Limited
2.
Guarantor                                                                               DRDGOLD Limited
3.
Status
of
Notes
[Secured/Unsecured but guaranteed by the
Guarantor]
[If secured, description of nature and type of
security]
[Senior/Subordinated]
4.
(a) Tranche Number                                                            [             ]
BACKGROUND IMAGE
17
(b) Series Number
     ]
5.
Aggregate Principal Amount
     ]
6.
Interest/Payment Basis
[Fixed Rate/Floating Rate/Zero Coupon/lndexed
Interest /Indexed Redemption Amount/Mixed
Rate/Partly Paid/
Instalment/Exchangeable/other]
7.
Form of Notes
[Registered Notes/Unlisted Registered
Notes/Uncertificated Notes]
8.
Automatic/Optional Conversion from one
Interest/Payment Basis to another
[insert details including date for conversion]
9.
Issue Date
     ]
10.       Business Centre
     ]
11.       Additional Business Centre
     ]
12.       Specified Denomination
     ]
13.       Issue Price
     ]
14.       Interest Commencement Date
     ]
15.       Redemption Date
     ]
16.       Specified Currency
     ]
17.       Applicable Business Day Convention
[Floating Rate Business Day/Following
Business Day/Modified Following Business
Day/Preceding Business Day/other convention –
insert details]
18.       Calculation Agent
     ]
19.       Paying Agent
     ]
20.       Specified office of the Paying Agent
     ]
21.       Transfer Agent
     ]
22.       Final Redemption Amount
     ]
FIXED RATE NOTES
23.       (a)        Fixed Interest Rate(s)
     ] percent per annum [payable
annually/semi-annually/ quarterly] in arrear
(b)
Interest Payment Date(s)
[Dates/Periods]
(c)
Initial Broken Amount
     ]
(d)
Final Broken Amount
     ]
(e)
Any other terms relating to the
particular method of calculating interest
     ]
BACKGROUND IMAGE
18
FLOATING RATE NOTES
24.    (a)           Interest Payment Date(s)
[Dates/Periods]
(b)           Interest Period(s)
[       ]
(c)
Definitions of Business Day (if different
from that set out in Condition 1)
     ]
(d)           Interest Rate(s)
[       ] percent
(e)
Minimum Interest Rate
[       ] percent
(f)
Maximum Interest Rate
     ] percent
(g)          Other terms relating to the method of
calculating interest (e.g., Day Count
Fraction, rounding up provision, if different
from Condition 8.2)
     ]
25.       Manner in which the Interest Rate is to be
determined
[ISDA Determination/Screen Rate
Determination/other (insert details)]
26.       Margin
[(+/-)
• percent to be added to/subtracted from
the relevant (ISDA Rate/Reference Rate)]
27.     If ISDA Determination
(a)
Floating Rate
     ]
(b)           Floating Rate Option
     ]
(b)           Designated Maturity
     ]
(c)
Reset Date(s)
     ]
28.    If Screen Determination
(a)
Reference Rate (including relevant period
by reference to which the Interest Rate is to
be calculated)
[e.g. ZAR-JIBAR-SAFEX]
(b)           Interest Determination Date(s)
     ]
(c)
Relevant Screen Page and Reference Code
     ]
29.       If Interest Rate to be calculated otherwise than by
reference to 27 or 28 above, insert basis for
determining Interest Rate/Margin/Fall back
provisions
30.       If different from the Calculation Agent, agent
responsible for calculating amount of principal
and interest
     ]
PARTLY PAID NOTES
31. Amount of each payment comprising the Issue
Price
[       ]
BACKGROUND IMAGE
19
32.       Date upon which each payment is to be made by
Noteholder
     ]
33.       Consequences (if any) of failure to make any such
payment by Noteholder
[       ]
34.        Interest Rate to accrue on the first and subsequent
instalments after the due date for payment of such
instalments
[       ] percent
INSTALMENT NOTES
35.       Instalment Dates
     ]
36.       Instalment Amounts (expressed as a percentage of
the aggregate Principal Amount of the Notes)
     ]
MIXED RATE NOTES
37.       Period(s) during which the interest rate for the
Mixed Rate Notes will be (as applicable) that for:
[       ]
(a) Fixed Rate Notes
[       ]
(b) Floating Rate Notes
     ]
(c) Indexed Notes
[       ]
(d) Other Notes
     ]
ZERO COUPON NOTES
38.  (a)
Implied Yield
     ] percent [naca] [nacs]
[nacm] [nacq] [other method of compounding]
(b)           Reference Price
[       ]
(c)
Any other formula or basis for determining
amount(s) payable
[       ]
INDEXED NOTES
39.      (a)
Type of Indexed Notes
[Indexed Interest Notes/Indexed Redemption
Amount Notes]
(b)       Index/Formula by reference to which
Interest Rate/Interest Amount (delete as
applicable) is to be determined
[       ]
(c)       Manner in which the Interest Rate/Interest
Amount (delete as applicable) is to be
determined
[       ]
(d)
Interest Payment Date(s)
[       ]
BACKGROUND IMAGE
20
(e)       Calculation Agent (if different from Absa
Capital)
[               ]
(f)
Provisions where calculation by reference
to Index and/or Formula is impossible or
impractical
             ]
EXCHANGEABLE NOTES
40.       Mandatory Exchange applicable?
[Yes/No]
41.       Noteholders’ Exchange Right applicable?
[Yes/No]
42.       Exchange Securities
             ]
43.       Manner of determining Exchange Price
             ]
44.       Exchange Period
             ]
45.       Other
             ]
EXTENDIBLE NOTES
46.       Last date to which Redemption Date may be
extended
             ]
47.       Step-up Margin
             ]
48.       Requisite Notice
             ]
49.       Other
[               ]
OTHER NOTES
50.       If the Notes are not Partly Paid Notes, Instalment
Notes, Fixed Rate Notes, Floating Rate Notes,
Mixed Rate Notes, Zero Coupon Notes, Indexed
Notes, Extendible Notes or Exchangeable Notes,
or if the Notes are a combination of any of the
aforegoing, set out the relevant description and
any additional Terms and Conditions relating to
such Notes
             ]
PROVISIONS REGARDING REDEMPTION/
MATURITY
BACKGROUND IMAGE
21
51. Issuer’s Optional Redemption:
if yes:
[Yes/No]
(a)
Optional Redemption Date(s)
[              ]
(b)       Optional Redemption Amount(s) and
method, if any, of calculation of such
amount(s)
[              ]
(c)       Minimum Period of Notice (if different to
Condition 10.3)
            ]
(d)
If redeemable in part:
Minimum Redemption Amount(s)
            ]
Higher Redemption Amount(s)
[              ]
(e)
Other terms applicable on Redemption
            ]
52.       Redemption at the option of the Senior
Noteholders:
if yes:
[Yes/No]
(a)
Optional Redemption Date(s)
[              ]
(b)       Optional Redemption Amount(s) and
method, if any, of calculation of such
amount(s)
[              ]
(c)       Minimum period of notice (if different to
Condition 10.4)
            ]
(d)
If redeemable in part:
Minimum
Redemption
Amount(s)
Higher Redemption Amount(s)
            ]
            ]
(e)
Other terms applicable on Redemption
            ]
(f)       Attach pro forma put notice(s)
53.       Early Redemption Amount(s) payable on
redemption for taxation reasons or on Event of
Default
            ]
GENERAL
54.       Additional selling restrictions
[              ]
55.       (a)
International Securities Numbering (ISIN)
            ]
(b)
Stock Code
[              ]
56.       Financial Exchange
[              ]
57.       If syndicated, names of managers
            ]
58.       Credit Rating assigned to Notes, the Programme,                   ]
BACKGROUND IMAGE
22
the Issuer and/or the Guarantor as at the Issue
Date (if any)
59.       Governing law (if the laws of South Africa are
not applicable)
     ]
60.       Use of proceeds
     ]
61.       Last Day to Register
[       ] or [       ] which shall mean that the
Register will be closed from each Last Day to
Register to the next applicable Payment Day or
[10] days prior to the actual redemption date
62.       Books Closed Period
     ]
63.       Stabilisation Manager (if any)
     ]
64.       Other provisions
     ]
DISCLOSURE REQUIREMENTS IN TERMS OF PARAGRAPH 3(5) OF THE COMMERCIAL
PAPER REGULATIONS
At the date of this Applicable Pricing Supplement:
65.       Paragraph 3(5)(a)
The ultimate borrower is the Issuer.
66.       Paragraph 3(5)(b)
The Issuer is a going concern and can in all circumstances be reasonably expected to meet its
commitments under the Notes.
67.       Paragraph 3(5)(c)
The auditor of the Issuer is KPMG Inc..
68.       Paragraph 3(5)(d)
As at the date of this issue:
(a)
the Issuer has [not issued any Notes]; and
(b)
it is [not] anticipated that the Issuer will issue [ZAR[ ]] Notes during its current
financial year.
69.       Paragraph 3(5)(e)
Prospective investors in the Notes are to consider this Applicable Pricing Supplement, the
Programme Memorandum and the documentation incorporated therein by reference in order to
ascertain the nature of the financial and commercial risks of an investment in the Notes. In addition,
prospective investors in the Notes are to consider the latest audited financial statements of the Issuer
which are incorporated into the Programme Memorandum by reference and which may be requested
from the Issuer.
70.       Paragraph 3(5)(f)
There has been no material adverse change in the Issuer’s financial position since the date of its last
BACKGROUND IMAGE
23
audited financial statements.
71.       Paragraph 3(5)(g)
The Notes issued will be [listed/unlisted].
72.       Paragraph 3(5)(h)
The funds to be raised through the issue of the Notes are to be used by the Issuer for [       ].
73.       Paragraph 3(5)(i)
The Notes are [secured]/[unsecured].
74.       Paragraph 3(5)(j)
KPMG Inc., the auditor of the Issuer, has confirmed that nothing has come to its attention to indicate
that this issue of Notes issued under the Programme will not comply in all respects with the relevant
provisions of the Commercial Paper Regulations.
Responsibility :
The Issuer accepts responsibility for the information contained in this Applicable Pricing Supplement.
[Application [is hereby]/[will not be] made to list this issue of Notes [on [ insert date ]].

SIGNED at ________________________ this ______ day of _______________________ 2010.
For and on behalf of
DRDGOLD SOUTH AFRICAN OPERATIONS (PROPRIETARY) LIMITED
Name                                                                                Name :
Capacity :                                                                            Capacity :
who warrants his/her authority hereto
who warrants his/her authority hereto
BACKGROUND IMAGE
24
TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE NOTES
The following are the Terms and Conditions of the Notes to be issued by the Issuer on or after the date of
this Programme Memorandum. Notes will be issued in individual Tranches which, together with other
Tranches, may form a Series of Notes. Before the Issuer issues any Tranche of Notes, the Issuer shall
complete and sign the Applicable Pricing Supplement, based on the pro forma Pricing Supplement
included in the Programme Memorandum, setting out details of such Notes. The Applicable Pricing
Supplement in relation to any Tranche of Notes may specify other terms and conditions which shall, to the
extent so specified or to the extent inconsistent with the following Terms and Conditions, replace and/or
modify the following Terms and Conditions for the purpose of such Tranche of Notes. A copy of the
Applicable Pricing Supplement will be attached to each Certificate. All references in this Programme
Memorandum to any statute, regulation or other legislation will be a reference to that statute, regulation
or other legislation as amended, re-enacted or replaced and substituted from time to time.
1.
INTERPRETATION
In these Terms and Conditions, unless inconsistent with the context or separately defined in the
Applicable Pricing Supplement, the following expressions shall have the following meanings:
Absa Capital
Absa Capital, a division of Absa Bank Limited
(Registration Number 1986/004794/06), a public
company with limited liability registered and
incorporated in accordance with the laws of South Africa;
Actual Redemption Date
in respect of Extendible Notes, the actual date of
redemption in full by way of payment of the aggregate
Principal Amount Outstanding of such Notes;
Agency Agreement
the agency agreement dated 30 September 2010 entered
into between the Issuer, the Transfer Agent, the
Calculation Agent and the Paying Agent;
Applicable Pricing Supplement
the pricing supplement relating to each Tranche of Notes
setting out the applicable and/or such other terms and
conditions applicable to that Tranche of Notes;
Applicable Procedures
the rules and operating procedures for the time being of
the Central Securities Depository, the JSE and/or any
other applicable financial exchange, as the case may be;
Banks Act
the Banks Act, 1990;
“BESA Guarantee Fund
the Guarantee Fund established and operated by the Bond
Exchange of South Africa Limited, prior to the merger
with the JSE on 1 July 2009 and as at the date of this
Programme Memorandum, operated by the JSE as a
separate guarantee fund, in terms of the rules of the JSE
as required by section
9(1)(e) and 18(2)(x) of the
BACKGROUND IMAGE
25
Securities Services Act or any successor fund;
Beneficial Interest
(a)
in respect of Registered Notes: the undivided share
of a co-owner of Registered Notes represented by a
Global Certificate as provided in section 41 of the
Securities Services Act;
(b)        in respect of Uncertificated Notes: the undivided
share of a co-owner of Uncertificated Notes, held
in the Central Securities Depository as provided in
section 41of the Securities Services Act;
Books Closed Period
the period, as specified in the Applicable Pricing
Supplement, commencing after the Last Day to Register,
during which transfer of Notes will not be registered, or
such shorter period as the Issuer may decide in order to
determine those Noteholders entitled to receive interest;
Business Day
a day (other than a Saturday or Sunday or public holiday
within the meaning of the Public Holidays Act, 1994)
which is a day on which commercial banks settle ZAR
payments in Johannesburg or any Additional Business
Centre specified in the Applicable Pricing Supplement;
Calculation Agent
Absa Capital, unless the Issuer elects to appoint, in relation
to a particular Tranche or Series of Notes, another entity as
Calculation Agent, in which event that other entity shall
act as a Calculation Agent in respect of that Tranche or
Series of Notes, as indicated in the Applicable Pricing
Supplement;
Central Securities Depository
STRATE Limited (Registration Number
1998/022242/06), or its nominee or any successor
thereto, operating in terms of the Securities Services Act,
or any additional or alternate depository approved by the
Issuer;
Central Securities Depository's
Nominee
Central Depository Nominees (Proprietary) Limited
(Registration Number 1990/00665/07), a wholly owned
subsidiary of the Central Securities Depository, or any
successor nominee thereto operating in terms of the
Securities Services Act;
Central Securities Depository
Participant
a person accepted by the Central Securities Depository as a
participant in terms of Section 34 of the Securities Services
Act;
Central Securities Depository System
the computer system or systems and associated network or
networks operated or used by the Central Securities
Depository for the purpose of clearing and settlement of
trades in Notes or any other purpose in terms of the
BACKGROUND IMAGE
26
Securities Services Act;
Certificate
a Global Certificate or Individual Certificate, as the case
may be;
Certificated Note
a Note issued in registered form represented by a Global
Certificate or an Individual Certificate, as the case may be;
Class of Noteholders
the holders of a Series of Notes or, where appropriate, the
holders of different Series of Notes;
Commercial Paper Regulations
Government Notice number 2172 published in
Government Gazette number 16167, dated 14 December
1994;
Companies Act
the Companies Act, 1973;
Dealer
Absa Capital and any other Dealer appointed under the
Programme from time to time, which appointment may
be for a specific issue or on an ongoing basis, subject to
the Issuer’s right to terminate the appointment of any
Dealer;
Early Redemption Amount
the amount at which the Notes will be redeemed by the
Issuer pursuant to the provisions of Condition 10.2 and/or
Condition 13, as set out in Condition 10.5;
Encumbrance
means any lien, pledge, cession in securitatem debiti ,
mortgage, charge, encumbrance or other security interest
or any agreement or arrangement having the effect of
providing a right of security, provided that Encumbrance
shall not include any statutory preference and any
security interest arising by operation of law;
Event of Default
an event of default by the Issuer, as set out in
Condition 13;
Exchange Control Regulations
the Exchange Control Regulations, 1961 promulgated in
terms of section 9 of the Currency and Exchanges Act,
1933;
Exchangeable Notes
Notes which may be redeemed by the Issuer in the
manner indicated in the Applicable Pricing Supplement
by the delivery to the Noteholders of cash or of so many
of the Exchange Securities as is determined in
accordance with the Applicable Pricing Supplement;
Exchange Period
in respect of Exchangeable Notes to which the
Noteholders’ Exchange Right applies (as indicated in the
Applicable Pricing Supplement), the period indicated in
the Applicable Pricing Supplement during which such
BACKGROUND IMAGE
27
right may be exercised;
Exchange Price
the value indicated in the Applicable Pricing Supplement
according to which the number of Exchange Securities
which may be delivered in redemption of an
Exchangeable Note will be determined;
Exchange Securities
the securities indicated in the Applicable Pricing
Supplement which may be delivered by the Issuer in
redemption of Exchangeable Notes to the value of the
Exchange Price;
Extendible Note
any Note with a maturity of not more than 18 months,
which entitles the Issuer to extend the Redemption Date
to a pre-determined future date, as indicated in the
Applicable Pricing Supplement;
Extraordinary Resolution
a resolution passed at a duly convened meeting of the
Noteholders and held in accordance with the provisions
of Condition 19, by a majority consisting of not less than
66.6% of the persons voting thereat upon a show of hands
or if a poll be duly demanded then by a majority
consisting of not less than 66.6% of the votes cast on
such poll;
Final Redemption Amount
the amount of principal specified in the Applicable
Pricing Supplement payable in respect of each Note upon
the Redemption Date;
Fixed Interest Rate
the rate or rates of interest applicable to Fixed Rate
Notes, as specified in the Applicable Pricing Supplement;
Fixed Rate Notes
Notes which will bear interest at the Fixed Interest Rate,
as indicated in the Applicable Pricing Supplement;
Floating Rate
has the meaning given to the expression in the ISDA
Definitions, as indicated in the Applicable Pricing
Supplement;
Floating Rate Notes
Notes which will bear interest as indicated in the
Applicable Pricing Supplement and more fully described
in Condition 8.2;
Global Certificate
the single certificate, without interest coupons, registered
in the name of the Central Securities Depository's
Nominee and representing those Notes issued under the
Terms and Conditions which are lodged in the Central
Securities Depository other than those Notes represented
by Individual Certificates and Uncertificated Notes. A
Global Certificate may be replaced by the issue of
Uncertificated Notes in terms of Section 37 of the
BACKGROUND IMAGE
28
Securities Services Act;
Group
DRDGOLD and its Subsidiaries;
" Guarantee "
the Guarantee described in Condition 6;
" Guarantor " or " DRDGOLD "
DRDGOLD Limited (Registration Number
1895/000926/06), a public company with limited liability
established and incorporated in accordance with the laws
of South Africa;
Implied Yield
the yield accruing on the Issue Price of Zero Coupon
Notes, as specified in the Applicable Pricing Supplement;
Indebtedness
in respect of the Issuer or a Principal Subsidiary, as the
case may be, any indebtedness in respect of monies
borrowed from any person, debenture holder or lender and
(without double counting) guarantees, suretyships and
indemnities (other than those in the ordinary course of
business) given, whether present or future, actual or
contingent;
Indexed Interest Notes
Notes in respect of which the Interest Amount is calculated
by reference to such index and/or formula as indicated in
the Applicable Pricing Supplement;
Indexed Note
an Indexed Interest Note and/or an Indexed Redemption
Amount Note, as applicable;
Indexed Redemption Amount Notes
Notes in respect of which the Final Redemption Amount
is calculated by reference to an index and/or a formula as
indicated in the Applicable Pricing Supplement;
Individual Certificate
in respect of Registered Notes, a Note in the definitive
registered form of a single Certificate and, in respect of
Registered Notes which are listed, being a Certificate
exchanged for a Beneficial Interest in the Notes
represented by a Global Certificate or Uncertificated
Notes in accordance with Condition 14 and any further
Certificate issued in consequence of a transfer thereof;
Instalment Amount
the amount expressed as a percentage of the Principal
Amount of an Instalment Note, being an instalment of
principal (other than the final instalment) on an
Instalment Note;
Instalment Notes
Notes redeemable in Instalment Amounts by the Issuer
on an amortised basis on different Instalment Dates, as
indicated in the Applicable Pricing Supplement;
Interest Amount
the amount of interest payable in respect of each
Principal Amount of Fixed Rate Notes, Floating Rate
BACKGROUND IMAGE
29
Notes and Indexed Notes, as determined in accordance
with Condition 8.1, 8.2.6 and 8.4 respectively;
Interest Commencement Date
the first date from which interest on the Notes, other than
Zero Coupon Notes, will accrue, as specified in the
Applicable Pricing Supplement;
Interest Payment Date
the Interest Payment Date(s) specified in the Applicable
Pricing Supplement or if no express Interest Payment
Date(s) is/are specified in the Applicable Pricing
Supplement, each date which occurs after a certain period
following the preceding Interest Payment Date (such
period as specified in the Applicable Pricing Supplement)
or, in the case of the first Interest Payment Date, after the
Interest Commencement Date;
Interest Period
the period(s) in respect of which interest accrues on
Notes other than Zero Coupon Notes and falls due for
payment on the applicable Interest Payment Date;
Interest Rate
the rate(s) of interest applicable to Notes other than Zero
Coupon Notes and Fixed Rate Notes, as indicated in the
Applicable Pricing Supplement;
ISDA
International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc.;
ISDA Definitions
the 2006 ISDA Definitions as published by ISDA (as
amended, supplemented, revised or republished from time
to time);
Issuer
DRDGOLD South African Operations (Proprietary)
Limited (Registration Number 2005/033662/07), a
private company with limited liability established and
incorporated in accordance with the laws of South Africa;
JSE
JSE Limited (Registration number 2005/022939/06) a
licensed financial exchange in terms of the Securities
Services Act or any exchange which operates as a
successor exchange to the JSE and any reference to the
JSE includes the Interest Rate Market of the JSE, the
separate platform or sub-market of the JSE designated as
the “Interest Rate Market”;
" JSE Listings Requirements "
the debt listings requirements of the JSE from time to
time, as published by the JSE;
Last Day to Register
with respect to a particular Series of Notes (as reflected
in the Applicable Pricing Supplement), the last date or
dates preceding a Payment Day on which the Transfer
Agent will accept Transfer Forms and record the transfer
of Notes in the Register for that particular Series of Notes
BACKGROUND IMAGE
30
and whereafter the Register is closed for further transfers
or entries until the Payment Day;
Material Asset
any asset of the Issuer with a book value equal to or
exceeding 15% of the total assets of the Issuer as set out
in the Issuer’s most recently published audited financial
statements from time to time (or its equivalent in other
currencies), at the time of the Event of Default;
Material Indebtedness
any Indebtedness amounting in aggregate to an amount
which equals or exceeds ZAR50
000 000 (or its
equivalent in other currencies);
Mandatory Exchange
if indicated in the Applicable Pricing Supplement, the
obligation of the Issuer to redeem Exchangeable Notes on
the Redemption Date by delivery of Exchange Securities
to the relevant Noteholders of Exchangeable Notes;
Mixed Rate Notes
Notes which will bear interest over respective periods at
differing interest rates applicable to any combination of
Fixed Rate Notes, Floating Rate Notes, Zero Coupon
Notes or Indexed Notes, each as indicated in the
Applicable Pricing Supplement and as more fully
described in Condition 8.3;
naca
nominal annual compounded annually;
nacm
nominal annual compounded monthly;
nacq
nominal annual compounded quarterly;
nacs
nominal annual compounded semi-annually;
Noteholders
the holders of the Registered Notes and/or Unlisted
Registered Notes and/or Uncertificated Notes as recorded
in the Register;
Noteholders’ Exchange Right
if indicated as applicable in the Applicable Pricing
Supplement, the right of Noteholders of Exchangeable
Notes to elect to receive delivery of the Exchange
Securities in lieu of cash from the Issuer upon redemption
of such Notes;
Notes
the notes issued or to be issued by the Issuer under the
Programme in the form of Certificated Notes or
Uncertificated Notes, as the case may be. Notes will be
issued in registered form and will either be Senior Notes
or Subordinated Notes;
Outstanding
in relation to the Notes, all the Notes issued other than:
BACKGROUND IMAGE
31
(a)     those which have been redeemed in full;
(b)     those in respect of which the date for redemption in
accordance with the Terms and Conditions has
occurred and the redemption moneys wherefor
(including all interest (if any) accrued thereon to the
date for such redemption and any interest (if any)
payable under the Terms and Conditions after such
date) remain available for payment against
presentation of Certificates (if any) or otherwise;
(c)     those which have been purchased and cancelled as
provided in Condition 10;
(d)     those which have become void under Condition 12;
(e)     if applicable, Notes represented by those mutilated or
defaced Certificates which have been surrendered in
exchange for replacement Certificates pursuant to
Condition 14;
(f)     (for the purpose only of determining how many
Notes are Outstanding and without prejudice to their
status for any other purpose) if applicable, those
Notes represented by Certificates alleged to have
been lost, stolen or destroyed and in respect of which
replacement Certificates have been issued pursuant
to Condition 14,
provided that for each of the following purposes, namely:
(i)
the right to attend and vote at any meeting of
the Noteholders; and
(ii)        the determination of how many and which
Notes are for the time being Outstanding for
the purposes of Conditions 19 and 20,
all Notes (if any) which are for the time being held by the
Issuer (subject to any applicable law) or by any person
for the benefit of the Issuer and not cancelled (unless and
until ceasing to be so held) shall be deemed not to be
Outstanding;
Partial Redemption Amount
the portion of the Principal Amount Outstanding of any
Extendible Note redeemed by the Issuer, as notified to
Noteholders in accordance with Condition 18;
Partly Paid Notes
Notes which are issued with the Issue Price partly paid and
which Issue Price is paid up fully by the Noteholder in
instalments, as indicated in the Applicable Pricing
BACKGROUND IMAGE
32
Supplement;
Paying Agent
Absa Capital, unless the Issuer elects to appoint, in relation
to a particular Tranche or Series of Notes, another entity as
Paying Agent, in which event that other entity shall act as
a Paying Agent in respect of that Tranche or Series of
Notes, as indicated in the Applicable Pricing Supplement;
Payment Day
any day which is a Business Day and upon which a
payment is due by the Issuer in respect of any Notes;
Permitted Encumbrance ”                                      (a)     any Encumbrance existing as at the date of the first
Applicable Pricing Supplement; or
(b)     any Encumbrance incurred, assumed or guaranteed
by the Issuer as part of any financing of all or part
of the costs of the acquisition, construction or
development of any project where the person or
persons providing such financing expressly agree to
limit their recourse to shares issued by the company
undertaking such project and/or the project financed
and/or the revenues derived from such project as the
sole source of repayment of moneys advanced in
relation to such financing; or
(c)     any Encumbrance with regard to receivables or
which is created pursuant to any securitisation or
like arrangement in accordance with normal market
practice; or
(d)     any Encumbrance created over any asset owned,
acquired, developed or constructed, being an
Encumbrance created for the sole purpose of
financing or refinancing that asset owned, acquired,
developed or constructed, provided the Indebtedness
so secured shall not exceed the bona fide market
value of such asset or the cost of that acquisition,
development or construction (including all interest
and other finance charges, adjustments, due to
changes in circumstances and other charges
reasonably incidental to such cost, whether
contingent or otherwise) and where such market
value or cost both apply, the higher of the two; or
(e)     any Encumbrance created in the ordinary course of
business over deposit accounts securing a loan to
the Issuer equal to the amounts standing to the
credit of such deposit accounts, including any cash
management system; or
(f)      any Encumbrance created in the ordinary course of
BACKGROUND IMAGE
33
business over stock-in-trade, inventories, accounts
+receivable or deposit accounts; or
(g)     any Encumbrance created to secure any inter-
company Indebtedness; or
(h)     in addition to any Encumbrance referred to in (a) to
(g) above, any Encumbrance securing in aggregate
not more than ZAR350 000 000 (or its equivalent in
other currencies) at any time, provided that such
Encumbrance does not secure any Indebtedness of
the Issuer or a Principal Subsidiary which is
incurred after the date of this Programme
Memorandum;
Principal Amount
the nominal amount of each Note;
Principal Subsidiary
each company which is –

(a) 
   a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Issuer; and
(b)     each Subsidiary of the Issuer (i) whose total profits
before tax and extraordinary items represents in
excess of 15% of the consolidated total profits,
before tax and extraordinary items of the Issuer and
its Subsidiaries or (ii) whose total value of net
assets represents in excess of 15% of the total value
of all consolidated net assets owned by the Issuer
and its Subsidiaries, in each case calculated by
reference to the latest audited financial statements
of each Subsidiary and the latest audited
consolidated financial statements of the Issuer and
its Subsidiaries and, in this regard, a report by the
auditors of the Issuer that a Subsidiary is or is not a
Principal Subsidiary shall, in the absence of
manifest error, be conclusive and binding on the
Noteholders;
Programme
the ZAR500 000 000 Domestic Medium Term Note
Programme under which the Issuer may from time to
time issue Notes;
Programme Agreement
the programme agreement dated 30 September 2010
entered into between the Issuer, the Arranger and the
Dealer;
Programme Memorandum
the programme memorandum contained in this document
dated 30 September 2010;
Rating Agency
Fitch Southern Africa (Proprietary) Limited and/or
Moody's Investors Services Limited and/or Standard &
BACKGROUND IMAGE
34
Poor's and/or such other internationally recognised rating
agency as may be appointed by the Issuer, from time to
time;
Redemption Date
the date upon which the Notes are redeemed by the Issuer
pursuant to Condition 10;
Register
the register maintained by the Transfer Agent in terms of
Condition 15.1;
“Registered Note
a Note issued in registered form and transferable in
accordance with Condition 15.1;
Relevant Date
in respect of any payment relating to the Notes, the date
on which such payment first becomes due, except that, in
relation to monies payable to the Central Securities
Depository in accordance with these Terms and
Conditions, it means the first date on which: (i) the full
amount of such monies have been received by the Central
Securities Depository, (ii) such monies are available for
payment to the holders of Beneficial Interests, and (iii)
notice to that effect has been duly given to such holders
in accordance with the Applicable Procedures;
Representative
a person duly authorised to act on behalf of a Noteholder,
who may be regarded by the Issuer, the Transfer Agent
and the Paying Agent (acting in good faith) as being duly
authorised based upon the tacit or express representation
thereof by such Representative, in the absence of express
notice to the contrary from such Noteholder;
Securities Services Act
the Securities Services Act, 2004;
Series
a Tranche of Notes together with any further Tranche or
Tranches of Notes which are: (i) expressed to be
consolidated and form a single series; and (ii) identical in
all respects (including as to listing) except for their
respective Issue Dates, Interest Commencement Dates
and/or Issue Prices and “holders of Notes of the relevant
Series” and related expressions shall be construed
accordingly;
Settlement Agent
a Central Securities Depository Participant, approved by
the JSE or any other relevant financial exchange to
perform electronic settlement of both funds and scrip on
behalf of market participants;
Step-up Margin
the margin to be added to the Interest Rate applicable to
an Extendible Note and specified in the Applicable
Pricing Supplement;
BACKGROUND IMAGE
35
Subsidiary
each subsidiary as defined in Section 1(3) of the
Companies Act and of which the Issuer holds not less
than 51% of the total number of ordinary shares in the
issued share capital of that Subsidiary;
Terms and Conditions
the terms and conditions incorporated in this section
entitled “ Terms and Conditions of the Notes ” and in
accordance with which the Notes will be issued;
Tranche
in relation to any particular Series, all Notes which are
identical in all respects (including as to listing);
Transfer Agent
Absa Capital, unless the Issuer elects to appoint, in
relation to a particular Series of Notes, another entity as
Transfer Agent in which event that other entity shall act
as Transfer Agent in respect of that Series of Notes, as
indicated in the Applicable Pricing Supplement;
Transfer Form
the written form for the transfer of a Certificated Note in
the form approved by the Transfer Agent, and signed by
the transferor and transferee;
Uncertificated Note
a Note issued in uncertificated form in accordance with
section 37 of the Securities Services Act, not evidenced
by any written document or instrument and held in the
Central Securities Depository;
Unlisted Registered Note
a Note issued in registered form and not listed on the JSE
and transferred in accordance with Condition 15.2;
Wholly Owned Subsidiary
a wholly owned subsidiary as defined in Section 1(5) of
the Companies Act;
ZAR
the lawful currency of South Africa, being South African
Rand, or any successor currency;
ZAR-JIBAR-SAFEX
the mid-market rate for deposits in ZAR for a period of
the Designated Maturity which appears on the Reuters
Screen SAFEY Page as at 11h00, Johannesburg time on
the relevant date, or any successor rate; and
Zero Coupon Notes
Notes which will be offered and sold at a discount to their
Principal Amount or at par and will not bear interest
other than in the case of late payment.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
36
2.
ISSUE
2.1
Notes may at any time and from time to time be issued by the Issuer, without the consent of
the then existing Noteholders, in Tranches pursuant to the Programme. A Tranche of Notes
may, together with a further Tranche or Tranches, form a Series of Notes issued under the
Programme.
2.2
The Noteholders are, by virtue of their subscription for or purchase of the Notes, deemed to
have notice of, and are entitled to the benefit of, and are subject to, all the provisions of the
Applicable Pricing Supplement and the Agency Agreement.
2.3
The Applicable Pricing Supplement for each Tranche of Notes is (to the extent relevant)
incorporated herein for the purposes of those Notes and supplements these Terms and
Conditions. The Applicable Pricing Supplement may specify other terms and conditions
which shall, to the extent so specified or to the extent inconsistent with these Terms and
Conditions, replace and/or modify these Terms and Conditions for the purposes of those
Notes.
2.4
Capitalised expressions used in these Terms and Conditions and not herein defined shall bear
the meaning assigned to them in the Applicable Pricing Supplement.
3.
FORM AND DENOMINATION
3.1
General
Notes will be issued in such denominations as may be determined by the Issuer and as
indicated in the Applicable Pricing Supplement.
All payments in relation to the Notes will be made in South African Rand.
Each Note shall be a Senior Note or a Subordinated Note, as specified in the Applicable
Pricing Supplement. Any Note may be a Partly Paid Note, Instalment Note, Exchangeable
Note or an Extendible Note. Each Note, whether a Senior Note or a Subordinated Note, may
be a Fixed Rate Note, a Floating Rate Note, a Zero Coupon Note, an Indexed Interest Note,
an Indexed Redemption Amount Note, a Mixed Rate Note or a combination of any of the
aforegoing or such other types of Notes as may be determined by the Issuer, as specified in
the Applicable Pricing Supplement.
The Redemption Date of all or part of any Extendible Notes may be extended at the option of
the Issuer, after the Issuer has given the relevant Noteholders the Requisite Notice indicated
in the Applicable Pricing Supplement in accordance with Condition 18. Such Redemption
Date may be extended by the Issuer one or more times by such calendar days or multiple of
calendar days specified in the Applicable Pricing Supplement.
Listed and/or unlisted Notes may be issued under the Programme.
Noteholders of Notes that are not listed on the Interest Rate Market of the JSE will have no
recourse against the JSE or BESA Guarantee Fund. Unlisted Notes are not regulated by the
JSE.
3.2
Registered Notes
Each Tranche of Registered Notes will be issued in the form of a Global Certificate, which
will be deposited with and registered in the name of, and for the account of the Central
Securities Depository's Nominee. An owner of a Beneficial Interest in the Notes represented
by a Global Certificate shall be entitled to exchange such Beneficial Interest for an
Individual Certificate in accordance with Condition 14. A Global Certificate may be
BACKGROUND IMAGE
37
replaced by the issue of uncertificated securities in terms of section 37 of the Securities
Services Act.
3.3
Uncertificated Notes
Uncertificated Notes will be issued in uncertificated form in terms of section 37 of the
Securities Services Act and will not be represented by any certificate or written instrument.
A Tranche of Notes issued in uncertificated form will be held in the Central Securities
Depository, and the Central Securities Depository's Nominee will be named in the Register
as the registered Noteholder of that Tranche of Notes. An owner of a Beneficial Interest in
Uncertificated Notes held in the Central Securities Depository shall be entitled to exchange
such Beneficial Interest for an Individual Certificate in accordance with Condition 14.
3.4
Unlisted Registered Notes
Unlisted Registered Notes will be issued in definitive registered form and will be represented
by Individual Certificates.
4.
TITLE
4.1
Registered Notes
Subject as set out below, title to Registered Notes will pass upon registration of transfer in
the Register in accordance with Condition 15.1. The Issuer, the Transfer Agent and the
Paying Agent may deem and treat the registered holder of any Registered Note as the
absolute owner of the Notes registered in the Noteholder’s name (whether or not overdue and
notwithstanding any notice of ownership or writing thereon or notice of any previous loss or
theft thereof) for all purposes and shall not be bound to enter any trust in the Register or to
take notice of or to accede to the execution of any trust (express, implied or constructive) to
which any Note may be subject.
4.2
Unlisted Registered Notes
Title to Unlisted Registered Notes will pass upon registration of transfer in the Register in
accordance with Condition 15.2. The Issuer, the Transfer Agent and the Paying Agent may
deem and treat the registered holder of any Unlisted Registered Note as the absolute owner
of the Notes registered in the Noteholder’s name (whether or not overdue and
notwithstanding any notice of ownership or writing thereon or notice of any previous loss or
theft thereof) for all purposes and shall not be bound to enter any trust in the Register or to
take notice of or to accede to the execution of any trust (express, implied or constructive) to
which any Note may be subject.
4.3
Uncertificated Notes
Title to Uncertificated Notes will pass in accordance with Condition 14.3. The Issuer, the
Transfer Agent and the Paying Agent may deem and treat the registered holder thereof as the
absolute owner of the Notes registered in the Noteholder’s name (whether or not overdue and
notwithstanding any notice of any previous loss or theft thereof) for all purposes and shall
not be bound to enter any trust in the Register or to take notice of or to accede to the
execution of any trust (express, implied or constructive) to which any Note may be subject.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
38
5.
STATUS OF NOTES
5.1
Status of Senior Notes
Unless otherwise specified in the Applicable Pricing Supplement, Senior Notes are direct,
unconditional, unsubordinated and unsecured obligations of the Issuer and rank pari passu
among themselves and, subject to Condition 6 and save for certain debts required to be
preferred by law, rank equally with all other present and future unsecured and
unsubordinated obligations of the Issuer from time to time owing.
5.2
Status of Subordinated Notes
Subordinated Notes constitute direct, unconditional, unsecured and subordinated obligations
of the Issuer and rank pari passu among themselves and at least pari passu with all other
present and future unsecured and subordinated obligations of the Issuer, save for those that
have been provided preferential rights by law.
Subject to applicable law, in the event of the dissolution of the Issuer or if the Issuer is
wound-up, the claims of the persons entitled to be paid amounts due in respect of
Subordinated Notes shall be subordinated to all other claims in respect of any other
Indebtedness of the Issuer except for other Subordinated Indebtedness (as defined below).
Accordingly, no amount due on the Subordinated Notes shall be eligible for set-off or shall
be payable to any person entitled to be paid such amount in respect of the obligations of the
Issuer thereunder until all other Indebtedness of the Issuer which is admissible in any such
dissolution or winding-up (other than Subordinated Indebtedness) has been paid or
discharged in full.
Subordinated Indebtedness ” means for the purposes of this Condition 5.2, any
Indebtedness of the Issuer under which the right of payment of the person(s) entitled thereto
is, or is expressed to be, or is required by any present or future agreement of the Issuer to be,
subordinated to the rights of all un-subordinated creditors of the Issuer in the event of the
dissolution or winding-up of the Issuer.
6.
GUARANTEE
The Issuer has procured that the payment obligations of the Issuer under the Notes are guaranteed
by the Guarantor on the terms and conditions as contained in the Guarantee, as described in the
section of the Programme Memorandum entitled “ Terms and Conditions of the Guarantee
.
7.
NEGATIVE PLEDGE AND RESTRICTIONS ON INDEBTEDNESS
7.1
So long as any of the Senior Notes remain Outstanding, the Issuer will not create any
Encumbrance other than a Permitted Encumbrance upon the whole or any part of its present
or future assets or revenues to secure any of its present or future Indebtedness without
making effective provision whereby all Senior Notes shall be directly (or, if the security is to
be held by a special purpose security holding company, indirectly) secured equally and
rateably with such Indebtedness and any such instrument creating such Encumbrance shall
expressly provide therefor, unless such other security as may be approved by Extraordinary
Resolution of the holders of Senior Notes is provided or the provision of any such security is
waived by an Extraordinary Resolution of the holders of those Senior Notes.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
39
7.2
The Issuer shall be entitled, but not obliged, to form, or procure the formation of, a trust or
trusts or appoint, or procure the appointment of, an agent or agents to hold any such rights of
security for the benefit or on behalf of such Noteholders.
7.3
Without derogating from Condition 7.1, for so long as any of the Senior Notes remain
Outstanding, neither the Issuer nor any Principal Subsidiary shall incur any Indebtedness
after the date of this Programme Memorandum unless such Indebtedness is unsecured or
unless otherwise approved by an Extraordinary Resolution of the holders of the Senior
Notes.
7.4
Neither the Guarantor nor any Principal Subsidiary shall, after the date of this Programme
Memorandum, grant any guarantee, suretyship, indemnity or similar intercession in respect
of any Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Principal Subsidiary.
8.
INTEREST
8.1
Interest on Fixed Rate Notes
Except if otherwise specified in the Applicable Pricing Supplement, interest on Fixed Rate
Notes will be paid on a semi-annual basis, on the Interest Payment Dates.
Each Fixed Rate Note bears interest on its Principal Amount (or, if it is a Partly Paid Note,
the amount paid up) from (and including) the Interest Commencement Date to (but
excluding) the Redemption Date at the rate(s) per annum equal to the Fixed Interest Rate(s).
Such interest shall fall due for payment in arrear on the Interest Payment Date(s) in each year
and on the date of early redemption in accordance with Condition 10 or the Redemption
Date, as the case may be, if either such date does not fall on an Interest Payment Date. The
first payment of interest will be made on the Interest Payment Date next following the
Interest Commencement Date.
Unless otherwise specified, the interest in respect of any six-monthly period shall be
calculated by dividing the Fixed Interest Rate by two and multiplying the product by the
Principal Amount (or, if it is a Partly Paid Note, the amount paid up), provided that:
(a)
if an Initial Broken Amount is specified in the Applicable Pricing Supplement, then
the first Interest Amount shall equal the Initial Broken Amount specified in the
Applicable Pricing Supplement; and
(b)
if a Final Broken Amount is specified in the Applicable Pricing Supplement, then the
final Interest Amount shall equal the Final Broken Amount.
Save as provided in the preceding paragraphs, if interest is required to be calculated for a
period other than one year (in the case of annual interest payments) or other than six months
(in the case of semi-annual interest payments), as the case may be, such interest shall be
calculated on the basis of the actual number of calendar days in such period divided by 365.
8.2
Interest on Floating Rate Notes
8.2.1
Interest Payment Dates
Each Floating Rate Note bears interest on its Principal Amount (or, if it is a Partly
Paid Note, on the amount paid up) from (and including) the Interest Commencement
Date to (but excluding the Redemption Date) at the rate equal to the Interest Rate.
Such interest shall fall due for payment in arrears on the Interest Payment Date(s) in
each year and on the date of early redemption in accordance with Condition 10 or the
Redemption Date, as the case may be, if either such date does not fall on an Interest
BACKGROUND IMAGE
40
Payment Date. The first payment of interest will be made on the Interest Payment
Date next following the Interest Commencement Date.
8.2.2
Interest Rate
The Interest Rate payable from time to time in respect of the Floating Rate Notes will
be determined:
(a)
on the basis of ISDA Determination; or
(b)
on the basis of Screen Rate Determination; or
(c)
on such other basis as may be determined by the Issuer,
all as indicated in the Applicable Pricing Supplement.
8.2.3
ISDA Determination
Where ISDA Determination is specified in the Applicable Pricing Supplement as the
manner in which the Interest Rate is to be determined, the Interest Rate for each
Interest Period will be the relevant ISDA Rate (as defined below) plus or minus (as
indicated in the Applicable Pricing Supplement) the Margin (if any).
For the purposes of this Condition 8.2.3:
ISDA Rate ” for an Interest Period means a rate equal to the Floating Rate that would
be determined by such Transfer Agent as is specified in the Applicable Pricing
Supplement under a notional interest rate swap transaction if that Transfer Agent were
acting as Calculation Agent for that swap transaction under the terms of an agreement
incorporating the ISDA Definitions and under which:
(a)
the Floating Rate Option is as specified in the Applicable Pricing Supplement;
(b)
the Designated Maturity is the period specified in the Applicable Pricing
Supplement; and
(c)
the relevant Reset Date is either: (i) if the applicable Floating Rate Option is
based on the ZAR-JIBAR-SAFEX on the first calendar day of that Interest
Period; or (ii) in any other case, as specified in the Applicable Pricing
Supplement.
Floating Rate ”, “ Floating Rate Option ”, “ Designated Maturity ” and “ Reset Date
have the meanings given to those expressions in the ISDA Definitions.
When this Condition 8.2.3 applies, in respect of each Interest Period such agent as is
specified in the Applicable Pricing Supplement will be deemed to have discharged its
obligations under Condition 8.2.6 in respect of the determination of the Interest Rate if
it has determined the Interest Rate in respect of such Interest Period in the manner
provided in this Condition 8.2.3.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
41
8.2.4
Screen Rate Determination
Where Screen Rate Determination is specified in the Applicable Pricing Supplement
as the manner in which the Interest Rate is to be determined, the Interest Rate for each
Interest Period will, subject as provided below, be either:
(a)       the offered quotation (if there is only one quotation on the Relevant Screen
Page); or
(b)        the arithmetic mean (rounded if necessary to the fifth decimal place, with
0.000005 being rounded upwards) of the offered quotations,
for the Reference Rate(s) which appears or appear, as the case may be, on the Relevant
Screen Page as at 11h00 (Johannesburg time) on the Interest Determination Date in
question, plus or minus (as indicated in the Applicable Pricing Supplement) the
Margin (if any), all as determined by the Calculation Agent. If five or more such
offered quotations are available on the Relevant Screen Page, the highest (or, if there
is more than one such highest quotation, one only of such quotations) and the lowest
(or, if there is more than one such lowest quotation, one only of such quotations) shall
be disregarded by such agent for the purpose of determining the arithmetic mean
(rounded as provided above) of such offered quotations.
If the Relevant Screen Page is not available or if, in the case of (a) above in this
Condition 8.2.4, no such offered quotation appears or, in the case of (b) above in this
Condition 8.2.4, fewer than three such offered quotations appear, in each case at the
time specified in the preceding paragraph, the Calculation Agent shall request the
principal Johannesburg office of each of the Reference Banks (as defined below) to
provide the Calculation Agent with its offered quotation (expressed as a percentage
rate per annum) for the Reference Rate at approximately 11h00 (Johannesburg time)
on the Interest Determination Date in question. If two or more of the Reference Banks
provide the Calculation Agent with such offered quotations, the Interest Rate for such
Interest Period shall be the arithmetic mean (rounded if necessary to the fifth decimal
place with 0.000005 being rounded upwards) of such offered quotations plus or minus
(as appropriate) the Margin (if any), all as determined by the Calculation Agent.
If the Interest Rate cannot be determined by applying the provisions of the preceding
paragraphs of this Condition 8.2.4, the Interest Rate for the relevant Interest Period
shall be the rate per annum which the Calculation Agent determines as being the
arithmetic mean (rounded if necessary to the fifth decimal place, with 0.000005 being
rounded upwards) of the rates, as communicated to (and at the request of) the
Calculation Agent by the Reference Banks or any two or more of them, at which such
banks offered, at approximately 11h00 (Johannesburg time) on the relevant Interest
Determination Date, in respect of deposits in an amount approximately equal to the
Principal Amount of the Notes of the relevant Series, for a period equal to that which
would have been used for the Reference Rate, to Reference Banks in the Johannesburg
inter-bank market plus or minus (as appropriate) the Margin (if any). If less than two
of the Reference Banks provide the Calculation Agent with such offered rates, the
Interest Rate for the relevant Interest Period will be determined by the Calculation
Agent as the arithmetic mean (rounded as provided above) of the rates for deposits in
an amount approximately equal to the Principal Amount of the Notes of the relevant
Series, for a period equal to that which would have been used for the Reference Rate,
quoted at approximately 11h00 (Johannesburg time) on the relevant Interest
Determination Date, by four leading banks in Johannesburg (selected by the
BACKGROUND IMAGE
42
Calculation Agent and approved by the Issuer) plus or minus (as appropriate) the
Margin (if any). If the Interest Rate cannot be determined in accordance with the
foregoing provisions of this paragraph, the Interest Rate shall be determined as at the
last preceding Interest Determination Date (though substituting, where a different
Margin is to be applied to the relevant Interest Period from that which applied to the
last preceding Interest Period, the Margin relating to the relevant Interest Period, in
place of the Margin relating to that last preceding Interest Period).
If the Reference Rate from time to time in respect of Floating Rate Notes is specified
in the Applicable Pricing Supplement as being other than the ZAR-JIBAR-SAFEX
rate, the Interest Rate in respect of such Notes will be determined in the manner
provided above, or as may be provided in the Applicable Pricing Supplement.
Reference Banks ” means, for the purposes of this Condition 8.2.4, four leading
banks in the South African inter-bank market selected by the Calculation Agent and
approved by the Issuer.
8.2.5
Minimum and/or Maximum Interest Rate
If the Applicable Pricing Supplement specifies a Minimum Interest Rate for any
Interest Period, then the Interest Rate for such Interest Period shall in no event be less
than such Minimum Interest Rate and/or if it specifies a Maximum Interest Rate for
any Interest Period, then the Interest Rate for such Interest Period shall in no event be
greater than such Maximum Interest Rate.
8.2.6
Determination of Interest Rate and calculation of Interest Amount
The Calculation Agent will, in the case of Floating Rate Notes, at or as soon as
practical after each time at which the Interest Rate is to be determined, determine the
Interest Rate and calculate the Interest Amount for the relevant Interest Period. Unless
stated otherwise in the Applicable Pricing Supplement, each Interest Amount shall be
calculated by multiplying the Interest Rate by the Principal Amount, then multiplying
the product by the applicable Day Count Fraction and rounding the resultant product
to the nearest smallest denomination of the Specified Currency, half of any such
denomination being rounded upwards.
Day Count Fraction ” means in respect of the calculation of the Interest Amount for
any Interest Period:
(a)
if “ Actual/365 ”, “ Act/365 ”, “ Actual/Actual ” or “ Act/Act ” is specified in the
Applicable Pricing Supplement, the actual number of calendar days in the
Interest Period in respect of which payment is being made divided by 365 (or, if
any portion of that Interest Period falls in a leap year, the sum of (i) the actual
number of calendar days in that portion of the Interest Period falling in a leap
year divided by 365 and (ii) the actual number of calendar days in that portion
of the Interest Period falling in a non-leap year divided by 365); or
(b)
if “ Actual/365 (Fixed) ”, “ Act/365 (Fixed) ”, “ A/365 (Fixed) ” or “ A/365F ” is
specified in the Applicable Pricing Supplement, the actual number of calendar
days in the Interest Period in respect of which payment is being made divided
by 365; or
(c)
if “ Actual/360 ”, “ Act/360 ” or “ A/360 ” is specified in the Applicable Pricing
Supplement, the actual number of calendar days in the Interest Period in respect
BACKGROUND IMAGE
43
of which payment is being made divided by 360; or
(d)
if “ 30/360 ”, “ 360/360 ” or “ Bond Basis ” is specified in the Applicable Pricing
Supplement, the number of calendar days in the Interest Period in respect of
which payment is being made divided by 360 (the number of calendar days to
be calculated on the basis of a year of 360 calendar days with 12 30-day months
(unless (i) the last calendar day of the Interest Period is the 31
st
calendar day of
a month but the first calendar day of the Interest Period is a calendar day other
than the 30
th
or 31
st
calendar day of a month, in which case the month that
includes that last calendar day shall not be considered to be shortened to a 30-
day month or (ii) that last calendar day of the Interest Period is the last calendar
day of the month of February, in which case the month of February shall not be
considered to be lengthened to a 30-day month); or
(e)
such other calculation method as is specified in the Applicable Pricing
Supplement.
8.2.7
Notification of Interest Rate and Interest Amount
The Calculation Agent (or such other agent as is specified in the Applicable Pricing
Supplement) will cause the Interest Rate and each Interest Amount for each Interest
Period and the relevant Interest Payment Date to be notified to the Issuer, the Paying
Agent, the Transfer Agent, the Noteholders, any financial exchange on which the
relevant Floating Rate Notes are for the time being listed (if applicable) and any
central securities depository in which Certificates in respect of the Notes are
dematerialised (if applicable), as soon as possible after their determination but not
later than the 4
th
(fourth) Business Day thereafter. Each Interest Amount and Interest
Payment Date so notified may subsequently be amended (or appropriate alternative
arrangements made by way of adjustment) in the event of an extension or shortening
of the Interest Period. Any such amendment will be promptly notified to the Issuer,
the Transfer Agent, the Paying Agent, the Noteholders, each financial exchange on
which the relevant Floating Rate Notes are for the time being listed (if applicable) and
any central securities depository in which Certificates in respect of the Notes are
dematerialsed (if applicable).
8.2.8
Certificates to be Final
All certificates, communications, opinions, determinations, calculations, quotations
and decisions given, expressed, made or obtained for the purposes of the provisions of
this Condition 8.2 by the Calculation Agent shall, in the absence of wilful deceit, bad
faith, manifest error or dispute as set out hereunder, be binding on the Issuer, the
Transfer Agent, the Paying Agent, and all Noteholders, and no liability to the Issuer or
the Noteholders shall attach to the Transfer Agent, the Calculation Agent or the
Paying Agent (as the case may be) in connection with the exercise or non-exercise by
it of its powers, duties and discretions pursuant to such provisions.
8.3
Interest on Mixed Rate Notes
The interest rate payable from time to time on Mixed Rate Notes shall be the interest rate
payable on any combination of Fixed Rate Notes, Floating Rate Notes, Zero Coupon Notes
or Indexed Notes for respective periods, each as specified in the Applicable Pricing
Supplement. During each such applicable period, the interest rate on the Mixed Rate Notes
shall be determined and fall due for payment on the basis that such Mixed Rate Notes are
BACKGROUND IMAGE
44
Fixed Rate Notes, Floating Rate Notes, Zero Coupon Notes or Indexed Notes, as the case
may be.
8.4
Interest on Indexed Notes
In the case of Indexed Notes, if the Interest Rate or Final Redemption Amount falls to be
determined by reference to an index and/or a formula, such rate or amount payable shall be
determined in the manner specified in the Applicable Pricing Supplement. Any interest
payable shall fall due for payment on the Interest Payment Date(s).
8.5
Interest on Partly Paid Notes
In the case of Partly Paid Notes (other than Partly Paid Notes which are Zero Coupon Notes),
interest will accrue on the paid-up Principal Amount of such Notes and otherwise as
specified in the Applicable Pricing Supplement.
8.6
Interest on Instalment Notes
In the case of Instalment Notes, interest will accrue on the amount outstanding on the
relevant Note from time to time and otherwise as specified in the Applicable Pricing
Supplement.
8.7
Interest on Extendible Notes
If the Redemption Date of Extendible Notes is extended by the Issuer, the Interest Rate in
respect of the Principal Amount Outstanding will be increased by the Step-up Margin, from
and including the Redemption Date to but excluding the Actual Redemption Date.
8.8
Accrual of Interest
Each Note (or in the case of the redemption of part only of a Note, that part only of such
Note) will cease to bear interest (if any) from the date of its redemption unless, upon due
presentation thereof, payment of principal is improperly withheld or refused. In such event,
interest will accrue at the SAFEX Overnight Deposit Rate (to be found on the Reuters Screen
SAFEY page as at 11h00 (Johannesburg time) on the presentation date, or any successor
rate) until whichever is the earlier of:
(a)
the date on which all amounts due in respect of such Note have been paid; and
(b)        the date on which the full amount of the moneys payable has been received by the
Paying Agent and notice to that effect has been given to Noteholders in accordance
with Condition 18.
In the event that the SAFEX Overnight Deposit Rate is not ascertainable from the relevant
screen page at the time contemplated above, the Calculation Agent shall follow the
procedure contemplated in Condition 8.2.4 to ascertain a rate.
8.9
Business Day Convention
If any Interest Payment Date (or other date) which is specified in the Applicable Pricing
Supplement to be subject to adjustment in accordance with a Business Day Convention
would otherwise fall on a calendar day which is not a Business Day, then, if the Business
Day Convention specified is:
(a)
the “ Floating Rate Business Day Convention ”, such Interest Payment Date (or other
date) shall in any case where Interest Periods are specified in accordance with
Condition 8.2.5, be postponed to the next day which is a Business Day unless it would
thereby fall into the next calendar month, in which event: (i) such Interest Payment
BACKGROUND IMAGE
45
Date (or other date) shall be brought forward to the first preceding Business Day; and
(ii) each subsequent Interest Payment Date (or other date) shall be the last Business
Day in the month which falls the number of months or other period specified as the
Interest Period in the Applicable Pricing Supplement after the preceding applicable
Interest Payment Date (or other date) has occurred; or
(b)
the “ Following Business Day Convention ”, such Interest Payment Date (or other
date) shall be postponed to the next calendar day which is a Business Day; or
(c)
the “ Modified Following Business Day Convention ”, such Interest Payment Date (or
other date) shall be postponed to the next calendar day which is a Business Day unless
it would thereby fall into the next calendar month, in which event such Interest
Payment Date (or other such date) shall be brought forward to the first preceding
Business Day; or
(d)
the “ Preceding Business Day Convention ”, such Interest Payment Date (or other
date) shall be brought forward to the first preceding Business Day.
9.
PAYMENTS
9.1
General
Payments of principal and/or interest in respect of Registered Notes and Uncertificated Notes
will be made to the Central Securities Depository and/or the Central Securities Depository
Participant as shown in the Register on the Last Day to Register, and the Issuer will be
discharged of its relevant payment obligations by proper payment to the Central Securities
Depository and/or the Central Securities Depository Participant in respect of each amount so
paid. Each of the persons shown in the records of the Central Securities Depository and the
Central Securities Depository Participant, as the case may be, shall look solely to the Central
Securities Depository or the Central Securities Depository Participant, as the case may be,
for his/her share of each payment so made by the Issuer to the registered holder of such
Registered Notes and Uncertificated Note.
Payments of principal and/or interest in respect of holders of Individual Certificates shall be
made to the registered holder of such Note, as set forth in the Register on the close of
business on the Last Day to Register. In addition to the above, in the case of a final
redemption payment, the holder of the Individual Certificate shall be required, on or before
the Last Day to Register which is immediately prior to the Redemption Date, to surrender
such Individual Certificate at the offices of the Transfer Agent.
9.2
Registered Notes
Only Noteholders of Registered Notes reflected in the Register at 17h00 (Johannesburg time)
on the relevant Last Day to Register shall be entitled to payments of interest and/or principal
in respect of such Notes.
9.3
Unlisted Registered Notes
Only Noteholders of Unlisted Registered Notes reflected in the Register at 17h00
(Johannesburg time) on the relevant Last Day to Register shall be entitled to payments of
interest and/or principal in respect such Notes.
Payments of Instalment Amounts in respect of Unlisted Registered Notes will be made to the
holder of such Note only following presentation and surrender by the holder of the
Certificate endorsing such Unlisted Registered Note.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
46
Payments of the final instalment of principal in respect of Unlisted Registered Notes will be
made to the holder of such Note only following presentation and surrender by the holder of
such Note of the Certificate evidencing such Unlisted Registered Notes.
9.4
Method of Payment
Payments of interest and principal will be made in the Specified Currency by electronic
funds transfer.
If the Issuer is prevented or restricted directly or indirectly from making any payment by
electronic funds transfer in accordance with the preceding paragraph (whether by reason of
strike, lockout, fire, explosion, floods, riot, war, accident, act of God, embargo, legislation,
shortage of or breakdown in facilities, civil commotion, unrest or disturbances, cessation of
labour, Government interference or control or any other cause or contingency beyond the
control of the Issuer), the Issuer shall make such payment by cheque (or by such number of
cheques as may be required in accordance with applicable banking law and practice) to make
payment of any such amounts. Such payments by cheque shall be sent by post to:
(a)
the address of the Noteholder of Registered Notes as set forth in the Register; or
(b)        in the case of joint Noteholders of Registered Notes, the address set forth in the
Register of that one of them who is first named in the Register in respect of that Note;
or
(c)
the address of the Noteholder of Unlisted Registered Notes as set forth in the Register;
or
(d)        in the case of joint Noteholders of Unlisted Registered Notes, the address set forth in
the Register of that one of them who is first named in the Register in respect of that
Note; or
(e)
the address of the Noteholder of Uncertificated Notes as set forth in the Register.
Each such cheque shall be made payable to the relevant Noteholder, or in the case of joint
Noteholders the first one of them named in the Register. Cheques may be posted by ordinary
post, provided that neither the Issuer nor the Paying Agent shall be responsible for any loss
in transmission and the postal authorities shall be deemed to be the agent of the Noteholders
for the purposes of all cheques posted in terms of this Condition 9.4.
In the case of joint Noteholders, payment by electronic funds transfer will be made to the
account of the Noteholder first named in the Register and shall discharge the Issuer of its
relevant payment obligations under the Notes.
Payments will be subject in all cases to any taxation or other laws, directives and regulations
applicable thereto in the place of payment, but without prejudice to the provisions of
Condition 11.
9.5
Surrender of Certificates
No payment in respect of the final redemption of any Registered Notes or Unlisted
Registered Notes shall be made until 10 (ten) calendar days after the date on which the
Certificate in respect of the Registered Notes or Unlisted Registered Notes to be redeemed
has been surrendered to the Paying Agent.
Payments of interest in respect of Unlisted Registered Notes shall be made in accordance
with Condition 9.4 only following presentation of the Certificate to the Paying Agent.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
47
Payments of Instalment Amounts in respect of Instalment Notes which are Unlisted
Registered Notes, shall be made by the Issuer in accordance with Condition 9.4 only
following surrender of the relevant Certificate to the Paying Agent.
No payment in respect of the final redemption of an Unlisted Registered Note shall be made
until the later of:
(a)
the Relevant Date; and
(b)        the date on which the Certificate in respect of the Note to be redeemed has been
surrendered to the Paying Agent.
Upon final redemption as aforesaid, all unmatured interest relating to Unlisted Registered
Notes (whether or not surrendered with the relevant Certificate) shall become void and no
payment shall be made thereafter in respect of them.
Documents required to be presented and/or surrendered to the Paying Agent in accordance
with these Terms and Conditions shall be so presented and/or surrendered at the office of the
Paying Agent specified in the Applicable Pricing Supplement.
9.6
Payment Day
If the date for payment of any amount in respect of any Note is not a Business Day and is not
subject to adjustment in accordance with a Business Day Convention, the holder thereof shall
not be entitled to payment until the next following Business Day in the relevant place for
payment and shall not be entitled to further interest or other payment in respect of such
delay.
9.7
Interpretation of principal and interest
Any reference in these Terms and Conditions to principal in respect of the Notes shall be
deemed to include, as applicable:
(a)
any additional amounts which may be payable with respect to principal under
Condition 11;
(b)
the Final Redemption Amount of the Notes or the Early Redemption Amount of the
Notes, as the case may be;
(c)
the Optional Redemption Amount(s) (if any) of the Notes;
(d)
in relation to Instalment Notes, the Instalment Amounts;
(e)
in relation to Zero Coupon Notes, the Amortised Face Amount (as defined under
Condition 10.5); and
(f)
any premium and any other amounts which may be payable under or in respect of the
Notes, but excluding for the avoidance of doubt, interest.
Any reference in these Terms and Conditions to interest in respect of the Notes shall be
deemed to include, as applicable, any additional amounts which may be payable with respect
to interest under Condition 11.
10.        REDEMPTION AND PURCHASE
10.1
At maturity
Unless previously redeemed or purchased and cancelled as specified below, each Note will
be redeemed in the Specified Currency by the Issuer at its Final Redemption Amount
specified in, or determined in the manner specified in, the Applicable Pricing Supplement on
the Redemption Date.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
48
The Issuer shall be entitled to extend the Redemption Date of all or part of the Principal
Amount Outstanding of Extendible Notes. If such option is exercised by the Issuer in respect
of part of the Principal Amounts Outstanding of such Extendible Notes, then the Issuer shall
redeem such portion of Notes not so extended at the Partial Redemption Amount and subject
to any further extension, the redemption of the balance, being the Principal Amount
Outstanding will be extended to a date specified in the Applicable Pricing Supplement or
otherwise notified to Noteholders. For the avoidance of doubt, the Issuer is not obliged to
treat all Noteholders of Extendible Notes in the same manner.
10.2
Redemption for tax reasons
Notes may be redeemed at the option of the Issuer in whole, but not in part, at any time (in
the case of Notes other than Floating Rate Notes or Indexed Notes or Mixed Rate Notes
having an interest rate then determined on a floating or indexed basis) or on any Interest
Payment Date (in the case of Floating Rate Notes, Indexed Notes or Mixed Rate Notes
having an interest rate then determined on a floating or indexed basis), on giving not less
than 30 (thirty) nor more than 60 (sixty) calendar days’ notice to the Noteholders in
accordance with Condition 18 (which notice shall be irrevocable), if the Issuer is of the
reasonable opinion that:
(a)
on the occasion of the next payment due under the Notes, the Issuer has or will
become obliged to pay additional amounts as provided for or referred to in
Condition 11 as a result of any change in or amendment to, the laws or regulations of
the country of domicile (or residence for tax reasons) of the Issuer or any political
subdivision or any authority thereof or therein having power to tax, or any change in
the application or official interpretation of such laws or regulations, which change or
amendment becomes effective on or after the Issue Date; and
(b)
such obligation cannot be avoided by the Issuer taking reasonable measures available
to it,
provided that no such notice of redemption shall be given earlier than 90 (ninety) calendar
days prior to the earliest date on which the Issuer would be obliged to pay such additional
amounts were a payment in respect of the Notes then due. On the date of publication of any
notice of redemption pursuant to this Condition 10.2, the Issuer shall deliver to the Transfer
Agent and the Paying Agent at their registered offices, for inspection by any holder of Notes
so redeemed, a certificate signed by two authorised signatories of the Issuer stating that the
Issuer is entitled to effect such redemption and setting forth a statement of facts showing that
the conditions precedent to the right of the Issuer so to redeem have occurred, and an opinion
of independent legal advisers of recognised standing to the effect that the Issuer has or will
become obliged to pay such additional amounts as a result of such change or amendment.
Notes redeemed for tax reasons pursuant to this Condition 10.2 will be redeemed at their
Early Redemption Amount referred to in Condition 10.5, together (if appropriate) with
interest accrued to (but excluding) the date of redemption.
10.3
Redemption at the option of the Issuer
If the Issuer is specified in the Applicable Pricing Supplement as having an option to redeem,
the Issuer shall be entitled, having given:
(a)
the required notice set out in the Applicable Pricing Supplement to the Noteholders in
accordance with Condition 18; and
(b)
not less than 7 (seven) calendar days before giving the notice referred to in (a) above,
notice to the Transfer Agent,
BACKGROUND IMAGE
49
(both of which notices shall be irrevocable) to redeem all or some of the Notes then
Outstanding on the Optional Redemption Date(s) and at the Optional Redemption Amount(s)
specified in, or determined in the manner specified in, the Applicable Pricing Supplement
together, if appropriate, with interest accrued to (but excluding) the Optional Redemption
Date(s).
Any such redemption amount must be of a nominal amount equal to or greater than the
Minimum Redemption Amount or equal to or less than a Higher Redemption Amount, both
as indicated in the Applicable Pricing Supplement. In the case of a partial redemption of
Notes, the Notes to be redeemed (“ Redeemable Notes ”) will be selected:
(a)
in the case of Redeemable Notes represented by Individual Certificates individually by
lot;
(b)        in the case of Redeemable Notes represented by a Global Certificate or issued in
uncertificated form in accordance with the Applicable Procedures,
and in each such case not more than 30 (thirty) calendar days prior to the date fixed for
redemption (such date of selection being hereinafter called the “ Selection Date ”).
A list of the serial numbers of the Certificates of Unlisted Registered Notes will be published
in accordance with Condition 18 not less than 15 (fifteen) calendar days prior to the date
fixed for redemption.
No exchange of Beneficial Interests in Notes represented by a Global Certificate or issued in
uncertificated form for Individual Certificates will be permitted during the period from and
including the Selection Date to and including the date fixed for redemption pursuant to this
Condition 10.3 and notice to that effect shall be given by the Issuer to the Noteholders in the
notice to Noteholders contemplated in paragraph (a) above.
Holders of Redeemable Notes shall surrender the Certificates (if any), representing the Notes
in accordance with the provisions of the notice given to them by the Issuer as contemplated
above. Where only a portion of the Notes represented by such Certificates are redeemed, the
Transfer Agent shall deliver new Certificates to such Noteholders in respect of the balance of
the Notes.
10.4
Redemption at the option of Senior Noteholders
If Noteholders of Senior Notes are specified in the Applicable Pricing Supplement as having
an option to redeem any Senior Notes, such Noteholders may redeem the Senior Notes
represented by an Individual Certificate, by delivering to the Issuer and the Transfer Agent in
accordance with Condition 18, a duly executed notice (“ Put Notice ”), at least 15 (fifteen)
calendar days but not more than 30 (thirty) calendar days, prior to the applicable Optional
Redemption Date. The redemption amount specified in such Put Notice in respect of any
such Senior Note must be of a nominal amount equal to or greater than the Minimum
Redemption Amount or equal to or less than the Higher Redemption Amount, each as
indicated in the Applicable Pricing Supplement.
The redemption of the Senior Notes represented by a Global Certificate or issued in
uncertificated form shall take place in accordance with the Applicable Procedures.
Where a Noteholder redeems the Senior Notes represented by an Individual Certificate, such
Noteholder shall deliver the Individual Certificate, to the Transfer Agent for cancellation by
attaching it to a Put Notice. A holder of an Individual Certificate shall specify its payment
details in the Put Notice for the purposes of payment of the Optional Redemption Amount.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
50
The Issuer shall proceed to redeem such Senior Notes (in whole but not in part) in
accordance with the terms of the Applicable Pricing Supplement, at the Optional
Redemption Amount and on the Optional Redemption Date, together, if appropriate, with
interest accrued to (but excluding) the Optional Redemption Date(s).
The delivery of Put Notices shall be required to take place during normal office hours of the
Transfer Agent. Put Notices shall be available from the registered office of the Issuer.
The Issuer shall have no obligation to remedy any defects in any Put Notice or bring any
such defects to the attention of any Noteholder and shall not be liable whatsoever for any
claims or losses arising in connection with a defective or invalid Put Notice.
10.5
Early Redemption Amounts
For the purpose of Condition 10.2 and Condition 13 (and otherwise as stated herein), the
Notes will be redeemed at the Early Redemption Amount calculated as follows:
(a)
in the case of Notes with a Final Redemption Amount equal to the Principal Amount,
at the Final Redemption Amount thereof; or
(b)
in the case of Notes (other than Zero Coupon Notes) with a Final Redemption Amount
which is or may be less or greater than the Issue Price, to be determined in the manner
specified in the Applicable Pricing Supplement, at that Final Redemption Amount or,
if no such amount or manner is so specified in the Pricing Supplement, at their
Principal Amount; or
(c)
in the case of Zero Coupon Notes, at an amount (the “ Amortised Face Amount ”)
equal to the sum of: (i) the Reference Price; and (ii) the product of the Implied Yield
(compounded semi-annually) being applied to the Reference Price from (and
including) the Issue Date to (but excluding) the date fixed for redemption or, as the
case may be, the date upon which such Note becomes due and payable, or such other
amount as is provided in the Applicable Pricing Supplement.
Where such calculation is to be made for a period which is not a whole number of years, it
shall be calculated on the basis of actual calendar days elapsed divided by 365, or such other
calculation basis as may be specified in the Applicable Pricing Supplement.
10.6
Instalment Notes
Instalment Notes will be redeemed at the Instalment Amounts and on the Instalment Dates.
In the case of early redemption, the Early Redemption Amount will be determined pursuant
to Condition 10.5.
10.7
Partly Paid Notes
If the Notes are Partly Paid Notes, they will be redeemed, whether at maturity, early
redemption or otherwise, in accordance with the provisions of this Condition 10 and the
Applicable Pricing Supplement.
10.8
Exchangeable Notes
If the Notes are Exchangeable Notes, they will be redeemed, whether at maturity, early
redemption or otherwise in the manner indicated in the Applicable Pricing Supplement.
Exchangeable Notes in respect of which Mandatory Exchange is indicated in the Applicable
Pricing Supplement as applying, or upon the exercise by the Noteholder of the Noteholders'
Exchange Right (if applicable), will be redeemed by the Issuer delivering to each Noteholder
so many of the Exchange Securities as are required in accordance with the Exchange Price.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
51
The delivery by the Issuer of the Exchange Securities in the manner set out in the Applicable
Pricing Supplement shall constitute the in specie redemption in full of such Notes.
10.9
Purchases
The Issuer may at any time purchase Notes at any price in the open market or otherwise. In
the event of the Issuer purchasing Notes, such Notes may (subject to restrictions of any
applicable law) be held, resold or, at the option of the Issuer, cancelled.
10.10
Cancellation
All Notes which are redeemed will forthwith be cancelled. Where only a portion of Notes
represented by a Certificate are cancelled, the Transfer Agent shall deliver a Certificate to
such Noteholder in respect of the balance of the Notes.
10.11
Late payment on Zero Coupon Notes
If the amount payable in respect of any Zero Coupon Note upon redemption of such Zero
Coupon Note, pursuant to Condition 10 or upon its becoming due and repayable as provided
in Condition 13, is improperly withheld or refused, the amount due and repayable in respect
of such Zero Coupon Note shall be the amount calculated as provided in paragraph (c) under
Condition 10.5, as though the references therein to the date fixed for the redemption or the
date upon which such Zero Coupon Note becomes due and payable were replaced by
references to the date which is the earlier of: (i) the date on which all amounts due in respect
of such Zero Coupon Note have been paid; and (ii) where relevant, 5 (five) calendar days
after the date on which the full amount of the moneys payable has been received by the
Central Securities Depository, and notice to that effect has been given to the Noteholders in
accordance with Condition 18.
11.       TAXATION
As at the date of this Programme Memorandum, all payments of principal and/or interest in respect
of the Notes will be made without withholding or deduction for or on account of any present or
future taxes, duties, assessments or governmental charges (“ taxes ”) of whatever nature imposed or
levied by or in or on behalf of the country of domicile (or residence for tax purposes) of the Issuer
or any political subdivision or any authority thereof or therein having power to tax, unless such
withholding or deduction is required by law. The payment of any taxes by the Issuer as an agent or
representative tax payer for a Noteholder shall not constitute a withholding or deduction for the
purposes of this Condition 11. In the event of any such withholding or deduction in respect of
taxes being levied or imposed on interest or principal payments on Debt Instruments (as defined
below), the Issuer shall pay such additional amounts as shall be necessary in order that the net
amounts received by the Noteholders after such withholding or deduction shall equal the respective
amounts of principal and interest which would otherwise have been receivable in respect of the
Notes, as the case may be, in the absence of such withholding or deduction except that no such
additional amounts shall be payable with respect to any Note:
(a)
held by or on behalf of a Noteholder, who is liable for such taxes in respect of such Note by
reason of it having some connection with the country of domicile (or residence for tax
purposes) of the Issuer other than the mere holding of such Note or the receipt of principal or
interest in respect thereof; or
(b)
held by or on behalf of a Noteholder which would not be liable or subject to the withholding
or deduction by complying with any statutory requirement or by making a declaration of
non-residence or other similar claim for exemption to the relevant tax authority (the effect of
which is not to require the disclosure of the identity of the relevant Noteholder); or
BACKGROUND IMAGE
52
(c)
where such withholding or deduction is in respect of taxes levied or imposed on interest or
principal payments only by virtue of the inclusion of such payments in the Taxable Income
or Taxable Gains (each as defined below) of any Noteholder; or
(d)
where (in the case of any payment of principal or interest which is conditional on surrender
of the relevant Certificate in accordance with these Terms and Conditions) the relevant
Certificate is surrendered for payment more than 30 (thirty) calendar days after the Relevant
Date except to the extent that the relevant Noteholder would have been entitled to an
additional amount on presenting the Certificate for payment on such thirtieth calendar day;
or
(e)
if such withholding or deduction arises through the exercise by revenue authorities of special
powers in respect of tax defaulters; or
(f)
where the Noteholder is entitled to claim a tax reduction, credit or similar benefit in respect
to such withholding or deduction in terms of the Noteholder's domestic tax laws or
applicable double tax treaty.
For the purposes of this Condition 11:
(i)
Debt Instrument ” means any “instrument” as defined in section 24J(1) of the Income Tax
Act;
(ii)        Taxable Income ” means any “taxable income” as defined in section 1 of the Income Tax
Act;
(iii)       Taxable Gain ” means any “taxable capital gain” as defined in paragraph 1 of Schedule 8 to
the Income Tax Act; and
(iv)       Income Tax Act ” means the Income Tax Act, 1962, as amended.
12.       PRESCRIPTION
The Notes will become void unless presented for payment of principal and interest within a period
of three years after the Relevant Date therefor, save that any Certificate constituting a “ bill of
exchange or other negotiable instrument
” in accordance with section 11 of the Prescription Act,
1969 will become void unless presented for payment of principal and interest within a period of six
years from the Relevant Date.
13.       EVENTS OF DEFAULT
a)
Events of Default relating to Senior Notes
13.1
An Event of Default shall occur if:
13.1.1
the Issuer fails to pay any principal or interest under the Notes on its due date for
payment and such failure continues for a period of 5 (five) Business Days after the due
date for such payment; or
13.1.2
the Issuer fails to perform or observe any of its other obligations under any of the
Terms and Conditions and such failure continues for a period of 30 (thirty) calendar
days after receipt by the Issuer of a notice from the Noteholders requiring same to be
remedied; or
13.1.3
the Issuer fails to remedy a breach of Condition 9 and such failure continues for a
period of 30 (thirty) calendar days after receipt by the Issuer of written notice from the
holders of Senior Notes requiring same to be remedied; or
BACKGROUND IMAGE
53
13.1.4
the Issuer, the Guarantor or a Principal Subsidiary, as the case may be, defaults in the
payment of the principal or interest, or any obligations in respect of Material
Indebtedness of, or assumed or guaranteed by, the Issuer, the Guarantor or a Principal
Subsidiary, as the case may be, when and as the same shall become due and payable
and where notice has been given to the Issuer, the Guarantor or a Principal Subsidiary,
as the case may be, of the default and, if such default shall have continued for more
than the notice period (if any) applicable thereto and the time for payment of such
interest or principal or other obligation has not been effectively extended or if any
such obligation in respect of Material Indebtedness of, or assumed or guaranteed by,
the Issuer, the Guarantor or a Principal Subsidiary, as the case may be, shall have
become repayable before the due date thereof as a result of acceleration of maturity by
reason of the occurrence of an event of default thereunder; or
13.1.5
any action, condition or thing, including the obtaining of any consent, licence approval
or authorisation now or in future necessary to enable the Issuer to comply with its
respective obligations under the Notes is not taken, fulfilled or done, or any such
consent, licence, approval or authorisation shall be revoked, modified, withdrawn or
withheld or shall cease to be in full force and effect resulting in the Issuer being
unable to perform any of its payment or other obligations under the Notes; or
13.1.6
the Issuer, the Guarantor or a Principal Subsidiary, as the case may be, becomes
subject to any liquidation or judicial management order, whether provisional or final,
or any process similar thereto or is dissolved or wound up, or any business rescue
proceedings are initiated or is placed under business rescue, or if any trustee,
liquidator, curator, judicial manager or any similar officer is appointed in respect of
the Issuer, the Guarantor or a Principal Subsidiary, as the case may be; or
13.1.7
an attachment, execution or other legal process is levied, enforced, issued or sued out
on or against any Material Assets of the Issuer, the Guarantor or a Principal
Subsidiary, as the case may be, and is not discharged or stayed within 30 (thirty)
calendar days; or
13.1.8
the Issuer, the Guarantor or a Principal Subsidiary, as the case may be, ceases or
threatens to cease to carry on the whole or a material part of its business, save –
13.1.8.1
for the purposes of merger, amalgamation or reorganisation on terms approved
by an Extraordinary Resolution of the Noteholders, or
13.1.8.2
as may be required by or in accordance with any legislation or governmental
directive;
13.1.9
the Issuer, the Guarantor or a Principal Subsidiary, as the case may be, initiates or
consents to judicial proceedings relating to itself under any applicable compromise
with creditors, liquidation, winding-up or insolvency or other similar laws or
compromises or attempts to compromise with its creditors generally (or any significant
class of creditors) or any meeting of creditors is convened by the Issuer, the Guarantor
or any Principal Subsidiary, as the case may be, to consider a proposal for an
arrangement or compromise with its creditors generally (or any significant class of its
creditors); or
13.1.10
the Issuer or the Guarantor is unable to pay its debts, suspends or threatens to suspend
payment of all or a material part of its Indebtedness, commences negotiations or takes
BACKGROUND IMAGE
54
any other step with a view to the deferral, rescheduling or other re-adjustment of all or
a material part of its Indebtedness, proposes or makes a general assignment or an
arrangement with or for the benefit of its creditors or a moratorium is agreed or
declared in respect of or affecting all or a material part of the Indebtedness of the
Issuer or the Guarantor, as the case may be; or
13.1.11
proceedings are initiated against the Issuer, the Guarantor or a Principal Subsidiary, as
the case may be, or any step is taken by any person with a view to the seizure,
compulsory acquisition or expropriation of Material Assets of the Issuer, the
Guarantor or a Principal Subsidiary, as the case may be; or
13.1.12
the Issuer, the Guarantor or a Principal Subsidiary, as the case may be, transfers, sells
or otherwise disposes of the whole or a substantial part of its assets, undertakings or
revenues (other than a transfer, sale or disposal of the assets and/or undertaking of,
and/or the Issuer's shares in, Blyvooruitzicht Gold Mining Company Limited), save as
otherwise approved by an Extraordinary Resolution of the Noteholders; or
13.1.13
any mortgage, pledge, lien or other Encumbrance, present or future, created or
assumed by the Issuer, the Guarantor or a Principal Subsidiary, as the case may be, in
respect of any Material Indebtedness of the Issuer, the Guarantor or such Principal
Subsidiary, as the case may be, is enforced by the holder thereof;
13.2
If the Issuer becomes aware of the occurrence of any Event of Default, the Issuer shall
forthwith notify all Noteholders, the Guarantor and the JSE in writing and if the Notes are
listed on the Interest Rate Market of the JSE, to the Noteholders through the Securities
Exchange News Service (SENS).
13.3
Upon the happening of an Event of Default, any Noteholder may, by written notice to the
Guarantor at its registered office, effective upon the date of receipt thereof by the Guarantor,
declare the Notes held by such Noteholder to be forthwith due and payable. Upon receipt of
that notice, such Notes, together with accrued interest (if any) to the date of payment, shall
become forthwith due and payable at the Early Redemption Amount (as described in
Condition 9.5).
(b)
Events of Default relating to Subordinated Notes
An Event of Default shall occur in respect of Subordinated Notes if any one or more of the
events contemplated in 13.1.1, 13.1.2, 13.1.5, 13.1.6, 13.1.7, 13.1.8, 13.1.9, 13.1.10, 13.1.11,
13.1.12and 13.1.13 above shall have occurred and be continuing, in which event the
provisions of Conditions 13.2 and 13.3 shall apply mutatis mutandis .
BACKGROUND IMAGE
55
14.        DELIVERY, EXCHANGE AND REPLACEMENT OF CERTIFICATES
14.1
Upon the issue of Registered Notes, Unlisted Registered Notes or Uncertificated Notes, or
upon notice from a Central Securities Depository Participant pursuant to Condition 14.3
requesting the exchange or partial exchange of a Beneficial Interest in Notes represented by a
Global Certificate(s) or an Uncertificated Note for an Individual Certificate(s), the Transfer
Agent shall deliver the relevant Individual Certificate(s).
14.2
Notes of each Tranche listed on the JSE will be issued in the form of Uncertificated Notes or
in the form of the Global Certificate and will be lodged and immobilised in the Central
Securities Depository and registered in the name, and for the account, of the Central
Securities Depository's Nominee.
14.3
Any person holding a Beneficial Interest in the Notes may, in terms of the Applicable
Procedures and through its nominated Central Securities Depository Participant, direct a
written request to the Transfer Agent for an Individual Certificate representing the number of
Notes to be delivered by the Issuer in exchange for such Beneficial Interest. The aggregate of
the Principal Amount of the Notes represented by such Individual Certificate shall be
equivalent to the amount of such Beneficial Interest. The Transfer Agent shall deliver such
Individual Certificate upon such written request no later than 14 (fourteen) calendar days
after receiving the written request of the holder of such Beneficial Interest in accordance
with the Applicable Procedures, provided that, joint holders of a Beneficial Interest shall be
entitled to receive only one Individual Certificate in respect of that joint holding and delivery
to one of those joint holders shall be delivery to all of them.
14.4
Upon the receipt of a written request for delivery of an Individual Certificate, in terms of
Condition 14.3 in respect of Notes represented by a Global Certificate, the Global Certificate
shall, in terms of the Applicable Procedures, be presented to the Transfer Agent for splitting
and a new Global Certificate for the balance of the Notes (if any) still held by the Central
Securities Depository's Nominee shall be delivered to the Central Securities Depository. The
original Global Certificate shall be cancelled and retained by the Transfer Agent.
14.5
Certificates shall be provided (whether by way of issue, delivery or exchange) by the Issuer
without charge, save as otherwise provided in these Terms and Conditions. Separate costs
and expenses relating to the provision of Certificates and/or the transfer of Notes may be
levied by other persons, such as a Central Securities Depository Participant, under the
Applicable Procedures and such costs and expenses shall not be borne by the Issuer. The
costs and expenses of delivery of Certificates otherwise than by ordinary post (if any) and, if
the Issuer shall so require, taxes or governmental charges or insurance charges that may be
imposed in relation to such mode of delivery shall be borne by the Noteholder.
14.6
Any person becoming entitled to Registered Notes, Unlisted Registered Notes or
Uncertificated Notes in consequence of the death, sequestration or liquidation of the holder
of such Notes may upon producing such evidence that he holds the position in respect of
which he proposes to act under this Condition 14 or of his title as the Issuer and the Transfer
Agent shall require, be registered himself as the holder of such Notes or, subject to the
requirements of the Applicable Procedures and of this Condition 14, may transfer such
Notes. The Issuer and the Paying Agent shall be entitled to retain any amount payable upon
the Notes to which any person is so entitled until such person shall be registered as aforesaid
or shall duly transfer the Notes.
14.7
If any Certificate is mutilated, defaced, stolen, destroyed or lost it may be replaced at the
registered office of the Issuer or the office of the Transfer Agent specified in the Applicable
Pricing Supplement, on payment by the claimant of such costs and expenses as may be
BACKGROUND IMAGE
56
incurred in connection therewith and the provision of such indemnity as the Issuer may
reasonably require. Mutilated or defaced Certificates must be surrendered before
replacements will be issued.
15.        TRANSFER OF NOTES
15.1
Registered Notes
Beneficial Interests in Registered Notes evidenced by a Global Certificate may be transferred
in terms of the Applicable Procedures in the Central Securities Depository. In order for any
transfer of Registered Notes to be effected through the Register and for the transfer to be
recognised by the Issuer, each transfer of a Registered Note:
(a)
must be embodied in a Transfer Form;
(b)        must be signed by the relevant Noteholder and the transferee, or any authorised
representatives of that registered Noteholder and/or transferee;
(c)
shall only be in the Specified Denomination or a multiple thereof and consequently the
Issuer will not recognise any fraction of the Specified Denomination; and
(d)        must be made by way of the delivery of the Transfer Form to the Transfer Agent
together with the Certificate in question for cancellation or, if only part of the Notes
represented by a Certificate is transferred, a new Certificate for the balance will be
delivered to the transferor and the cancelled Certificate will be retained by the
Transfer Agent.
The transferor of any Registered Notes represented by a Certificate shall be deemed to
remain the registered holder thereof until the transferee is registered in the Register as the
holder thereof.
Before any transfer is registered all relevant transfer taxes (if any) must have been paid and
such evidence must be furnished as the Issuer may reasonably require as to the identity and
title of the transferor and the transferee.
The Transfer Agent will, within 3 (three) Business Days of receipt by it of a valid Transfer
Form (or such longer period as may be required to comply with any applicable taxation or
other laws, regulations or Applicable Procedures), authenticate and deliver to the transferee
(at the risk of the transferee) a new Certificate in respect of Notes transferred.
No transfer will be registered while the Register is closed.
In the event of a partial redemption of Notes under Condition 10.3 or 10.4 the Issuer and the
Transfer Agent shall not be required:
(a)
to register the transfer of any Notes during the period beginning on the tenth calendar
day before the date of the partial redemption and ending on the date of the partial
redemption (both inclusive); or
(b)
to register the transfer of any Note, or part of a Note, called for partial redemption.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
57
15.2
Unlisted Registered Notes
In order for any transfer of Unlisted Registered Notes to be effected through the Register and
for the transfer to be recognised by the Issuer, each transfer of an Unlisted Registered Note:
(a)
must be embodied in a Transfer Form;
(b)       must be singed by the relevant Noteholder and the transferee, or any authorised
representatives of that Noteholder and/or transferee;
(c)
shall only be in the Specified Denomination or a multiple thereof and consequently the
Issuer will not recognise any fraction of the Specified Denomination; and
(d)       must be made by way of the delivery of the Transfer Form to the Transfer Agent
together with the Certificate in question for cancellation or, if only part of the Notes
represented by a Certificate is transferred, a new Certificate for the balance will be
delivered to the Transferor and the cancelled Certificate will be retained by the
Transfer Agent.
The transferor of any Unlisted Registered Notes represented by a Certificate shall be deemed
to remain the registered holder thereof until the transferee is registered in the Register as the
holder thereof.
Before any transfer is registered all relevant transfer taxes (if any) must have been paid and
such evidence must be furnished as the Issuer may reasonably require as to the identity and
title of the transferor and the transferee.
The Transfer Agent will, within 3 (three) Business Days of receipt by it of a valid Transfer
Form (or such longer period as may be required to comply with any applicable taxation or
other laws, regulations or Applicable Procedures), authenticate and deliver to the transferee
(at the risk of the transferee) a new Certificate in respect of the Notes transferred.
No transfer will be registered while the Register is closed.
In the event of a partial redemption of Notes under Conditions 10.3 or 10.4 the Issuer and the
Transfer Agent shall not be required:
(a)
to register the transfer of any Notes during the period beginning on the tenth calendar
day before the date of the partial redemption and ending on the date of the partial
redemption (both inclusive); or
(b)
to register the transfer of any Note, or part of a Note, called for partial redemption.
15.3
Uncertificated Notes
Beneficial Interest in Uncertificated Notes held with the Central Securities Depository may
be transferred only in terms of the Applicable Procedures.
Transfers of Beneficial Interests to and from clients of Central Securities Depository
Participants occur by way of electronic book entry in the securities account maintained by
the Central Securities Depository Participants for their clients, in accordance with the
Applicable Procedures.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
58
Transfers of Beneficial Interests among Central Securities Depository Participants occurs
through electronic book entry in the central securities accounts maintained by the Central
Securities Depository for the Central Securities Depository Participants, in accordance with
the Applicable Procedures.
Transfers of Beneficial Interests in Notes represented by Uncertificated Notes will not be
recorded in the Register and the Central Securities Depository's Nominee will continue to be
reflected in the Register as the Noteholder of such Notes notwithstanding such transfers.
In the event of a partial redemption of Notes under Conditions 10.3 or 10.4 the Issuer and the
Transfer Agent shall not be required:
(a)
to register the transfer of any Notes during the period beginning on the tenth calendar
day before the date of the partial redemption and ending on the date of the partial
redemption (both inclusive); or
(b)
to register the transfer of any Note, or part of a Note, called for partial redemption.
16.        REGISTER
16.1
The Register shall be kept at the registered office of the Transfer Agent or unless the Issuer
elects to appoint, in relation to a particular Tranche or Series of Notes, another entity as
Transfer Agent in which event that other entity shall act as Transfer Agent in respect of that
Tranche or Series of Notes, then at the office of that Transfer Agent specified in the
Applicable Pricing Supplement. The Register shall reflect the number of Notes issued and
Outstanding and whether they are Registered Notes or Unlisted Registered Notes or
Uncertificated Notes. The Register shall contain the name, address, and bank account details
of the Noteholders. The Register shall set out the Principal Amount of the Notes issued to
such Noteholder and shall show the date of such issue. The Register shall show the serial
number of Certificates issued in respect of Notes (if any). The Register shall be open for
inspection during the normal business hours of the Issuer to any Noteholder or any person
authorised in writing by any Noteholder. The Transfer Agent shall not be obliged to record
any transfer while the Register is closed. The Transfer Agent shall not be bound to enter any
trust into the Register or to take notice of any or to accede to any trust executed, whether
express or implied, to which any Note may be subject. The Register shall be closed during the
Books Closed Period.
16.2
The Transfer Agent shall alter the Register in respect of any change of name, address or bank
account number of any of the Noteholders of any Registered Notes or Unlisted Registered
Notes or Uncertificated Notes of which it is notified in accordance with these Terms and
Conditions.
17.       TRANSFER AGENT, CALCULATION AGENT AND PAYING AGENT
The Issuer is entitled to vary or terminate the appointment of the Transfer Agent, the Calculation
Agent and/or the Paying Agent and/or appoint additional or other agents and/or approve any
change in the specified office through which any agent acts, provided that there will at all times be
a Transfer Agent, Calculation Agent and Paying Agent with an office in such place as may be
required by the Applicable Procedures. The Transfer Agent, Paying Agent and Calculation Agent
act solely as the agents of the Issuer and do not assume any obligation towards or relationship of
agency or trust for or with any Noteholders.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
59
18.         NOTICES
18.1
All notices to Noteholders shall be in writing and shall be -
18.1.1
sent by registered mail or delivered by hand to their addresses appearing in the
Register;
18.1.2
published in an English language daily newspaper of general circulation in South
Africa; and
18.1.3
for so long as the Notes are listed on the JSE or such other financial exchange upon
which the Notes are listed, a daily newspaper of general circulation in the city in
which the JSE or such other financial exchange is situated, and any such notices shall
be deemed to have been given on the date of first publication.
18.2
A notice given to Noteholders in terms of Condition 18.1.1 shall be deemed to have been
received by a Noteholder on the seventh calendar day after the calendar day on which it is
mailed, and on the calendar day of delivery, if delivered.
18.3
All notices in respect of Notes shall be by way of the delivery of the relevant notice to the
Central Securities Depository and the JSE or such other exchange on which the Notes are
listed. The Central Securities Depository shall communicate such notices to the holders of
Beneficial Interests in Notes represented by the Global Certificate or by Uncertificated
Notes.
18.4
A notice to be given by any Noteholder to the Issuer shall be in writing and given by lodging
(either by hand delivery or posting by registered mail) that notice, together with a certified
copy of the relevant Certificate, at the office of the Transfer Agent specified in the
Applicable Pricing Supplement. For so long as any of the Notes are represented by a Global
Certificate and in respect of Uncertificated Notes, notice may be given by any holder of a
Beneficial Interest in those Notes to the Issuer via the relevant Central Securities Depository
Participant in accordance with the Applicable Procedures, in such manner as the Issuer and
the relevant Central Securities Depository Participant may approve for this purpose. Such
notices shall be deemed to have been received by the Issuer, if delivered by hand, on the 2
nd
(second) Business Day after being hand delivered, or, if sent by registered mail, 7 (seven)
calendar days after posting.
19.           MEETINGS OF NOTEHOLDERS
19.1
A Noteholder, may by an instrument in writing (a “ form of proxy ”) signed by the
Noteholder or, in the case of a corporation, executed under its common seal or signed on its
behalf by an attorney or a duly authorised officer of the corporation, appoint any person (a
proxy ” or “ proxies ”) to act on his or its behalf in connection with any meeting or proposed
meeting of a Class of Noteholders.
19.2
Any proxy appointed pursuant to Condition 19.1 or a Representative shall, so long as the
appointment remains in force, be deemed for all purposes in connection with any meeting or
proposed meeting of that Class of Noteholders specified in the appointment, to be the holder
of the Notes to which the appointment relates and the actual beneficial holder of the Notes
shall be deemed for such purposes not to be the Noteholder.
19.3
The proxies and Representatives need not be Noteholders.
19.4
Each form of proxy (or certified copy thereof) shall be deposited at such place as the
Transfer Agent shall approve not less than 24 hours before the time appointed for holding the
meeting or adjourned meeting at which the proxies named in the form of proxy propose to
vote and the form of proxy shall not be treated as valid unless the Chairman of the meeting
BACKGROUND IMAGE
60
decides otherwise before such meeting or adjourned meeting proceeds to business. The
Transfer Agent shall not thereby be obliged to investigate or be concerned with the validity
of or the authority of the proxies named in any such form of proxy.
19.5
Any vote given in accordance with the terms of a proxy shall be valid notwithstanding the
previous revocation or amendment of the form of proxy or of any of the Noteholders'
instructions pursuant to which it was executed provided that no intimation in writing of such
revocation or amendment shall have been received by the Transfer Agent or the Issuer at its
specified office (or such other place as may have been approved by the Transfer Agent for
the purpose) by the time being 24 hours before the time appointed for holding the meeting or
adjourned meeting at which the form of proxy is to be used.
19.6
The Issuer may at any time and, upon a requisition in writing of any Class of Noteholders
holding not less than 20% in Principal Amount of the Notes for the time being Outstanding
in that Class of Noteholders, convene a meeting of the Noteholders and if the Issuer defaults
for a period of 7 (seven) Business Days in convening such a meeting the same may be
convened by the requisionists. Whenever the Issuer or any Class of Noteholders, as the case
may be, is/are about to convene any such meeting it/they shall forthwith give notice in
writing to the Transfer Agent, the Arranger and the Dealer of the calendar day, time and
place thereof and of the nature of the business to be transacted thereat. Every such meeting
shall be held at such time and place as the Transfer Agent may approve.
19.7
At least 21 (twenty one) Business Days' notice (exclusive of the calendar day on which the
notice is given and the calendar day on which the meeting is held) specifying the place,
calendar day and hour of meeting shall be given to the Class of Noteholders (and the Issuer,
if the meeting is convened by any Class of Noteholders) prior to any meeting of the
Noteholders of that Class in the manner provided by Condition 17. Such notice shall state
generally the Class of Noteholders which are to meet, the nature of the business to be
transacted at the meeting, the date, place and time of the meeting and the terms of any
resolution to be proposed. Such notice shall include a statement to the effect that proxy
forms may be deposited with the Transfer Agent for the purpose of appointing proxies not
less than 24 hours before the time fixed for the meeting.
19.8
A person (who may need not be a Noteholder) nominated in writing by the Issuer shall be
entitled to take the chair at every such meeting but if no such nomination is made, or if at any
meeting the person nominated is not present within thirty minutes after the time appointed
for holding the meeting, the Noteholders of the relevant Class present shall choose a
Noteholder of that Class to be Chairman.
19.9
At any such meeting one or more Noteholders in that Class present or represented by proxies
or Representatives and holding or representing in the aggregate not less than one third in
Principal Amount of the Notes for the time being Outstanding shall (except for the purpose
of passing an Extraordinary Resolution) form a quorum for the transaction of business and
no business (other than the choosing of a Chairman) shall be transacted at any meeting
unless the requisite quorum be present at the commencement of business. The quorum at
any such meeting for passing an Extraordinary Resolution shall (subject as provided below)
be one or more Noteholders of that Class present or represented by proxies or
Representatives and holding or representing in the aggregate a clear majority in Principal
Amount of the Notes held by the applicable Class for the time being Outstanding. At any
meeting the business of which includes any of the following matters, shall only be capable of
being effected after having been approved by Extraordinary Resolution namely -
19.9.1
modification of the Redemption Date of any Notes or reduction or cancellation of the
Principal Amount payable upon maturity or earlier redemption or repayment or
BACKGROUND IMAGE
61
variation of the method of calculating the amount payable upon maturity or earlier
redemption or repayment; or
19.9.2
reduction or cancellation of the amount payable or modification of the payment date in
respect of any interest in respect of the Notes or variation of the method of calculating
the Interest Rate in respect of the Notes; or
19.9.3
reduction or increase of any Minimum Interest Rate and/or Maximum Interest Rate
specified in the Applicable Pricing Supplement of any Note; or
19.9.4
modification of the currency in which payments under the Notes are to be made; or
19.9.5
modification of the majority required to pass an Extraordinary Resolution; or
19.9.6
the sanctioning of any such scheme or proposal as is described in paragraph 19.21.7
below; or
19.9.7
alteration of this proviso or the proviso to paragraph 19.10 below;
at any meeting whose business includes any of such matters, the quorum shall be one or
more Noteholders of that Class present or represented by proxies or Representatives and
holding or representing in the aggregate not less than two thirds in Principal Amount of the
Notes of that Class for the time being Outstanding. An Extraordinary Resolution passed at
any meeting of the holders of Notes of that Class will be binding on all holders of Notes,
whether or not they are present at the meeting. No amendment to or modification of the
Conditions may be effected without the written agreement of the Issuer.
19.10
If within thirty minutes after the time appointed for any such meeting a quorum is not present
the meeting shall, if convened upon the requisition of Noteholders, be dissolved. In any
other case it shall stand adjourned to such date and time being not less than 14 (fourteen)
Business Days nor more than 21 (twenty one) Business Days thereafter, and at the same time
and place, except in the case of a meeting at which an Extraordinary Resolution is to be
proposed in which case it shall stand adjourned for such period not being less than
14 (fourteen) Business Days, and at such place as may be appointed by the Chairman and
approved by the Transfer Agent. At such adjourned meeting one or more Noteholders of the
applicable Class present or represented by proxies or Representatives (whatever the Principal
Amount of the Notes so held or represented by them) shall (subject as provided below) form
a quorum and shall (subject as provided below) have power to pass any Extraordinary
Resolution or other resolution and to decide upon all matters which could properly have been
dealt with at the original meeting had the requisite quorum been present, provided that at any
adjourned meeting the business of which includes any of the matters specified in the proviso
to paragraph 19.9 above, the quorum shall be one or more Noteholders in that Class present
or represented by proxy or Representatives and holding or representing in the aggregate not
less than one third in Principal Amount of the Notes for the time being Outstanding.
19.11
Notice of any adjourned meeting at which an Extraordinary Resolution is to be submitted
shall be given in the same manner as notice of an original meeting but as if 14 (fourteen)
were substituted for 21 (twenty one) in paragraph 19.7 above and such notice shall (except in
cases where the proviso to paragraph 19.10 above shall apply when it shall state the relevant
quorum) state that one or more Noteholders in that Class present or represented by proxies or
Representatives at the adjourned meeting whatever the Principal Amount of the Notes held
or represented by them will form a quorum.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
62
19.12
Except where otherwise provided, every resolution proposed to be passed at a meeting shall
be decided in the first instance by a show of hands and in case of equality of votes the
Chairman shall both on a show of hands and on a poll as contemplated in 19.14 below have a
casting vote in addition to the vote or votes (if any) to which he may be entitled as a
Noteholder or as a proxy or as a Representative.
19.13
At any meeting, unless a poll is (before or on the declaration of the result of the show of
hands) demanded by the Chairman, the Issuer or by one or more Noteholders present or
represented by proxies or Representatives (whatever the Principal Amount of the Notes so
held by them), a declaration by the Chairman that a resolution has been carried or carried by
a particular majority or not carried by a particular majority shall be conclusive evidence of
the fact without proof of the number or proportion of the votes recorded in favour of or
against such resolution.
19.14
Subject to paragraph 19.16 below, if at any such meeting a poll is so demanded it shall be
taken in such manner and subject as hereinafter provided either at once or after an
adjournment as the Chairman directs and the result of such poll shall be deemed to be the
resolution of the meeting at which the poll was demanded as at the date of the taking of the
poll. The demand for a poll shall not prevent the continuance of the meeting for the
transaction of any business other than the motion on which the poll has been demanded.
19.15
The Chairman may with the consent of (and shall if directed by) any such meeting adjourn
the same from time to time and from place to place but no business shall be transacted at any
adjourned meeting except business which might lawfully (but for the lack of required
quorum) have been transacted at the meeting from which the adjournment took place.
19.16
Any poll demanded at any such meeting on the election of a Chairman or on any question of
adjournment shall be taken at the meeting without adjournment.
19.17
Any officer or director of the Issuer, and/or its nominated Representative and/or its lawyers
and the Transfer Agent may attend and speak at any meeting. Save as aforesaid, but without
prejudice to the proviso to the definition of “ Outstanding ”, no person shall be entitled to
attend and speak nor shall any person be entitled to vote at any meeting of the Noteholders or
join with others in requisitioning the convening of such a meeting unless he/she either
produces proof acceptable to the Issuer that he/she is the Noteholder or is a proxy or a
Representative. The Issuer shall not be entitled to vote at any meeting in respect of Notes
held by it for the benefit of any person and no other person shall be entitled to vote at any
meeting in respect of Notes held by it for the benefit of any other person unless duly
authorised as contemplated herein. Nothing herein contained shall prevent any of the proxies
named in any form of proxy or any representative from being a director, an officer or
Representative of or otherwise connected with the Issuer.
19.18
Save as provided in paragraph 19.12 hereof at any meeting, on a show of hands or pursuant
to a poll, every Noteholder who is present in person and produces proof acceptable to the
Issuer that he/she is the Noteholder or is a proxy or a Representative shall have one vote per
ZAR1 000 000's worth of Outstanding Notes (or the nearest rounded off multiple thereof)
which he/she holds or which the person which he/she represents or for whom he/she acts as
proxy, holds.
19.19
Notwithstanding any other provision contained in this Condition 19, the holder of a Global
Certificate shall vote on behalf of holders of Beneficial Interests of Notes represented by that
Global Certificate on any resolution proposed to be passed at a meeting, in accordance with
the Applicable Procedures.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
63
19.20
Without prejudice to the obligations of the proxies or Representatives any person entitled to
more than one vote need not use all his votes or cast all the votes to which he is entitled in
the same way.
19.21
A meeting of a Class of Noteholders shall in addition to the powers hereinbefore given have
the following powers exercisable by Extraordinary Resolution only (subject to the provisions
relating to quorum contained in Conditions 19.9 and 19.10 above and subject to the provisos
of any applicable statute), namely -
19.21.1
power to sanction any compromise or arrangement proposed to be made between the
Issuer and the Class of Noteholders or any of them;
19.21.2
power to approve the substitution of any entity for the Issuer which shall be proposed
by the Issuer;
19.21.3
power to sanction any abrogation, modification, compromise or arrangement in
respect of the rights of the Class of Noteholders against the Issuer or against any of its
property whether such rights shall arise under the Notes or otherwise;
19.21.4
power to assent to any modification of the provisions contained in the Terms and
Conditions which shall be proposed by the Issuer;
19.21.5
power to give any authority or sanction which under the Terms and Conditions is
required to be given by Extraordinary Resolution;
19.21.6
power to appoint any persons (whether Noteholders or not) as a committee or
committees to represent the interests of the Noteholders of that Class and to confer
upon such committee or committees any powers or discretions which the Noteholders
could themselves exercise by Extraordinary Resolution;
19.21.7
power to sanction any scheme or proposal for the exchange or sale of the Notes for, or
the conversion of the Notes into or the cancellation of the Notes in consideration of,
shares, stocks, notes, bonds, debentures, debenture stock and/or other obligations
and/or securities of the Issuer or any entity (corporate or otherwise) formed or to be
formed, or for or into or in consideration of cash, or partly for or into or in
consideration of such shares, stock, notes, bonds, debentures, debenture stock and/or
other obligations and/or securities as aforesaid and partly for or into or in
consideration for cash.
19.22
Any resolution passed at a meeting of a Class of Noteholders duly convened an held in
accordance with the provisions hereof shall be binding upon all the Noteholders of that Class
whether present or not present at such meeting and whether or not voting, and all the
Noteholders of the applicable Class shall be bound to give effect thereto accordingly and the
passing of any such resolution shall be conclusive evidence that the circumstances justify the
passing thereof. Notice of the result of the voting on any resolution duly considered by the
Noteholders shall be published in accordance with Condition 17 of the Conditions by the
Issuer within 14 (fourteen) Business Days of such result being known provided that the non-
publication of such notice shall not invalidate such resolution.
19.23
A majority, upon a show of hands or if a poll be duly demanded then by a majority
consisting of the votes given on such poll, shall be required to ordinarily pass a resolution of
Noteholders.
19.24
Minutes of all resolutions and proceedings at every such meeting as aforesaid shall be
recorded and maintained by the Transfer Agent and duly entered in books to be from time to
time provided for that purpose by the Issuer and any such minutes as aforesaid if purporting
to be signed by the Chairman of the meeting at which such resolutions were passed or
BACKGROUND IMAGE
64
proceedings had, shall be conclusive evidence of the matters therein contained. Until the
contrary is proven every such meeting in respect of the proceedings of which minutes have
been made shall be deemed to have been duly held and convened and all resolutions passed
or proceedings had thereat to have been duly passed or had.
20.       MODIFICATION
20.1
No modification of these Terms and Conditions may be effected without the written
agreement of the Issuer and compliance with the JSE Listings Requirements, to the extent
required. The Issuer may effect, without the consent of the relevant Class of Noteholders
(but with the prior written consent of the JSE), any modification of the Terms and Conditions
which is of a formal, minor or technical nature or is made to correct a manifest error or to
comply with mandatory provisions of the law of the jurisdiction in which the Issuer is
incorporated and the governing law in accordance with which Notes are issued. Any such
modification shall be binding on the relevant Class of Noteholders and any such
modification shall be notified to the relevant Class of Noteholders in accordance with
Condition 18 as soon as practical thereafter. For the avoidance of doubt, the provision of any
rights of security to or for the benefit of any Class of Noteholders in accordance with
Condition 7.1 or the exercise by the Issuer of its rights under Condition 17 shall not
constitute a modification of these Terms and Conditions.
20.2
Save as provided in Condition 20.1, no modification of these Terms and Conditions may be
effected unless:
20.2.1
in writing and signed by or on behalf of the Issuer and by or on behalf of the members
of the relevant Class of Noteholders holding not less than 66.6%, in nominal amount,
of the Notes in that Class for the time being Outstanding; or
20.2.2
sanctioned by an Extraordinary Resolution.
21.       FURTHER ISSUES
The Issuer shall be at liberty from time to time without the consent of the Noteholders to create and
issue further Notes having terms and conditions the same as any of the other Notes issued under the
Programme or the same in all respects save for the amount and date of the first payment of interest
thereon, the Issue Price and the Issue Date, so that the further Notes shall be consolidated to form a
single Series with the Outstanding Notes.
22.       GOVERNING LAW
The provisions of the Programme Memorandum and the Notes are governed by, and shall be
construed in accordance with, the laws of the Republic of South Africa.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
65
USE OF PROCEEDS

Words used in this section headed Use of Proceeds shall bear the same meanings as defined in the
Terms and Conditions, except to the extent that they are separately defined in this section or this is
clearly inappropriate from the context.
For purposes of the Commercial Paper Regulations, it is recorded that the “Ultimate Borrower” as defined
in the Commercial Paper Regulations, of the net proceeds from each Tranche of Notes will be the Issuer
unless otherwise indicated in the Applicable Pricing Supplement.
The net proceeds from the issue of the Notes will be applied by the Issuer for general business purposes,
unless otherwise indicated in the Applicable Pricing Supplement.
Signed at Johannesburg this 1 day of October 2010.
For and on behalf of
DRDGOLD SOUTH AFRICAN OPERATIONS (PROPRIETARY) LIMITED
/s/ CC Barnes                                                                     /s/ MPT Mogotsi-Moletsane
Name : CC Barnes
Name : MPT Mogotsi-Moletsane
Capacity : Director
Capacity : Director
Who warrants that his/her authority hereto
who warrants his/her authority hereto
For and on behalf of
DRDGOLD LIMITED
(as Guarantor)
/s/ CC Barnes                                                                     /s/ DJ
Pretorius
Name : CC Barnes
Name : DJ Pretorius
Capacity : Director
                                                           Capacity : Director
Who warrants that his/her authority hereto
who warrants his/her authority hereto
BACKGROUND IMAGE
66

TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF GUARANTEE
Words used in this section headed Terms and Conditions of Guarantee shall bear the same meanings as
defined in the Terms and Conditions, except to the extent that they are separately defined in this section
or this is clearly inappropriate from the context.
GUARANTEE

DRDGOLD Limited (registration number 1895/000926/06), a public company duly incorporated and
registered in accordance with the laws of the Republic of South Africa and with its registered address at
1st Floor, Quadrum 1, Quadrum Office Park, 50 Constantia Boulevard, Constantia Kloof Ext 28
Roodepoort (the " Guarantor ") hereby irrevocably and unconditionally guarantees (as primary obligor
and not merely as surety) to the holders of notes (the " Noteholders ") issued by DRDGOLD South Africa
Operations (Proprietary) Limited (registration number 2005/033662/07) (the " Issuer ") under the
ZAR500 000 000 Domestic Medium Term Note Programme established by the Issuer (" Programme "),
the due and punctual payment by the Issuer of all amounts payable by the Issuer under the Programme in
accordance with the terms and conditions of the Notes issued by the Issuer as set out in the Programme
Memorandum issued in connection with the Programme dated 30 September 2010 (the " Terms and
Conditions
").

1.
Terms used but not defined herein have the meanings set forth in the Terms and Conditions.
2.
All payments made under this Guarantee shall be made mutatis mutandis in accordance with
Conditions 6, 7 and 10 of the Terms and Conditions.
3.
This Guarantee shall continue to have effect in relation to any payment, or any part thereof, of
principal and/or interest on any Note that is rescinded or must otherwise be returned by the Paying
Agent or any Noteholder if such rescission or return of payment has been compelled by law as the
result of the insolvency of any of the Issuer or any other person or if such rescission or return of
payment is a result of any law, regulation or decree applicable to the Issuer or such persons.
4.
So long as any of the Notes remain Outstanding, the Guarantor undertakes to comply with the
Terms and Conditions of the Programme Memorandum insofar as the Programme Memorandum
applies to it.
5.
Any admission made by the Issuer in respect of the Notes shall be binding on the Guarantor.
6.
A demand made under this Guarantee by any Noteholder after an Event of Default has occurred
shall be made in writing.
7.
Payment to the Paying Agent of the amount guaranteed under this Guarantee shall:
7.1
be made by the Guarantor to the Paying Agent not later than 10 (ten) Business Days after
receipt of a demand in accordance with clause 10;
7.2
discharge the Guarantor of its applicable obligations to Noteholders under this Guarantee;
and
BACKGROUND IMAGE
67
7.3
pro tanto discharge the Issuer of its corresponding obligations to Noteholders under the
Notes.
8.
The Guarantor shall procure that the Paying Agent is instructed, in each instance, to make payment
to the Noteholder, of any and all amounts due to them in respect of which the Guarantor has made
payment to the Paying Agent within no less than 10 (ten) Business Days of receipt thereof.
9.
Notwithstanding any part payment by the Guarantor or on the Guarantor's behalf, the Guarantor
shall have no right to any cession of action in respect of such part payment and shall not be entitled
to take any action against the Issuer or against any other surety for the Issuer in respect thereof
unless and until the Indebtedness of the Issuer to the Noteholders shall have been discharged in full.
10.       The obligations of the Guarantor hereunder shall not be affected by:
10.1
any legal limitation, disability, incapacity or other circumstances relation to the Issuer;
10.2
any legal limitation, disability, incapacity or other circumstances relation to any other
person, whether or not known to the Issuer or such other person;
10.3
any invalidity in, or irregularity or unenforceability of the obligations of the Issuer under the
Programme; or
10.4
any change in the constitution of or any amalgamation or reconstruction of the Issuer.
11.       Each notice, demand or other communication under this Guarantee shall be in writing delivered
personally or by recognised courier or facsimile and be deemed to have been given:
11.1
in the case of a letter, when delivered; and
11.2
be sent to the Guarantor at:
1st Floor, Quadrum 1
Quadrum Office Park
50 Constantia Boulevard
Constantia Kloof Ext 28
Roodepoort
Attention:      Mr TJ Gwebu
or to such other address or facsimile number as is notified from time to time by the
Guarantor to the Noteholders in accordance with Condition 18 of the Terms and Conditions.
12.       The Guarantor chooses the above address as its domicilium citandi et executandi for all purposes
under this Guarantee, whether in respect of court process, notices or other documents or
communications of whatsoever nature.
13.       This Guarantee is, and all rights and obligations relating to this Guarantee are, governed by, and
shall be construed in accordance with, the laws of the Republic of South Africa.
14.       This Guarantee will be deposited with, and be held by, the Paying Agent until the later of:
14.1
the date on which the Programme is terminated by the Issuer; and
BACKGROUND IMAGE
68
14.2
the date on which all of the obligations of the Issuer and the Guarantor under or in respect of
the Notes have been discharged in full.
15.      The Guarantor acknowledges and agrees that each Noteholder shall be entitled to require the
Paying Agent to produce the original of this Guarantee and each accession undertaking on request
and further shall be entitled to require the Paying Agent, which shall be obliged, to provide a copy
of this Guarantee to that Noteholder on request.
16.      The Noteholders may elect to exercise their right to claim under this Guarantee from the Guarantor
individually or collectively as a group. Where the Noteholders' wish to proceed to enforce their
claims against the Guarantor collectively the following procedure will be required to be followed:
16.1
a resolution of the Noteholders to the effect that the Noteholders elect to collectively exercise
their right under this Guarantee is passed with the affirmative support of no less than 10%
(ten percent) of the votes of the Noteholders present in person or by proxy at the Noteholders
meeting and provided that such meeting is convened upon 10 (ten) days written notice and
that a quorum constituted by no less than 10% (ten percent) of the total number of
Noteholders and the total value of the Notes in issue is present or represented by proxy at
such meeting;
16.2
at such meeting the Noteholders shall further nominate such a representative of the
Noteholders by way of a vote of the Noteholders carried with the support of no less than
10% (ten percent) of the votes of the Noteholders present in person or by proxy at the
Noteholders meeting (the " Representative ").
17.      The Representative shall be empowered to communicate, meet with and engage with the Guarantor
in relation to any matter relating to this Guarantee and payments due thereunder, and to further
initiate legal claims against the Guarantor on behalf of the Noteholder.
18.       Provided that the Representative's appointment is made strictly in accordance with the provisions
of this Guarantee, the Guarantor irrevocably undertakes to accept the Representative as a duly
appointed representative of the Noteholders and not to challenge his/her/its/their locus standi in any
legal claim made against the Guarantor. The Guarantor shall further settle any and all reasonable
legal and other costs (the " Costs ") of the Representative in prosecuting a claim against the
Guarantor under this Guarantee in the event that the Noteholders are substantially successful in
pursuing such claims. The Costs shall include costs and expenses relating to travel,
accommodation and all legal costs. In the event that the Guarantor is substantially successful in
such claim, the costs less all legal costs shall be reimbursed to the Noteholder through the
Representative.
19.      The provisions of this Guarantee providing for rights in favour or the Noteholders and/or the
Representative constitute a stipulation in favour of the Noteholders and/or the Representative, who
shall be entitled to accept such rights on written notice to the Guarantor.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
69

DESCRIPTION OF THE GROUP AND THE ISSUER

Words used in this section headed “Description of Issuer” shall bear the same meanings as defined in the
Terms and Conditions, except to the extent that they are separately defined in this section or this is
clearly inappropriate from the context.
BACKGROUND AND HISTORY

DRDGOLD is a medium-sized, unhedged gold producer, South Africa’s fourth-largest. In 2010,
DRDGOLD produced 241 194 ounces and declared attributable mineral resources of 60.0 million ounces
and attributable ore reserves of 7.3 million ounces.

DRDGOLD holds 74 percent of the issued shares in the Issuer. Black economic empowerment partner
Khumo Gold SPV (Pty) Limited (Khumo Gold) holds 20 percent of the issued shares in the Issuer and the
DRDSA Empowerment Trust holds the remaining 6 percent.

The Group's South African operations, which are owned and run through the Issuer, are Blyvooruitzicht
Gold Mining Company Limited (" Blyvoor "), East Rand Proprietary Mines Limited (" ERPM "), Crown
Gold Recoveries (Pty) Limited (" Crown "), Ergo Mining (Pty) Limited (" Ergo ") and ErgoGold (formerly
the Elsburg Gold Mining Joint Venture). At present, 68 percent of production comes from surface
retreatment and this is set to increase.

With its head office in Johannesburg, DRDGOLD has its primary listing on the JSE and its secondary
listing on the Nasdaq Capital Market. At year-end, DRDGOLD had 384 884 379 ordinary shares in issue
and a market capitalisation of ZAR1.3 billion ($167.4 million).

The current Group structure is as follows:
BACKGROUND IMAGE
70
OWNERSHIP AND CONTROL

The shares in the Issuer are currently held as follows –
Name of Shareholder
Number of Shares
% of Issued
Shares
DRDGOLD Limited
740,000
74%
Khumo Gold SPV (Proprietary) Limited
200,000
20%
DRDSA Empowerment Trust
60,000
6%

Top twenty major shareholders of DRDGOLD as at 30 June 2010
Rank
Name of shareholder
Number of shares
% of issued
shares
1
THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON DR
222,371,258
57.78%
2
SOGES FIDUCEM SA
31,699,872
8.24%
3
CLEARSTREAM BANKING SA LUXEMBOURG
7,661,852
1.99%
            INVESTEC ASSET MANAGERS                                                                   6,826,573
1.77%
            INVESTEC SECURITIES LTD
6,626,475                1.72%
6
GEPF INVESTEC ASSET MNGT PTY LTD
6,538,000
1.70%
7
CAPITAL ALLIANCE INDEX PLUS
5,186,600
1.35%
            INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT CORPORATION
OF SA
4,451,219                1.16%
            METC METLIFE MAIN ACCOUNT
4,258,821               1.11%
10
ABAX INVESTMENTS - TAURUS (CF2)
3,600,000
0.94%
11           SIX SIS LTD
3,460,567                0.90%
12            EUROCLEAR FRANCE S.A.
3,363,290                0.87%
13
GSI EQUITY CLIENT SEGREGATED ACCOUNT
3,064,629
0.80%
14
HSBC BANK PLC A/C CLIENTS
2,121,618
0.55%
15            STATE STREET
2,094,220                0.54%
16
ABAX INVESTMENTS - LIBRA HEDGE FUND
1,900,000
0.49%
17
STANDARD FINANCIAL MARKETS PTY LT
1,797,547
0.47%
18
BBH BOS MTBJ RE: NOMURA SA RESOURCES
S
1,645,198                0.43%
19
ABAX INVESTMENTS - CONSTELLATION FU
1,600,000
0.42%
20
AAA AUSTRALIAN CONTROL ACCOUNT
1,579,774
0.41%
Totals
321,847,513
83.62%
BACKGROUND IMAGE
71
DRDGOLD’s combined share register analysis according to country as at 30 June 2010
Country
Number of
shareholders
Number of shares
% of issued
shares
UNITED STATES
53
233,654,200
60.7076%
SOUTH AFRICA
6,275
91,030,728
23.6514%
BELGIUM                                                                                   9
31,777,059
8.2563%
LUXEMBOURG                                                                       11
9,189,464
2.3876%
UNITED KINGDOM
89
9,061,920
2.3545%
SWITZERLAND                                                                      15
4,791,548
1.2449%
FRANCE                                                                                     6
3,552,167
0.9229%
NETHERLANDS                                                                       5
513,155
0.1333%
NAMIBIA                                                                                   35
396,113
0.1029%
AUSTRALIA                                                                             31
391,845
0.1018%
GERMANY                                                                                 4
304,151
0.0790%
HONG KONG
1
100,000
0.0260%
AUSTRIA                                                                                    4
40,208
0.0104%
SEYCHELLES                                                                           1
25,669
0.0067%
DENMARK                                                                                 1
15,200
0.0039%
CANADA                                                                                     6
14,730
0.0038%
SWEDEN                                                                                   2
10,476
0.0027%
GIBRALTAR                                                                               1
5,000
0.0013%
NORWAY                                                                                    1
4,000
0.0010%
SWAZILAND                                                                              5
3,210
0.0008%
ZIMBABWE                                                                              10
1,495
0.0004%
NEW ZEALAND
1
1,329
0.0003%
NIGERIA                                                                                     1
340
0.0001%
BOTSWANA                                                                               1
231
0.0001%
UNKNOWN                                                                               2
57
0.0000%
SPAIN                                                                                         1
49
0.0000%
LESOTHO                                                                                  1
34
0.0000%
KENYA                                                                                        1
1
0.0000%
Totals
6573
384,884,379
100.0000%

BACKGROUND IMAGE
72
REVIEW OF OPERATIONS/DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS
Location of operations

Blyvoor
Blyvoor was incorporated and registered as a public company in South Africa on 10 June 1937.  
It is situated on the north-western edge of the Witwatersrand Basin, to the south of the town of Carletonville 
and 70
kilometres south-west of Johannesburg, in the North West Province. The mine has underground and
surface operations and a gold plant. The first ore was raised in 1942.

Blyvoor has two main gold-bearing horizons: the Carbon Leader Reef (" CLR "), which is one of the
principal orebodies of the Carletonville goldfield; and the Main Reef, which is some 75 metres above the
CLR horizon. The reef formations have a thickness of between 5 and 20 centimetres. Recently there has
been a shift in focus to mining the Main Reef.

Underground ore is mined by traditional drill, blast and scape narrow-reef mining methods. The operation
is a combination of the workings of Blyvoor and Doornfontein mines and this allows several means of
access, with four surface shafts still available and open.

Apart from the underground operations, production comes from waste rock stockpiles and the retreatment
of surface tailings with the latter accounting for approximately 27% of current gold production.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
73
Blyvoor’s carbon-in-leach (CIL) plant has a plant capacity of around 400 000 tonnes a month. Life of
mine is projected until 2030, but the resource at Blyvoor is so widespread that production could extend
for many years beyond that, depending on the prevailing gold price and exchange rate.

Blyvoor - key operating results
12 months to
12 months to
%
30 June 2010
30 June 2009
Change
Ore milled
Underground
- t'000
633
603
5
Surface
- t'000
2,968
3,433
(14)
Total
- t'000
3,601
4,036
(11)
Yield
Underground
- g/t
3.79
4.59
(17)
Surface
- g/t
0.31
0.37
(16)
Total
- g/t
0.92
1.00
(8)
Gold produced
Underground
- oz
77,226
88,898
(13)
- kg
2,402
2,765
(13)
Surface
- oz
29,226
40,575
(28)
- kg
909
1,262
(28)
Total
- oz
106,452
129,473
(18)
- kg
3,311
4,027
(18)
Cash operating costs
Underground
- US$ per oz
1,327
878
51
- ZAR per kg
324,736
255,517
27
- ZAR per tonne
1,232
1,172
5
Surface
- US$ per oz
444
337
32
- ZAR per kg
108,771
98,124
11
- ZAR per tonne
33
36
(7)
Total
- US$ per oz
1,085
709
53
- ZAR per kg
265,445
206,191
29
- ZAR per tonne
244
206
18
Cash operating profit
- US$ million
2.1
20.8
(90)
- ZAR million
16.3
188.2
(91)
Capital expenditure
- US$ million
10.5
10.7
(2)
- ZAR million
79.6
97.2
(18)

Crown
In 1982 Crown’s first plant was commissioned to process surface material. Crown is now the world’s
largest gold surface retreatment facility, reprocessing the large and numerous sand and slimes dumps
along the reefs that stretch from east to west just to the south of Johannesburg’s central business district
(CBD). Most of these dumps hold waste from the stamp milling era of ore processing when plants treated
the sand and slimes separately, unlike current milling methods which reduce all ore to slimes before the
extraction of gold.

The dumps are reclaimed and mixed with water. The slurry is then pumped to one of Crown’s three
processing plants: Crown, 3 kilometres to the south, City Deep, 6 kilometres to the south-east, and
Knights, 20 kilometres to the east of Johannesburg’s CBD. Using relatively modern milling methods and
carbon-in-pulp (CIP) technology, these plants have the capacity to treat 11.76 million tonnes of sand and
BACKGROUND IMAGE
74
tailings a year, recovering much of the gold. The land that is uncovered through removing the tailings is
reclaimed and developed mainly for light industrial activities.
Owing to the low head grades, this is a low-margin business that relies on high volumes to be treated. As
old dams are depleted, others are brought on stream.

Crown has secured the contractual right from Ergo to deposit its entire tailings flow on to the Brakpan
and Withok tailings facilities. This has the potential to extend its life of mine by several years. A project
is currently under way for a proposed pipeline to link the Crown plants to Ergo’s tailings deposition site
at Brakpan. The project, which is estimated to cost approximately R300 million, will also include the
upgrading of the second CIL circuit at the Ergo plant.

Crown - key operating results
12 months to
12 months to
%
30 June 2010
30 June 2009
Change
Ore milled
Underground
- t'000
-
-
-
Surface
- t'000
7,122
8,007
(11)
Total
- t'000
7,122
8,007
(11)
Yield
Underground
- g/t
-
-
-
Surface
- g/t
0.43
0.37
16
Total
- g/t
0.43
0.37
16
Gold produced
Underground
- oz
-
-
-
- kg
-
-
-
Surface
- oz
99,410
95,616
4
- kg
3,092
2,974
4
Total
- oz
99,410
95,616
4
- kg
3,092
2,974
4
Cash operating costs
Underground
- US$ per oz
-
-
-
- ZAR per kg
-
-
-
- ZAR per tonne
-
-
-
Surface
- US$ per oz
814
611
33
- ZAR per kg
199,135
176,704
13
- ZAR per tonne
86
66
31
Total
- US$ per oz
814
611
33
- ZAR per kg
199,135
176,704
13
- ZAR per tonne
86
66
31
Cash operating profit
- US$ million
27.6
23.3
18
- ZAR million
210.0
208.4
1
Capital expenditure
- US$ million
6.0
4.8
25
- ZAR million
45.8
43.1
6

Ergo
The Ergo Joint Venture between the Issuer and Mintails South Africa was established in 2007 to exploit
up to 1.7 billion tonnes of surface tailings for gold, uranium and sulphuric acid. The gold portion of the
joint venture was initially known as the Elsburg Gold Mining Joint Venture and was renamed ErgoGold
following DRDGOLD’s acquisition of Mintails’ share. ErgoGold is now wholly owned by the Group and
it is managed by Crown.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
75

The surface tailings are found near Benoni, Springs and Brakpan to the east of Johannesburg. There is one
metallurgical plant – the Ergo plant near Brakpan – and three tailings deposition facilities.

Production from Ergo Phase 1 has begun and will rise to a planned 1.2 million tonnes per month at an
average head grade of 0.32g/t and an approximate cost of R30 per tonne for 12 years thereafter.

Ergo Phase 2, which is at feasibility study stage, anticipates increased gold production and, possibly, the
production of uranium and sulphuric acid. Potential synergies between Crown in the west and Ergo in the
east are currently being investigated. This would create a seamless surface retreatment operation
extending across the central Witwatersrand.

Ergo - key operating results
12 months to
12 months to
%
30 June 2010
30 June 2009
Change
Ore milled
Underground
- t'000
-
-
-
Surface
- t'000
11,867
2,296
417
Total
- t'000
11,867
2,296
417
Yield
Underground
- g/t
-
-
-
Surface
- g/t
0.09
0.05
80
Total
- g/t
0.09
0.05
80
Gold produced
Underground
- oz
-
-
-
- kg
-
-
-
Surface
- oz
35,332
3,666
864
- kg
1,099
114
864
Total
- oz
35,332
3,666
864
- kg
1,099
114
864
Cash operating costs
Underground
- US$ per oz
-
-
-
- ZAR per kg
-
-
-
- ZAR per tonne
-
-
-
Surface
- US$ per oz
945
2,077
(54)
- ZAR per kg
231,294
582,825
(60)
- ZAR per tonne
21
29
(26)
Total
- US$ per oz
945
2,077
(54)
- ZAR per kg
231,294
582,825
(60)
- ZAR per tonne
21
29
(26)
Cash operating profit
- US$ million
6.0
(5.1)
218
- ZAR million
45.3
(42.3)
207
Capital expenditure
- US$ million
8.2
20.8
(61)
- ZAR million
62.2
178.8
(65)
BACKGROUND IMAGE
76
FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS
The financial highlights of the Group are as follows:
Year ended
Year ended
%
Year ended
Year ended
%
2010
2009 change
2010
2009 change
Operating review
Gold production
Underground
- (kilograms)/(ounces)
2 402
3 354
(28)
77 226
107 833
(28)
Surface
- (kilograms)/(ounces)
5 100
4 350
17
163 968
139 857
17
Total
- (kilograms)/(ounces)
7 502
7 704
(3)
241 194
247 690
(3)
Gold price received
- (R per kilogram)/(US$ per ounce)
267 292
250 589
7
1 092
861
27
Cash operating cost
Underground
- (R per kilogram)/(US$ per ounce)
324 736
274 066
18
1 327
942
41
Surface
- (R per kilogram)/(US$ per ounce)
189 959
164 549
15
776
566
37
Total
- (R per kilogram)/(US$ per ounce)
233 112
212 228
10
953
730
30
Operating margin
Underground
- %
(21.5)
(9.4)  (12.1)
(21.5)
(9.4)   (12.1)
Surface
- %
28.9
34.3
(5.4)
28.9
34.3
(5.4)
Total
- %
12.8
15.3
(2.5)
12.8
15.3
(2.5)
Capital expenditure
- (R million)/(US$ million)
193.9
345.1
(44)
25.5
38.4
(34)
Financial review
Revenue
- (R million)/(US$ million)
1 990.5
1 910.7
4
261.5
211.2
24
Operating profit
- (R million)/(US$ million)
271.6
282.7
(4)
35.7
31.2
14
Profit for the year
- (R million)/(US$ million)
203.3
110.7
84
26.7
12.2
119
Basic earnings per share
- (cents)
55
34
59
7
4
89
Headline earnings per share
- (cents)
13
34
(62)
2
4
(54)
Total assets
- (R million)/(US$ million)
2 587.5
2 625.8
(1)
338.1
333.1
2
Net asset value per share
- (cents)
429
419
2
56
53
5
Reserves and resources
Attributable ore reserves
Underground
- (tonnes)/(million ounces)
159.33
129.81
23
5.12
4.17
23
Surface
- (tonnes)/(million ounces)
67.86
58.36
16
2.18
1.88
16
Total
- (tonnes)/(million ounces)
227.19
188.18
21
7.31
6.05
21
Attributable mineral resources
Underground
- (tonnes)/(million ounces)
1 560.79
1 451.34
8
50.18
46.66
8
Surface
- (tonnes)/(million ounces)
306.19
304.09
1
9.84
9.78
1
Total
- (tonnes)/(million ounces)
1 866.98
1 755.44
6
60.03
56.44
6
Share statistics
Market price per share
(1)
- (cents)
341
603
(43)
44
76
(43)
Ordinary shares in issue
(1)
384 884 379
378
001
303
2
384 884 379
378
001
303
2
Market capitalisation
(1)
- (R million)
1 312.5
2 279.3
(42)
167.4
286.9
(42)
Exchange rates
United States Dollar
- Average rate (R:US$)
7.6117
9.0484
(16)
- Closing rate (R:US$)
7.6529
7.8821
(3)
(1)
At 30 June
Metric/Rand
Imperial/US Dollar






BACKGROUND IMAGE
77
The financial highlights of the Issuer are as follows:
Year ended
Year ended
%
Year ended
Year ended
%
2010
2009 change
2010
2009 change
Operating review
Gold production
Underground
- (kilograms)/(ounces)
2 402
3 354
(28)
77 226
107 833
(28)
Surface
- (kilograms)/(ounces)
5 100
4 350
17
163 968
139 857
17
Total
- (kilograms)/(ounces)
7 502
7 704
(3)
241 194
247 690
(3)
Gold price received
- (R per kilogram)/(US$ per ounce)
267 292
250 589
7
1 092
861
27
Cash operating cost
Underground
- (R per kilogram)/(US$ per ounce)
324 736
274 066
18
1 327
942
41
Surface
- (R per kilogram)/(US$ per ounce)
189 959
164 549
15
776
566
37
Total
- (R per kilogram)/(US$ per ounce)
233 112
212 228
10
953
730
30
Operating margin
Underground
- %
(21.5)
(9.4)    (12.1)
(21.5)
(9.4)    (12.1)
Surface
- %
28.9
34.3
(5.4)
28.9
34.3
(5.4)
Total
- %
12.8
15.3
(2.5)
12.8
15.3
(2.5)
Capital expenditure
- (R million)/(US$ million)
188.7
345.0
(45)
24.8
38.1
(35)
Financial review
Revenue
- (R million)/(US$ million)
1 990.5
1 910.7
4
261.5
211.2
24
Operating profit
- (R million)/(US$ million)
226.7
242.2
(6)
29.8
26.8
11
Loss for the year
- (R million)/(US$ million)
(29.0)
(86.2)
(66)
(3.8)
(9.5)
(60)
Total assets
- (R million)/(US$ million)
2 655.6
2 406.8
10
347.0
305.4
14
Reserves and resources
Attributable ore reserves
Underground
- (tonnes)/(million ounces)
159.33
129.81
23
5.12
4.17
23
Surface
- (tonnes)/(million ounces)
67.86
58.36
16
2.18
1.88
16
Total
- (tonnes)/(million ounces)
227.19
188.18
21
7.31
6.05
21
Attributable mineral resources
Underground
- (tonnes)/(million ounces)
1 560.79
1 451.34
8
50.18
46.66
8
Surface
- (tonnes)/(million ounces)
306.19
304.09
1
9.84
9.78
1
Total
- (tonnes)/(million ounces)
1 866.98
1 755.44
6
60.03
56.44
6
Exchange rates
United States Dollar
- Average rate (R:US$)
7.6117
9.0484
(16)
- Closing rate (R:US$)
7.6529
7.8821
(3)
Metric/Rand
Imperial/US Dollar
BACKGROUND IMAGE
78
BOARD OF DIRECTORS AND BOARD COMMITTEE’S

As of the date of this Programme Memorandum, the board of directors of the Issuer (" the Issuer’s
Board ") comprise of the following members:

Issuer’s Board
Daniël (Niël) Pretorius (Chief Executive Officer)
Craig Barnes (Chief Financial Officer)

Thulo Mogotsi-Moletsane

As the Issuer is a private company it is not required to have board committees and all of its board
committee requirements are performed by the DRDGOLD board committees.

As of the date of this Programme Memorandum, the board of directors of DRDGOLD (" the Board ") and
the various board committees comprise of the following members:

Board
Geoffrey Campbell (
Non-Executive Chairman)
Daniël (Niël) Pretorius (Chief Executive Officer)
Craig Barnes (Chief Financial Officer)
Robert Hume
Edmund Jeneker
James Turk

Audit Committee
Robert Hume
Geoffrey Campbell
Edmund Jeneker

Risk Committee
Daniël (Niël) Pretorius (Chief Executive Officer)
Geoffrey Campbell (
Non-Executive Chairman)
Craig Barnes (Chief Financial Officer)
Robert Hume
Edmund Jeneker
James Turk

Remuneration Committee
Edmund Jeneker
Geoffrey Campbell (
Non-Executive Chairman)
Robert Hume
James Turk


Transformation and Sustainable Development Committee

Edmund Jeneker
Daniël (Niël) Pretorius (Chief Executive Officer)
Craig Barnes (Chief Financial Officer)


Nominations Committee

Geoffrey Campbell (
Non-Executive Chairman)
Robert Hume
BACKGROUND IMAGE
79
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE AND RISK MANAGEMENT

Introduction
Each of DRDGOLD’s and the Issuer's Board of Directors continues to ensure that the principles of good
corporate governance as recognised and practised throughout the world are upheld and implemented. All
the directors are fully aware that they are the custodians of corporate governance in the organisation and
this is reflected in the way they execute their fiduciary duties, which is with diligence, integrity and
honour. The intention is that this filters down to all employees. The upholding of such ideals puts the
company in a position to improve organisational performance and deliver value to shareholders and
stakeholders alike. Each of DRDGOLD and the Issuer has set up systems and controls to promote
discipline, transparency, accountability, responsibility and fairness for the protection of the interests of
shareholders, employees and the communities in which the Group operates.

On 1 March 2010 the King Report on Corporate Governance for South Africa was put into operation (the
King III report). It replaces the King II report as a codified body of principles which is intended to serve
as a guideline for the enhancement of high standards of corporate governance. Each of DRDGOLD and
the Issuer commits itself to observe the provisions of the King III report and enforce it to the extent
possible within the context of the “apply or explain” principle of the King III report.

DRDGOLD’s shares are quoted on the JSE, which is its primary listing. DRDGOLD is also registered
with the Securities and Exchange Commission (" SEC ") in the United States of America and its ordinary
shares are quoted on the Nasdaq Capital Market (" Nasdaq ") in the form of an American Depositary
Receipts (ADR) Programme, administered by the Bank of New York Mellon. Accordingly, DRDGOLD
is subject to compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (" SOX "), which is documented in
DRDGOLD's Form 20-F filed annually with the SEC.

The Board of Directors

The Board of Directors of the Issuer currently comprises two executive directors: the Chief Executive
Officer, Mr Niël Pretorius, and the Chief Financial Officer, Mr Craig Barnes; and one non-executive
director, Advocate Louisa Zondo.

The Board of Directors of DRDGOLD currently comprises two executive directors: the Chief Executive
Officer, Mr Niël Pretorius, and the Chief Financial Officer, Mr Craig Barnes; and four non-executive
directors, Messrs Geoffrey Campbell, Robert Hume, James Turk and Edmund Jeneker. The King III
Report requires that the board be a unitary one with a balance between the executive and the non-
executive directors, and a substantial number of independent non-executive directors.

Compliance with Stock Exchange Requirements
Some of the recommendations contained in the King III Report have been adopted in the JSE Listings
Requirements and, as a foreign listed company on Nasdaq in July 2005, the board has satisfied certain
Nasdaq Rules as indicated below. This means that the board has had to reconcile the stock exchange rules
of the JSE and Nasdaq.

Policy detailing the procedure for appointment to the board: In compliance with both Nasdaq and
JSE requirements, the Board of Directors has adopted a formal and transparent policy in terms of which
the Nominations Committee identifies candidates, interviews them and recommends the short-listed
candidates to the board. The board deliberates on the suitability of the candidates and appoints the most
suitable persons.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
80
Policy evidencing a clear division of responsibility at board level: The board has established
committees with distinct terms of reference. The terms of reference give details of the duties and
responsibilities which directors have to carry out in their respective areas of specialisation. The balance of
power and authority at board level is illustrated by the separation of the positions of chief executive
officer and chairman as outlined below. On 29 August 2007, the board formally approved a Board Charter
which sets out the directors’ responsibilities and serves as a standing guideline for the benefit of directors.

The chief executive officer must not hold the position of chairman of the board: Since February 2005
the board has continuously satisfied this requirement. The company continues to comply with this
requirement as Mr Campbell is the independent non-executive chairman and Mr Pretorius, the Chief
Executive Officer. The appointment of an independent chairman is in full compliance with the King III
Report’s recommendations. As the independent chairman is not part of the executive, he approaches the
business of the company in an impartial and objective manner.

Appointment of committees: The board has Audit, Risk, Remuneration, Nominations and
Transformation and Sustainable Development (Transco) committees as recommended by the King III
Report, as required by the JSE Listings Requirements, and in line with the nature of the Group's business.
Each committee is governed by a set of terms of reference with respect to its composition, duties and
responsibilities.

Majority of independent directors according to the JSE Listings Requirements:
The majority of
DRDGOLD’s directors are independent in accordance with the JSE Listings Requirements.

Listing Agreement: DRDGOLD executed a Listing Agreement in the form designated by Nasdaq as
prescribed by the rules of that stock exchange.

Independence and responsibilities of the Audit Committee: All the members of the Audit Committee
are independent according to the definition set out in the Nasdaq Rules. DRDGOLD also complies with
South Africa’s Corporate Laws Amendment Act, 2006, which was promulgated on 14 December 2007, in
terms of which all members of the Audit Committee must be non-executive directors who act
independently. The Audit Charter of the committee deals with all the aspects relating to its functioning.

Appointment of Financial Director: The Company appointed Craig Barnes as its Financial Director.
The Audit Committee considered and satisfied itself that Mr Barnes has the appropriate expertise and
experience required of a financial director.

Compliance with other good corporate governance principles
All of the directors of both DRDGOLD and the Issuer bring to the respective boards a wide range of
expertise as well as significant financial, commercial and professional experience and, in the case of the
non-executive directors, independent perspectives and judgement.

The respective boards of DRDGOLD and the Issuer are responsible for setting the direction of
DRDGOLD and the Issuer, as applicable through the establishment of strategic objectives and key
policies. It monitors the implementation of strategies and policies through a structured approach to
reporting on the basis of agreed performance criteria and defined, written delegations to management for
the detailed planning and implementation of such objectives and policies.

The respective boards of DRDGOLD and the Issuer retains full and effective control over DRDGOLD
and the Issuer, respectively, meeting on a quarterly basis with additional ad hoc meetings being arranged
when necessary, to review strategy and planning, and operational and financial performance. Each board
further authorises acquisitions and disposals, major capital expenditure, stakeholder communication, and
BACKGROUND IMAGE
81
other material matters reserved for its consideration and decision. The board also approves annual budgets
for the various operational units.

Each board is responsible for monitoring the activities of executive management within DRDGOLD and
the Issuer, respectively and ensuring that decisions on material matters are considered by each board.
Each board approves all the terms of reference for the various subcommittees of the board, including
special committees tasked to deal with specific issues.

While the executive directors of each of DRDGOLD and the Issuer are involved with the day-to-day
management of DRDGOLD and the Issuer, respectively, the non-executive directors are not, nor are they
full-time salaried employees.

The directors have a responsibility to become acquainted with all of their duties, as well as with the issues
pertaining to the operations and business of DRDGOLD or the Issuer, as applicable. The boards operate
in a field which is technically complex. However, the directors are continually provided with information
which enables them to carry out their duties. To assist new directors, an induction programme has been
established by both DRDGOLD and the Issuer, which includes background materials, meetings with
senior management, presentations by the Group's advisers and visits to operations.

In accordance with DRDGOLD's Articles of Association, all directors are subject to retirement by
rotation and re-election by shareholders. In addition, all directors are subject to election by shareholders at
the first annual general meeting following their appointment. The appointment of new directors is
approved by the board as a whole. The names of the directors submitted for re-election are accompanied
by sufficient biographical details in the notice of the forthcoming annual general meeting to enable
shareholders to make an informed decision in respect of their re-election. The directors of the Issuer are
not subject to retirement by rotation and re-election by shareholders. All directors of DRDGOLD and the
Issuer have access to the advice and services of the Company Secretary, who is responsible to the board
for ensuring compliance with procedures and regulations of a statutory nature. Directors are entitled to
seek independent professional advice concerning the affairs of DRDGOLD or the Issuer, as the case may
be, at the Group's expense, should they believe that course of action would be in the best interests of the
company. A structured and efficient procedure has been incorporated into the Board Charter.

Board meetings and resolutions
All board meetings are held quarterly in South Africa. The structure and timing of DRDGOLD's board
meetings, which are scheduled over two or three days, allows adequate time for the non-executive
directors to interact without the presence of the executive directors. The Issuer holds board meetings as
and when required.

An agenda and supporting papers are distributed to all directors prior to each board meeting. Appropriate
explanations and motivations are provided for items of business requiring resolution at the meeting. This
ensures that relevant facts and circumstances are brought to the attention of directors. In terms of good
governance, the directors can conduct unrestricted inspections of all company property, information and
records.

In addition to the quarterly board meetings, there is provision in DRDGOLD's Articles of Association for
decisions to be taken between meetings by way of directors' written resolutions. These resolutions are
circulated to the directors, supported by full motivations and explanations, and generally the directors are
afforded five days to apply their minds to the matter at hand before they approve the resolution.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
82
Board committees
The board has established a number of committees to enable it to discharge its duties and responsibilities
properly and to carry out its decision-making functions effectively. Each committee acts within written
terms of reference which have been approved by the board and according to which specific functions of
the board are delegated. Each committee has defined purposes, membership requirements, duties and
reporting procedures. Minutes of the meetings of these committees are circulated to the members of the
committees and made available to the board. Remuneration of non-executive directors for their services
on the committees concerned is determined by the board. The committees are subject to regular
evaluation by the board with respect to performance and effectiveness.

Audit and Risk Committees
The Audit and Risk committees conduct joint quarterly meetings. The Audit Committee is chaired by Mr
Hume and the Risk Committee by Mr Pretorius. The reason for the joint sitting is that there is a great deal
of overlap between the financial risks discussed at Audit Committee level and at Risk Committee level.
The joint sitting brings about better disclosure and ensures that DRDGOLD conforms more closely to the
process prescribed by SOX.

Audit Committee
The Audit Committee is composed solely of non-executive directors, all of whom are independent.

The primary responsibilities of the Audit Committee, as set out in the Audit Committee Charter, are to
assist the board in carrying out its duties relating to the selection and application of accounting policies,
internal financial controls, financial reporting practices, identification of exposure to significant financial
risks, and the preparation of accurate financial reporting and financial statements in compliance with all
applicable legal requirements and accounting standards.

The Audit Committee meets every quarter with the external auditors, the company's Manager Risk and
Internal Audit, and the Chief Financial Officer. The committee reviews the audit plans of the internal
auditors to ascertain the extent to which the scope of the audits can be relied upon to detect weaknesses in
internal controls, and reviews the annual and interim financial statements prior to approval by the board.

The committee is directly responsible for the appointment, re-appointment and removal of the external
auditors as well as the remuneration and terms of engagement of the external auditors. The committee
pre-approves all services provided by the external auditors and has implemented a policy regarding the
provision of non-audit services by external auditors, and pre-approval thereof. DRDGOLD's and the
Issuer's external audit function is currently being undertaken by KPMG Inc. DRDGOLD's and the
Issuer'sinternal audit function is performed by in-house staff and Pro Optima Audit Services (Pty) Ltd.
Internal audits are performed at all of the Group's operating units and are aimed at reviewing, evaluating
and improving the effectiveness of risk management, internal control and corporate governance processes.
Significant deficiencies, material weaknesses, instances of non-compliance and exposure to high risk and
development needs are brought to the attention of operational management for resolution. The committee
members have access to all the records of the internal audit team.

DRDGOLD's and the Issuer's internal and external auditors have unrestricted access to the chairman of
the Audit Committee and, where deemed necessary, to the chairman of the board and the Chief Executive
Officer. All significant findings arising from audit procedures are brought to the attention of the
committee and, if deemed necessary, to the board.

Section 404 of SOX stipulates that management is required to assess the effectiveness of the internal
controls surrounding the financial reporting process. The results of this assessment are reported in the
form of a Management Attestation Report that has to be filed with the SEC as part of the Form 20-F.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
83
Additionally, the company’s external auditors are required to express an opinion on management’s
assessment of the operating effectiveness of internal controls over financial reporting, which is also
contained in DRDGOLD's Form 20-F.

Risk Committee (Riskco)
The Risk Committee was established during January 2004 and currently comprises four non-executive
directors and two executive directors. Its overall objective is to assist the board in the discharge of its
duties relating to risk management and control responsibilities, assurance issues, health, safety and
environmental compliance, and the monitoring and reporting of all these matters. Responsibility for the
quality, integrity and reliability of the Group's risk management is delegated to the Risk Committee by the
Board of Directors. The Risk Committee facilitates communication between the board, the Audit
Committee, internal auditors and other parties engaged in risk management activities.

The board resolved to appoint Niël Pretorius, the Chief Executive Officer, as chairman of the Risk
Committee because it believes that the risks prevailing in a mining company include those relating to
safety and these can result in loss of life. By appointing the CEO as chairman, the Risk Committee has
someone with hands-on involvement in the company to steer the meetings in the right direction in order to
identify and address all the critical issues.

The Risk Committee ensures that:
•     an effective risk management programme is implemented and maintained;
• 
   risk management awareness is promoted among all employees;
• 
   risk programmes (financing/insurance) adequately protect the company against catastrophic risks;
• 
   regular risk assessments are conducted;
• 
   the total cost of risk in the long term is reduced;
• 
   the protection of DRDGOLD's assets is promoted throughout the Group;
• 
   the health, safety and well-being of all stakeholders is improved; and
• 
   DRDGOLD's activities are carried out in such a way that the safety and health of employees is
     ensured.

The Risk Committee meets every quarter and reports back to the board. Additional ad hoc meetings may
be arranged as and when required. Certain members of executive management are invited to attend Risk
Committee meetings on a regular basis, including the Group Risk Manager, the Group Financial Manager
and the Group Legal Counsel.

The system to manage risk involves all significant business and operational risks which could undermine
the achievement of business objectives and the preservation of shareholder value. The significant risks
facing the Group, including those at an operational level, have been identified. People have been assigned
to each risk and the results of their work to improve controls are reviewed by senior management through
regular risk meetings. The aim of the internal control systems is for management to provide reasonable
assurance that the objectives will be met.

In addition to the above initiatives, the Group also employs third-party consultants to benchmark its
operations against other mining operations throughout South Africa and more than 300 different mining
companies worldwide.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
84

An important aspect of risk management is the transfer of risk to third parties to protect the company
from any major disaster. The Group's major assets and potential business interruption and liability claims
are therefore covered by the Group insurance policy, which encompasses all the operations. The majority
of these policies are through insurance companies operating in Britain, Europe and the United States.

The various risk management initiatives undertaken within the Group as well as the strategy to reduce
costs without compromising cover have been successful, resulting in substantial insurance cost savings
for the Group.

Remuneration Committee (Remco)
The Remuneration Committee, which comprises directors most of whom are independent and non-
executive, is primarily responsible for approving the remuneration policies of DRDGOLD, and the terms
and conditions of employment of executive and non-executive directors. Items considered by the
committee include salaries, performance-based incentives and the eligibility and performance measures of
the DRDGOLD (1996) Share Option Scheme applicable to senior management.

The committee’s obligation is to evaluate and recommend to the board competitive packages that will
attract and retain executives of the highest calibre, and encourage and reward superior performance. The
committee also aims to ensure that criteria are in place to measure individual performance. The
committee approves the performance-based bonuses of the executive directors based on such criteria.
DRDGOLD's General Manager Corporate Services provides the committee with access to comparative
industry surveys, which assist in formulating remuneration policies. As and when required, the committee
may also engage the services of independent consultants to evaluate and review remuneration policies and
related issues.

The committee meets quarterly, but may meet more often on an ad hoc basis if required. The committee
may from time to time call for independent consultants to brief members on pertinent issues.

The Remuneration Policy of the Group was approved by the board of DRDGOLD on 21 October 2004
and has been updated following the release of the King III Report which emphasises fair and responsible
remuneration. The policy is based on a reward system and has four principal elements:


• 
      basic remuneration, as benchmarked against industry norms;
• 
      bonuses or incentives, which are measured against agreed outcomes or key performance indicators,
        and are usually linked to the annual budget of the Group;
•        short-term rewards, which can be described as ‘soft’ rewards for exceptional performance (like the
        granting of travel vouchers); and
•        long-term retention, which is the rationale underlying the share option scheme and share scheme for
        senior managers. It is linked to the criticality of skills and strategic value.

These four elements interact in a matrix, which is designed to reward all employees for their effort and
provide a transparent framework. It is reviewed and approved by the Remuneration Committee as and
when it becomes necessary.

Transformation and Sustainable Development Committee (Transco)
The board took into account that all the Group’s operations are now based in South Africa. To achieve the
triple bottom line espoused in the King III Report and in order to reach the empowerment goal to which it
BACKGROUND IMAGE
85
is committed, the board established this committee, the focus of which will be transformation and
sustainable development.

Transco’s terms of reference were approved by the board at the August 2008 meeting. The objectives of
this committee are to:

• 
      promote transformation within the company and economic empowerment of previously
disadvantaged communities, particularly within the areas where the company conducts business;
       strive towards achieving the goal of equality, as required by the South African constitution and other
legislation and within the context of the demographics of the country, at all levels in the company
and its subsidiaries; and
•         conduct business in a manner that is conducive to the attainment of internationally acceptable
environmental and sustainability standards.

Nominations Committee (Nomco)
This committee was established by the board in compliance with JSE Listings Requirements. The terms
of reference were approved in August 2008. Its duties include:
•        making recommendations to the board on the appointment of new executive and non-executive
directors, including making recommendations on the composition of the board generally and the
balance between executive and non-executive directors appointed to the board;
•        regular reviewing of the board structure, size and composition and making recommendations to the
board with regard to any adjustments that are deemed necessary;
       identifying and nominating candidates for the approval of the board to fill board vacancies as and
when they arise, as well as putting in place plans for succession, in particular for the positions of
chairman and chief executive officer; and
        making recommendations about re-election with regard to directors who are retiring by rotation.

Company Secretary
The company secretary of the Issuer is Mr Themba Gwebu. The address of the Issuer’s company
secretary is Quadrum Office Park, 1
st
Floor Building 1, 50 Constantia Boulevard, Constantia Kloof Ext
28, 1709.

Code of Ethics
The following highlights aspects of the Group's Code of Ethics, a complete copy of which will be made
available on request or can be accessed on DRDGOLD's website at www.drdgold.com. Any
contravention of this code is regarded as a serious matter.

Compliance with laws and regulations
Directors, officers and employees must comply with all laws and regulations that are applicable to their
activities on behalf of the Group.

The company and its employees
DRDGOLD acknowledges that all employees have a right to work in a safe and healthy environment. All
employees are entitled to fair employment practices and have a right to a working environment free from
discrimination and harassment.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
86
The Group and the community
The Group recognises that we all share a very real responsibility to contribute to the local communities
and the Group encourages employees to participate in, among others, religious, charitable, educational
and civic activities, provided that such participation does not make undue demands on their work time or
create a conflict of interest.

Conflict of interest
The Group expects employees to perform their duties in accordance with the best interests of the Group
and not to use their position or knowledge gained through their employment with the Group for their
private or personal advantage.

Outside employment and directorships
Employees may not take up outside employment or hold outside directorships without prior approval of
management. Directors who hold outside directorships must disclose same at the quarterly board
meetings.

Relationships with clients, customers and suppliers
Employees should ensure that they are independent of any business organisation having a contractual
relationship with the Group or providing goods or services to the Group.

Gifts, hospitality and favours
An employee should neither accept nor solicit any non-minor gifts, hospitalities or other favours from
suppliers of goods or services.

Personal investments in shares and share dealings
While directors and employees are encouraged to invest in and own shares in the Group, such investment
decisions must not contravene the conflict of interest provisions of this code, any applicable legislation, or
any policies and procedures established by the various operating areas of the Group, and must not be
based on material non-public information acquired by reason of an employee's connection with the
Group.

Confidential information and external communication
Directors and employees are expected to treat all information pertaining to the Group, which is not in the
public domain, in the strictest confidence and may not divulge such information to any third party without
permission, even after the termination of their services with the Group.

The Group strives to achieve timely and effective communication with all parties with whom it conducts
business, as well as with governmental authorities and the public. No sensitive communication may be
made to the media or investment community other than by DRDGOLD's Chief Executive Officer, Chief
Financial Officer, or the appointed investor/public relations consultants. All other communications to the
media or investment community must be made within the ambit of the Group's announcements
framework.

Stakeholder communication
DRDGOLD gives substance to its commitment to transparency through the implementation of an
integrated and sustained programme of communication directed at its various stakeholders. This
programme takes full cognisance of all of the obligations placed on the Group by its current listings and
the regulatory environments in which it operates. The Group's communication activities with its
shareholders are premised on a clear understanding that shareholders wish to maximise returns on their
investment in the Group and that, in order to be able to do this, they and/or their investment advisers
require equitable, timely access to operating, financial and other information.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
87

Information defined or deemed to be influential to DRDGOLD's share price is released to the JSE in the
first instance and thereafter to the public via the JSE’s news dissemination mechanisms. As soon as
possible after this, it is sent to all addressees on the Group's extensive electronic database. These
addressees include shareholders, fund managers, analysts and media representatives. All information is
also available on the website of DRDGOLD.

Information relating to DRDGOLD's operating and financial performance is released proactively to the
market at least once a quarter in the same way, and sometimes more frequently, as determined by
circumstance. Quarterly reporting of the Group results is augmented at half-year and year-end by face-to-
face briefings by Group executives in the two markets in which it is listed, and by teleconferences and
webcasts. At the end of every other quarter, the results commentary is accessible via teleconferences and
webcasts.

A primary channel for communication with shareholders and the investing community at large is through
DRDGOLD’s website. This contains current information on DRDGOLD and its operations, as well as all
announcements and publications, such as the annual report and the investor bulletins, which are produced
every second month. Interactivity is a primary feature that adds currency to the website and complements
the substantial archive. All investor teleconferences are recorded and are available, together with
webcasts, on the website for a period of time.

Employees and their elected representatives constitute another important stakeholder or constituency for
DRDGOLD. While a climate of mature industrial relations ensures that considerable, effective
communication is achieved through the collective bargaining process, DRDGOLD is careful to maintain
its prerogative, indeed its obligation, to communicate directly, regularly and effectively with its
employees.

A company-wide workplace briefing system with feedback mechanisms, quarterly results briefings, the
website and employee publications are among the primary media used.

Effective, two-way communication with the communities within which it operates is an area of growing
importance to the Group. While, increasingly, much of this communication is required by regulation and
statute and takes the form of formal consultation with interested and affected parties, operational
management has come to recognise the value of community understanding of and support for
management’s actions, and of the role that effective communication plays in securing these.


MANAGEMENT STRATEGY

Since disposing of its entire interest in Australian gold miner Emperor Mines Limited in October 2007,
DRDGOLD’s strategy has been to:

• 
      reduce risk associated with its South African business, the deep-level underground mining footprint
         in particular;
       contain costs;
• 
      manage margins; and
• 
      grow cautiously, with a focus on lower-risk, lower-cost, higher-margin surface tailings re-treatment,
        in which the company is an established industry leader.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
88

Notwithstanding its continued bullishness regarding gold’s prospects in the medium to longer term,
DRDGOLD believes this strategy to be all the more apposite in the context of:

• 
      continuing global economic recovery;
• 
      the current strength of the South African Rand and its negative effect on South African producers’
        Rand gold receipts;
• 
     externally-driven cost increases, power in particular;
• 
     growing safety and production challenges – and tighter regulation – associated with South African
       deep-level underground mining.

At the end of FY2010, approximately 70 percent of DRDGOLD’s gold production was from surface re-
treatment and this is expected to increase in the future.

RECENT DEVELOPMENTS

Blyvoor’s provisional judicial management
On 9 November 2009, DRDGOLD announced that, in a bid to save Blyvoor from liquidation,
DRDGOLD intended applying to the High Court of South Africa for a provisional judicial management
order over Blyvoor and its assets. A provisional judicial management order was granted by the High
Court of South Africa on 10 November 2009.

The application, in terms of the provisions of Section 427 of the Companies Act, was prompted by
Blyvoor’s inability to continue to sustain losses incurred since April 2009, which were brought about by
the following circumstances:

•        a drop in the Rand gold price received between 1 April 2009 and 30 September 2009, due to the
        strengthening of the Rand against the US Dollar;
•        extensive damage caused during May 2009 to higher-grade underground production areas at
        Blyvoor’s No. 5 Shaft by seismic activity, restoration of which was expected to take until March
        2010 to complete;
•       power utility Eskom’s higher winter tariffs, compounded by a 32% price increase effective from 1
       July 2009, and the likelihood of further increases in coming months; and
•       the wage strike by the National Union of Mineworkers, which lasted for almost a month and resulted
       in the loss of approximately 8000 ounces of production.

In terms of a provisional judicial management order, the court appoints a judicial manager who has a
wide range of powers at his disposal to take such actions he deems necessary to save the business. These
could include giving certain creditors temporary preference over others and agreeing compromises with
creditors without the risk of committing an act of insolvency and thereby exposing the mine to
liquidation. Management believed that provisional judicial management offered the best possible prospect
of preventing Blyvoor’s liquidation and of restoring the operation to profitability, while protecting the
interests of all stakeholders of both Blyvoor and DRDGOLD.

On 13 April 2010 the High Court of South Africa agreed to lift the provisional judicial management
order. The reasons for the lifting of the provisional judicial management order were as follows:
BACKGROUND IMAGE
89

• 
    Blyvoor’s return to profitability;
• 
    the return of Blyvoor’s trade creditors to normal payment terms;
• 
    an increase in Blyvoor’s monthly production; and
• 
    an increase in the Rand gold price.

Offer by Aurora Empowerment Systems (Pty) Limited ("Aurora") to purchase a 60 percent
interest in Blyvoor
On 2 December 2009 Aurora offered to purchase a 60percent interest in Blyvoor for a cash consideration
of R295 million, which was to be payable by 29 June 2010, and to provide an R80 million loan facility to
Blyvoor over a six-month period. On 1 April 2010, by mutual agreement between DRDGOLD and
Aurora, the offer was withdrawn.

Acquisition of Mintails’ remaining 50 percent interest in Ergo Mining (Pty) Limited (Ergo)
On 21 January 2010 DRDGOLD signed an agreement to acquire, subject to certain suspensive conditions
including Competition Commission approval, Mintails' remaining 50 percent interest in Ergo for a total
consideration of R82.1 million with R62.1 million to be settled in cash and the balance in shares in the
Witfontein tailings deposition site on the Far West Rand valued at R20 million. On 15 April 2010
Competition Commission approval was obtained.

Ergo was created as a 50:50 joint venture between DRDGOLD and Mintails in November 2007 to
explore, evaluate and process up to 1.7 billion tonnes of surface gold, uranium and sulphur-bearing
tailings from the East and Central Rand goldfields of South Africa.

This transaction was the next step in DRDGOLD's strategy to expand its surface tailings reclamation
footprint and exploit synergies with its Crown surface retreatment operations. Gaining access to the
second CIL circuit at Ergo's Brakpan plant provides an opportunity for DRDGOLD to double the volume
capacity to which it has access, and provides options in respect of resources DRDGOLD controls in and
around central Johannesburg and Boksburg. DRDGOLD will also continue to explore prospects for
uranium and sulphur production through the Brakpan plant.

Disposal of ERPM’s prospecting and mining rights over ERPM Extensions 1 and 2
On 30 June 2010 DRDGOLD signed heads of agreement with White Water Resources Limited (" White
Water Resources
"), in terms of which White Water Resources will acquire the prospecting rights over
ERPM Extensions 1 and 2 and the mining right over ERPM Extension 1 from ERPM. ERPM’s mining
right application over ERPM Extension 1 is pending. Both extensions are contiguous to the ERPM
mining lease area. Underground mining at ERPM was discontinued in November 2008.

The purchase consideration for the prospecting and mining rights is R18.5 million and will be settled
through the issue to ERPM of 74 million ordinary shares in White Water Resources and 26 shares in a
special purpose vehicle (SPV) to be created, which will hold the assets acquired by White Water
Resources from ERPM in terms of the transaction.

In the event that the Department of Mineral Resources does not approve transfer of one or other of the
prospecting or mining rights, the consideration will be reduced to R9.3 million to be settled through the
issue to ERPM of 37 million ordinary shares in White Water Resources and 26 ordinary shares in the
SPV.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
90
The transaction is subject to the successful conclusion of various conditions precedent, including its
approval by White Water Resources shareholders and the DRDGOLD board.

RISK FACTORS

In conducting its business, the Group faces many risks that may interfere with its business objectives. Some
of these risks relate to the Group's operational processes, while others relate to its business environment. It is
important to understand the nature of these risks and the impact they may have on the Group's business,
financial condition and operating results.

Some of the most relevant risks are summarized below and have been organized into the following
categories:
•      Risks related to the Group's business and operations;
• 
    Risks related to the gold mining industry; and
• 
    Risks related to doing business in South Africa.

Risks related to the Group's business and operations

Changes in the market price for gold, which in the past has fluctuated widely, and exchange rate
fluctuations affect the profitability of the Group's operations and the cash flows generated by those
operations
As the majority of the Group's production costs are in rands, while gold is sold in United States dollars,
the Group's financial condition has been and could be materially harmed in the future by an appreciation
in the value of the rand. Due to the marginal nature of the Group's underground mines, any sustained
decline in the market price of gold below the cost of production, could result in the closure of the Group's
mines which would result in significant costs and expenditure, for example, incurring retrenchment costs
earlier than expected, that would negatively and adversely affect the Group's business, operating results
and financial condition.

The Group does not enter into forward contracts to reduce its exposure to market fluctuations in the dollar
gold price or the exchange rate movements of the Rand. The Group sells its gold and trades its foreign
currency at the spot price in the market on the date of trade. If the dollar gold price should fall and the
regional functional currencies should strengthen against the dollar, resulting in revenue below the Group
cost of production and remain at such levels for any sustained period, the Group may experience losses and
may be forced to curtail or suspend some or all of its operations. In addition, the Group might not be able to
recover any losses it may incur during that period or maintain adequate gold reserves for future exploitation.

Inflation may have a material adverse effect on the Group's results of operations
South Africa has experienced high rates of inflation in the past. Because the Group is unable to control
the market price at which it sells the gold it produces, it is possible that significantly higher future
inflation in South Africa may result in an increase in the Group's future operational costs in Rand, without
a concurrent devaluation of the operational costs in rand against the United States dollar or an increase in
the United States dollar price of gold. This could have a material adverse effect upon the Group's results
of operations and the Group's financial condition. Significantly higher and sustained inflation in the
future, with a consequent increase in operational costs, could result in operations being discontinued or
reduced or rationalized at higher cost mines.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
91
The failure to discover or acquire new ore reserves could negatively affect the Group's cash flow,
results of operations and financial condition
The Group's future cash flow, results of operations and financial condition are directly related to the
success of the Group's exploration and acquisition efforts in the regions in which the Group operates and
any new regions that it identifies for future growth opportunities. Mining higher grade reserves in the
Group's underground mines is likely to be more difficult in the future, due to the age of these mines and
safety concerns and could result in increased production costs and reduced profitability. Neither the Issuer
nor any other Group member can make assurances that any new or ongoing exploration programs will
result in new mineral producing operations that will sustain or increase ore reserves. A failure to discover
or acquire new ore reserves in sufficient quantities to maintain or grow the current level of the Group's
reserves will negatively affect the Group's future cash flow, results of operations and financial condition.

Increased production costs could have an adverse effect on the Group's results of operations
The Group's historical production costs have varied significantly and the Group may not be able to
accurately predict and adequately provide for an increase in its production costs. Production costs are
affected by, amongst other things:
•      labour stability, lack of productivity and increases in labour costs;
• 
    increases in crude oil, steel, electricity and water prices;
• 
    unforeseen changes in ore grades and recoveries;
• 
    unexpected changes in the quality or quantity of reserves;
• 
    unstable or unexpected ground conditions and seismic activity;
• 
    technical production issues;
• 
    environmental and industrial accidents;
• 
    gold theft;
• 
    environmental factors; and
• 
    pollution.
The majority of the Group's production costs consist of labour, steel, electricity, water, fuels, lubricants and
other oil and petroleum based products. The production costs incurred at the Group's operations have, and
could in the future, increase at rates in excess of the Group's annual expected inflationary increase and result
in the restructuring of these operations at substantial cost. The majority of the Group's South African labour
force is unionized and their wage increase demands are usually above the then prevailing rates of inflation.
In addition, in the past, the Group has been impacted by large price increases imposed by the Group's South
African steel suppliers and parastatal entities which supply the Group with electricity and water. These,
combined with the increases in labour costs, could result in the Group's costs of production increasing above
the gold price received. Discussions with steel suppliers and parastatal entities to moderate price increases
have been unsuccessful in the past.

The Group's initiatives to reduce costs, such as reducing its labour force, negotiating lower price increases
for consumables and stringent cost controls, may not be sufficient to offset the increases imposed on its
operations and could negatively affect the Group's business, operating results and financial condition.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
92
The Group's operations are subject to extensive environmental regulations which could impose
significant costs and liabilities
The Group's operations are subject to increasingly extensive laws and regulations governing the protection
of the environment, under various national, provincial and local laws, which regulate air and water quality,
hazardous waste management and environmental rehabilitation and reclamation. The Group's mining and
related activities impact the environment, including land, habitat, streams and environment near the
mining sites. Delays in obtaining, or failures to obtain government permits and approvals may adversely
impact the Group's operations. In addition, the regulatory environment in which the Group operates could
change in ways that could substantially increase costs to achieve compliance, therefore having a material
adverse effect on the Group's profitability.

The Group has made, and expects to make in the future, expenditures to comply with these environmental
laws and regulations. However, the ultimate amount of rehabilitation costs may in the future exceed the
current estimates due to influences beyond the Group's control, such as changing legislation, higher than
expected cost increases, or unidentified rehabilitation costs. The closure of mining operations, without
sufficient financial provision for the funding of rehabilitation liabilities, or unacceptable damage to the
environment, including pollution or environmental degradation, may expose the Group and its directors to
litigation and potentially significant liabilities.

Seismicity and other natural disasters could impact the going concern of the Group's operations
The Group runs the inherent risk that seismic activity and/or other natural disasters could cripple its
operations and affect its ability to continue production. Seismic activity has had, and may continue to have,
a harmful effect on the Group's business, operating results and financial condition.

Flooding at the Group operations may cause the Group to incur liabilities for environmental damage
Flooding of underground mining areas is an inherent risk at the Group's underground operations. If the rate
of rise of water is not controlled, water from underground mining areas could potentially rise to the surface
or decant into surrounding underground mining areas or natural underground water sources. Due to the
withdrawal of government pumping subsidies at Durban Deep and West Wits, the Group has ceased active
pumping of underground water at these mines. The Group also stopped the pumping of underground water
at the Group's ERPM underground operation on 20 August 2009. Progressive flooding where these
operations are located could eventually cause the discharge of polluted water to the surface and to local
water sources.

Estimates of the probable rate of rise of water in those mines are contradictory and lack scientific support,
however, should underground water levels not reach a natural subterranean equilibrium, and in the event
that underground water rises to the surface, the Group may face claims relating to environmental damage as
a result of pollution of ground water, streams and wetlands. These claims may have a material adverse effect
on the Group's business, operating results and financial condition.

The Group has ageing assets, which exposes the Group to greater risk of the Group's infrastructure
failing, higher maintenance costs and potentially greater health, safety and environmental liabilities
The Group's assets are made up predominantly of mature assets, which were acquired after they had reached
the end of the planned production cycle under their previous owners, and the Group's strategy has been to
revive these assets through specialist planning and mining techniques. The ageing infrastructure and
installations typical of these operations require constant maintenance and continuing capital expenditure.
This materially increases the Group's operational costs. In addition, the technology applied in many of the
Group's installations was not regularly updated and accordingly has become obsolete compared to the
technology used in more modern mines. As a result the risk of technology failure is high, and the
maintenance of these installations, costly.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
93
Due to the nature of the business and because the Group's marginal underground mines are predominantly
comprised of aged infrastructures, the Group inherently runs the risk of exposure to greater health, safety
and environmental liabilities which it closely monitors but is unable to fully mitigate.
Limited tailings dam capacity at Crown exposes the Group to greater risk of financial loss due to
lower production and health, safety and environmental liabilities
The Group's ageing tailings facilities at Crown are exposed to numerous risks and events, the occurrence of
which may result in the failure or breach of such a facility. These may include sabotage, failure to adhere to
the codes of practice and natural disasters such as excessive rainfall and seismicity. In the event that the
Group is limited on how much treated ore, sand or slime it can deposit at Crown’s deposition sites, it could
be forced to stop or limit operations, the dams could overflow and the health and safety of the Group's
employees and communities living around these dams could be jeopardized. In the event that this occurs, the
Group's Crown operations will be adversely affected and this in turn could have a material adverse effect on
the Group's business, operating result and financial condition.
Due to the nature of the Group's business, the Group faces extensive health and safety risks
According to section 54 of the Mine, Health and Safety Act of 1996, if an inspector believes that any
occurrence, practice or condition at a mine endangers or may endanger the health or safety of any person at
the mine, the inspector may give any instruction necessary to protect the health or safety of persons at the
mine. These instructions could include the suspension of operations at the whole or part of the mine. While
seismic monitoring continues to be an invaluable tool in the management of seismicity, there is still risk of
seismic induced fatalities occurring which the Group may not be able to prevent. These incidents could lead
to mine operations being halted and that will increase the Group's unit costs due to loss of production. This
could have a material adverse effect on the Group's business, operating results and financial condition.

Events may occur for which the Group is not insured which could affect the Group's cash flows and
profitability
Because of the nature of the Group's business, it may become subject to liability for pollution or other
hazards against which it is unable to insure, including those in respect of past mining activities. The Group's
existing property, business interruption and other insurance contains certain exclusions and limitations on
coverage. The Group has insured property, including loss of profits due to business interruption in the
amount of about R9.0 billion. Claims for each and every event are limited by the insurers to R1.0 billion.
Business interruption is only covered from the time the loss actually occurs and is subject to time and
amount deductibles that vary between categories. General liability, fidelity, directors and officers, and other
insurance cover are also in place.

Future insurance coverage may not cover the extent of claims brought against the Group, including claims
for environmental, industrial or pollution related accidents, for which coverage is not available. If the Group
is required to meet the costs of claims which exceed its insurance coverage, the Group's costs may increase
which could have a material adverse effect on its business, operating results and financial condition.

Risks related to the gold mining industry

A change in the price of gold, which in the past has fluctuated widely, is beyond the Group's control
Historically, the gold price has fluctuated widely and is affected by numerous industry factors, over which
the Group has no control, including:

•        the physical supply of gold from world-wide production and scrap sales, and the purchase, sale or
        divestment by central banks of their gold holdings;
BACKGROUND IMAGE
94
•      the demand for gold for investment purposes, industrial and commercial use, and in the
      manufacturing of jewellery;
• 
    speculative trading activities in gold;
• 
    the overall level of forward sales by other gold producers;
• 
    the overall level and cost of production of other gold producers;
• 
    international or regional political and economic events or trends;
• 
    the strength of the United States dollar (the currency in which gold prices generally are quoted) and
      of other currencies;
• 
    financial market expectations regarding the rate of inflation;
• 
    interest rates;
• 
    gold hedging and de-hedging by gold producers; and
• 
    actual or expected gold sales by central banks and the International Monetary Fund.
The Group's profitability may be negatively impacted if revenue from gold sales drops below the cost of
production for an extended period.

Current economic conditions may adversely affect the profitability of the Group's operations
The global economy is currently undergoing a period of prolonged recession and, despite recent signs of
stabilization, the future economic environment is likely to be less favourable than that of recent years. Since
September 2007, the global financial system has experienced difficult credit and liquidity conditions and
disruptions resulting in major financial institutions consolidating or going out of business, tightened credit
markets, reduced liquidity, and extreme volatility in fixed income, credit, currency and equity markets.
These conditions may adversely affect the Group's business. For example, tightening credit conditions may
make it more difficult for the Group to obtain financing on commercially acceptable terms or make it more
likely that one or more of the Group's key suppliers may become insolvent and lead to a supply chain
breakdown. In addition, general economic indicators have deteriorated, including declining consumer
sentiment, increased unemployment, declining economic growth and uncertainty regarding corporate
earnings. To the extent the current economic downturn worsens or the economic environment in which the
Group operates does not recover, the Group could experience a material adverse effect on its business,
results of operations and financial condition.

The exploration of mineral properties is highly speculative in nature, involves substantial
expenditures, and is frequently unproductive
The Group must continually replace ore reserves that are depleted by production. The Group's future
growth and profitability will depend, in part, on its ability to identify and acquire additional mineral rights,
and on the costs and results of the Group's continued exploration and development programs. Gold mining
companies may undertake exploration activities to discover gold mineralization, which in turn may give
rise to new gold bearing ore bodies. Exploration is highly speculative in nature and requires substantial
expenditure for drilling, sampling and analysis of ore bodies in order to quantify the extent of the gold
reserve. Many exploration programs, including some of the Group's, do not result in the discovery of
mineralization and any mineralization discovered may not be of sufficient quantity or quality to be mined
profitably. If the Group discovers a viable deposit, it usually takes several years from the initial phases of
exploration until production is possible.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
95
During this time, the economic feasibility of production may change. Moreover, the Group's relies on the
evaluations of professional geologists, geophysicists, and engineers for estimates in determining whether
to commence or continue mining. These estimates generally rely on scientific and economic assumptions,
which in some instances may not be correct, and could result in the expenditure of substantial amounts of
money on a deposit before it can be determined with any degree of accuracy whether or not the deposit
contains economically recoverable mineralization. Uncertainties as to the metallurgical recovery of any
gold discovered may not warrant mining on the basis of available technology. As a result of these
uncertainties, the Group may not successfully acquire additional mineral rights, or identify new proven
and probable ore reserves in sufficient quantities to justify commercial operations in any of the Group's
properties. The Group's mineral exploration rights may also not contain commercially exploitable
reserves of gold. The costs incurred on unsuccessful exploration activities are, as a result, not likely to be
recovered and the Group could incur a write-down on its investment in that interest or the irrecoverable
loss of funds spent.

There is uncertainty with the Group's ore reserve and mineral resource estimates
The Group's ore reserve and mineral resource figures disclosed in this Programme Memorandum are the
best estimates of its current management as of the dates stated and are reported in accordance with the
requirements of the South African Code for the Reporting of Mineral Resources and Mineral Reserves
(SAMREC Code). These estimates may be imprecise and may not reflect actual reserves or future
production.

Should the Group encounter mineralization or formations different from those predicted by past drilling,
sampling and similar examinations, reserve estimates may have to be adjusted and mining plans may have
to be altered in a way that might ultimately cause the Group's results of operations and financial condition
to decline. Moreover, if the price of gold declines, or stabilizes at a price that is lower than recent levels,
or if the Group's production costs, and in particular the Group's labour costs, increase or recovery rates
decrease, it may become uneconomical to recover ore reserves containing relatively lower grades of
mineralization. Under these circumstances, the Group's would be required to re-evaluate its ore reserves.
Short-term operating factors relating to the ore reserves, such as the need for sequential development of
ore bodies and the processing of new or different grades, may increase the Group's production costs and
decrease the Group's profitability during any given period. These factors have and could result in
reductions in the Group's ore reserve estimates, which could in turn adversely impact upon the total value
of the Group's mining asset base and its business, operating results and financial condition.

Gold mining is susceptible to numerous events that could have an adverse impact on a gold mining
business
The business of gold mining takes place in underground mines, open pit mines and surface operations for
the retreatment of rock dumps and tailings dams. These operations are exposed to numerous risks and
events, the occurrence of which may result in the death of, or personal injury to, employees, the loss of
mining equipment, damage to or destruction of mineral properties or production facilities, monetary
losses, delays in production, environmental damage, loss of the license to mine and potential legal claims.
The risks and events associated with the business of gold mining include, but are not limited to:

       environmental hazards and pollution, including the discharge of gases, toxic chemicals, pollutants,
        radioactive materials and other hazardous material into the air and water;
•        seismic activity which could lead to rock bursts, cave-ins, pit slope failures or, in the event of a
        significant event, total closure of sections or an entire underground mine;
•       unexpected geological formations which reduce or prevent mining from taking place;
BACKGROUND IMAGE
96
•        flooding, landslides, sinkhole formation, ground subsidence, ground and surface water pollution, and
        waterway contamination;
• 
     underground fires and explosions, including those caused by flammable gas;
• 
     accidents caused from and related to drilling, blasting, removing, transporting and processing
       material, and the collapse of pit walls and tailings dams; and
•       a decrease in labour productivity due to labour disruptions, work stoppages, disease, slowdowns or
       labour strikes.
In addition, deep level underground mines in South Africa, as compared to other gold mining countries,
involve significant risks and hazards not associated with open pit or surface rock dump and tailings dam
retreatment operations. These risks and hazards include underground fires, encountering unexpected
geological formations, unanticipated ground and water conditions, fall-of-ground accidents and seismic
activity. The level of seismic activity in a deep level gold mine varies based on the rock formation and
geological structures in the mine. The occurrence of any of these hazards could delay production, increase
production costs and may result in significant legal claims.

Risks related to doing business in South Africa

Political or economic instability in South Africa may reduce the Group's production and profitability
DRDGOLD and the Issuer are incorporated and own operations in South Africa. As a result, political and
economic risks relating to South Africa could reduce the Group's production and profitability. Large parts of
the South African population are unemployed and do not have access to adequate education, health care,
housing and other services, including water and electricity. Government policies aimed at alleviating and
redressing the disadvantages suffered by the majority of citizens under previous governments may increase
the Group's costs and reduce its profitability. In recent years, South Africa has experienced high levels of
crime. These problems have impeded fixed inward investment into South Africa and have prompted
emigration of skilled workers. As a result, the Group may have difficulties attracting and retaining qualified
employees.

Recently, the South African economy has been growing at a relatively slow rate, inflation and
unemployment have been high by comparison with developed countries, and foreign currency reserves have
been low relative to other emerging market countries. In the late 1980s and early 1990s, inflation in South
Africa reached highs of 20.6%. This increase in inflation resulted in considerable year on year increases in
operational costs. Continuing high levels of inflation in South Africa for prolonged periods, without a
concurrent devaluation of the Rand or increase in the price of gold, could result in an increase in the Group's
costs which could reduce its profitability.

Power stoppages or increases in the cost of power could negatively affect the Group's results and
financial condition
The Group's mining operations are dependent on electrical power supplied by Eskom, South Africa’s state
owned utility company. As a result of a substantial increase in demand and insufficient generating capacity,
Eskom has warned that the country could face disruptions in electrical power supply. The available
generating capacity of electricity was constrained mainly as a result of unplanned maintenance at some of
Eskom’s power stations, insufficient supply of coal to the coal fired plants and skills shortages. On 25
January 2008, Eskom announced that they could no longer guarantee the supply of electricity to the South
African mining industry. Eskom subsequently cut off power supply to the mining industry for five days and
a number of power outages followed over several months thereafter. Eskom did manage to contain
electricity stoppages but the fact remains that the country’s current reserve capacity is insufficient and the
risk of electricity stoppages is expected to continue until 2013. Apart from the five-day closure, the Group's
BACKGROUND IMAGE
97
production was not affected, however further power supply stoppages or power cost increases could have an
adverse effect on the Group's operating results and financial condition. From 1 July 2009, Eskom’s average
tariff increased by 31.3% and has adversely affected the Group's production costs particularly at the
Blyvoor operation. Eskom have indicated that it does not have sufficient funding required for planned
infrastructure development, and have applied a further 25% tariff increase in 2010, 2011 and 2012. These
increases together with the risk of further large increases thereafter could have a material adverse effect on
the Group's business, operating results and financial condition.

AIDS poses risks to the Group in terms of productivity and costs
Acquired Immune Deficiency Syndrome, or AIDS, and tuberculosis which is closely associated with the
onset of the disease and is exacerbated in the presence of HIV/AIDS, represents a very serious health care
challenge in the mining industry. Human Immunodeficiency Virus, or HIV, is the virus that causes AIDS
and South Africa has one of the highest HIV infection rates in the world. It is estimated that approximately
35% to 40% of the mining industry workforce in South Africa are HIV positive. The exact extent to which
the Group's mining workforce within South Africa is infected with HIV/AIDS is unknown at this stage. The
existence of the disease poses a risk to the Group in terms of the potential reduction in productivity and
increase in medical costs.

The treatment of occupational health diseases and the potential liabilities related to occupational
health diseases may have an adverse effect on the results of the Group's operations and its financial
condition
The primary area of focus in respect of occupational health within the Group's operations is noise-induced
hearing loss (NIHL), occupational lung diseases (OLD) and tuberculosis (TB). The Group provides
occupational health services to its employees at its occupational health centers and continue to improve
preventive occupational hygiene initiatives. If the costs associated with providing such occupational health
services increase, such increase could have an adverse effect on the results of the Group's operations and its
financial condition.

Furthermore, the South African Government, by way of a cabinet resolution in 1999, proposed a possible
combination and alignment of benefits of the Occupational Diseases in Mines and Works Act (ODMWA)
that provides for compensation to miners who have OLD, TB and combinations thereof, and the
Compensation for Occupational Injuries and Diseases Act (COIDA) that provides for compensation to non-
miners who have OLD. If the outlined combination of ODMWA and COIDA were to occur, the level of
compensation claims the Group could be subject to could increase and consequently have an adverse effect
on the Group's financial condition.

Increased theft at the Group's work sites, particularly of copper, may result in greater risks to
employees or interruptions in production
Statistics available in South Africa indicate an increase in theft. This together with price increases for copper
as a commodity has resulted in an increase in copper cable theft. All of the Group's operations experience
high incidents of copper cable theft despite the implementation of security measures. In addition to the
general risk to employees in an area where theft occurs, the Group may suffer production losses and incur
additional costs as a result of power interruptions caused by cable theft.

Possible scarcity of water may negatively affect the Group's results and financial condition
National studies conducted by the Water Research Commission found that water resources were 4% lower
than estimated in 1995 which may lead to the revision of water usage strategies by several sectors in the
South African economy, including electricity generation and municipalities. This may result in rationing or
increased water costs in the future. Such changes would adversely impact all of the Group's operations,
which require water to operate. In particular the Group's surface retreatment operations, which use water to
transport the slimes or sand from reclaimed areas to the processing plant and to the tailings facilities, would
BACKGROUND IMAGE
98
be adversely impacted. In addition, as the Group's gold plants and piping infrastructure were designed to
carry certain minimum throughputs, any reductions in the volumes of available water may require the Group
to halt production at these operations. The Group is currently considering a project which envisages the
pumping of underground water at ERPM for use by its surface retreatment operations.

Government Regulation
The mining industry in South Africa is extensively regulated through legislation and regulations issued
through the government’s administrative bodies. These involve directives in respect of health and safety, the
mining and exploration of minerals, and managing the impact of mining operations on the environment. A
variety of permits and authorities are required to mine lawfully, and the government enforces its regulations
through the various government departments.
The Mineral and Petroleum Resources Development Act, 2002
On 1 May 2004, the new Minerals and Petroleum Resources Development Act, 2002 (" MPRD Act "), was
promulgated, which places all mineral and petroleum resources under the custodianship of the state. Private
title and ownership in minerals, or the “old order rights,” are to be converted to “new order rights,”
essentially the right to mine. The MPRD Act allows the existing holders of mineral rights a period of five
years to apply for the conversion of used old order rights, and one year for the conversion of unused old
order rights. Once these periods have lapsed, the holders may have to compete to acquire the right to mine
minerals previously held under old order rights. The Group has have submitted the respective applications
in order to comply with the requirements of the Mining Charter as described below. To the extent that the
Group is unable to convert some of its old order rights, it may have a claim for compensation based on
expropriation. It is not possible to forecast with any degree of certainty whether a claim will be enforceable
against the State, and if enforceable, the level of compensation the Group will receive, if any. Factors that
are taken into account include market value, proof of actual loss, proof of ownership, nature of property,
current use of the property and history of the acquisition.
Where new order rights are obtained under the MPRD Act, these rights will not be equivalent to the
Group's existing property rights. The area covered by the new order rights may be reduced by the State if
it finds that the prospecting or mining work program submitted by an applicant does not substantiate the
need to retain the area covered by the old order rights. The duration of the new order rights will no longer
be perpetual but rather, in the case of new order mining rights, for a maximum of 30 years with renewals
of up to 30 years each and, in the case of prospecting rights, up to five years with one renewal of up to
three years. In addition, the new order rights will only be transferable subject to the approval of the
Minister of Minerals and Resources (formerly Minister of Minerals and Energy). Mining or prospecting
must commence within one year or 120 days, respectively, of the mining right or prospecting right
becoming effective, and must be conducted continuously and actively thereafter. The new rights can be
suspended or cancelled by the Minister of Minerals and Resources in the event of a breach or, in the case of
mining rights, non-optimal mining in accordance with the mining work program.

The implementation of the MPRD Act will result in significant adjustments to the Group's property
ownership structure. The Group has lodged applications to convert all of its old order rights, however, to the
extent that it is unable to convert some of its old order rights to new order rights, and that the exclusive
rights to minerals that the Group enjoyed under the previous statutory regime are diminished, the operations
of the MPRD Act may result in significant adjustments to the Group's property ownership structure, which
in turn could have a material adverse effect on the underlying value of the Group's operations. The MPRD
Act states that the conversions must be granted by the Minister if all requirements are completed but it does
not stipulate any time frame. The MPRD Act also provides for holders of old order rights to continue to
operate under the terms and conditions of such rights until conversions under the MPRD Act have been
completed.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
99
Taxation reform and mining royalties
The South African government has declared its intention to revisit the taxation regime of South African gold
mining companies. The South African gold mining industry is taxed under the gold taxation formula which
recognizes the high level of capital expenditure required to sustain a mining operation over the life of the
mine. This results in an additional tax benefit not afforded to other commercial companies. In addition, the
Mineral and Petroleum Resources Royalty Act, 2008 was enacted on 21 November 2008 and the Mineral
and Petroleum Resources Royalty Act (Administration), 2008 on 26 November 2008. These acts provide for
the payment of a royalty, calculated through a royalty rate formula (using rates of between 0.5% and 5.0%)
applied against gross revenue per year, payable half yearly with a third and final payment thereafter. The
royalty is tax deductible and the cost after tax amounts to a rate of between 0.33% and 3.3% at the
prevailing marginal tax rates applicable to the Group. The registration process commenced on
1 November 2009 and the payment of royalties commenced on 1 March 2010. The royalty is payable on old
unconverted mining rights and new converted mining rights. Introduction of further revenue based royalties
or any future tax reforms would have an adverse effect on the business, operating results and financial
condition of the Group's operations.

The Broad Based Socio-Economic Empowerment Charter
The Broad Based Socio-Economic Empowerment Charter for the South African Mining Industry, or Mining
Charter (effective from 1 May 2004), establishes certain numerical goals and timeframes to transform equity
participation in the mining industry in South Africa.

The goals set by the Mining Charter include that each mining company must achieve 15 percent ownership
by historically disadvantaged South Africans of its South African mining assets within five years and
26 percent ownership within ten years from 1 May 2004. This is to be achieved by, among other methods,
the sale of assets to historically disadvantaged persons on a willing seller/willing buyer basis at fair market
value. When considering applications for the conversion of existing rights, the State will take a
“scorecard” approach, evaluating the commitments of each company to the different facets of promoting
the objectives of the Mining Charter. Failure on the Group's part to comply with the requirements of the
Mining Charter and the “scorecard” could subject the Group to negative consequences. The Group may
incur expenses in giving additional effect to the Mining Charter and the “scorecard”, including costs
which the Group may incur in facilitating the financing of initiatives towards ownership by historically
disadvantaged persons. There is also no guarantee that any steps the Group might take to comply with the
Mining Charter would ensure that it could successfully acquire new order mining rights in place of its
existing rights. In addition, the terms of such new order rights may not be as favourable to it as the terms
applicable to its existing rights. The Group runs the risk of losing its mining rights if it does not comply
with the requirements stipulated in the Mining Charter. This could have an adverse affect on the Group's
business, operating results and financial condition.

Land claims
The Group privately held land and mineral rights in South Africa could be subject to land restitution claims
under the Restitution of Land Rights Act, 1994 (as amended), (" Land Rights Act "). Under the Land Rights
Act, any person who was dispossessed of rights to land in South Africa as a result of past racially
discriminatory laws or practices is granted certain remedies, including the restoration of the land. The initial
deadline for such claims was 31 December 1998. The Group has not been notified of any land claims, but it
is possible that administrative delays in the processing of claims could have delayed such notification. Any
claims of which the Group is notified in the future could have a material adverse effect on its right to the
properties to which the claims relate and prevent its using that land and exploiting any ore reserves located
there. This could have an adverse affect on the Group's business, operating results and financial condition.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
100
Since the Group's South African labour force has substantial trade union participation, the Group
faces the risk of disruption from labour disputes and new South African labour laws.
As of June 30, 2009, the Group employs and contracts 5,791 people, of whom approximately 78% are
members of trade unions or employee associations. The Group has entered into various agreements
regulating wages and working conditions at its mines. Unreasonable wage demands could increase
production costs to levels where its operations are no longer profitable. This could lead to accelerated mine
closures and labour disruptions. In addition, the Group is subject to strikes by workers from time to time,
which result in disruptions to its mining operations.

In recent years, labour laws in South Africa have changed in ways that significantly affect the Group's
operations. In particular, laws that provide for mandatory compensation in the event of termination of
employment for operational reasons and that impose large monetary penalties for non-compliance with the
administrative and reporting requirements of affirmative action policies could result in significant costs to
the Group. In addition, future South African legislation and regulations relating to labour may further
increase the Group's costs or alter its relationship with its employees. Labour cost increases could have an
adverse effect on the Group's business, operating results and financial condition.


BACKGROUND IMAGE
SETTLEMENT, CLEARING AND TRANSFERS OF NOTES
Words used in this section headed “Settlement, Clearing and Transfers of Notes” shall bear the same
meanings as defined in the Terms and Conditions, except to the extent that they are separately defined in this
section or this is clearly inappropriate from the context.
Global Certificates
Registered Notes listed on the JSE may be issued in the form of a single Global Certificate which will be
lodged and immobilised in the Central Securities Depository which forms part of the settlement system of
the JSE. The Central Securities Depository will be the sole Noteholder in respect of the Global Certificate.

The Central Securities Depository holds Notes subject to the Securities Services Act and the Rules of the
Central Securities Depository. The Rules of the Central Securities Depository as at the date of this
Programme have most recently been updated by the Registrar of Securities Services in Government Gazette
No. 27758 of 8 July 2005.

While the Notes are held in the Central Securities Depository under the Global Certificate, the Central
Securities Depository will be reflected as the Noteholder in the Register. Accordingly, in terms of the Terms
and Conditions relating to the Notes, all amounts to be paid and all rights to be exercised in respect of the
Notes held in the Central Securities Depository, will be paid to and may be exercised only by the Central
Securities Depository under the Global Certificate.

The Central Securities Depository maintains accounts only for the Central Securities Depository Participants
who are also approved settlement agents of the JSE. As at the date of this Programme Memorandum, the
Settlement Agents are the South African Reserve Bank, ABSA Bank Limited, FirstRand Bank Limited,
Nedbank Limited and The Standard Bank of South Africa Limited. The Central Securities Depository
Participants are in turn required to maintain securities accounts for their clients. The clients of Central
Securities Depository Participants may include the holders of Beneficial Interests in the Notes represented by
the Global Certificate or their custodians. The clients of Central Securities Depository Participants, as the
holders of Beneficial Interests or as custodians for such holders, may exercise their rights in respect of the
Notes held by them in the Central Securities Depository only through the Central Securities Depository
Participants. Euroclear Bank SA/N.V., as operator of the Euroclear System and Clearstream Banking société
anonyme
(Clearstream, Luxembourg) may hold Notes through the JSE Settlement Agent, which is currently
The Standard Bank of South Africa Limited.

Transfers of Beneficial Interests in the Central Securities Depository to and from clients of Central Securities
Depository Participants, who are also Settlement Agents, occur by book entry in the securities accounts of
the clients with Settlement Agents. Transfers among Central Securities Depository Participants of Notes held
in the Central Securities Depository occur through book entry in the Central Securities Depository
Participant’s central security accounts with the Central Securities Depository.

Beneficial Interests in Registered Notes may be exchanged for Individual Certificates in accordance with the
Terms and Conditions. Transfers of Registered Notes represented by an Individual Certificate may be made
only in accordance with the Terms and Conditions and may be subject to the rules and operating procedures
for the time being of the Central Securities Depository, Settlement Agents and the JSE.

Payments of interest and principal in respect of Notes represented by the Global Certificate, or any other
Notes represented by a Certificate immobilised in the Central Securities Depository and registered in the
name of the Central Securities Depository's Nominee, will be made in accordance with Condition 9 of the
Terms and Conditions to the Central Securities Depository or such other registered holder of the Global
Certificate as shown in the Register and the Issuer will be discharged of its payment obligations under the
Note by proper payment to, or to the order of the registered holder of the Certificate in respect of each
amount so paid. Each of the persons shown in the records of the Central Securities Depository and the
Central Securities Depository Participants as the holders of Beneficial Interests, as the case may be, shall
look solely to the Central Securities Depository or the Central Securities Depository Participant, as the case
may be, for such person’s share of such payment so made by the Issuer to, or to the order of, the registered
holder of such Global Certificate.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
102
Individual Certificates
All Notes not represented by a Global Certificate, including Unlisted Registered Notes shall be issued in
definitive form and represented by Individual Certificates.
Title to Unlisted Registered Notes issued in the definitive form will pass upon registration of transfer in the
Register. The Issuer shall regard the Register as a conclusive record of title to the Unlisted Registered Notes.
Payments of Interest and principal in respect of Individual Certificates will be made to Noteholders in
accordance with Condition 9.
Uncertificated Notes
Notes in uncertificated form may be issued in terms of section 37 of the Securities Services Act and will be
held in the Central Securities Depository. The Central Securities Depository's Nominee will be the registered
Noteholder in respect of Uncertificated Notes.
Title to Uncertificated Notes will pass in accordance with Condition 15.3.
Payments of interest and principal in respect of Uncertificated Notes will be made to Noteholders in accordance
with Condition 9.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
103
SOUTH AFRICAN TAXATION
The information contained below is intended to be a general guide to the relevant tax laws of South Africa
as at the date of this Programme Memorandum and is not intended as comprehensive advice and does not
purport to describe all of the considerations that may be relevant to a prospective purchaser of Notes.
Prospective purchasers of Notes should consult their own professional advisers in regard to the purchase
of Notes and the tax implications thereof. Accordingly, the Issuer makes no representation and gives no
warranty or undertaking, express or implied, and accepts no responsibility for the accuracy or
completeness of the information contained in this paragraph. The information contained below sets out
guidelines on the current position regarding South African taxation for taxpayers who hold the Notes as
capital assets. Traders in these Notes should consult their own advisers.
Words used in this section headed “Income Tax” shall bear the same meanings as defined in the Terms and
Conditions, except to the extent that they are separately defined in this section or this is clearly
inappropriate from the context.
Income Tax
Under current taxation law in South Africa persons who or which are tax residents will, subject to any
available exemptions, be taxed in South Africa on their world-wide income. A tax resident is a person who
or which is a “ resident” as defined in section 1 of the South African Income Tax Act, 1962 (the “ Income
Tax Act
”). Any income received by or accrued to a resident in respect of the Notes will accordingly be
subject to income taxes imposed or assessed under the Income Tax Act.
Any original issue at a discount to the nominal amount of the Notes will, in terms of Section 24J of the
Income Tax Act, be treated by the revenue authorities as interest for tax purposes, and the discount amount
will be deemed to accrue to the Noteholder on a yield to maturity basis as if such Noteholder were to hold
the Notes until maturity. If the Notes are disposed of prior to maturity or are subject to early redemption,
then the yield to maturity is re-calculated at that time.
Any original issue premium or redemption premium will be added to the nominal amount of the Notes to
determine the initial amount which will be used to determine the interest which is deemed, under Section 24J
of the Income Tax Act, to have been incurred or to have accrued in respect of the Notes. Interest is taxed on
the basis of the yield to maturity unless an election has been made by the Noteholder (if the Noteholder is
entitled to make such election) to treat the Notes as trading stock on a mark-to-market basis.
A non-resident is taxed in South Africa under the Income Tax Act only on income from a source within or
deemed to be within South Africa. A non-resident is a person who or which is not a “ resident ” as defined in
the Income Tax Act. Interest which is received or accrued in respect of the Notes during any year of
assessment to any non-resident will be exempt from taxation under the Income Tax Act, unless that non-
resident is a natural person who was physically present in South Africa for a period exceeding 183 calendar
days in aggregate in that year or, if that non-resident (whether or not a natural person), carried on business in
South Africa at any time during that year through a permanent establishment located in South Africa.
Capital Gains Tax
Capital gains tax applies to any capital gain earned on the disposal or deemed disposal of an asset by
residents, as well as to any capital gain resulting from the disposal of immovable property and any assets
attributable to a permanent establishment of a non-resident located in South Africa.
A gain made on the disposal (other than by way of redemption) of the Notes by a resident Noteholder may be
subject to capital gains tax.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
104
Any discount or premium on acquisition which has already been treated as interest for income tax purposes,
under section 24J of the Income Tax Act will not be taken into account when determining any capital gain or
loss. In terms of section 24J(4A) of the Income Tax Act a loss on disposal will, to the extent that it has
previously been included in taxable income (as interest) be allowed as a deduction from the taxable income
of the holder when it is incurred and accordingly will not give rise to a capital loss.
Capital Gains Tax in terms of the Eighth Schedule to the Income Tax Act does not apply to assets such as
Notes disposed of by a person who is not a resident unless the Note disposed of is attributable to a permanent
establishment of that person through which a trade is carried on in South Africa during the relevant year of
assessment.
Securities transfer tax
No securities transfer tax is payable, in terms of the South African Securities Transfer Tax Act, 2007, in
respect of the issue, transfer, cancellation or redemption of the Notes.
Withholding tax
Under current taxation law in South Africa, all payments made under the Notes to resident and non-resident
Noteholders will be made free of withholding or deduction for or on account of any taxes, duties,
assessments or governmental charges in South Africa.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
105
SUBSCRIPTION AND SALE

Words used in this section headed “Subscription and Sale” shall bear the same meanings as defined in the
Terms and Conditions, except to the extent that they are separately defined in this section or this is clearly
inappropriate from the context.

The Notes will be distributed by the Dealer and/or any person appointed as dealer by the Issuer in terms of the
Programme Agreement dated 30 September 2010 relating to the Programme.
Republic of South Africa
The Issuer and the Dealer have represented and agreed that they will not solicit any offers for subscription
for the Notes in contravention of the Companies Act or the Banks Act, 1990.
United States of America
The Notes have not been and will not be registered under the United States Securities Act of 1933 (“ the
Securities Act
”) and may not be offered or sold within the United States or to, or for the account of or
benefit of, U.S. persons except in certain transactions exempt from the registration requirements of the
Securities Act. Terms used in this paragraph have the meanings given to them by Regulation S under the
Securities Act.
If the Notes are in bearer form they are subject to United States tax law requirements and may not be offered,
sold or delivered within the United States or its possessions or to a U.S. person, except in certain transactions
permitted by United States tax regulations. Terms used in this paragraph have the meanings given to them
by the United States Internal Revenue Code and regulations thereunder.
The Issuer and the Dealer agree that they will not solicit offers for the subscription for, or deliver, any Notes
within the United States or to, or for the account or benefit of, U.S. persons.
United Kingdom
The Dealer has represented, warranted and undertaken to the Issuer, and each further Dealer appointed under
the Programme will be required to represent, warrant and undertake, inter alia, that -
(a)
in relation to any Notes which have a maturity of less than one year, (i) it is a person whose ordinary
activities involve it in acquiring, holding, managing or disposing of investments (as principal or agent)
for the purposes of its business and (ii) it has not offered or sold and will not offer or sell any Notes
other than to persons whose ordinary activities involve them in acquiring, holding, managing or
disposing of investments (as principal or as agent) for the purposes of their businesses or who it is
reasonable to expect will acquire, hold, manage or dispose of investments (as principal or agent) for
the purposes of their businesses where the issue of the Notes would otherwise constitute a
contravention of section 90 of the Financial Services and Markets Act, 2000 (“ FSMA ”) by the Issuer;
(b)        it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be
communicated an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of
section 21 of the FSMA) received by it in connection with the issue or sale of any Notes in
circumstances in which section 21(1) of the FSMA does not apply to the Issuer; and
(c)
it has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of the FSMA with respect to anything
done by it in relation to the Notes in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.
European Economic Area
In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus
Directive (each, a “ Relevant Member State ”), the Dealer has represented and agreed, and each further
Dealer appointed under the Programme will be required to represent and agree that, with effect from and
including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that Relevant Member State (the
Relevant Implementation Date ”) it has not made and will not make an offer of Notes to the public in that
Relevant Member State except that it may, with effect from and including the Relevant Implementation Date,
make an offer of Notes to the public in that Relevant Member State:
BACKGROUND IMAGE
106
(a)      in (or in Germany, where the offer starts within) the period beginning on the date of publication of a
prospectus in relation to those Notes which has been approved by the competent authority in that
Relevant Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant Member State and
notified to the competent authority in that Relevant Member State, all in accordance with the
Prospectus Directive and ending on the date which is 12 months after the date of such publication;
(b)       at any time to legal entities which are authorised or regulated to operate in the financial markets or, if
not so are authorised or regulated, whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in securities;
(c)       at any time to any legal entity which has two or more of (i) an average of at least 250 employees during
the last financial year; (ii) a total balance sheet of more than €43,000,000; and (iii) an annual net
turnover of more than €50,000,000 as shown in its last annual or consolidated accounts; or
(d)      at any time in any other circumstances which do not require the publication by the Issuer of a
prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.
For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “ offer of Notes to the public ” in relation to any Notes in
any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient
information on the terms of the offer and the Notes to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to
purchase or subscribe for the Notes, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure
implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Member State and the expression “ Prospectus Directive
means Directive 2003/71/EC as amended, superseded or re-instated and includes any relevant implementing
measure in each Relevant Member State.
General
Neither the Issuer nor the Dealer represents that Notes may at any time lawfully be sold in compliance with
any applicable registration or other requirements in any jurisdiction, or pursuant to any exemption available
thereunder or assumes any responsibility for facilitating such sale.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
107
SOUTH AFRICAN EXCHANGE CONTROL
Words used in this section headed “South African Exchange Control” shall bear the same meanings as
defined in the Terms and Conditions, except to the extent that they are separately defined in this section or
this is clearly inappropriate from the context.
Non-South African Resident Noteholders and Non-Residents from the Common Monetary Area
The information below is not intended as advice and it does not purport to describe all of the considerations
that may be relevant to a prospective purchaser of Notes. Prospective purchasers of Notes that are non-South
African residents or non-residents from the Common Monetary Area are urged to seek further professional
advice in regard to the purchase of Notes under the Programme.
Blocked Rand may be used for the purchase of Notes. Any principal amounts payable by the Issuer in respect
of the Notes purchased with Blocked Rand may not, in terms of the Exchange Control Regulations of 1961,
be remitted out of South Africa or paid into any non-South African resident’s bank account. For the purposes
of this clause, Blocked Rand are defined as funds which may not be remitted out of South Africa or paid into
a non-South African resident’s bank account.
Non-Residents from the Common Monetary Area
Any Individual Certificates issued to Noteholders who are non-residents from the Common Monetary Area
will be endorsed “ non-resident ”. In the event that the Beneficial Interest in Notes is held by a non-resident
from the Common Monetary Area through the Central Securities Depository and its relevant Settlement
Agents, the securities account of such Non-resident will be designated as a “ non-resident ” account. Such
restrictively endorsed Individual Certificates shall be deposited with an authorised foreign exchange dealer
controlling such non-resident’s blocked assets.
Any payments of interest or principal due to a non-resident Noteholder will be deposited into such non-
resident’s Blocked Rand account, as maintained by an authorised foreign exchange dealer. These amounts
are not freely transferable from the Common Monetary Area and may only be dealt with in terms of the
Exchange Control Regulations.

Non-residents of the Common Monetary Area
In terms of the Exchange Control Regulations, non-residents of the Common Monetary Area may invest in
the Notes.
Any Individual Certificates issued to Noteholders who are not resident in the Common Monetary Area will
be endorsed “ non-resident” . In the event that Notes are held by a non-resident of the Common Monetary
Area through the Central Securities Depository and its relevant Participants, the securities account of such
Noteholder will be designated as a “ non-resident” account.
For the purposes of these paragraphs, the Common Monetary Area includes the Republic of South Africa,
the Republic of Namibia and the Kingdoms of Lesotho and Swaziland.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
108
GENERAL INFORMATION
Words used in this section headed “General Information” shall bear the same meanings as defined in the
Terms and Conditions, except to the extent that they are separately defined in this section or this is clearly
inappropriate from the context.

Authorisation
All consents, approvals, authorisations or other orders of all regulatory authorities required by the Issuer under
the laws of South Africa have been given for the establishment of the Programme and the issue of Notes
thereunder.
Listing
The Programme has been registered with the JSE. Notes issued under the Programme may be listed on the
Interest Rate Market of the JSE or such other or further exchange(s) as may be selected by the Issuer. Unlisted
Notes may also be issued under the Programme.
Documents Available
So long as Notes are in issue under the Programme, copies of the following documents will, when published, be
available from the registered office of the Issuer:
(a)
the audited annual financial statements, and the notes thereto, of the Issuer and the Guarantor for the
three financial years ended 30 June 2007, 30 June 2008 and 30 June 2009 as well as the published
audited annual financial statements, and notes thereto of the Issuer and the Guarantor in respect of
further financial years, as and when such become available;
(b)
a copy of the Programme Memorandum;
(c)
each of the Applicable Pricing Supplements relating to any Notes;
(d)
the Guarantee executed by the Guarantor in favour of the Noteholders;
(e)
the Agency Agreement; and
(f)
any future supplements and/or amendments to this Programme Memorandum and any other documents
incorporated herein or therein by reference.
Clearing Systems
The Notes listed on the Interest Rates Market of the JSE will be cleared and settled in accordance with the rules
of the Interest Rates Market of the JSE and the Central Securities Depository, or their successors. The Notes
may also be accepted for clearance through any additional clearing system as may be selected by the Issuer.
Settlement Agents
As at the date of this Programme Memorandum, the JSE-recognised Settlement Agents, who are also Central
Securities Depository Participants, are the South African Reserve Bank, Absa Bank Limited, FirstRand Bank
Limited, Nedbank Limited and The Standard Bank of South Africa Limited. Euroclear and Clearstream,
Luxembourg will settle offshore transfers through South African Settlement Agents.
Material Change
Save as disclosed in this Programme Memorandum, there has been no material adverse change in the
financial or trading position of the Issuer since the date of the Issuer's latest audited financial statements.
Litigation
Save as disclosed herein, the Issuer is not engaged (whether as defendant or otherwise) in any legal,
arbitration, administration or other proceedings, the results of which if adversely decided might have or have
had a material adverse effect on the financial position or the operations of the Issuer, nor is it aware of any
such proceedings being threatened or pending.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
109
Auditors
KPMG Inc. has acted as the auditors of the financial statements of the Issuer for the financial years ending
30 June 2007, 30 June 2008 and 30 June 2009 and, in respect of these years issued unqualified audit reports
in respect of the Issuer.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
110
ISSUER
DRDGOLD South African Operations (Proprietary) Limited
(Registration Number 2005/033662/07)
1st Floor, Quadrum 1
Quadrum Office Park
50 Constantia Boulevard
Constantia Kloof Ext 28
Roodepoort
PO Box 390, Maraisburg, 1700, South Africa
Contact: Craig Barnes/Niel Pretorius
GUARANTOR
DRDGOLD Limited
(Registration Number 1895/000926/06)
1st Floor, Quadrum 1
Quadrum Office Park
50 Constantia Boulevard
Constantia Kloof Ext 28
Roodepoort
PO Box 390, Maraisburg, 1700, South Africa
Contact: Craig Barnes/Niel Pretorius
ARRANGER AND DEALER
Absa Capital, a division of Absa Bank Limited
(Registration Number 1986/004794/06)
15 Alice Lane
Sandton, 2196
South Africa
Contact: Ms P Nana
PAYING AGENT, CALCULATION AGENT AND TRANSFER AGENT
Absa Capital, a division of Absa Bank Limited
(Registration Number 1986/004794/06)
15 Alice Lane
Sandton, 2196
South Africa
Contact: Mr W Green
LEGAL ADVISERS TO THE ARRANGER AND DEALER
Werksmans Incorporated
(Registration Number 1990/007215/21)
155 – 5
th
Street
Sandown
Sandton, 2196
South Africa
Contact: Mr R Roothman
BACKGROUND IMAGE
111
AUDITORS TO THE ISSUER
KPMG Inc.
KPMG Crescent
85 Empire Road
Parktown, 2193
Contact: Per R. Davel
SPONSOR
Absa Capital, a division of Absa Bank Limited
(Registration Number 1986/004794/06)
15 Alice Lane
Sandton, 2196
South Africa
Contact: Ms P Nana
BACKGROUND IMAGE
EXHIBIT 8.1
LIST OF SUBSIDIARIES

SUBSIDIARY NAME
JURISDICTION OF INCORPORATION
West Witwatersrand Gold Holdings Limited
South Africa
Crown Consolidated Gold Recoveries Limited
South Africa
DRDGOLD South African Operations (Pty) Limited
South Africa
Blyvooruitzicht Gold Mining Company Limited
South Africa
Crown Gold Recoveries (Pty) Limited
South Africa
East Rand Proprietary Mines Limited
South Africa
ErgoGold (formerly Elsburg Gold Mining Joint Venture)
(unincorporated)
South Africa
Argonaut Financial Services (Pty) Limited
South Africa
Ergo Mining (Pty) Limited
South Africa
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Exhibit 12.1
CERTIFICATION
I, Daniel Johannes Pretorius, certify that:
1)
I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 20-F of DRDGOLD Limited.
2)
Based on my knowledge, this Annual Report does not contain any untrue statement of a
material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of
the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the
period covered by this Annual Report;
3)
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in
this Annual Report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of
operations and cash flows of the Company as of, and for, the periods presented in this Annual
Report;
4)
The Company's other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and
maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e)
and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules
13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the Company and have:
a)
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure
controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material
information relating to the Company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made
known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which
this Annual Report is being prepared;
b)
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal
control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide
reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the
preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles;

c)
Evaluated the effectiveness of the Company's disclosure controls and procedures and
presented in this Annual Report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the
disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this
Annual Report based on such evaluation; and
d)
Disclosed in this Annual Report any change in the Company's internal control over
financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by this Annual Report that
has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company's
internal control over financial reporting; and
5)
The Company's other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent
evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the Company's auditors and the audit
committee of the Company's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent
functions):
a)
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or
operation of internal control over financial reporting which are
reasonably likely to adversely affect the Company's ability to record,
process, summarize and report financial information; and
b)
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other
employees who have a significant role in the Company's internal
control over financial reporting.
Date:
October 29, 2010
/s/ Daniel Johannes Pretorius
Daniel Johannes Pretorius
Chief Executive Officer
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Exhibit 12.2
CERTIFICATION
I, Craig Clinton Barnes, certify that:
1)
I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 20-F of DRDGOLD Limited.
2)
Based on my knowledge, this Annual Report does not contain any untrue statement of a
material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of
the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the
period covered by this Annual Report;
3)
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in
this Annual Report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of
operations and cash flows of the Company as of, and for, the periods presented in this Annual
Report;
4)
The Company's other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and
maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e)
and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules
13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the Company and have:
a)
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure
controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material
information relating to the Company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made
known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which
this Annual Report is being prepared;
b)
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal
control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide
reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the
preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles;
c)
Evaluated the effectiveness of the Company's disclosure controls and procedures and
presented in this Annual Report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the
disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this
Annual Report based on such evaluation; and
d)
Disclosed in this Annual Report any change in the Company's internal control over
financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by this Annual Report that
has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company's
internal control over financial reporting; and
5)
The Company's other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent
evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the Company's auditors and the audit
committee of the Company's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent
functions):
a)
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or
operation of internal control over financial reporting which are
reasonably likely to adversely affect the Company's ability to record,
process, summarize and report financial information; and
b)
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other
employees who have a significant role in the Company's internal
control over financial reporting.
Date:    October 29, 2010
/s/ Craig Clinton Barnes
Craig Clinton Barnes
Chief Financial Officer
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Exhibit 13.1
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED
PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
In connection with the Annual Report on Form 20-F of DRDGOLD Limited (the
"Company") for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2010, as filed with the Securities and
Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the "Report"), Daniel Johannes Pretorius, as Chief
Executive Officer of the Company, hereby certifies, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as
adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act 2002, that, to the best of his
knowledge:
(1)
the Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d)
of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
(2)
the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material
respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the
Company.
/s/ Daniel Johannes Pretorius

By:      
Daniel Johannes Pretorius
Title:     Chief Executive Officer
Date:    October 29, 2010
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Exhibit 13.2
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED
PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
In connection with the Annual Report on Form 20-F of DRDGOLD Limited (the
"Company") for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2010, as filed with the Securities and
Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the "Report"), Craig Clinton Barnes, as Chief
Financial Officer of the Company, hereby certifies, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as
adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act 2002, that, to the best of his
knowledge:
(1)
the Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d)
of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
(2)
the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material
respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the
Company.

/s/ Craig Clinton Barnes

By:
     Craig Clinton Barnes
Title: 
  Chief Financial Officer
Date: 
October 29, 2010